SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

OR

 

 

 

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

OR

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the transition period from                     to                    

 

Commission file number 1-15028

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

N/A

 

Hong Kong

(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

 

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

 

 

75 th Floor, The Center
99 Queen’s Road Central
Hong Kong
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

Ordinary shares, par value HK$0.10 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 


*                          Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, or ADSs, each representing 10 ordinary shares .

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None
(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

12,607,241,000 Ordinary Shares as of December 31, 2004.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    ý         No    o

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17     o   Item 18     ý

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

 

 

 

Certain Definitions

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

 

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

 

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

 

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

 

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

 

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

 

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

 

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

 

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

 

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

 

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

 

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

 

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

 

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

 

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

 

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

 

i



 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

 

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

 

 

Item 19. Exhibits

 

 

ii



 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report for the year ended December 31, 2004 contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties.  Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our strategy and future plan, our capital expenditure plan, our future business condition and financial results, our abilities to expand network capacity and increase network efficiency, our ability to develop new technology applications and offer new services, our ability to realize the advantages of code division multiple access, or CDMA, technology and successfully execute our CDMA-related strategy, our ability to leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator and expand into new businesses and new markets, future growth of market demand for our services, the future prospects of and our ability to integrate the acquired business, and future regulatory and other developments in the Chinese telecommunications industry.

 

Such forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events.  Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, any changes in the regulatory policies of the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or SASAC, and other relevant government authorities in China, the effects of competition on the demand and price of our telecommunications services, any changes in telecommunications and related technology and applications based on such technology, and changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in China including the Chinese government’s policies with respect to economic growth, consolidations of and other structural changes in the telecommunications industry, foreign exchange, foreign investment and entry by foreign companies into China’s telecommunications market.  In addition, our future network expansion and other capital expenditure and development plans are dependent on numerous factors, including the availability of adequate financing on acceptable terms, the adequacy of currently available spectrum or availability of additional spectrum and the adequate and timely supply of equipment when required.  Please also see the “D. Risk Factors” section under Item 3.

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this annual report, references to “us”, “we”, “our,” the “Company” and “Unicom” are to China Unicom Limited.  Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of our subsidiaries.  In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “us”, “we”, “our” and “Unicom” are to the telecommunications businesses in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us.  All references to “Unicom Group” are to China United Telecommunications Corporation, our indirect controlling shareholder.  Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of Unicom Group’s subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries.  Please also see “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4 for our current shareholding structure.

 

iii



 

PART I

 

Item 1.   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2.   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 3.   Key Information

 

A.                                     Selected Financial Data

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004.   The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this annual report.  The financial statements for periods prior to our restructuring and initial public offering in 2000 reflect historical results of operations and financial positions of the businesses that were transferred to us from Unicom Group in 2000 in preparation of our initial public offering.

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Hong Kong, or HK GAAP.  Under HK GAAP, prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between net income as computed for taxation purposes and net income as stated in the income statement. A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Under HK GAAP, the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparative data presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy. A detailed description is set forth in Note 3 to the financial statements.

 

1



 

In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with HK GAAP vary in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP.  In accordance with HK GAAP, we adopted the purchase method to account for our acquisition s from Unicom Group of certain cellular businesses and assets held by Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New Century, Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New World, and China Unicom International Limited, or Unicom International.  The acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International became effective on December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and in September 2004, respectively, as described in “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4.  Accordingly, our consolidated income statement and, except as otherwise noted, all other HK GAAP financial information for the year 2004 presented in this annual report include the operating results of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the operating results of Unicom International from the effective date of the acquisition to December 31, 2004, but our consolidated income statement and all other HK GAAP financial information for the year 2003 presented in this annual report do not include the operating results of Unicom New World for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under the purchase method, our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 includes the financial position of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 also includes the financial position of Unicom International.  In contrast, under US GAAP, these acquisitions would be accounted for as transfers of entities under common control.  The financial statements prepared under US GAAP would retroactively be restated for all periods presented on a combined basis as if the acquisitions had been in effect since inception, whereby related assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses would be accounted for at historical cost and the results of operations of the acquired businesses would be included in the consolidated financial statements for the earliest period presented.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging Corporation Ltd., or Guoxin Paging, on December 31, 2003 by us to Unicom Group has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separated from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation - Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

2



 

See Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report for a summary of the principal differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that have a significant effect on our financial statements.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP (As restated) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cellular Business

 

12,188

 

20,505

 

30,613

 

56,927

 

70,799

 

8,554

 

-GSM Business

 

12,188

 

20,505

 

27,388

 

40,304

 

46,579

 

5,628

 

-CDMA Business

 

 

 

3,225

 

16,623

 

24,220

 

2,926

 

Paging Business

 

8,483

 

4,342

 

2,161

 

1,403

 

 

 

Long Distance Business

 

556

 

1,489

 

2,766

 

2,273

 

1,848

 

223

 

Data and Internet Business

 

540

 

1,820

 

2,793

 

3,437

 

3,663

 

443

 

Total service revenue

 

21,767

 

28,156

 

38,333

 

64,040

 

76,310

 

9,220

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

1,925

 

1,237

 

2,244

 

3,596

 

3,022

 

365

 

Total operating revenue

 

23,692

 

29,393

 

40,577

 

67,636

 

79,332

 

9,585

 

Operating expenses

 

(18,470

)

(24,129

)

(33,253

)

(59,122

)

(71,376

)

(8,624

)

Operating income

 

5,222

 

5,264

 

7,324

 

8,514

 

7,956

 

961

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

 

 

 

663

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

4,482

 

5,463

 

6,303

 

6,096

 

6,467

 

781

 

Net income

 

3,324

 

4,602

 

4,598

 

4,217

 

4,387

 

530

 

-Basic net income per share (3)

 

0.297

 

0.367

 

0.366

 

0.336

 

0.349

 

0.042

 

-Number of shares outstanding for basic net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

11,208,224

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,553,010

 

12,561,242

 

12,561,242

 

-Diluted net income per share (3)

 

0.297

 

0.367

 

0.366

 

0.336

 

0.348

 

0.042

 

-Number of shares outstanding for diluted net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

11,208,224

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,568,683

 

12,607,241

 

12,607,241

 

-Basic net income per ADS (4)

 

2.966

 

3.666

 

3.663

 

3.359

 

3.492

 

0.422

 

-Number of ADS outstanding for basic net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

1,120,822

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,301

 

1,256,124

 

1,256,124

 

-Diluted net income per ADS (4)

 

2.966

 

3.666

 

3.663

 

3.355

 

3.480

 

0.420

 

-Number of ADS outstanding for diluted net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

1,121,968

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,256,869

 

1,260,724

 

1,260,724

 

 

3



 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

US GAAP (As restated) (2)&(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue

 

 

32,501

 

50,421

 

71,980

 

79,388

 

9,592

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

7,921

 

9,759

 

10,710

 

8,185

 

989

 

Net income before discontinued operation, and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

5,866

 

5,500

 

6,078

 

4,713

 

569

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

710

 

422

 

1,342

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142)

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

5,155

 

5,036

 

4,736

 

4,713

 

569

 

-Basic net income per share before discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (3)

 

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

0.484

 

0.375

 

0.045

 

-Basic net income per ADS before discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (4)

 

 

4.673

 

4.382

 

4.842

 

3.752

 

0.453

 

-Basic net income per share after discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (3)

 

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

0.375

 

0.045

 

-Basic net income per ADS after discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (4)

 

 

4.107

 

4.012

 

3.773

 

3.752

 

0.453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP (As restated) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash

 

44,717

 

18,413

 

14,433

 

9,220

 

4,655

 

562

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

52,864

 

75,748

 

107,487

 

118,105

 

118,904

 

14,366

 

Total assets

 

113,057

 

128,278

 

149,628

 

149,838

 

145,629

 

17,595

 

Net assets

 

58,336

 

62,884

 

67,219

 

69,615

 

72,810

 

8,797

 

Short-term debt and current portion of other long-term debt

 

8,501

 

7,933

 

15,330

 

18,173

 

20,015

 

2,418

 

Obligations under finance lease-current portion

 

 

8

 

17

 

25

 

938

 

113

 

Obligations under finance lease-non current portion

 

 

101

 

101

 

100

 

489

 

59

 

Other long-term debt

 

27,151

 

36,337

 

37,686

 

36,213

 

26,137

 

3,158

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

57,452

 

62,054

 

66,653

 

69,615

 

72,810

 

8,797

 

 

4



 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

US GAAP (As restated) (2)&(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

118,787

 

118,171

 

118,701

 

14,342

 

Total assets

 

 

 

164,636

 

150,477

 

146,615

 

17,715

 

Obligations under finance lease-current portion

 

 

 

17

 

25

 

938

 

113

 

Obligations under finance lease-non current portion

 

 

 

101

 

100

 

489

 

59

 

Other long-term debt

 

 

 

45,520

 

36,213

 

26,137

 

3,158

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

64,215

 

65,946

 

69,442

 

8,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

9,344

 

11,078

 

13,054

 

22,565

 

23,819

 

2,878

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(30,551

)

(46,125

)

(5,166

)

(19,051

)

(18,958

)

(2,291

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

59,921

 

8,743

 

(11,868

)

(8,778

)

(9,401

)

(1,136

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP (As restated) (5) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

15,320

 

18,235

 

25,993

 

24,510

 

2,961

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(62,971

)

(10,261

)

(20,295

)

(19,668

)

(2,376

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

21,015

 

(12,773

)

(11,397

)

(9,440

)

(1,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)           The translation of RMB into US dollars has been made at the rate of RMB8.2765 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfer in RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004. The translations are solely for the convenience of the reader.

 

(2)           The adoption of HK SSAP12 “Income Tax” (revised) in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparative data presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy.

 

(3)             See Notes 16 and 40 to the financial statements included in this Form 20-F on how basic and diluted net income per share are calculated under HK GAAP and US GAAP, respectively.

 

(4)             Net income per ADS is calculated by multiplying net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

(5)             The US GAAP amounts as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 are presented as if the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International had been in existence since the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 

5



 

Historical Exchange Rates Information

 

We publish our financial statements in Renminbi, or RMB, the legal tender currency in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC.  In this annual report, references to “US dollars” or “US$” are to United States dollars and references to “Hong Kong dollars”, “HK dollars” or “HK$” are to Hong Kong dollars.  Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain RMB and Hong Kong dollar amounts into US dollar amounts and vice versa at specified rates.  These translations should not be construed as representations that the RMB or Hong Kong dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or could be converted into US dollar amounts at the rates indicated or at all.  Unless otherwise stated, the translations of RMB and Hong Kong dollars into US dollars and vice versa have been made at the rate of RMB8.2765 to US$1.00 and HK$7.7723 to US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers payable in RMB or Hong Kong dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004.

 

The noon buying rates on June 24, 2005 were RMB8.2765 to US$1.00 and HK$7.7719 to US$1.00, respectively.  The average noon buying rates for 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were RMB8.2784, RMB8.2772, RMB8.277 1, RMB8.2772 and RMB8.2768, respectively, to US$1.00, and HK$7.7936, HK$7.7996, HK$7.7996, HK$7.7864 and HK$7.7899, respectively, to US$1.00, calculated as the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each applicable year.  The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between RMB and the US dollar (in RMB per US dollar) and Hong Kong dollar and the US dollar (in Hong Kong dollar per US dollar) for each month during the previous six months:

 

Period

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

(RMB per US$1.00)

 

(HK$ per US$1.00)

 

December 2004

 

8.276 7

 

8.2765

 

7.7821

 

7.7698

 

January 2005

 

8.2765

 

8.2765

 

7.7994

 

7.7775

 

February 2005

 

8.2765

 

8.2765

 

7.7999

 

7.7984

 

March 2005

 

8.2765

 

8.2765

 

7.7998

 

7.7987

 

April 2005

 

8.2765

 

8.2765

 

7. 7995

 

7. 7946

 

May 2005

 

8.2765

 

8.2765

 

7.7995

 

7.7767

 

 

B.                                     Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

6



 

D.                                     Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our cellular businesses face intense competition from China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile, China Telecom Corporation Limited, or China Telecom, and China Network Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom.  Such competition may result in slower subscriber growth, lower tariffs and higher customer acquisition costs for us, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Our cellular businesses face intense competition from China Mobile.  China Mobile is the largest cellular operator in China and in our cellular service areas and has competitive advantages over us in customer base, overall network coverage and quality, financial resources, network management, technical expertise and brand recognition.  We are experiencing intense competition from China Mobile in many of our cellular service areas, and such competition may continue and further intensify.  In particular, continued price competition between China Mobile and us in many service areas has accelerated the decline of the average revenue per user per month, or ARPU, of our cellular services, and adversely affected our profitability.

 

Our cellular services also compete with the local wireless telecommunications services of China Telecom and China Netcom, known as “Little Smart” services, that are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize the personal handyphone system, or PHS, technology.  They are offered as extensions of fixed line services and, with such features as calling-party-pays arrangements, carry significantly lower tariffs than cellular services.  The “Little Smart” services were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, but have been introduced in most major cities nationwide since 2003.  According to public reports, currently these services have attracted over 70 million users in China and their subscriber base is continuing to grow.  In addition, both China Telecom and China Netcom have indicated their interests in developing 3G wireless telecommunications services in the future, which could impose direct competition with our cellular business.

 

Increased competition from the cellular services of China Mobile and the “Little Smart” services of China Telecom and China Netcom may lead to slower subscriber growth, lower usage of our services, continued price pressure and higher costs of customer acquisition, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Our CDMA services have yet to gain a broad market acceptance in China and there is uncertainty over whether our CDMA services will succeed in gaining a broader market acceptance.

 

We launched our CDMA services in January 2002 and introduced CDMA 1X wireless data services in March 2003.  Prior to the introduction of our CDMA services, digital cellular services in China were mostly based on the global system for mobile communications, or GSM, technology.  The majority of cellular subscribers in China today continues to be GSM subscribers.  CDMA cellular services compete with GSM services for cellular subscribers, who may be reluctant to switch to CDMA cellular services because of the need to obtain a new CDMA handset and phone number.  CDMA services are also perceived to have limitations in international roaming due to the lack of CDMA networks in many countries.  As of March 31, 2005, the total number of our CDMA subscribers has reached 29.43 million in our service areas. Nevertheless, CDMA technology and services have yet to gain broader market acceptance in China.

 

7



 

Whether our CDMA services can gain broader market acceptance will continue to be subject to a number of uncertainties, including:

 

                                          whether we can effectively retain our existing subscribers and attract sufficient new CDMA cellular subscribers;

 

                                          whether we can effectively reduce the cost of CDMA handsets and marketing expenses and strengthen the management of the purchase and distribution processes of the CDMA handsets;

 

                                          whether we can effectively promote our CDMA services and successfully execute our strategy of expanding market share among industry-specific customers and the young population; and

 

                                          whether we can optimize the CDMA network utilization rates and generate more revenues from value-added services by capitalizing the technological advantages of CDMA 1X.

 

Any of these uncertainties may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our CDMA cellular services and our overall business results of operation and financial condition.

 

Our CDMA and GSM businesses may compete with each other, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of these businesses..

 

Although we are committed to coordinating the development of our CDMA and GSM businesses,  these two businesses may compete with each other for our financial, management, human and other resources as well as cellular subscribers.  For example, while we have focused on the development of our CDMA business in recent years, our investments on our GSM network has been relatively limited, which has hindered us from improving our GSM network in certain of our services areas.  In addition, since we have started expanding our CDMA services to the mass market, our CDMA business may compete with our GSM business for cellular subscribers, especially mid- and low-end cellular subscribers.  A portion of our CDMA subscribers were former subscribers of our GSM services.  If the development of our CDMA and GSM services is not coordinated effectively or we cannot obtain adequate resources for both our GSM and CDMA cellular services, the growth and profitability of these businesses and our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects may be adversely affected.

 

Our churn rates may increase.

 

In 2004, the monthly average churn rate of our CDMA cellular services increased to 1.5% from 1.0% in 2003.   The increase in the churn rate of our CDMA cellular services was primarily due to the following factors:

 

                                          intense competition from the GSM services of our main competitor and the “Little Smart” services ;

 

                                          the termination of CDMA services by some CDMA subscribers at the end of their contract periods under the CDMA handset promotional packages we began to offer in 2002;

 

                                          the increase in the proportion of cost-sensitive subscribers among new subscribers as a result of continuing expansion of our CDMA cellular services in the mass market; and

 

8



 

                                          an increase in the proportion of subscribers to our pre-paid CDMA services which are characterized by a higher churn rate than post-paid services.

 

While the monthly average churn rate of our GSM cellular services slightly decreased to 2.3% in 2004 from 2.4% in 2003, there is no assurance that it will not increase in the future due to increased competition.  Increased churn rate may adversely affect our market share and increase our costs of additional customer acquisitions and bad debt, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Failure or inability to continue to expand and upgrade our networks timely and effectively and changes in telecommunications technology and technological standards could hinder our growth.

 

The growth of our businesses depends on whether we are able to continue to expand the coverage and capacity of our networks, to upgrade the technology and to improve the quality of our networks in a timely and effective manner.  We also need to continue to improve the quality of our existing networks in order to enhance the quality of our telecommunications services.

 

In addition, t he telecommunications industry in China and elsewhere in the world is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology and technological standards, including, among others, the migration from second generation mobile telecommunications to third generation mobile telecommunication, or 3G, and the development of voice-over-internet protocol technology, or VOIP.   Such changes may render our networks and systems obsolete or inadequate.  As a result of such changes, we may need to make significant changes and upgrades to existing networks and infrastructure or build new networks, which may require substantial capital expenditures and other resources.

 

Our ability to expand and upgrade our networks is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to achieve the following on a timely basis and on acceptable terms:

 

                                          obtain adequate financing;

 

                                          retain experienced management and technical personnel;

 

                                          obtain relevant government permits and approvals and gain access to office towers, residential buildings and other sites for network construction;

 

                                          enter into interconnection and other arrangements with other operators;

 

                                          obtain adequate network equipment and software; and

 

                                          manage the technology migration in an effective manner.

 

Difficulties we may encounter in expanding and upgrading our networks, if not adequately resolved on a timely basis, could adversely affect our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

9



 

Our long distance, data and Internet businesses remain relatively small comparing to the fixed line operators, and competition from China Telecom, China Netcom and other cellular service providers may adversely affect our growth and profitability in these businesses.

 

The fixed line operators of China Telecom and China Netcom currently hold a dominant market position in the public switched long distance telephony and data services markets in China in their respective service areas.  They are also the dominant providers of Internet protocol telephony, or IP telephony, and Internet access services in China.   China Telecom and China Netcom have competitive advantages over us in customer base, financial resources, network coverage and “last-mile” access.  Our IP telephony services compete with other service providers including China Satellite Communication, or China SatCom and China Railway Communications Co. Ltd., or China Railcom.  In 2004, the increasingly intense competition has contributed to the decrease in average realised tariff rates for long distance services and a 19.1% decrease in our operating revenue from long distance business.  The growth of our long distance, data and Internet businesses has been further hindered by our lack of licenses to operate local telephony networks as well as our lack of sufficient network number resources.  Competition from China Telecom, China Netcom and other service providers may continue to adversely affect the growth and profitability of our long distance, data and Internet businesses and consequently our overall results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

In order to accelerate the growth of our CDMA business, we offered CDMA handset promotional packages, which increased our operating expenses in the short-term and may adversely affect our profitability.

 

In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth during the product introduction period, we began to offer certain CDMA handset promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  Under those arrangements, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional cost to them during the specified contract periods as long as such subscribers agreed to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period.  The cost of the handsets provided to subscribers under these contractual arrangements, treated as deferred customer acquisition costs, were deferred, to the extent recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods to match with minimum contract revenue.  As of December 31, 2004, amortization of such deferred customer acquisition costs amounted to approximately RMB 6,121 million and the carrying amount of such costs amounted to RMB4,745 million for our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, China Unicom Corporation Limited, or CUCL, and Unicom New World.  These promotional packages tend to increase our operating expenses. In addition, some of those subscribers terminated our CDMA services at the end of their contractual periods and therefore increased our churn rate.  While we substantially reduced the use of such arrangements since 2003, the carrying amount of the deferred customer acquisition costs remain significant.  As of March 31, 2005, the carrying amount of such costs amounted to RMB4,408 million for us.  As a result, although the use of these CDMA promotional packages has accelerated the growth of our CDMA business, they may adversely affect the profitability of our CDMA business and our overall results of operations.

 

In order to control the costs of our CDMA promotional packages, we have adopted the policy to centralize the purchases of CDMA handsets.  As a result, we usually maintain a significant level of inventory of CDMA handsets, which is subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence.  As of December 31, 2004, we maintained an inventory of CDMA handsets of RMB1,881 million.

 

10



 

Obstacles in interconnection with networks of other operators could jeopardize our operations.

 

The effective provision of our cellular, long distance telephony and other services requires the interconnection between our networks and the networks of China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and other operators.  Any obstacles in existing interconnection arrangements or any significant change of their terms, as a result of natural events, accidents, or for regulatory, technological, competitive or other reasons, could lead to temporary service disruptions and increased costs that can seriously jeopardize our operations and adversely affect our growth and profitability.  Difficulties in the execution of new interconnection arrangements on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, including the inability to promptly establish additional interconnection links or increase interconnection bandwidths as required, could also adversely affect our operations, growth and profitability.

 

Unicom Group, as our controlling shareholder, can exert influence on us and cause us to make decisions that may not always be in the best interests of our other shareholders.

 

Unicom Group indirectly controls an aggregate of 77.37% of our issued share capital as of May 31, 2005.  As our controlling shareholder, it is able to influence our major business decisions through its control of our board of directors.  Some of our executive directors and executive officers also serve as directors or executive officers of Unicom Group.  In addition, our operations depend on a number of services provided by Unicom Group.  It leases to us, on an exclusive basis, capacity on the CDMA network located in our cellular service areas, provides us with access to international gateways, supplies us with SIM cards and calling cards and provides equipment procurement services, customer services, and certain value-added services to us.  Unicom Group and we also provide a number of services to each other, including interconnection and roaming services, sales agency and collection services and provision of premises.  See “A. History and Development of the Company - Our Relationship with Unicom Group” under Item 4 of this annual report.  The interests of Unicom Group and our interests in these transactions may differ and Unicom Group may cause us to make decisions that conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

The internal reorganization of Unicom Group for the A Share offering has created a two-step voting mechanism that will require the approval of the minority shareholders of both our Company and the A Share Company for significant connected transactions between us and Unicom Group.

 

In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal reorganization of its shareholding in our company and the initial public offering in China of the ordinary shares, or A Shares, of its newly established subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or A Share Company.  As part of this restructuring, a portion of Unicom Group’s indirect shareholding in our company was transferred to the A Share Company, whose business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations.  A voting mechanism was established to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meetings and a two-step voting mechanism was established for the approval of connected transactions.  See “A. History and Development of the Company - Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002” under Item 4 below.  As a result, significant connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will require the separate approval of the independent minority shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company.  Connected transactions approved by our independent minority shareholders nevertheless cannot proceed if they are not approved by the independent minority shareholders of the A Share Company.  This adds another necessary step of approval process for those transactions.

 

11



 

Our inability to fund our capital expenditure requirements may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

 

Although we have gradually reduced our capital expenditure in recent years, we continue to have a reasonable level of capital expenditure requirements. We expect to require approximately RMB18.23 billion for capital expenditure in 2005.   As of December 31, 2004, the sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB40.83 billion.  See “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures” under Item 5.  In the future we may be unable to obtain the necessary financing on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, and our failure to do so may adversely affect our financial position, competitive position, growth and profitability.  Our ability to obtain acceptable financing at any time may depend on a number of factors, including:

 

                                          our financial condition and results of operations,

                                          the condition of the economy and the telecommunications industry in China,

                                          conditions in relevant financial markets in China and elsewhere in the world, and

                                          our ability to obtain any required government approvals for our market financings.

 

Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi could adversely affect our share price and profitability and changes in the interest rate could adversely affect our cost of financing.

 

Substantially all of our revenues and operating expenses are denominated in Renminbi, while a portion of our borrowings, equipment purchases and other capital expenditures are denominated in foreign currencies.  Although the exchange rate between Renminbi and US dollars has been stable, the exchange rate of the Renminbi may become volatile against the US dollar or other currencies in the future.  Fluctuations of the Renminbi could adversely affect the value in foreign currency terms of cash flow generated from our operations or any dividends payable on our shares and ADSs, and therefore the price of our shares and ADSs.  Any future Renminbi devaluations could also increase our equipment acquisition costs and operating expenses or lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign-currency-denominated liabilities, thereby adversely affecting our profitability.

 

Most of our bank loans are borrowed from domestic banks at interest rates that vary in accordance with the standard guidance interest rates announced by relevant Chinese government authorities.  In addition, we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility in September 2003 and a US$500 million term loan facility in February 2004, both carrying variable interest rates based on the US$ LIBOR.  As a result, a significant increase in interest rates would increase our cost of new debt and the interest cost of our outstanding borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

 

Our doubtful debt ratio may increase.

 

China has yet to develop an effective credit control system, and with more intense competition in the market , our doubtful debt ratio for cellular services in our service areas, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from cellular services may increase.  As of December 31, 2004, such ratio is 2.9%, compared to 2.9% in 2003 and 2.7% in 2002.  If the ratio further increases, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

12



 

Investor confidence and the market prices of our shares and ADSs may be adversely impacted if we or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2006 as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

We are subject to the SEC’s reporting obligations. The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules requiring each public company to include a report of management on the company’s internal control over financial reporting in its Annual Report on Form 10-K or Form 20-F, as the case may be, that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. In addition, the company’s independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. These requirements will first apply to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. Our management may not conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may disagree. If our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over our financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if the independent registered public accounting firm does not agree with our interpretation or understanding of the relevant requirements, rules or regulations, then it may decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue an adverse opinion. Any of these possible outcomes could result in an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements, which ultimately could negatively impact the market prices of our shares and ADSs.

 

Risks Relating to the Overall Telecommunications Industry in China

 

Regulatory or policy changes relating to telecommunications industry may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects.

 

The Chinese government currently regulates many aspects of the telecommunications industry in China.  Potential deregulation or restructuring of the telecommunications industry or changes in regulations and policies and their implementation could lead to changes in the overall industry environment.  These changes may include, among others, new regulatory measures relating to issuance of licenses for cellular business, calling-party-pays arrangements or other tariff adjustments, fulfillment of telecommunications service providers’ universal service obligations and the associated expenses, usage of numbers or frequency resources and the associated fees, or standards and mechanisms of interconnection settlement, and could significantly affect our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects.  For example, if the Chinese government deregulates or reduces state tariff rates applicable to some of our services or modifies other regulations of the telecommunications industry in China, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

The Chinese government has restructured the telecommunications industry through a number of initiatives that were rolled out in stages in the past and may initiate further industry restructuring in the future.  Potential restructuring of the PRC telecommunications industry, if any, may affect the overall business environment and the operations of telecommunications operators in China, including us.  We cannot predict the timing for, and any implications and effect of, any future restructuring of the PRC telecommunications industry, or give any assurance that we will not be adversely affected by any such industry restructuring.

 

13



 

New entrants in the telecommunications industry in China, including potential 3G operators, may further intensify industry competition and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Since mid-1990s, the Chinese government has taken various measures, including licensing more providers of telecommunications services, to encourage competition in the telecommunications industry.  Currently, the Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers — China Telecom, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satcom, China Railcom, and our company — and thousands of value-added service providers.  In addition, the government may grant additional telecommunications service licenses in the future, including additional licenses to provide cellular services.

 

The Chinese government has not publicly announced its decisions on whether it will grant any 3G licenses, and if so, the timing of the grant of the 3G licenses, the number of 3G licenses to be granted, any technical requirements, or the selection of preferred technologies.  The issuance of 3G licenses to cellular service providers may significantly change the overall competition environment of the wireless telecommunications industry.  W hile we have been preparing for developing 3G business, we cannot assure you that we will be granted the requisite approvals and licenses by the Chinese government in a timely manner, or at all.  Even if we are granted a 3G license, we cannot assure you that we will successfully operate the 3G business and effectively compete with other 3G or other cellular services providers.

 

After its accession to the World Trade Organization, or WTO, in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, implementing its commitments to the WTO.  Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators.  When the government licenses additional telecommunications service providers in the future, licensees may include operators with foreign investment.  Foreign-invested operators entering into China’s telecommunications market may have competitive advantages over us in financial resources, network management and technical expertise.

 

Increased competition from new entrants in China’s telecommunications services industry could impede the growth of our businesses, further increase competition for skilled and experienced employees, result in or exacerbate price competition and increase our customer acquisition costs and other operating expenses, and thereby adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

The telecommunications sector in China may not sustain its pace of rapid growth, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.

 

The telecommunications industry in China has experienced rapid growth in the last several years, especially in the cellular communications sector.  The total number of cellular subscribers in China increased from 43.2 million at the end of 1999 to 334.8 million by December 31, 2004.  Cellular penetration increased from 3.0% to 25.9% nationwide during the same period.  The growth in cellular subscribers may slow down as cellular penetration continues to increase in our cellular service areas.  In addition, ARPU for the cellular communications market in China continues to decline.  For example, ARPU of our GSM subscribers declined from RMB56.7 in 2003 to RMB49.4 in 2004.  Any slow-down in the growth in China’s telecommunications sector may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.

 

14



 

The Chinese government may require us, along with other telecommunication service providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations promulgated by the State Council, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the MII has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The MII may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The MII, together with government finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.

 

While the scope of specific universal services obligations is not yet clear, we believe that such services may include mandatory provision of basic telecommunications services in less economically developed areas in China and mandatory contribution to a universal service fund. In addition, as part of the transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework, the MII has recently required major telecommunication service providers in China, including Unicom Group, to participate in a project to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in China. However, it is currently uncertain as to whether we will be required by the MII to maintain and expand network facilities and provide telephone services as part of such transitional measures. Furthermore, to the extent we are required to do so, it is currently uncertain whether we will be adequately compensated by the government or be able to realize an adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those less economically developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs.  We also cannot predict whether we will be required to make contribution to the universal service fund.  Either of these events may adversely affect our financial condition and and results of operations.

 

Actual or perceived health risks associated with the use of mobile devices could impair our ability to retain and attract customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.

 

Concerns have been expressed in some countries that the electromagnetic signals emitted by wireless telephone handsets and base stations may pose health risks at exposure levels below existing guideline levels, and interfere with the operation of electronic equipment.  In addition, cellular operators have been subject to lawsuits alleging various health consequences as a result of cellular handset usage or proximity to base stations or seeking protective or remedial measures.  While we are not aware that such health risks have been substantiated, there can be no assurance that the actual, or perceived, risks associated with the transmission of electromagnetic signals will not impair our ability to retain customers and attract new customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.

 

15



 

Risks Relating to China

 

If the Chinese government revises the current regulations that allow a foreign investment enterprise to pay foreign exchange in current account transactions, our subsidiaries’ ability to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.

 

The ability of our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, CUCL and Unicom New World, to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future foreign exchange regulations in China.  The Renminbi is currently convertible by foreign investment enterprises in China to settle transactions under the current account, which include trade and service related foreign exchange transactions and payments of dividends and interest on foreign loans.  Renminbi currently cannot be freely converted without regulatory approval for transactions under the capital account, which include outbound foreign investment and principal payments on foreign loans.  CUCL and Unicom New World, which hold substantially all of our assets and through which we conduct substantially all of our business, are foreign investment enterprises in China.  This status allows them to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may in the future impose limitation on the ability of foreign investment enterprises to purchase foreign exchange to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends in the future.  In that event, our subsidiaries’ ability to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.

 

Uncertainties in the Chinese legal system could limit the legal protections available to us and to foreign investors.

 

Our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, CUCL and Unicom New World, are organized under the laws of China and are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment enterprises in China.  The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes.  Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which decided legal cases may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.  Since 1979, the Chinese government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade.  However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and/or enforcement of these laws and regulations involves uncertainties.  Therefore, the Chinese legal system may not afford the same legal protection available to investors in the United States or elsewhere.

 

Item 4.   Information on the Company

 

A.                                     History and Development of the Company

 

Industry Restructuring and Grant of New Licenses

 

Since 1993, the Chinese government has implemented a number of measures to restructure and introduce competition in the telecommunications industry.  Prior to June 1994, China Telecom was the sole provider of telecommunications services in China.  In June 1994, Unicom Group was established in accordance with the State Council’s approval to introduce competition in the telecommunications industry.  Since then, the Chinese government has approved Jitong Network Communications Company Limited, or Jitong, and China Netcom Corporation Ltd., or CNCL, to provide IP telephony, Internet and data services.  It has also approved China Railcom to provide most telecommunications services other than cellular services.

 

16



 

In 1999, the State Council approved a plan to restructure the former China Telecom along four business lines: fixed line, cellular, paging and satellite communications.  As a result of the restructuring, China Telecom retained the fixed line, data and Internet businesses, while China Mobile assumed the cellular business previously operated by China Telecom.  In 2002, the Chinese government further separated China Telecom into two companies, with the southern company retaining the name of China Telecom and assets and businesses in 21 provinces in southern and western China and the northern company retaining assets and businesses in 10 provinces in northern China and merging with CNCL and Jitong to form China Netcom.  As a result of the Chinese government’s efforts to introduce competition in the telecommunications industry, there is currently more than one service provider in most of the sectors within the telecommunications industry.  See “B. Business Overview - Competition” below.

 

History of Unicom Group

 

As part of its efforts to introduce orderly competition to the telecommunications sector in China, the State Council approved the establishment of Unicom Group in December 1993 and authorized it to build and operate cellular networks and local and long distance networks.  Unicom Group first developed a nationwide cellular network using GSM technology and a nationwide long distance telephony network.

 

In May 1997, the State Council granted approval to Unicom Group to provide data services.  The MII licensed Unicom Group to begin to provide Internet services in July 1999 and IP telephony services on a trial basis in 12 cities in April 1999 and on a nationwide basis in March 2000.  Unicom Group also offers local telephony services in the municipalities of Chengdu, Chongqing and Tianjin.  It offers satellite transmission services through its subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Satellite Communication Co. Ltd., or Unisat.

 

The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000

 

We are a company limited by shares incorporated under the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong on February 8, 2000.  Our registered office and principle executive offices are located at 75th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (telephone number: 852-2126-2018).

 

Under a reorganization agreement, dated April 21, 2000, between Unicom Group and CUCL, Unicom Group transferred to CUCL certain of its assets, rights and liabilities in preparation for our initial public offering, or IPO.

 

Under an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000, among us, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited, or Unicom BVI, Unicom Group transferred to us its 100% equity interest in CUCL, which became our wholly-owned operating subsidiary in China.  In return, we issued 9,725 million shares to Unicom BVI, then an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.

 

In June 2000, we successfully completed our IPO, raising approximately US$5.65 billion.  Upon completion of our IPO, our shares became listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and ADSs representing our shares became listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

17



 

Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002

 

After our IPO, Unicom BVI, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited, or Unicom HK, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, directly held 77.47% of our outstanding shares.  In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal restructuring of its shareholding in our company.  Unicom HK transferred the total issued capital of Unicom BVI held by it to Unicom Group and Unicom BVI became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.   Unicom Group then transferred 51% of its equity interest in Unicom BVI to the A Share Company, a newly established holding company and subsidiary of Unicom Group.  The A Share Company’s business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations.

 

Following the restructuring, Unicom Group successfully completed the IPO of the A Shares of the A Share Company in mainland China and the listing of the A Shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange.  After the IPO of the A Share Company, the A Share Company transferred all of its net offering proceeds to Unicom Group in return for an additional 22.84% equity interest in Unicom BVI.  As of May 31, 2005,  Unicom Group holds a 69.32% equity interest in the A Share Company.  The A Share Company in turn holds 82.09 % of the total equity interest in Unicom BVI, with the remaining 17.91% held directly by Unicom Group.  Unicom BVI continues to hold 77.37% of our outstanding shares and Unicom Group remains our ultimate controlling shareholder.  See also the chart on page 19 below for the current shareholding structure of our company.

 

In accordance with the articles of association of the A Share Company and Unicom BVI, before Unicom BVI votes on a certain proposal at our shareholders’ meeting, the A Share Company must first convene its shareholders’ meeting to consider the same proposal and has the right to direct Unicom BVI to vote the shares in our company indirectly held by the A Share Company through Unicom BVI.  Unicom Group can similarly direct the voting in respect of its direct equity interest in Unicom BVI.  This mechanism for voting is designed to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meeting.

 

The voting mechanism described above, however, will not apply to the approval process for any connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries, on which Unicom BVI will not be permitted to vote under the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  Instead, our significant connected transactions would require the separate approvals of the public shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company.  According to the two-step voting arrangements we and the A Share Company have established, each connected transaction between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will consist of an initial agreement and a further agreement.  The initial agreement would be entered into by Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) on the one hand and the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the other hand.  This agreement would contain the following terms:

 

                                          the closing of the initial agreement would be subject to the (i) successful transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries, and (ii) the approval of the further agreement by our independent shareholders, and

 

                                          Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) would agree and acknowledge that all rights and obligations under the initial agreement can be transferred to us or our subsidiaries without any further consent requirements.

 

18



 

The initial agreement will constitute a connected transaction of the A Share Company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of the public or independent shareholders of the A Share Company under the rules of the Shanghai Stock Exchange.  The further agreement would be entered into by the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the one hand and us or our subsidiaries on the other hand, and would provide for the transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the one hand under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries on the other hand.  The further agreement will constitute a connected transaction of our company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of our public or independent shareholders under the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  We expect, to the extent the nature of a particular connected transaction allows, the two-step voting arrangements to apply as described above. However, there may be circumstances where the nature of the connected transaction requires the application of the two-step voting arrangements to be adjusted. This may arise where we or our subsidiaries are the providers, rather than recipients, of certain services. In this event, the two-step voting arrangements will need to be adjusted so that the process as described above is effectively reversed, such that the initial agreement is entered into by us or our subsidiaries rather than Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) with the A Share Company or Unicom BVI. Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries), rather than us or our subsidiaries, will be party to the further agreement. The arrangements (including the conditions) will apply correspondingly.   This two-step structure will be used in all future connected transactions between us and Unicom Group and will effectively require the separate approvals of the public or independent shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company for such connected transactions.

 

Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

On December 31, 2002, in accordance with the two-step approach outlined above, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New Century, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China:  Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan provinces, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region and Chongqing municipality.  The total purchase price was HK$4,523,181,304 (approximately RMB4.8 billion), payable in cash.

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging

 

On December 31, 2003, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New World, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Tibet autonomous regions.  The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion), payable in cash.  On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion), and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital.  Both the acquisition of Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging were completed in accordance with the two-step approach outlined above.

 

Merger between CUCL and Unicom New Century

 

On July 30, 2004, Unicom New Century was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger.  As a result, CUCL extended its cellular businesses to 21 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China.

 

19



 

Acquisition of China Unicom International Limited

 

In September 2004, we acquired from Unicom Group of Unicom International, a limited liability company established in Hong Kong engaging in voice wholesale business, telephone cards business, line leasing services, managed bandwidth services and mobile virtual network services.  Unicom’s wholly-owned US subsidiary, China Unicom USA Corporation, or Unicom USA, carries wholesale business of voice traffic between the United States and mainland China.  The total purchase price was HK$37,465,996 (approximately RMB39.74 million), payable in cash.

 

Establishment of China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited

 

On October 15, 2004, we set up China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited, or Unicom Macau, in Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC, or Macau.  In March 2005, the Macau government granted Unicom Macau a CDMA license, which will allow Unicom Macau to provide roaming services to our CDMA subscribers as well as CDMA users of other service providers who visit Macau during the first year of its operation.  After the first year of its operation, Unicom Macau will be eligible to provide cellular services to local residents upon receiving approval from local telecommunications regulatory authority.

 

20



 

Set forth below is our shareholding structure and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004.

 

21



 

Our Relationship with Unicom Group

 

Unicom Group continues to own and manage the international gateways that provide international connections to our long distance network.  Unicom Group also continues to operate the following telecommunications networks:

 

                                          its cellular networks in Guizhou province,

 

                                          its local telephony networks in Chengdu, Chongqing and Tianjin municipalities,

 

                                          the satellite transmission networks operated through Unisat, and

 

                                          the paging networks operated through Unicom Paging and Guoxin Paging.

 

Unicom Group holds the licenses required for our telecommunications businesses and we derive our rights to operate our businesses from our status as a majority owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.  Under the respective reorganization agreements entered into by CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World with Unicom Group referred to above, Unicom Group undertook to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with our businesses solely for our benefit during the term of the licenses and at no cost to us.  In addition, Unicom Group undertook to take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain for our benefit such governmental licenses or approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses.  Unicom Group also agreed not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the then-existing competing businesses of Unicom Group and to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service.  Finally, Unicom Group also gave us an undertaking not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future, except through us.

 

In connection with the restructuring of Unicom Group and the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International, we entered into a number of agreements with Unicom Group pursuant to the two-step process described in “Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and the Initial Public Offering of A Shares” above.  These include arrangements for interconnection and roaming services between the telecommunications networks owned by us and Unicom Group and for the provision or sharing of telecommunications and ancillary services and facilities between us and Unicom Group.  Unicom Group also retains its interests in its other subsidiaries that provide ancillary services to us, including the procurement of telecommunications equipment and the supply of SIM cards and calling cards.  In March 2005, we entered into several new agreements with Unicom Group to replace the existing arrangements.  See “B. Related Party Transactions” under Item 7.

 

Unicom Group has constructed nationwide cellular networks based on CDMA technology. The first phase of the construction was completed at the end of 2001.  We entered into lease agreements with Unicom Group to lease a portion of the network capacity and began to offer CDMA cellular services on an exclusive basis in our cellular service areas in early 2002.  In 2003, Unicom Group completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  Wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology have been introduced throughout our service areas.  In 2004, Unicom Group substantially completed the construction of the third phase of the CDMA network, which increased the total network capacity to approximately 72 million subscribers.  In March 2005, we entered into a new CDMA lease agreement with Unicom Group to replace the then existing CDMA lease agreement.  Unicom Group operates its CDMA networks outside of our cellular service areas, in Guizhou province.  We also have an option to acquire the CDMA networks from Unicom Group.  See “B. Related Party Transactions - Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.

 

22



 

Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

 

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures” under Item 5 for information concerning our principal capital expenditures for the previous three years and those planned for 2005.  We have not undertaken any significant divestitures.

 

B.                                     Business Overview

 

General

 

We are a n integrated telecommunications operator in China, offering a wide range of telecommunications services, including cellular, international and domestic long distance, data and Internet services based on our advanced, uniform nationwide network system.

 

Prior to the acquisition of Unicom New World on December 31, 2003, w e offer ed cellular communications services based on both GSM and CDMA technologies in 21 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China.  After the acquisition of Unicom New World, our cellular service area encompassed a total of 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities (i.e., all provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China except for Guizhou province).  See “A.  History and Development of the Company – Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” above under this Item 4.  As a result, our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2004, which include the operating results of Unicom New World, are not necessarily comparable to our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2003, which does not include the operating results of Unicom New World.

 

We and China Mobile are the two cellular service providers in our cellular service areas.  We had a total of 84.27 million GSM cellular subscribers in our cellular service areas at the end of 2004, representing a 31.8% increase from 63.92 million subscribers at the end of 2003.  Our GSM cellular business is our largest business, which accounted for 59.8% of our total operating revenue in the year ended December 31, 2004.  We had approximately 27.81 million CDMA cellular subscribers in our cellular service areas as of December 31, 2004, representing a 64.5% increase from 16.91 million subscribers as of December 31, 2003.  At the end of 2004, our market share was 35.6% in our cellular service areas, relatively stable compared to the market share at the end of 2003.

 

We provide traditional public switched and IP telephony international and domestic long distance, data and Internet services nationwide in China.  All of these services were launched in 2000, with the exception of our IP telephony long distance service, which was launched in 1999.  These businesses currently represent a relatively small portion of our overall business, but are growing in absolute terms.  Our long distance, data and Internet businesses accounted for 6.9% of our total operating revenue in 2004, compared to 8.4% in 2003.

 

Outgoing public switched and IP telephony long distance calls totaled 10.10 billion and 13.95 billion minutes, respectively, in 2004, compared to 8.44 billion and 11.39 billion minutes, respectively, in 2003 .  Our market share slightly decreased from approximately 14.0% in 2003 to 12.7% in terms of total outgoing long distance call minutes in 2004.  Our incoming international long distance calls (including incoming calls from Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan) totaled 2.75 billion minutes in 2004, up from 1.91 billion minutes in 2003.

 

23



 

Our data and Internet business maintained steady growth in 2004.  Our broadband data and Internet services currently cover over 300 cities nationwide.  As of December 31, 2004, the bandwidth of our data network, international interconnection bandwidth and domestic interconnection bandwidth had reached 136Gbps, 3.34Gbps and 14.88Gbps, respectively.  Our Internet subscribers grew to 13.63 million by the end of 2004 from 12.43 million in 2003.

 

Our fiber optic transmission network continued to expand in 2004.  As of December 31, 2004, the total cable length of our transmission network reached 712,000 km, including 120,000 km for our backbone transmission network, representing an increase of 25.0% and 4.7%, respectively, from the end of 2003.

 

Recent Developments

 

As of March 31, 2005, the total number of our GSM subscribers in all of our cellular service areas has increased to 86.98 million, including 44.05 million post-paid subscribers and 42.93 million pre-paid subscribers.  As of March 31, 2005, we also had a total of 29.43 million subscribers to our CDMA services.  Average minutes of usage, or MOU, per subscriber per month for GSM services in our combined service areas were 186.5 minutes for the three months ended March 31, 2005.  Average MOU per subscriber per month for CDMA services in combined service areas were 275.5 minutes for the three months ended March 31, 2005.  ARPU for GSM services in our combined service areas was RMB46.9 for the three months ended March 31, 2005.  ARPU for CDMA services in our combined service areas was RMB77.5 for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2005, outgoing public switched long distance calls totaled 2.63 billion minutes, including 2.59 billion minutes of domestic long distance calls and 0.04 billion minutes of international long distance calls (including calls to Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).  Outgoing IP telephony long distance calls totaled 3.51 billion minutes for the first three months of 2005, including 3.48   billion minutes of domestic long distance calls and 0.03 billion minutes of international long distance calls (including calls to Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).  As of March 31, 2005, our Internet subscribers reached 10.03 million.

 

Cellular Services

 

Our cellular business is our largest business, with our GSM and CDMA businesses together having contributed 93.0% of our total operating revenue in 2004.  We offer cellular services in 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China.

 

We offer both GSM and CDMA cellular services in our service areas.  We began to offer GSM cellular services in 1995 and currently a majority of our existing cellular users subscribe to our GSM cellular services.  We began to offer CDMA cellular services in 2002.  In 2003, we introduced wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology.  We also offer GSM international roaming services in conjunction with 211 operators in 101 countries and regions and CDMA international roaming services in conjunction with 15 operators in 12 countries and regions.  In August 2004, we launched dual mode cellular service under the brand name “Worldwind,” leveraging our existing GSM and CDMA networks to achieve seamless roaming worldwide.

 

We also offer short message services, or SMS, and a number of other value-added services to our cellular subscribers, including CDMA 1X wireless data services and GSM wireless data services, under the integrated service brand of “uni” and sub-brands of “uni-Info”, “uni-Mail”, “uni-Magic”, “uni-Map”, “uni-Wap” and “Uni-Web”, and “U-Net”, which represents various wireless internet access services for laptop or mobile handset.

 

24



 

In 2004, our market share in our cellular service areas grew slightly, from 34.6% in 2003 to 35.6% in 2004.

 

GSM Cellular Services

 

We centrally plan and oversee our provincial GSM cellular businesses, which are operated by provincial branches of our operating subsidiaries, CUCL and Unicom New World.  We centrally manage the key aspects of network construction such as network planning and design and selection of major equipment.  We also centrally devise the overall business strategies to be carried out by the provincial operating branches.

 

Our GSM cellular networks reach all cities, county centers, major towns, major highways and railways in our cellular service areas.  We continue to selectively deploy GSM systems that operate in the 1800 MHz frequency band in high-density population and high call volume centers to supplement our GSM networks operating in the 900 MHz frequency band.  In 2004, we focused on optimizing the operational efficiency and stability of our GSM networks, and will continue to manage our GSM networks to support the development of our various cellular services.

 

Post-paid Services and Pre-paid Services

 

We offer two main categories of GSM cellular services:  post-paid and pre-paid services that target different consumer segments.  Generally, we promote our pre-paid services to migrant population and temporary residents as well as lower-usage subscribers and target our post-paid services at long-term residents in our GSM cellular service areas.

 

To subscribe for our post-paid services, a customer generally needs to produce proof of local residency or a guarantee from a local resident and sign a service contract.  A post-paid subscriber pays a monthly fee and per-minute usage and roaming charges.  In many of our cellular service areas, we require most post-paid subscribers to pay a deposit directly to us or to give a direct debit authorization to one of the commercial banks that collect service charges for us.

 

To subscribe for our pre-paid services, a customer simply purchases a SIM card with a pre-paid amount of service charges.  The customer can add to the pre-paid balance by purchasing rechargeable cards.  A customer of pre-paid services does not need to register with us.  In addition, pre-paid services do not have monthly fees, but carry higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.  This fee structure is generally more attractive to lower-usage subscribers.

 

We market pre-paid services under the service brand of “Ruyi Tong”.  These services are generally supported by intelligent networks built by us.  The intelligent networks enable us to offer nationwide roaming services and monitor in real time the account balance of pre-paid subscribers.  We also offer pre-paid services in some service areas that are based on the local billing systems and use local service brands.

 

25



 

Subscribers and Usage

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our GSM cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

CUCL and
Unicom New
Century only,
as of or for the
year ended
December 31,

 

Unicom New
World only,
as of or for the
year ended
December 31,

 

CUCL(5)   and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for the
year ended
December 31

 

CUCL(5)   and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for the
three months
ended March 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

Number of subscribers (in thousands)

 

53,465

 

63,923

 

8,647

 

84,267

 

86,982

 

Post-paid

 

29,718

 

32,458

 

7,105

 

42,844

 

44,048

 

Pre-paid

 

23,747

 

31,465

 

1,542

 

41,423

 

42,934

 

Estimated market share in our service areas (1)

 

29.8

%

27.4

%

27.1

%

26.8

%

26.2

%

Average churn rate (2)

 

15.5

%

29.1

%

46.9

%

27.6

%

6.5

%

Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (3)

 

165.49

 

173.70

 

204.55

 

188.9

 

186.5

 

Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (4)

 

67.34

 

56.74

 

58.34

 

49.4

 

46.9

 

SMS Volume (in billions)

 

8.495

 

25.034

 

2.959

 

32.39

 

8.72

 

 


(1)                   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our GSM subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area.  Source :  Ministry of Information Industry.

 

(2)                   Average churn rate is the rate of subscriber disconnections from our GSM cellular network, which we have determined by dividing the sum of voluntary and involuntary deactivations during the period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period.

 

(3)                   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.

 

(4)                   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of GSM cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.

 

(5)                   Includes Unicom New Century, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004.

 

Subscriber Increase:   Our subscriber count continued to grow rapidly.  As of December 31, 2004, the total number of GSM subscribers in our cellular service areas increased to 84.27 million, including 42.84 million post-paid subscribers and 41.42 million pre-paid subscribers.  Our share of the cellular market in terms of total cellular subscribers in our GSM cellular service areas was 26.8% as of December 31, 2004.  We attracted 35.5% of the net cellular subscriber additions in those service areas during 2004.  We believe that this growth was attributable to a number of factors, including, among others, (i) continued growth of the Chinese cellular telecommunications market, driven by economic growth and reduction in the cost of cellular handsets and services, (ii) relatively flexible marketing, sales and distribution, (iii) relatively competitive pricing of our services and (iv) our continuing focus on customer service.

 

Pre-paid Subscribers:   The rate of increase in our pre-paid subscribers has generally exceeded the rate of increase in our post-paid subscribers in recently years.  As of December 31, 2004, we had 41.42 million pre-paid subscribers in our cellular service areas, representing 49.2% of our total subscriber base, the same percentage as at the end of 2003.  Pre-paid subscribers represented 71.9% of our net subscriber additions in our cellular service areas during 2004.

 

26



 

MOU and ARPU:   Our total minutes of usage, or MOU, and average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, were 178.16 billion minutes and RMB49.4, respectively, in 2004.  The average MOU per subscriber per month was 188.9 minutes in 2004, an increase of 15.2 minutes from 173.7 minutes in 2003.  The increase in MOU was attributable to increased tariff competition with our competitor, which resulted in the provision of more free minutes to subscribers.  The decreasing tariffs as a result of such competition also encouraged higher usage among subscribers.  Our ARPU continued to decline from RMB56.7 in 2003 to RMB49.4 in 2004.  The decline in ARPU was attributable to intensified market competition and regional promotional activities that led to a decline in effective tariffs.  Our pre-paid subscribers in general have lower MOUs and ARPUs compared to our post-paid subscribers.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, the average MOU per subscriber per month and ARPU were 125.3 minutes and RMB40.0 respectively, for our pre-paid subscribers, compared to 247.5 minutes and RMB58.1, respectively, for our post-paid subscribers.

 

Churn Rate:   For the year ended December 31, 2004, the churn rate for GSM services in our cellular service areas decreased from 29.1% in 2003 to 27.6% as a result of our emphasis on customer retention.  Our calculation of churn rate reflects those subscribers who switch to services of other operators and those whose services we disconnect as a result of account inactivity or payment delinquency.

 

The Chinese government eliminated connection fees in 2001 and, as competition continues to intensify, our churn rate from subscribers voluntarily discontinuing our services may increase in the future.  The churn rate for our pre-paid services is generally higher than that for our post-paid services because of the migrant and temporary nature of most pre-paid subscribers.  It is also difficult for us to develop and maintain customer relationships with pre-paid subscribers from whom we do not require registration.

 

Payment Delinquency:   Payment delinquency stabilized in 2004.  As of December 31, 2004, the doubtful debt ratio for GSM cellular services in our cellular service areas, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from GSM cellular services, is 2.8%, same as the ratio at the end of 2003 for CUCL and Unicom New Century.  In some of our cellular service areas we require our post-paid subscribers to deposit service charges and maintain a certain level of account balances with us or with commercial banks that collect service fees for us.  We classify the creditworthiness of our subscribers into various levels and have adopted other credit control measures.  We also closely manage payment delinquencies through confirmation of customer address and other registration information, expansion of collection channels, advance notification of inadequate deposits, close monitoring of call patterns and account balances and prompt termination of services.

 

Tariffs

 

Generally we charge our post-paid cellular subscribers the following categories of tariffs:  basic monthly fees, usage charges for both incoming and outgoing calls, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and charges for value-added services.  Pre-paid subscribers do not pay monthly fees but pay higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.

 

27



 

The cellular tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the National Development and Reform Commission and provincial price regulatory authorities.  The following table summarizes the present State guidance tariff rates for post-paid and pre-paid cellular services:

 

 

 

Post-paid Services

 

Pre-paid Services

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

Basic monthly fee

 

50

 

0

 

Basic usage charge (per minute)

 

0.4

 

0.6

 

Domestic roaming charge (per minute)

 

0.6

 

0.8

 

 


Source:   MII.

 

Intense competition in our cellular service areas has resulted in tariff discounts and service promotions offered by both us and our main competitor from time to time, which may lower effective tariffs.  These discounts and promotions have taken many forms, including promotional tariff rates, free call minutes, off-peak discounts or discounts for high-usage subscribers and package service plans with fixed monthly fees.  While various features of our package service plans are coordinated on a nationwide basis, the tariff structure of the various plans are determined by us based on the local competitive environment.  See “D. Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Overall Telecommunications Industry in China – regulatory or policy changes relating to telecommunications industry may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects” under Item 3.

 

We have introduced a number of package service plans in our cellular service areas.  Under these plans, subscribers pay a fixed monthly fee for a specified number of call minutes.  The plans vary in the level of the fixed monthly fee, the number of specified call minutes and the tariff rates for call minutes in excess of the specified call minutes.  The terms of these plans also vary depending on the local markets and generally offer some price discounts to similar plans of our main competitor.  We have also introduced in selected cities promotional plans for certain qualified subscribers, which allow such subscribers to receive incoming calls without incurring per-minute usage charges in exchange for a fixed monthly fee.

 

In 1997, the Chinese government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to reduce our tariffs by up to 10% below the State guidance tariff rates.  In the past, this preferential treatment has helped us capture a significant number of cellular subscribers by allowing us to market our cellular services at discounted rates.  As we and our main competitor, introduced various package service plans and other promotional programs, the tariff structure has become more complex.  While we continue to maintain tariff levels that are generally lower than those of our main competitor, the more complex tariff structure has, to some extent, made our price advantages less obvious to subscribers compared to previous tariff schemes that were largely based on simple per-minute charges.  In 2004, as we continued to offer package service plans in our service areas, we have significantly reduced the variety of such plans and stopped offering service plans that were not profitable.

 

28



 

CDMA Cellular Services

 

Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, currently has the exclusive license to offer CDMA cellular services in China.  It has constructed CDMA networks nationwide through its wholly-owned subsidiary Unicom Horizon.  We have leased capacity on the network and operate the CDMA network in our cellular service areas.  After a trial period of three months, we formally launched our CDMA services in April 2002.  In 2003, Unicom Group completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology, and we introduced wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology.  In August 2003, we introduced pre-paid CDMA services.  In 2004, Unicom Group substantially completed the third phase of the CDMA network construction.  In August 2004, we launched the “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual-mode handset cellular services.

 

Unicom Group’s Construction of CDMA Networks

 

In May 2001, Unicom Group began to build CDMA networks nationwide.  The networks are expected to be expanded in phases.  The number and size of each phase will depend upon actual and forecast CDMA subscriber growth and anticipated capacity requirements.  In the first phase of the construction, which was completed by the end of 2001, the networks achieved a nationwide coverage of approximately 330 cities in China, with a total capacity of 15.81 million subscribers.  The portion of this network within our cellular service areas has a total capacity of approximately 15.62 million subscribers.

 

Through a competitive bidding process, Unicom Group was able to obtain highly attractive terms for its CDMA equipment supply contracts.  The construction of the first phase of its CDMA networks utilized to a significant extent the existing GSM infrastructure, such as base stations and related equipments, switching centers and related equipments, transmission capacity and relevant equipments.

 

In 2003, Unicom Group completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  The second phase of the construction also added capacity for 20.69 million additional subscribers, bringing the total capacity of the nationwide CDMA networks to approximately 36.50 million subscribers.  The portion of the CDMA networks within our cellular service areas has a capacity of approximately 20.38 million subscribers.  In addition, the second phase of the construction focused on improving the breadth and depth of network coverage, by deepening coverage to the level of almost all of the county-level towns and cities and increasing indoor coverage.

 

In 2004, Unicom Group substantially completed the third phase of the CDMA network construction, which increased the total CDMA network capacity to approximately 72.74 million subscribers, with approximately 71.81 million of capacity within our service areas.  Such level of capacity improved our CDMA nationwide network coverage and telecommunications quality, including both outdoor and indoor coverage, as well as the data-processing capacity of our CDMA 1X services. After the substantial completion of the third phase of network construction, Unicom Group has built a CDMA network with relatively comprehensive nationwide coverage.

 

29



 

Our Lease of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group

 

Our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a lease agreement with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon, dated November 22, 2001, which sets forth the principal terms of the network capacity leasing arrangement between us and Unicom Group.  Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have also entered into lease agreements, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively, with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on similar terms and conditions.  We entered into a new, consolidated lease agreement, or the New CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on March 24, 2005 to replace the three lease agreements, or the Old CDMA Leases, entered into in the past individually by CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  We lease network capacity from Unicom Group and operate these CDMA networks in our cellular service areas on an exclusive basis and receive all revenue generated from the operation.  We may terminate the lease arrangements upon giving at least six months’ prior notice to Unicom Group.

 

Under the Old CDMA Leases, the term of each lease was for an initial period of one year and could be renewed for further one-year terms at our option.  We leased network capacity in our cellular service areas on a quarterly basis during the first year and, thereafter, would lease network capacity on an annual basis, with the ability to request to adjust lease capacity pursuant to the Old CDMA Leases.  See “B. Related Party Transactions - Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7. We have leased capacity for 31 million subscribers in our cellular service areas in 2004.

 

Under the OLD CDMA Leases, we were required to make quarterly lease payments to Unicom Group for the actual amount of network capacity we leased.  The lease fee was charged on a per line basis and determined so as to enable Unicom Group to recover its total investment in constructing the network in seven years together with a rate of return on its investment of 8%.  To the extent that we had not leased the full capacity of the CDMA network in the particular period, we did not have to compensate Unicom Group for unused capacities not leased by us.  The quarterly lease fee for the first two phases of the CDMA network in our cellular service areas was RMB56.4 and RMB61.5 per subscriber line leased in 2004, respectively.

 

The New CDMA Lease has an initial term of two years commencing from January 1, 2005, during which (i) the lease fee for the first year will be 29% of the audited service revenue generated by our CDMA cellular business and (ii) the lease fee for the second year will be 30% of the audited service revenue generated by our CDMA business.  We lease all constructed network capacity from Unicom Group under the New CDMA Lease.  The term of the New CDMA Lease may be renewed at our option, with the length of the renewed term to be agreed upon.

 

In addition to leasing network capacity, we also have the option, exercisable at any time during the lease period and for an additional year thereafter, to purchase the CDMA network in our cellular service areas.  The acquisition price will be negotiated between Unicom Horizon and us.  It will be based on the appraisal value of the CDMA network determined in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and take into account the then prevailing market conditions and other factors.  However, the purchase price will not exceed an amount which will, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom Horizon and lease fee discounts as a result of delay of delivery, enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction costs, together with an internal rate of return of 8%.  The exercise of the purchase option will be subject to the relevant laws, regulations and listing rules in Hong Kong and the PRC, particularly those governing connected transactions, including approvals of our minority shareholders.  See “B. Related Party Transactions – Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7 for a more detailed description of the New CDMA Lease.

 

30



 

Services

 

The CDMA services we offer in our cellular service areas include basic voice and value added services such as call forwarding and voicemail, caller identity display, SMS services and CDMA 1X data services.  In addition to post-paid CDMA services, we offer pre-paid CDMA services under the service brand of “Ruyi133” in our cellular service areas.  The features of our pre-paid and post-paid CDMA services are similar to pre-paid and post-paid GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – Post-paid Services and Pre-paid Services” under this Item 4.  We have begun operations of the CDMA 1X networks in all of the cities in our cellular service areas.

 

In August 2004, we launched CDMA and GSM dual-mode cellular services under the brand name “Worldwind”, leveraging our existing GSM and CDMA networks to achieve seamless roaming worldwide.  As of December 31, 2004, we sold approximately 200,000 “Worldwind” dual-mode handsets and had approximately 160,000 subscribers of the dual-mode cellular services.  “Worldwind” services, which are available to our subscribers who use either a dual-mode handset or a dual-mode user card, have the following features:

 

                                          Users can switch between our GSM and CDMA networks in China, thereby offering wireless coverage in areas of the country covered by any one of these networks;

 

                                          When roaming in areas outside of China, users can use the cellular services of local operators, whether they are GSM or CDMA, who signed roaming agreements with us; and

 

                                          Our GSM users who sign up for “Worldwind” can continue to use the basic GSM services, while enjoying the additional benefits of the CDMA 1X services.

 

Subscriber Base

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our CDMA cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

CUCL and Unicom New
Century only,
as of or for the
year ended December 31,

 

Unicom New
World only,
as of or for
the year
ended
December 31,

 

CUCL(5)   and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for
the year
ended
December 31,

 

CUCL(5)   and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for
the three
months ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

Number of subscribers (in thousands)

 

6,245

 

16,910

 

2,036

 

27,814

 

29,432

 

Post-paid

 

6,245

 

16,046

 

1,934

 

25,824

 

27,227

 

Pre-paid

 

 

864

 

102

 

1,991

 

2,205

 

Estimated market share in our service areas (1)

 

3.5

%

7.2

%

6.4

%

8.8

%

8.9

%

Average churn rate (2)

 

0.8

%

11.5

%

25.9

%

17.9

%

4.1

%

Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (3)

 

328.1

 

337.5

 

335.4

 

292.3

 

275.5

 

Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (4)

 

172.2

 

128.4

 

123.4

 

85.3

 

77.5

 

SMS Volume (in billions)

 

0.5 16

 

6. 231

 

0.623

 

11.83

 

3.41

 

 

31



 


(1)                   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our CDMA subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area.  Source :  Ministry of Information Industry.

 

(2)                   Average churn rate is the rate of subscriber disconnections from our CDMA cellular network, which we have determined by dividing the sum of voluntary and involuntary deactivations during the period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period.

 

(3)                   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.

 

(4)                   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of CDMA cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.

 

(5)                   Includes Unicom New Century, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our total CDMA subscriber base in our cellular service areas reached 27.81 million, representing an increase of 64.5% from 16.91 million subscribers at December 31, 2003.  Among the total CDMA subscribers, post-paid subscribers increased by 60.9% from 16.05 million as of December 31, 2003 to 25.82 million as of December 31, 2004, while prepaid subscribers increased by 130.4% from 0.86 million as of December 31, 2003 to 1.99 million as of December 31, 2004. Pre-paid subscribers represented 7.2% of the total number of CDMA subscribers in 2004.  We believe the rapid growth in our CDMA subscriber base was primarily attributable to:

 

                                          expansion of our CDMA cellular services areas as a result of the acquisition of Unicom New World,

 

                                          the advantages of the CDMA technology, including the lower radio transmitting power of CDMA handsets as compared to GSM handsets, better voice quality and enhanced security,

 

                                          improved network coverage and quality, and

 

                                          increased brand awareness and our promotions and marketing efforts.

 

MOU, ARPU and Churn Rate

 

In 2004, total MOU for our CDMA services was 82.96 billion minutes, an increase of 89.8% from 43.70 billion minutes in 2003, and ARPU for our CDMA services was RMB85.3, a decrease from RMB128.4 in 2003.  Average MOU per subscriber per month for our CDMA services was 292.3 minutes, 54.7% higher than the average MOU of 188.9 minutes for GSM services, while our CDMA ARPU was 72.7% higher than the ARPU of RMB49.4 for our GSM subscribers.  The reasons for the increase in MOU and the decrease in ARPU for our CDMA services in 2004 are similar to the reasons for similar trends in GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – MOU and ARPU” under this Item 4.

 

The churn rate for our CDMA services is calculated in the same way as the churn rate for our GSM services and was 17.9% in 2004, higher than the 11.5% in 2003, but significantly lower than the 27.6% churn rate for our GSM services.  Loss of CDMA subscribers was primarily attributable to the following reasons:

 

(i)                                     the termination of some CDMA subscribers at the end of their contract periods under the CDMA handset promotional packages we began to offer in 2002;

 

(ii)                                  increased competition as the focus of growth gradually shifts from new subscribers to increased usage; and

 

32



 

(iii)                               an increasing percentage of our CDMA subscribers are subscribing to pre-paid CDMA services, which are characterized by a higher churn rate than post-paid services and led to some subscribers switching from post-paid services to pre-paid services.

 

Payment Delinquency

 

As of December 31, 2004, the doubtful debt ratio for CDMA cellular services in our cellular service areas, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from CDMA cellular services, is 2.7%, compared to 2.4% in 2003 for CDMA cellular services in the service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century.  We have taken various measures to control payment delinquency for our CDMA services, which measures are similar to the ones taken to control payment delinquency for our GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – Payment Delinquency” under this Item 4.

 

Tariffs and Promotion

 

The tariff rates for our CDMA services are generally the State guidance rates for cellular services without the 10% discount we are permitted to adopt for GSM services.  However, we have adopted other promotional programs.  Generally we charge our post-paid cellular subscribers the following categories of tariffs:  basic monthly fees, usage charges for both incoming and outgoing calls, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and charges for value-added services.  Pre-paid subscribers do not pay monthly fees but pay higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.

 

To accelerate the growth in our CDMA subscriber base, we began offering special handset promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  Under the handset promotional packages, CDMA mobile handsets purchased by us from handset suppliers were given to certain CDMA subscribers for their use at no additional cost during specified contract periods, ranging from 6 months to 2 years. In return, subscribers were required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts, they will not need to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets.

 

Due to the high cost of the handset promotional packages, we have attempted to reduce the use of such packages, and concentrated instead on alternative promotional programs to develop our CDMA services.  We focused on expanding the sales and marketing channels for our CDMA services by significantly increasing the number of sales agents.  We emphasize improving our customer services and introducing new value-added data services to our CDMA subscribers.  We also launched several marketing campaigns in 2004, which included increased advertising for our CDMA services, promotion of various customized package service plans that gave subscribers more choices, promotion of our CDMA 1X value-added services and promotion of our “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual-mode services.  In addition, we have adopted the policy to centralize the purchases of CDMA handsets to control the costs of our CDMA promotional packages.

 

See “D. Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Our Business - Our CDMA services have yet to gain a broad market acceptance in China and there is uncertainty over whether our CDMA services will succeed in gaining a broader market acceptance. under Item 3.

 

33



 

SMS Services and Other Value-added Services

 

We began to offer SMS services in 2000.  SMS volume has been increasing rapidly.  A total number of 32.39 billion short messages were transmitted by GSM subscribers and 11.83 billion short messages by our CDMA subscribers in our cellular service areas in 2004.  Our SMS services are offered under a uniform service brand of “uni-Info” and mainly include the following services: SMS transmission and receipt through handsets, content provider-assisted SMS, business SMS platform, voice SMS and other information services.  We continue to promote the use of SMS as a convenient and cost effective method of business and personal communication.  The SMS platforms of our GSM and CDMA networks are interconnected with each other.  Our SMS platforms are also interconnected with the SMS platforms of China Mobile’s GSM network, China Telecom’s “Little Smart” network, and China Netcom’s “Little Smart” network.

 

On August 1, 2001, Unicom Group and we launched our nationwide GSM wireless data services under the service brand of “uni-Info”.  The Uni-Info services are presently based on a nationwide wireless information services platform.  Uni-Info offers a variety of services in the categories of games, downloads and other entertainment services, information and notification services, personal information management and transactions services.  We and Unicom Group cooperate with a number of national and regional content providers that supply our subscribers with Uni-Info services.

 

In March 2003, we launched CDMA 1X wireless data services under the uniform service brand of “uni”, with individual services offered under various sub-brands, including “uni-Info”, “uni-Wap”, “uni-Mail”, “uni-Magic”, “uni-Map” and “uni-Web”.  “uni-Info” services are similar to the GSM services offered under the same brand described above.  “uni-Wap” services allow users to connect to and browse the Internet on their CDMA handsets.  “uni-Mail” services allow users to (i) send and receive e-mails, either from other e-mail accounts or from the Internet and (ii) download and read attachments to the e-mail sent to the user’s handset.  “uni-Magic” services allow users to download pictures, games, entertainment services, business information and other forms of image.  “uni-Map” services provide location-based information to users’ handsets.  Retail users can find locations and research information with respect to a particular location.  This service also offers industrial applications, such as the logistics industry and sea rescue services.  “uni-Web” services offer wireless data transmissions with higher transmission rate and more stable connectivity than the GPRS services offered by our main competitor.  In addition to the “uni” brand value-added services, we also offer the “U-Net” wireless internet services, which provide wireless internet access to laptop computers and mobile handheld devices equipped with a wireless internet card.

 

In late 2003, we began to provide personalized ring tone service under the brand name “Cool Ring Tong”, which allows a cellular subscriber to select personalized ring tones that his or her callers will hear after dialing his or her cell phone number.  This new value-added service has grown rapidly since its introduction.  Also in 2004, we introduced “Music Street”, a value-added service that allows our cellular subscribers to send music and other types of voice messages, record voice messages and listen to music by dialing designated service numbers.

 

In 2004, in order to develop our CDMA 1X value added services, we took the following measures:

 

                                          Through the improvement of the “uni” services, more staff training, advertising and promotions, trial programs and our various other efforts, we strengthened marketing efforts for our CDMA 1X services;

 

                                          We improved the content of our CDMA 1X services, through strengthening service support of and cooperation with content providers and service providers, in order to increase the appeal of these services;

 

34



 

                                          Through cooperation with partners in specific industries, we launched new applications such as “Unicom Police Applications”, “Unicom Horizon Maritime Applications” and “Stock-in-Palm”;

 

                                          Through promotional packages and the establishment of free trial zones in our retail stores, we sought to reduce the obstacles for subscriber usage of our CDMA 1X services;

 

                                          We introduced CDMA 1X services specifically catering to the youth to support the launch of the “Up New Power” service brand that is designed for the youth market; and

 

                                          We introduced more information services in order to increase the usage of our CDMA 1X services.

 

We have designed a fee structure under which we earn transmission fees from the use of our GSM and CDMA value added services and retain a certain percentage of application fees charged by content providers that we collect for them.

 

Long Distance, Data and Internet Services

 

We offer international and domestic long distance services in China based on both the traditional public switched telephony standard and the IP telephony standard.  Our long distance services are based on our advanced, uniform nationwide network system.  We leverage our ability to integrate our long distance services with a broad range of services to target different customer segments.  We have also developed a nationwide video-conferencing network that reaches over 300 cities.  We launched our data and Internet services throughout China in 2000.  Similar to our long distance services, our data and Internet services are supported by our advanced, unified nationwide network system.

 

The following table sets forth the total number of outgoing call minutes for our long distance services and our data and Internet services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Public switched telephony (in billions of minutes):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

6.23

 

8.31

 

9.94

 

International

 

0.14

 

0.13

 

0.16

 

Total

 

6.37

 

8.44

 

10.10

 

IP telephony (in billions of minutes):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

6.75

 

11.25

 

13.81

 

International

 

0.13

 

0.14

 

0.14

 

Total

 

6.88

 

11.39

 

13.95

 

Data Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bandwidth leased to customers (2Mbps)

 

1,466

 

7,194

 

9,007

 

Internet Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dial-up subscribers (in thousands)

 

7,270

 

12,385

 

13,563

 

Dedicated access subscribers

 

22,596

 

47,750

 

61,569

 

 

35



 

Public Switched Telephony Services

 

We offer public switched long distance, or PSTN, services to business and residential customers who register their telephone numbers with us.  They can access our services by dialing a prefix of “193”.  We also distribute pre-paid long distance calling cards that purchasers can use to access our services by dialing a prefix of “193300”.  For some corporate and government customers, we also offer our public switched long distance services over dedicated lines, frequently as part of our integrated offerings of long distance and data services. We also offer long distance services to our cellular subscribers.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about our public switched long distance telephony services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended on December 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of cities reached

 

329

 

332

 

Minutes of outgoing long distance calls (in billion)

 

8.44

 

10.10

 

Market share of outgoing long distance call minutes (1)

 

14.33

%

13.6

%

Minutes of incoming international calls (in billion)

 

1.78

 

2.47

 

 


(1)                   Source : MII.  In calculating market share, the total minutes of outgoing long distance calls include ours and those of the incumbent operators.

 

Tariff rates for public switched long distance telephony services of incumbent fixed line operators are set by the Chinese government.  Other fixed line operators, including us, can adopt tariffs that are different from the State tariff rates upon approval by the MII as long as they do not offer services at tariff rates below cost.  The following table sets forth our present tariff rates (including rates applicable to domestic and international long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers):

 

 

 

Regular Tariff Rates

 

Discount Rates

 

 

 

RMB per six seconds

 

Public switched Domestic Long Distance:

 

0.06

 

0.03

 

Public switched International Long Distance:

 

 

 

 

 

To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau

 

0.18

 

0.15

 

To all other international destinations

 

0.72

 

0.38

 

 

The discount period is every day from 10pm to 7am of the following day, with two more hours for the Tibet and Xinjiang autonomous regions.  Effective August 21, 2001, we adjusted the discount rates set forth in the table above as follows:

 

                                          RMB0.04 per six seconds every day from 8pm to 10pm;

 

                                          RMB0.03 per six seconds every day from 10pm to 7am of the following day; and

 

                                          RMB0.04 per six seconds on public holidays and weekends from 7am to 8pm.

 

Settlement of outgoing and incoming international calls with international operators is conducted through negotiated contracts such individual international operators, which contracts must be approved by the MII.

 

We have adopted a number of measures to increase the number of our registered long distance customers, including, among others, organizing sales agents to promote our services in residential areas, and cross-selling our long distance services with our cellular services at our service centers.

 

36



 

IP Telephony Services

 

We offer domestic and international long distance IP telephony services through interconnection of our IP network with the Internet and other telecommunications networks based on a manageable IP network configuration to enhance service quality. The following table sets forth selected information about our IP telephony services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of cities reached

 

337

 

337

 

341

 

Minutes of outgoing IP telephony calls (in billion)

 

6.88

 

11.39

 

13.95

 

Domestic

 

6.75

 

11.25

 

13.81

 

International, Hong Kong, Macau & Taiwan

 

0.13

 

0.14

 

0.14

 

Market share of outgoing IP calls minutes (1)

 

11.7

%

13.8

%

12.1

%

Minutes of incoming international calls (in billion)

 

0.16

 

0.13

 

0.28

 

 


(1)  Source: MII.

 

Our IP telephony services include the following services:

 

                                          IP telephony services using the “17910” access code, which allows users to dial long distance phone numbers as follows: “17910 + IP card number + password + long distance number”.  There are three types of such services:  (a) users can register for an IP card, pay the accumulated charges on the card on a monthly basis after receipt of a bill from us, (b) users can purchase an IP card with a pre-paid value, which can be re-filled after the user has used up the value on the card, or (c) users can purchase an IP card with a one-time-only pre-paid value.

 

                                          IP telephony services using the “17911” access code, which allows users to dial long distance phone numbers as follows:  “17911 + long distance number”.  There are two types of such services:  (a) users can register for our services at any of our offices or our designated agents’ offices free of charge, or (b) users can purchase a pre-paid IP card from us, input the card number and password the first time the IP card is used, and thereafter dial international or domestic long distance calls only with the 17911 prefix.

 

                                          Dedicated IP telephony services – users of these services only need to dial the long distance phone number to be connected.

 

                                          Direct IP telephony services – Pursuant to authorization from the MII, we are providing fixed long distance direct-dialing IP telephony services nationwide.  As of December 31, 2004, we have set up more than 20,000 “IP convenient stores” nationwide.  “IP convenient stores” are fixed-line long distance call centers in locations with a high concentration of callers who do not otherwise have access to fixed or wireless telephony services.  These call centers provide long distance telephony services to customers on a pre-paid basis.

 

37



 

In February 2001, the Chinese government ceased regulatory control of tariffs for IP telephony long distance calls and allowed operators to set their own rates.  The following table sets forth our present tariff rates for our IP telephony services (including rates applicable to IP long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers).

 

 

 

Our Tariff Rates (RMB)

 

IP Telephony Domestic Long Distance

 

0.30 per minute

 

IP Telephony International Long Distance

 

 

 

To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau

 

1.5 per minute

 

To U.S. and Canada

 

2.6 per minute

 

To other international destinations

 

3.6 per minute

 

 

Effective September 1, 2001, we adjusted our tariff rates for our IP telephony services for certain international destinations.  The tariff rate for calls to 14 countries, including India, was adjusted to RMB4.60 per minute, and the tariff rate for calls to the U.S. and Canada was adjusted to RMB2.40 per minute.

 

We rely primarily on our network of sales agents to sell IP telephony cards.  We also market registered IP telephony services and IP telephony services through dedicated lines.

 

Data Services

 

We presently provide data services in over 300 cities in China.  We target high volume business or government users of integrated voice, data and video communications and offer them data services as part of our integrated offerings of long distance, data and Internet services.  As of December 31, 2004, the total leased bandwidth of our ATM and FR data services was 9,007 x 2 Mbps.

 

Our data service offerings mainly consist of broadband, managed data services, including:

 

                                          Frame relay, or FR, services, which provide high speed and cost effective data communications services linking remote business sites using FR technology;

 

                                          Asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, services, which employ ATM technology and are able to handle high bandwidth, integrated voice, video, data and Internet traffic; and

 

                                          Broadband video-conferencing and video-telephony services, which are provided under the brand name of “Uni-Video”.  These services currently include video-conferencing, video-telephony, video conference room leasing and video public telephony services.  These services are based on our existing unified data network platform.  Two or more users can use our services by connecting to the Internet or our video network through video-conferencing terminals or computer terminals.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about our data services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of cities reached

 

297

 

316

 

328

 

Bandwidth leased to customers

 

1,466

 

7,194

 

9,007

 

 

38



 

We provide data services through an advanced, unified nationwide network system, the backbone of which is our advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network.  This network is the second largest fiber optic transmission network in China.  We have also built metropolitan area networks in many cities throughout China.  These networks provide local transmission capacity for our different services.  See “ -  Networks - Transmission Network” below.

 

We believe that our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises is important to the success of our data services.  We continue to build integrated access networks linking major office buildings to our networks in major cities.  See “ - Networks - Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks” below.

 

Our charges for ATM and FR services include one-time, up-front charges for installation materials (currently RMB500 per port for ATM services and RMB300 per port for FR services) and testing (currently RMB500 per circuit or port for ATM services and RMB300 per circuit or port for FR services), a monthly port fee and a monthly circuit fee.  Our tariff charges are generally offered at a 10% discount from the State guidance tariffs.

 

The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly port fees for FR data services of selected bandwidths.

 

FR Services Port Fee (RMB per month)

 

Bandwidth (bps)

 

Port Fee

 

64k

 

 

260

 

128k

 

 

300

 

256k

 

 

400

 

384k

 

 

450

 

512k

 

 

500

 

768k

 

 

650

 

1M

 

 

750

 

2M

 

 

1,000

 

 

The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly permanent virtual circuit (PVC) fees for FR data services of selected bandwidths and selected distance categories.

 

 

 

FR Services PVC Fee (RMB per month)

 

Bandwidth

 

Local
(intra-district)

 

Local
(inter-district)

 

Domestic
long distance

 

Hong Kong,
Macau &
Taiwan

 

International
long distance
(Asia)

 

International
long distance
(outside of
Asia)

 

8kbps

 

290

 

440

 

990

 

1,550

 

8,800

 

9,400

 

16kbps

 

390

 

540

 

1,190

 

1,800

 

10,000

 

10,500

 

32kbps

 

450

 

650

 

1,300

 

2,000

 

11,500

 

11,500

 

48kbps

 

500

 

750

 

1,500

 

2,300

 

13,000

 

13,500

 

64kbps

 

550

 

800

 

1,700

 

2,600

 

14,500

 

14,600

 

128kbps

 

700

 

1,000

 

2,100

 

3,400

 

18,000

 

18,400

 

256 kbps

 

800

 

1,150

 

2,200

 

3,500

 

19,000

 

19,600

 

384 kbps

 

850

 

1,350

 

2,300

 

3,800

 

20,000

 

20,500

 

516 kbps

 

1,000

 

1,450

 

2,500

 

4,100

 

22,300

 

23,100

 

768 kbps

 

1,150

 

1,600

 

2,700

 

4,600

 

25,800

 

26,550

 

1M kbps

 

1,250

 

2,000

 

3,000

 

5,200

 

28,900

 

30,050

 

2M kbps

 

1,500

 

2,200

 

4,000

 

7,000

 

39,000

 

39,000

 

 

39



 

The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly port fees for ATM services of selected bandwidth.

 

ATM Services Port Fee (RMB per month)

 

Bandwidth

 

Port Fee

 

256K

 

 

400

 

512K

 

 

500

 

1M

 

 

750

 

2M

 

 

1,000

 

4M

 

 

2,000

 

6M

 

 

3,000

 

8M

 

 

4,000

 

10M

 

 

5,000

 

12M

 

 

6,000

 

34M

 

 

7,000

 

45M

 

 

8,000

 

100M

 

 

9,000

 

155M

 

 

10,000

 

 

The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly circuit fees for ATM data services of selected bandwidths and selected distance categories.

 

Bandwidth

 

ATM Services Circuit Fee (RMB per month)

 

 

 

Local
(intra-district)

 

Local
(inter-district)

 

Domestic
long distance

 

Hong Kong,
Macau &
Taiwan

 

International
long distance
(Asia)

 

International
long distance
(outside of
Asia)

 

256Kbps

 

800

 

1,150

 

2,200

 

3,500

 

19,000

 

19,600

 

512Kbps

 

1,000

 

1,450

 

2,500

 

4,100

 

22,300

 

23,100

 

1Mbps

 

1,250

 

2,000

 

3,000

 

5,200

 

28,900

 

30,050

 

2Mbps

 

1,500

 

2,200

 

4,000

 

8,000

 

39,000

 

39,000

 

4Mbps

 

2,000

 

3,000

 

6,000

 

12,900

 

72,200

 

72,200

 

6Mbps

 

2,500

 

5,500

 

9,000

 

19,800

 

105,400

 

105,400

 

8Mbps

 

3,500

 

8,500

 

12,000

 

26,700

 

138,700

 

138,700

 

10Mbps

 

5,000

 

11,500

 

15,500

 

30,600

 

157,800

 

157,800

 

15Mbps

 

7,000

 

15,000

 

22,000

 

40,000

 

205,000

 

205,000

 

20Mbps

 

7,500

 

17,500

 

29,000

 

49,000

 

252,300

 

252,300

 

25Mbps

 

8,000

 

21,000

 

36,000

 

59,000

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

30Mbps

 

9,000

 

24,000

 

42,000

 

69,000

 

348,500

 

348,500

 

40Mbps

 

10,000

 

29,000

 

52,000

 

88,500

 

416,000

 

416,000

 

50Mbps

 

10,500

 

32,000

 

60,000

 

108,200

 

486,600

 

486,600

 

60Mbps

 

11,000

 

33,000

 

68,000

 

122,600

 

567,900

 

567,900

 

70Mbps

 

11,500

 

35,000

 

76,000

 

137,000

 

649,100

 

649,100

 

80Mbps

 

12,000

 

36,000

 

84,000

 

151,300

 

730,400

 

730,400

 

90Mbps

 

12,500

 

37,000

 

92,000

 

165,700

 

811,600

 

811,600

 

100Mbps

 

13,000

 

37,500

 

100,000

 

180,100

 

892,900

 

892,900

 

110Mbps

 

13,500

 

38,000

 

107,500

 

187,300

 

933,500

 

933,500

 

130Mbps

 

13,800

 

38,500

 

122,500

 

201,600

 

1,014,800

 

1,014800

 

155Mbps

 

14,500

 

39,000

 

130,000

 

216,000

 

1,096,000

 

1,096,000

 

 

Effective April 2003, we began charging our corporate customers fees for our “Uni-Video” services based on package service plans, including up-front charges for testing, a monthly fee and telecommunications charges.  Retail customers of our “Uni-Video” services purchase re-chargeable cards to pay for such services.

 

40



 

Our target customer groups are government offices, financial institutions, multinational or multi-regional corporations, large- and medium-sized enterprises in China, and Internet service providers and Internet content providers that provide telecommunications services.  We market our data services through our dedicated teams and our sales agents.

 

Internet Services

 

We offer the following Internet services:

 

                                          Dedicated Internet Access.  We began to offer business customers high speed Internet access through dedicated lines in 2000.  As of December 31, 2004, we had a total of 61,569 subscribers for dedicated Internet access.  We package this service with voice and data services to provide integrated communications solutions to our business customers and cooperate with cable operators and real estate developers to offer broadband access to residential customers.

 

                                          Dial-up Internet Access.  We began to offer dial-up Internet access services to customers in 2000.  As of December 31, 2004, the total number of our dial-up subscribers increased to 13.56 million from 12.38 million in 2003.

 

                                          “Ruyi Mailbox” Services.  This service allows our cellular subscribers to use their cellular phone numbers as e-email address.  As of December 31, 2004, the number of “Ruyi Mailbox” subscribers increased to 14.69 million from 7.81 million in 2003.

 

                                          IDC Services.  We have built Internet data centers (or IDC) in 10 cities including Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and certain provincial capitals, and provide server hosting, server rental, virtual servers and other IDC services to commercial customers and virtual IDC operators.

 

                                          Others.  Other Internet services we offer include a chain of Internet cafes (Unicom’s Internet Plaza services), international Internet Protocol-Virtual Private Network (or IP-VPN), Virtual Private Data Network (or VPDN), Virtual Internet Service Provider (or VISP), Uninet international roaming and corporate e-mail services.

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our Internet service operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of cities reached by our dedicated Internet access services

 

317

 

323

 

327

 

Number of cities reached by our dial-up Internet access services

 

305

 

325

 

328

 

Number of subscribers of dedicated Internet access services

 

22,596

 

47,750

 

61,569

 

Number of subscribers of dial-up Internet access services (in thousand)

 

7,270

 

12,385

 

13,563

 

 

41



 

Our tariff charges for registered dial-up access include a network usage fee and a fixed telecommunications fee (charged to users of our PSTN long distance services only).  In addition, those registered accounts that charge based on usage volume include an up-front account set-up fee and those accounts that charge based on monthly usage include a monthly fee.  Our tariff charges for dial-up access through pre-paid cards include only a network usage fee and a fixed telecommunications fee.  The following table sets forth the various tariff charges for our dial-up access services:

 

 

 

Registered Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Volume-Based
Service Plan

 

Monthly Service
Plans

 

Pre-Paid Cards

 

Account Set-up Fee (RMB)

 

100

 

 

 

 

Monthly Fee (RMB)

 

 

50

 

100

 

 

Network Usage Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local Fee (RMB/Hour)

 

2.7

 

2.2

 

1.8

 

2.5

 

Roaming Fee (RMB/Hour)

 

3.0

 

3.0

 

3.0

 

2.8

 

Telecommunications Fee (RMB/Minute)

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

 

The network usage fee is discounted, at an amount equal to half of the amounts set forth above, on legal holidays and weekends and on weekdays from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m. of the following day.

 

Our tariff charges for dedicated Internet access include a network usage fee, an account set-up fee and a fixed telecommunications fee.  Network usage fee is calculated based on monthly service plans.  The account set-up fee is RMB100.  The fixed telecommunications charge is based on the relevant tariff for the particular type and bandwidth of leased lines used to access the Internet.  The following table summarizes the monthly network usage fees for selected bandwidths denoted as “R”.

 

 

 

Network usage fees (RMB per month)

 

R < 64Kbps

 

2,700-3,600

 

 

64Kbps<R < 128Kbps

 

3,600-4,900

 

 

128Kbps<R < 256Kbps

 

4,800-6,600

 

 

384Kbps <R < 512Kbps

 

8,500-12,000

 

 

1024Kbps<R < 2Mbps

 

18,000-27,000

 

 

8Mbps <R < 10Mbps

 

59,400-70,000

 

 

20Mbps<R < 34Mbps

 

165,900-195,200

 

 

34Mbps <R < 45Mbps

 

210,000-250,000

 

 

45Mbps<R < 100Mbps

 

428,400-504,000

 

 

100Mbps<R < 155Mbps

 

664,100-781,200

 

 

 

Our provincial and local branches are permitted to make tariff decisions within the range set forth above.  For customers who lease a high number of dedicated access lines, we provide discounts of up to 20% of the tariffs set forth in the table above.

 

We charge a monthly usage fee for our “Ruyi Mailbox” services, which is currently RMB6 per month.  We do not charge for SMS notifications of e-mail receipt.  Other e-mail functions performed through SMS are charged based on the SMS tariff rates for our “uni-Info” services.

 

42



 

The network code for our nationwide dial-up Internet services is “165”.  We distribute dial-up Internet access services through a variety of methods.  A customer can pre-register for our dial-up services or purchase dial-up passwords with a pre-paid amount of on-line charges that can be used nationwide to access the Internet.  We also have arrangements with some commercial banks that allow the banks’ customers to access our dial-up services using their bank account numbers, with on-line charges being automatically debited from their bank accounts.

 

Leased Line Services

 

We began to lease transmission lines to large business customers and other telecommunications operators in April 2000.  Our leased line services provide customers with dedicated digital links directly connecting customer sites.  As of December 31, 2004, we had a total leased bandwidth of an equivalent of 51,598 x 2 Mbps circuits, representing a 95.1% increase from 26,449 x 2 Mbps circuits at the end of 2003.

 

Leased line tariffs are primarily based on the bandwidths of the lines leased and the distance of transmission.  The following table sets forth State tariff rates for monthly fees of selected types and bandwidths of leased lines and selected distance categories:

 

 

 

State Tariff Rates (RMB per month)

 

 

 

Local (intra-district)

 

Local (inter-district)

 

Long distance

 

Digital Line (2 Mbps)

 

2,000

 

4,000

 

6,000

 

Digital Line (34 Mbps)

 

16,000

 

31,000

 

47,000

 

Digital Line (155 Mbps)

 

44,000

 

88,000

 

132,000

 

 


Source: MII.

 

Similar to public switched long distance telephony services, operators other than incumbent operators, including us, can adopt tariffs that are different from the above State tariff rates upon approval by the MII as long as they do not offer services at tariff rates below cost.  We generally offer leased line services at a 10% discount to the State tariff rates and market these services to institutional customers through our own dedicated teams and our sales agents.

 

Sale and Lease of Other Network Elements

 

We have substantially completed the construction of our nationwide transmission network.  See “ - Networks - Transmission Network” below.  We have started to offer some network elements such as optic fibers or fiber channels for lease to other telecommunications operators or corporate customers.

 

Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements

 

Interconnection

 

Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our telecommunications networks to other networks.  Our cellular and long distance networks interconnect with Unicom Group’s cellular networks.  Under current arrangements, settlement between Unicom Group and us is based on an internal settlement standard that takes into account either the internal costs of the relevant networks or the government standard applicable between third-party operators, whichever is the more favorable to us.

 

43



 

Unicom Group’s cellular networks, our cellular networks and our long distance networks interconnect with the fixed telephone networks of China Telecom, China Netcom and China Railcom.  Unicom Group’s cellular networks and our cellular networks also interconnect with China Mobile’s cellular networks.  Our Internet network interconnects with the Internet networks of China Telecom and China Netcom.  Although we continue to encounter some difficulties in the execution of our interconnection arrangements with other operators in some service areas, the situation improved in 2004 due to improved regulatory supervision by the Chinese government in this area.

 

In October 2003, the MII issued regulations relating to settlement between telecommunications networks.  These new regulations contain provisions regarding revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms for interconnection arrangements between us and other operators.  These interconnection arrangements under the new regulations are described in “ - Regulatory and Related Matters - Interconnection Arrangements” below.

 

Unicom Group entered into interconnection arrangements with China Telecom, China Netcom and China Mobile with the following agreements, which equally apply to us.

 

                                          Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and the former China Telecom, dated September 30, 2001, the rights and obligations of which were divided and continued after the former China Telecom was split into China Telecom and China Netcom pursuant to an agreement among Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, dated April 23, 2003.  These interconnection and settlement arrangements with China Telecom and China Netcom were superseded by the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Telecom, dated March 29, 2004 and the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Netcom, dated April 2, 2004.  The 2004 agreements contained more detailed provisions relating to interconnection quality, pursuant to new MII directives in this area.

 

                                          Agreement between Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, relating to the continuation and division of rights and obligations of the parties under Unicom Group’s prior interconnection agreement with the former China Telecom, dated April 23, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Mobile relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s GSM and CDMA cellular networks and China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks, both dated November 14, 2001, which were amended by the parties on December 31, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection of point-to-point short messaging services, dated April 1, 2002.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection between China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks and Unicom’s telecommunications networks, including its local fixed line telephony networks, domestic long distance telephony networks, international telephony networks and IP telephony network, and the interconnection between China Mobile’s international gateways and IP telephony network and Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks, dated December 31, 2003.

 

                                          Agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the mutual provision of open service platforms, dated November 5, 2003.

 

44



 

Unicom Group has also entered into the following interconnection arrangements, which equally apply to us.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom relating to the interconnection of Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks and China Railcom’s local fixed line telephony networks, domestic long distance networks and IP telephony networks, dated January 25, 2002 and April 9, 2002.

 

                                          Supplemental agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom, which allows each party to offer its domestic and international long distance telephony services and IP telephony services to the cellular or fixed line telephony service subscribers of the other party, dated April 23, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satellite Communications Corp, or China Satcom, relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s networks and China Satcom’s “Global Star” satellite mobile communications network, dated September 27, 2003.

 

                                          Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satcom relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s cellular networks and China Satcom’s IP telephony networks, dated September 24, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection agreement among major Internet operators, including Unicom Group, and three national Internet switching centers relating to the interconnection of Internet backbone networks, dated December 20, 2001.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Telecom relating to the provision of point-to-point SMS services between Unicom Group’s and China Telecom’s networks, dated October 10, 2004.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Netcom relating to the provision of point-to-point SMS services between Unicom Group’s and China Netcom’s networks, dated October 11, 2004.

 

See “B. Related Party Transactions – Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises – CDMA Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements” under Item 7 below for the interconnection and settlement arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

 

Roaming

 

We have entered into roaming arrangements with Unicom Group.  In addition, as of December 31, 2004, our cellular subscribers can roam on cellular networks in Europe, North America and other Asian countries and regions through Unicom Group’s international roaming agreements with 211 GSM operators in 101 countries and regions and 15 CDMA operators in 12 countries and regions.  Unicom Group has agreed to arrange for us to participate in its future international roaming arrangements.

 

45



 

A cellular subscriber using roaming services is charged at our roaming usage rate for both incoming and outgoing calls, plus applicable long distance tariffs.  Under our roaming agreement with Unicom Group, our subscribers who roam on Unicom Group’s networks are charged for each call made or received.  We collect this tariff, retain RMB0.20 and pay the remaining amount to Unicom Group.  On the other hand, when Unicom Group’s subscribers roam on our networks, Unicom Group collects the roaming tariff, retains only RMB0.04 and pays us the remaining amount.

 

The following table is a summary of roaming settlement between Unicom Group and us:

 

 

 

Roaming Tariff

 

Paid to Unicom
Group

 

Retained by Us

 

For our subscribers roaming on Unicom Group’s networks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.40

 

0.20

 

GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.40

 

0.20

 

CDMA users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.40

 

0.20

 

 

 

 

Roaming Tariff

 

Paid to Us

 

Retained by
Unicom Group

 

For Unicom Group’s subscribers roaming on our networks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.56

 

0.04

 

GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.56

 

0.04

 

CDMA users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.56

 

0.04

 

 

With respect to international roaming, we settle roaming revenue with international operators through Unicom Group in accordance with roaming agreements between Unicom Group and each of the international operators.

 

See “B. Related Party Transactions – Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises – Roaming Arrangements” under Item 7 below for further information regarding the roaming arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

 

Networks

 

We operate an advanced network system to support our integrated operations.  The backbone of the system is a nationwide fiber optic transmission network, which serves as the common platform for our cellular, long distance, data and Internet networks.  In addition, we continue to develop management and network support systems to enhance the quality and reliability of our networks and improve our customer service and operating efficiency.  We generally utilize a centralized network planning and equipment selection process, which ensures uniform nationwide design and network compatibility.

 

Transmission Network

 

We own and operate an advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network (except for the Tibet autonomous region, in which we lease capacity from other operators).  As of December 31, 2004, our fiber optic transmission network reached 326 cities with a total cable length of approximately 712,000 km, of which fiber optic backbone transmission network accounted for approximately 122,000 km.

 

46



 

Our fiber optic transmission network is designed for broadband capacity with superior security and reliability, which supports our integrated telecommunications services and allows us to lease capacity to other telecommunications operators and corporate customers.  The network deploys:

 

                                          synchronous digital hierarchy, or SDH, architecture with protective two- or four-fiber rings, a self-healing system that allows for instantaneous rerouting, automatically protects service circuits and minimizes down time in the event of a fiber cut or equipment malfunction;

 

                                          dense wave division multiplexing, or DWDM, technology, a means of increasing transmission capacity by transmitting signals over multiple wavelengths through a single fiber; and

 

                                          digital cross connection, or DXC, system, a specialized high-speed data channel exchange and connection system that effectively manages the routing and channeling of our services.

 

Our SDH fiber rings have transmission bandwidths of 2.5 Gb/s in most routes and 10 Gb/s for the fiber ring that covers the eastern and southern coastal areas of China.  We deploy mainly transmission equipment and technology supplied by Siemens, Nortel, Lucent, Alcatel, Huawei, ZTE and other vendors.

 

Concurrent with the construction and expansion of our domestic backbone transmission network, we also seek to expand our international bandwidth.  Through our participation in the Asia Pacific Cable Network No. 2 Project (APCN 2), a trans-pacific submarine cable project that connects major countries and regions in eastern Asia and southeastern Asia and links them to North America through Japan, and our membership in the US-Japan Sub-marine Cable Organization, we are linked with 11 operators in Japan, U.S., South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan with 155x30 Mbps capacity.  We also lease 3669 Mbps of international broadband transmission capacity.  We have also opened transmission lines on land with the main operators in Hong Kong and Macau, with 15 Gbps and 622 Mbps of transmission capacity.  As of the end of 2004, we have 20 Gbps of international broadband transmission capacity.  In addition, we have established fiber-optic interconnections among China, Mongolia and Russia, between China and North Korea and between China and Russia, with transmission capacity of 622Mbps, 622Mbps and 2.5Gbps, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2005, our metropolitan area networks cover 341 cities throughout China, with a total length of approximately 681,000 km.  These networks provide a unified, high-speed local transmission platform for our cellular, data and Internet services.

 

Cellular Networks

 

A cellular network consists of:

 

                                          cell sites, which are physical locations, each equipped with a base station that houses transmitters, receivers and other equipment used to communicate through radio channels with subscribers’ cellular handsets within the range of a cell;

 

                                          base station controllers, which connect to, and control, the base stations;

 

                                          mobile switching centers, which control the base station controllers and the routing of telephone calls; and

 

47



 

                                          transmission lines, which link the mobile switching centers, base station controllers, base stations and the public switched telephone network.

 

We own most of the GSM cellular transmission network at the local and provincial level.  We lease a portion of our inter-provincial transmission capacity for our cellular networks as well as the CDMA cellular transmission network.  We also use our own backbone fiber optic transmission network to provide transmission capacity for our cellular networks.  We continue to focus on the management and operation of our cellular networks.

 

GSM Cellular Networks.  The following table sets forth selected information regarding our GSM cellular networks in our service areas as of the dates indicated. 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

Network subscriber capacity (in thousands of subscribers)

 

60,920

 

68,050

 

84,552

 

Base stations

 

48,111

 

56,653

 

81,819

 

Base station controllers

 

1,197

 

1,345

 

1,653

 

Mobile switching centers

 

405

 

426

 

493

 

 

Currently our GSM cellular network mainly operates at 900 MHz.  We have deployed GSM technology that operates at 1800 MHz in some major metropolitan areas to supplement the capacity of our existing cellular network.  We have the right to use 6 x 2 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz frequency band and 10 x 2 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band for our GSM network.

 

Our cellular networks are supported by an advanced SS7 signaling system, which fosters efficient use of network capacity, reduces call set up time and enhances transmission capabilities.  We have also installed intelligent networks that enable us to provide pre-paid services and a wide range of call features and value-added services.

 

CDMA Cellular Network.  Unicom Group completed the construction of the first phase of its nationwide CDMA network at the end of 2001.  The first phase of the CDMA network has a total capacity of 15.62 million subscribers in our service areas.  In 2003, Unicom Group completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which added an additional capacity of 20.69 million subscribers nationwide and included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  The CDMA networks constructed in the second phase did not share as much infrastructure with the GSM network.  Wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology were introduced in major cities in our cellular service areas in March 2003.  In 2004, Unicom Group substantially completed the third phase of the CDMA network construction, adding an additional capacity of approximately 36.23 million subscribers nationwide and significantly improving the coverage and quality of the CDMA network.  We lease CDMA network capacity in our cellular service areas and have the exclusive right to operate its network in those areas.  We have the right to use 10x2 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz frequency band for our CDMA services.

 

Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks

 

By the end of 2004, our public switched long distance network reached 332 cities, while the coverage of our Internet networks, including our IP telephony networks, included approximately 330 cities throughout China.

 

48



 

Long Distance Network.   Our long distance network is supported by a nationwide billing system and an intelligent network, which allows us to provide multiple services.  Our cellular subscribers can access these services directly through our cellular networks, but our other customers typically access our long distance telephony, IP telephony and Internet services through the public switched telephone networks of China Telecom and China Netcom.  As of December 31, 2004, the total network capacity for our IP telephony services reached 22,422E1, or a voice capacity of 20 billion minutes per year.  E1 is the European format for digital transmission and carries signals at 2Mbps.

 

Data and Internet Networks.   Our broadband data and Internet networks utilize a unified IP and ATM design, which is particularly suited for real-time, multimedia applications such as video and voice.  ATM switches perform high-speed switching of voice and data traffic and minimize time delay and congestion.  They can also prioritize applications that least tolerate time delay, such as telephony and video, over less time-sensitive applications such as e-mails and file transfer.  As of December 31, 2004, the international and domestic interconnection bandwidths have reached 3.34Gbps and 14.88Gbps, respectively.

 

Internet Network.   Our Internet network, branded as “Uninet”, is also centrally designed and has a nationwide uniform architecture.  It is supported by a nationwide, advanced billing system that facilitates roaming access and delivery of virtual ISP services and other value added services.

 

Broadband Video Network .  Our broadband video network utilizes the H.323 technological standard and two-tier network structure.  H.323 is a widely used multi-media conferencing protocol approved by the International Telecommunications Union.  As of December 31, 2004, it can provide video conference and video telephone services and currently reaches 330 cities nationwide as well as the United States and Hong Kong.

 

Integrated Access Networks.   We believe that the key to the success of our data services is our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises.  We are building integrated access networks in many cities throughout China.  We focus the construction of our access networks on linking major office buildings to our metropolitan area transmission networks.  We rely mainly on fiber optic cables to link office buildings to our networks and have offered narrow-band wireless access at the 3.5 GHz frequency band in approximately 23 provincial capitals and 14 provinces.

 

Integrated Management and Network Support Systems

 

We have developed various management and network support systems to support our various networks.  Our customer service, billing and settlement systems are integrated into a single system.  In addition, we are in the process of developing an integrated information and management system (UNI-IT), which includes management support systems (MSS), business support system (BSS) and enterprise resource planning systems (ERP).

 

Marketing, Sales and Distribution

 

We centrally plan our nationwide marketing and sales strategies, but the implementation of these strategies is carried out at the provincial level by operating branches tailored to their specific markets.  In 2004, we focused on the concept of “effective growth” by pursuing earning-driven and cost-effective marketing and sales strategies.

 

49



 

Marketing

 

We focus on developing a strong brand image for our company that conveys our strengths in high quality and comprehensive services, nationwide coverage, integrated offerings, advanced technology and customer focus.  We market all of our services under the China Unicom brand name.  We emphasized brand management in 2004, by developing a customer-oriented branding system based on our product profile so as to standardize our operations and ensure consistency in our promotional activities.

 

Our marketing strategy utilizes our image as an integrated telecommunications service provider and leverages on our integrated services and nationwide sales and distribution network.  By using direct sales forces and sale agents and active market analysis and through service centers, large department stores and chain stores, our marketing strategy can be targeted at different customer segments and tailored according the demands of different markets, enabling us to timely adjust our services.  In addition, we also seek to enter into strategic alliances in order to further expand the breath and depth of our marketing and sales efforts.  In September 2004, we entered into a wireless Internet joint marketing agreement with Intel, HP, IBM, Lenovo and Digital China to develop the industry value chain for our “U-Net” services based on the CDMA 1X network.

 

We seek to formulate effective marketing strategies through customer relations management and analysis of customer segmentation, customer demand and consumption trends.

 

Cellular services :  We promote our CDMA services as cellular services with such advantages as better voice quality, better security, lower handset radio transmitting power and, in the case of CDMA 1X services, high data transmission rates and comprehensive value added wireless data services.  In 2004, we focused on developing the CDMA industry value chain.  Under the principle of “open, cooperate and win-win”, we strengthened support for and streamlined our relationship with service and content providers.  We have also adopted the policy to centralize our purchasing of the “Cool Phone” handsets and certain other models of CDMA handsets in an attempt to lower the entry barrier of our CDMA services caused by high handset price and make the CDMA services more attractive and affordable to the mass market.  In addition, our CDMA-1X services continued to develop.  By offering trial packages of the CDMA-1X services and requiring users of our promotional packages to have a minimum monthly spending on value-added services, we promoted usage of the CDMA-1X wireless data service.

 

We also continued to expand the subscriber base for our GSM services, which is mainly based on voice and SMS services.  Our marketing strategies for GSM services focused on the continued development of the voice and SMS services as well as promoting the “Cool Ring Tong” service and the “Music Street” service.

 

Recognizing the importance and the needs of our institutional customers and utilizing our advantages of being an integrated telecommunications operator, we formulated marketing strategies for our cellular services that were specific to our institutional customers.  In 2004, we emphasized the development of advanced and customized industrial applications for our institutional customers.  By offering industrial solutions, our business extended from the provision of basic telecommunications services to comprehensive information services. For example, we launched several industry-specific applications based on the CDMA-1X network, including “Unicom Horizon Police Application”, “Unicom Horizon Maritime Application” and “Stock-in-Palm”.

 

In 2004, we consolidated our brands of wireless data value-added services under one uniform brand, “uni”, and aimed to build it into a new media portal brand for content consumption, with emphases on “entertainment”, “life” and “commerce”.  Meanwhile, the “U-Net” brand was positioned to be a high-end brand for wireless Internet access for laptop users.

 

50



 

In addition we have started promoting the following customer-oriented cellular services brands in 2004: (i) “Ruyi Tong”, which is designed for the mass market and features voice services on either the GSM or the CDMA network, the “uni-Info” value-added services and SMS services, (ii) “New Horizon”, which targets mid- to high-end users as well as institutional and business customers, offering CDMA-based voice services, the “uni” value-added services and industry-specific applications, (iii) “Worldwind”, which features dual-mode voice services and the “uni” services, and (iv) “UP New Power”, which is designed for the youth market, with either GSM- or CDMA-based voice services, SMS services as well as the “uni-Wap” value-added services.  We believe that development of these customer oriented service brands will help us adapt to the changing market condition and improve customer loyalty.

 

Long distance, data and Internet services :  In 2004, we focused on institutional customers, including financial institutions, large corporations, multi-national corporations, government entities and Internet service providers and Internet content providers, in order to provide them “one-stop” solutions.  For example, we provided integrated long-distance, Internet and data services under the “Uni-One” brand to institutional customers.  Our marketing efforts with respect to retail customers included the marketing of co-branded long distance telephony cards.  Under these arrangements, our institutional partners purchased such cards from us and distributed the cards to their employees or customers, thereby facilitating the sale of our long distance telephony services.  We have also focused on the marketing of our long distance, Internet and data services to our existing cellular customers, as well as coordinating the marketing of these services with the marketing efforts of our cellular services.

 

Service Bundling and Cross-Marketing:   A key element of our sales and distribution strategy is to promote our strengths as a provider of a broad range of integrated services.  This strategy is implemented by our service centers, independent sales agents and direct sales forces, which distribute and support our various product offerings.  For example, we cross-sell our long distance services to our cellular subscribers.  In addition, based on the specific demands of our industry and institution clients, we provide customized communications solutions by bundling VPN, IP telephony, “Uni-Video” broadband video-telephony and “Uninet” services.

 

Sales and Distribution

 

Customer Segmentation:   We have two main categories of customers – institutional customers, comprised of mainly corporate and government customers, and individual customers.  We have set up dedicated direct sales and service departments for institutional customers, both at our headquarters and at our provincial and local branches.  We focus on promoting our integrated solutions to these institutional customers.  For individual customers, we conduct our sales through our own service centers and the retail outlets of independent sales agents.

 

51



 

Distribution Network:  We have a diversified distribution network comprising self-owned sales outlets, agent/distributor sales outlets and direct sales forces.  We distribute our services to our individual customers through our self-owned sales outlets as well as other retail outlets.  We distribute our services to large customers through our direct sales forces and agents.  We have developed a nationwide distribution network of service centers and retail outlets, of which only a small portion are owned by us and the others are owned by independent agents or distributors.  As of December 31, 2004, we had a total of approximately 80,300 sales outlets, of which over 5,600 were self-owned.  These service centers and retail outlets distribute our cellular, long distance, data and Internet services and provide post-sales services such as customer inquiry, customer complaint and collections.  We generally maintain a flat distribution structure, but utilize a multi-level distribution system in some service areas, in which our top-level distributors further distribute to lower level distributors and sales agents.  In 2004, we have reduced the levels of such distribution system to control distribution costs.  We have also established direct sales and customer service teams at various levels to conduct one-on-one sales to high-usage institutional customers.  These direct sales and customer service teams’ focus is to utilize our cellular, domestic and international long distance, data and Internet services as integrated telecommunications services in order to provide differentiated and comprehensive solutions for our customers.  In 2004, we also expanded the use of new distribution channels such as Internet and telephone marketing.

 

Strategic Cooperation with China Post:   Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, entered into a strategic cooperation arrangement with China Post in 2001.  This arrangement allows us to supplement our existing distribution network with China Post’s extensive nationwide network.  China Post also provides billing, collection and other services to our customers.  The arrangement uses a revenue-based commission structure for most services.  We and China Post have also agreed to use each other’s services and offer each other preferential treatment.  We have entered into provincial-level cooperation agreements with China Post in our service areas.

 

Customer Service

 

We provide specialized, differentiated and “one-stop” services to our customers, based on the customer service resources of Unicom Group.  Our customer care and service centers in each service area can be accessed by our customers by dialing a nationwide hotline number “10010”.  Our customer service system is a unified platform providing customer services for all of our businesses.  This system is based on the paging centers, and also relies on other systems, including operations, billing, account management and network management.  This integrated system allows us to provide personalized and diversified services through customer service representatives or automated systems, including service inquiry, billing inquiry, response to customer complaints and suggestions, service initiation and termination, payment reminder services and emergency services, to different types of customers on a 24-hour basis.  Our customers can access our customer services through various means, including telephone calls, faxes, e-mails and SMSs.  To better serve our customers, we provide such value-added services as 10011 bill inquiry hotline, 10018 club member service hotline, 13010199999 international roaming service hotline, bill payment through commercial banks, free copies of detailed statements, Internet account inquiry, a single rechargeable card for all of our services and mobile service centers in remote areas of China.  To better meet market demand, we continue to seek innovation in our customer services, in order to provide more pro-active, comprehensive and targeted customer services.

 

52



 

In addition, we also analyze our customer segments in detail, and tailor our services to the requirements of different customer segments.  While we are focused on retention of our retail customers, we pay regular visits and provide one-on-one personalized services to our institutional customers and VIP customers and, through “customer clubs”, provide high-quality and differentiated services for high-net-worth individual customers and important institutional customers.  For mass-market customers, we offer standardized services that aim at enhancing customer experience.  In 2004, we launched the “Satisfaction at Unicom” campaign, which aimed at further improving customer satisfaction and promoting our corporate image.

 

We emphasize customer service and customer relations management and have taken various measures to improve customer satisfaction.  Such measures include establishing and improving the customer service network, standardizing the content, manner and criteria of service and improving training of customer service representatives.  We established our customer service workflow using a consistent set of standards in order to timely resolve problems for our customers.  We have also strengthened our analysis and research of customer consumption behavior, consumption cycle and satisfaction levels in order to understand their consumption pattern and influence their consumption trend.

 

53



 

Billing and Collection

 

We are able to leverage our strengths as an integrated service provider to offer integrated billing and collection services.  For example, we provide our business customers a single bill covering multiple services for ease of payment.  We also integrate the billing systems for different services and distribute unified recharge cards that can be used to recharge various pre-paid services, including pre-paid cellular services, long distance telephony services and Internet dial-up services.  Our billing system can distinguish between customers based on the marketing method and service package plans applicable to each customer.  These additional functions would allow us to analyze customer data in more detail, thereby improving our ability to analyze the age of our accounts and control bad debts.  The following table sets forth our billing and collection methods for each of our business segments:

 

Business Segment

 

Billing

 

Collection

 

Post-paid GSM and CDMA services

 

Centralized at the provincial level and generally by monthly billing.

 

Subscribers may pre-deposit their service charges with us or commercial banks or China Post that collect payment for us, make payment in person at our service centers or branches of China Post, or through commercial banks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-paid GSM and CDMA services

 

Centralized on our nationwide intelligent network

 

Subscribers can purchase and/or re-chare pre-paid cards through various channels. They can also re-charge cards by telephone.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PSTN long distance telephony services

 

Through nationwide long distance telephony settlement center and regional billing centers located in Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou, which coordinates billing with local settlement centers

 

Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IP telephony services

 

Through our nationwide data settlement center and various provincial-level settlement systems

 

Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Uni-Video” services

 

For each corporate customer, billing is either through the local service centers in the locations of the branches of the customer or centralized at one local service center chosen by the corporate customer. Retail customers purchase pre-paid re-chargeable cards for our services.

 

Our corporate customers can pay either at the local service centers in the locations of the branches of such customer or at one local service center designated by the customer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internet services

 

Centralized at the provincial level. Billing methods include monthly billing, volume-based billing and billing according to contractual provisions.

 

Subscribers may go to our service centers, commercial banks, and branches of China Post or use the Internet for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Unicom’s Internet Plaza”

 

Customers of the Internet cafes either pay by membership or pay hourly rates.

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines

 

Monthly billing in accordance with contractual provisions

 

Customers mainly pay at our service centers or at commercial banks.

 

 

54



 

Bad Debt Controls

 

Cellular Services.   Post-paid subscribers must register with us before they can begin using our cellular services.  Customer registration allows us to better manage customer credit.  If subscribers do not pay their bills on time, we charge a late fee and will either call or send SMSs to the delinquent subscribers to remind them to pay.  We generally suspend a post-paid subscriber’s account if the account is more than 30 days overdue and terminate the account if it is overdue for more than three months after that.  When an account is terminated, we will seek other remedies to collect the overdue payment, including personal visits to the subscriber to collect payments or taking legal actions.  At the same time, we encourage our subscribers to pre-deposit service charges with us, to be deducted against charges incurred in the future, or use our pre-paid services.  In 2004, we began developing a customer’s credit management system at the provincial branch level to enhance verification of the personal information of new subscribers and tighten credit control for new subscribers.  We believe these measures will improve our bad debt control.

 

Domestic and International Long Distance Services.   We actively encourage customers to use our pre-paid services.  In addition, we perform credit checks on potential customers.  For high-volume users, we open telephone banking accounts at commercial banks, set credit limits on such accounts and settle with such customers on a monthly basis.

 

Internet services.   We send e-mails to delinquent customers and use other methods to collect payment from delinquent customers.  Accounts for individual customers which are delinquent for 20 days are suspended, and such accounts will be terminated if they are delinquent for more than 40 days.  For corporate customers, our actions are based on the credit history of each delinquent customer.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus on technology innovation in coordination with the various business departments, in order to provide technical support to the development of our various businesses.  In July 2004, our first technology invention patent, “the CDMA R-UIM technology for the CDMA cellular communication network”, was granted approval by the State Intellectual Properties Bureau of the PRC.  Major projects of our research and development efforts in 2004 include:

 

                                          the tracking and research of the latest technology trends in light of the gradual transition to 3G cellular communications technology and next-generation networks and our position as a provider of integrated services, including participation in the Chinese Next Generation Internet (CNGI) network construction project (led by the National Development and Reform Commission) and the 3G cellular technology testing project (led by the MII);

 

                                          the investigation into coordinated development of the GSM and CDMA networks and the transition to next-generation networks, including the development and testing of GSM and CDMA dual-mode handset, the testing of GSM and CDMA commercial networks, the testing of the enhanced CDMAIX network technology and other research and development of new technologies; and

 

                                          the development of new businesses, including CDMA 1X network mobile IP business, support for selected institutional users of our dedicated ATM line services and new applications for institutional customers.

 

55



 

Competition

 

The Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers – China Telecom, Unicom Group, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satcom and China Railcom – and thousands of value-added service providers.  As a relatively new entrant into this competitive landscape, we believe we owe our recent development to the following:

 

                                          Integrated service offerings and a uniform and advanced telecommunications network – We offer integrated cellular, domestic and international long distance, data and Internet services, and have a nationwide, uniform communications network that support voice, data and Internet communications and allow us to provide integrated services to our customers and utilize our network resources in a cost-effective manner.

 

                                          Advanced technologies – CDMA technology offers high bandwidth utilization, better voice quality, high data transmission capabilities, better security, lower handset radio transmitting power, and can cost-effectively and timely transition to 3G cellular telecommunications.  We are the only provider for CDMA services in 30 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions in China, and our CDMA network has been upgraded to CDMA 1X technology, which has higher data transmission capabilities.  Our GSM services utilize 2G technology that is widely accepted internationally and we believe our GSM network coverage and voice quality meet international standards.  Our uniform network platform (Unione) utilizes ATM+IP technology solutions to offer quality support to our voice, data, Internet, video conference, video telephony and mobile data services.

 

                                          Unique service offerings – Through our advanced integrated network platform and the implementation of our innovative marketing strategies, we introduced “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual-mode cellular services and a series of value-added services such as CDMA 1X data services, “Uni-Video” services and “Ruyi Mailbox” services, in order to satisfy the differentiated demand of our various customer segments.

 

                                          Professional and quality customer service – Using the customer service resources of Unicom Group, we have built up a strong brand image in customer service that can be characterized as professional, differentiated and “one-stop” service.

 

However, the development of our business is also affected by certain competitive disadvantages, including:

 

                                          Market position – As a relatively new entrant to the market, we are still behind the traditional operators in such areas as market share and branding.  Due to our late entry, we still need to strengthen our market position through expenditures to capture mid- to high-end customers.  In addition, we are reliant on the dominant operators in terms of interconnection and settlement.

 

                                          Financial resources – Comparing to the dominant operators, our capital scale is relatively small, our debt ratio is relatively high, and our share of the market operating revenue and profit is relatively low.

 

56



 

                                          Network coverage and network number resources – While we have made significant improvements in network construction in recent years, network coverage in certain areas still need improvement.  In addition, we do not have sufficient network number resources, which has affected the development of our PSTN long distance telephony, IP telephony, data and Internet services.

 

Cellular Competition

 

Our main competitor in the cellular communications business is China Mobile.  China Mobile continues to have competitive advantages over us in brand name, market share, financial resources and network management experience.  To compete against China Mobile, we continue to improve our network coverage and voice quality, enhance network quality, develop value-added services (such as our CDMA 1X wireless data services), improve customer service and customize our package service plans to meet our various subscribers’ specific needs.  We also seek to leverage our position as a fully integrated telecommunications operator to provide “one-stop” telecommunications solutions for our subscribers.  In addition, we seek to compete against China Mobile’s GPRS wireless data services by the development of our CDMA 1X wireless data services, which offers such advantages as better voice quality, better security, high data transmission rates and comprehensive value-added wireless data services.

 

Our cellular services also compete with the wireless local communications services of China Telecom and China Netcom, known as “Little Smart”, which are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize PHS technology.  These services were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, but have been introduced in most cities nationwide.  The “Little Smart” services reportedly have attracted a substantial subscriber base in China and compete with us mostly in the lower end of the cellular market.  Although many cellular users use “Little Smart” services as a supplement, rather than an alternative, to their existing cellular services, the availability of “Little Smart” services has reduced the overall usage volume of our cellular services.  The main advantage of “Little Smart” services is their lower tariff rates.  However, they generally have limited network coverage and roaming capability.

 

Since the launch of our CDMA cellular services in 2002, we have pursued a strategy of coordinated development of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses.  While our GSM cellular business focuses on the mass market, with customers who are more price-sensitive and require basic voice and message services, our CDMA services primarily focuses on customers who require voice and data services and place a premium on high-technology, high-speed and high-security services.  Accordingly, usage fees and package service plans for our CDMA cellular services are generally higher than those for our GSM cellular services. In 2004, most of our CDMA new subscribers were users migrating from the GSM services of our competitor, first-time cellular users, and users who previously subscribed to our CDMA services.

 

Long Distance Telephony Competition

 

The Chinese government restructured the fixed line incumbent China Telecom in 2002.  Pursuant to the restructuring, the telecommunications assets of the former China Telecom in 10 northern provinces in China were split off in May 2002 and merged with CNCL and Jitong to form China Netcom.  China Telecom retained the telecommunications assets in the remaining 21 provinces and the brand name of “China Telecom”.  Currently, both China Netcom and China Telecom provide fixed line telecommunications services.  In addition, China Railcom is also licensed to provide public switched long distance services in China and launched its long distance services in China in 2001.

 

57



 

China Telecom and China Netcom are the dominant providers and our primary competitors in the public switched long distance business in their respective service areas.  They have advantages over us in their respective service areas in brand name, market share, financial resources, service area coverage, extensive access networks and experience in fixed line telecommunications business.  However, the separation of China Telecom into two companies along geographic lines weakened the competitiveness of the resulting entities on a nationwide basis.

 

We started to provide public switched long distance telephony services in 2000 and reached a market share of 12.7% in terms of total outgoing long distance call minutes in 2004.  Since our network has been constructed recently and is equipped with the latest technology and advanced features, it enables us to offer a variety of high-quality services.  Our long distance telephony services are also supported by a centralized billing system.  Our services are hindered by our lack of fixed line telephone number resources.

 

Our IP telephony services currently face intense competition from China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile, China Railcom and China Satcom.  Currently, China Telecom and China Netcom are the market leaders in their respective service areas.  Since the MII deregulated the tariffs of this market in 2001, competition in this market has been intensifying.

 

Data and Internet Competition

 

China Telecom, China Netcom and China Railcom are our major competitors in the data services business in their respective service areas.  Other competitors include China Satcom.  While China Telecom, China Netcom, China Railcom, China Mobile, China Satcom and we are the only Internet backbone operators in China, there are many retail Internet service providers throughout China.  China Telecom and China Netcom have leading positions in the Internet access market and are the largest wholesale Internet service providers in their respective service areas.  Our data and Internet networks have nationwide access, which offers convenience and flexibility to our institutional customers, whereas the respective networks of China Telecom and China Netcom only extend to their respective service areas.  We have obtained approval to operate and franchise a nationwide chain of Internet cafes and, to date, have opened a number of upscale Internet cafes in several cities.

 

The advanced features and design of our backbone network allow us to provide nationwide high quality virtual private network services, which are specifically tailored to the high-usage corporate customers and retail Internet service providers that we target.  We are also building advanced metropolitan area networks and integrated access networks that allow us to connect to key commercial buildings throughout China.  We also continue to cooperate with medium- to small-sized Internet service providers and other companies that have broadband access to concentrated residential areas to expand our broadband services.

 

Trademarks

 

We conduct our businesses under the Unicom name and logo.  Unicom Group is the registered proprietor in China of the “Unicom” trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo.  Unicom Group has also applied and became the registered proprietor of the trademark of the word “Unicom” in Chinese.  Unicom Group has granted us the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis, and to license to us any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

58



 

Regulatory and Related Matters

 

The telecommunications industry in China is subject to a high degree of government regulation.  The primary regulatory authority of the Chinese telecommunications industry is the MII.  The State Council, the National Development and Reform Commission (the former State Development Planning Commission), the Ministry of Commerce (formerly, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation) and other governmental authorities also maintain regulatory responsibilities over certain aspects of the Chinese telecommunications industry.

 

The MII, under the supervision of the State Council, is responsible for, among other things:

 

                                          formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations, as well as technical standards,

                                          granting telecommunications service licenses,

                                          supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers,

                                          allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and number resources,

                                          together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff standards for telecommunications services,

                                          formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks, and

                                          maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.

 

The MII has established a Telecommunications Administration Bureau in each province, which is mainly responsible for enforcement of telecommunications policies and regulations in that province.

 

The MII is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law that, once adopted by the National People’s Congress, will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide the principal legal framework for telecommunications regulations in China.  It is currently uncertain when the law will be adopted and become effective.

 

Telecommunications Regulations

 

The State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000.  The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to streamline and clarify, the existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry.  They provide the current primary regulatory framework for China’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the proposed telecommunications law.

 

The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to foster orderly competition and encourage development in the telecommunications industry.  The Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of the telecommunications industry, including entry into the industry, scope of business, tariff setting, interconnection arrangements, quality of services, technology standards and allocation of telecommunications resources.

 

59



 

Entry into the Industry

 

The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value added telecommunication services.  An addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations sub-categorizes basic and value added telecommunication services.  In February 2003, the MII revised the addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations; and the revised addendum took effect in April 2003.  Basic telecommunications services include, among others, fixed line local and domestic long distance telephony services, international telecommunications services, IP telephony services, mobile voice and data services, Internet and other public data transmission services, lease or sale of network elements, and paging services.  Value added telecommunications services include, among others, e-mail, voice mail, electronic data interchange, Internet access, Internet content and video conferencing services.  Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value added services in two or more provinces autonomous regions and municipalities in China must apply for licenses from the MII.  Licenses for basic telecommunications services will be granted through a tendering process.

 

After its accession to the WTO in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, effective on January 1, 2002, implementing its commitments to the WTO.  Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators.  However, the presence or absence of foreign investments in an applicant for telecommunications licenses will presumably bear no direct relation to the decision on whether to issue licenses, in as much as the issuance of new licenses is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations.  The specific market-opening commitments China made to the WTO regarding fixed line services, mobile services and value-added telecommunication services are as follows.

 

                                          For fixed line services:

 

(1)                                   Within three years after accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 25%;

 

(2)                                   Within five years after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between an additional 14 cities of Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou, Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shenyang, Shenzhou, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan, or, the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 35%; and

 

(3)                                   Within six years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction and foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.

 

                                          For mobile voice and data services:

 

(1)                                   Upon accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 25%;

 

(2)                                   Within one year after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 35%;

 

60



 

(3)                                   Within three years after accession: foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%; and

 

(4)                                   Within five years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction and the foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.

 

                                          For value-added telecommunication services:

 

(1)                                   Upon accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 30%;

 

(2)                                   Within one year after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%; and

 

(3)                                   Within two years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction, foreign ownership shall be no more than 50%.

 

The MII promulgated Measures on the Administration of Telecommunication Business Licenses, which took effect on January 1, 2002.  Those rules apply to the application for, examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in China.

 

Spectrum and Network Number Resources

 

The MII allocates all telecommunications-related frequencies, including those used in cellular, paging and microwave operations.  The 800 MHZ, 900 MHZ and 1,800 MHZ frequency bands have been reserved for mobile cellular applications and parts of the 150 MHZ and 280 MHZ frequency bands have been reserved for paging applications.  The frequency assigned to a licensee may not be leased or transferred without obtaining the approval of the MII.

 

Since July 1, 2002, the standard spectrum usage fees for GSM networks and CDMA networks has been charged at the annual rate of RMB15 million per MHz of frequency per year (upward and downward frequencies are charged separately) progressively over a period of three years and a period of five years, respectively.  The current allocation of spectrum usage fees between Unicom Group and us based on the number of subscribers remains unchanged.

 

The MII is also responsible for the administration of network number resources within China, including cellular network numbers and subscriber numbers.  In January 2003, it issued the Administrative Rules for Telecommunications Network Numbers, which took effect on March 1, 2003.  According to these rules, the telecommunications network number resources are properties of the Chinese government, and the use of number resources by any telecommunications operator is subject to the approval of MII.   Users of number resources, including us, are required to pay a usage fee to the Chinese government.  The rules also provide for procedures for application for the use, upgrade and adjustment of number resources by telecommunications operators.

 

61



 

In December 2004, the MII, the Ministry of Finance and the National Development and Reform Commission jointly issued the Provisional Administrative Measures with respect to the Collection of the Usage Fee of Telecommunications Network Number Resources, under which telecommunications companies are required to pay a usage fee to the PRC government by the 10th day of the first month of each quarter starting from 2005.  Under these provisional measures, mobile telecommunications companies are required to pay an annual usage fee of RMB12 million for each network number. In addition, we are also required to pay usage fees for certain other network numbers totaling approximately RMB6 million a year.  We are required to start paying usage fees in 2005.

 

Tariff Setting and Price Controls

 

The levels and categories of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the National Development and Reform Commission (the former State Development and Planning Commission), and, at the local level, the relevant provincial Telecommunications Administration Bureaus and price regulatory authorities.  Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into State-fixed tariffs, State-guidance tariffs and market-based tariffs.  For example, there are State-guidance tariffs for cellular services, fixed line telephony services and leased lines services that are set jointly by the MII and the National Development and Reform Commission.  Tariffs for telecommunications services where adequate competition has already developed may be set by the service providers as market-based tariffs.  In 1997, the Chinese government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to vary our cellular tariffs by up to 10% from the state-guidance rates.

 

The government is required to hold public hearings before setting or changing important State-tariff rates, which are attended by telecommunication operators, consumers and others.  Operators are required to provide complete and adequate cost data and other materials for those hearings.

 

In December 2000, the MII, the former State Development Planning Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly issued a tariff adjustment circular, which provides for tariff adjustments for a wide range of telecommunications services.  Effective from February 21, 2001, we have adopted these government tariff adjustments.

 

In June 2003, the Ministry of Finance and the MII jointly issued a circular to revoke certain fees including one-time installation fees charged to the fixed line telephone users and one-time activation fees charged to the cellular subscribers.

 

In June 2004, the MII and the National Development and Reform Commission jointly issued a notice aimed at further strengthening the regulatory oversight of telecommunications tariffs.  The notice requires telecommunications services providers to strengthen their internal control and management of tariff setting activities.  Specifically, the notice requires services providers to strictly comply with the relevant government regulation relating to the procedures for the approval and registration of telecommunications tariffs.

 

62



 

Interconnection Arrangements

 

In 1999, the MII issued provisional regulations on interconnection and settlement arrangements.  These regulations contain specific provisions regarding, among other things, revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms and interconnection agreements among telecommunications service providers.  The Telecommunication Regulations reaffirmed the obligations of dominant telecommunications operators in China to provide interconnection with other operators.  The MII adjusted the interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements, effective from March 21, 2001, and further adjusted them on October 28, 2003.  We have entered into interconnection and settlement agreements with China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and China Railcom that implement the regulatory requirements.

 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with fixed line operators and China Mobile for local calls after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from
which calls originated

 

Network at
which calls terminated

 

Settlement Arrangement
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network

 

(1) Unicom collects the local cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

No revenue sharing or settlement

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

China Mobile’s cellular network

 

(1) Each of Unicom and China Mobile collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to China Mobile

 

 

 

 

 

China Mobile’s cellular network

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

(1) Each of Unicom and China Mobile collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) China Mobile pays RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom

 

63



 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators and China Mobile for domestic long distance calls after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from
which calls originated

 

Network at
which calls terminated

 

Settlement Arrangement
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator

 

(1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators, and keeps the rest of the domestic long distance tariff

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1) Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers
(2) Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator

 

(1) Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers.
(2) Fixed line operators pay RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom and keep the rest

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1) Fixed line operators on the originating end collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers
(2) Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom
(3) Unicom then pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators on the receiving end

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

China Mobile’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of China Mobile

 

(1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to China Mobile

 

 

 

 

 

China Mobile’s cellular network at area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1) China Mobile collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) China Mobile keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to Unicom

 

64



 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators for international long distance calls through their international gateways after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Type of calls

 

Settlement Arrangements
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

Outgoing calls from Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators

 

(1) Unicom collects the international long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network) and pays the rest of the international long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

 

 

Incoming calls to Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators

 

(1) Unicom receives RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute from fixed line operators (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network)

 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with other operators for IP telephony long distance calls through our network after the regulating adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from which
calls originated

 

Network at which calls
terminated

 

Settlement Arrangement
(under 2003 regulations)

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)

 

(1) Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to other operators on the receiving end

 

 

 

 

 

Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area A

 

Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)

 

(1) Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to other operators on the receiving end
(3) No settlement between Unicom and other operators on the originating end

 

Technical Standards

 

The MII sets industry technical standards for the Chinese telecommunications industry.  Most of the standards set by the MII conform to the standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations.  In cases where the MII has not set certain industry technical standards, we set our own enterprise technical standards.  The MII also requires all network operators in China to purchase only telecommunications equipment certified by the MII, including cellular and paging equipment, radio equipment and interconnection terminal equipment.

 

65



 

Universal Services

 

Telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the MII has the authority to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations.  The MII may also select universal service providers through a tendering process.  The MII, together with the finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.  These rules have not yet been promulgated and there are currently no regulatory requirements relating to the provision of universal services in China.

 

The MII has recently required major Chinese telecommunication service providers, including Unicom Group, to participate a project to provide telecommunications services in a number of remote villages in certain designated provinces in China as transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework. The MII and other relevant government authorities are still in the process of finalizing the detailed regulations relating to the provision of such universal services.  Such regulations, if promulgated, may require us to incur significant relevant expenses to fulfill our universal service obligations and therefore could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations .

 

See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Overall Telecommunications Industry in China — The Chinese government may require us, along with other telecommunication service providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.” Under Item 3.

 

Capital Investment

 

On July 16, 2004, the State Council promulgated, effective immediately, the Decision on Reform of Investment System, or the Investment Reform Decision, which significantly modified the government approval process for major investment projects in China.  The Investment Reform Decision eliminated the government approval requirements for investment projects that do not involve direct government funding unless the investment projects are in the restricted sectors specified in the annually adjusted catalogue released by the State Council.  The 2004 catalogue, which was attached as an annex to the Investment Reform Decision, sets forth approval requirements for individual investment projects in restricted sectors.  Within the telecommunications sector, the investment projects that require the approval of the National Development and Reform Commission include:

 

                                          domestic backbone transmission networks (including broadcasting and television networks);

 

                                          international telecommunications transmission circuits;

 

                                          international gateways;

 

                                          international telecommunications facilities for dedicated telecommunications networks; and

 

                                          other telecommunications infrastructure projects involving information security.

 

66



 

Others

 

As a company with substantially all of our operations in China, we, along with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, are subject to various regulations of the PRC government in addition to those regulating the telecommunications industry.  PRC regulatory authorities, such as the State Bureau of Taxation, National Audit Office, State Administration of Industry and Commerce and local price bureaus, exercise extensive control over various aspects of our businesses and conduct various regular inspections, examinations and/or audits on us and Unicom Group.  As required by the relevant PRC laws and regulations, Unicom Group, as one of the key State-owned enterprises under the direct supervision of the SASAC, is also subject to routine audits by the National Audit Office, or the NAO, including the senior management departure audit which involves a review by the NAO of the economic responsibilities of a departing senior management member of Unicom Group.

 

In 2004, the NAO conducted a senior management departure audit of Unicom Group after the resignation of Mr. Yang Xian Zu, Unicom Group’s former Chairman, in 2003.  We understand that the results of that audit had no material adverse effect on our company.

 

As a result of the resignation of Mr. Wang Jianzhou, Unicom Group’s former Chairman, in 2004, the NAO is currently conducting another senior management departure audit of Unicom Group.  As this NAO audit has not yet been completed, we cannot predict at this time the results of this audit or the extent of its possible effect on our company.

 

In addition, as our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group under the direct supervision of SASAC, SASAC has an indirect influence over us.  In particular, SASAC may designate certain nominees and request Unicom Group to propose the appointment of such nominees as our directors and senior management; SASAC may also request Unicom Group to remove our directors and senior management in accordance with relevant procedures provided by law and our articles of association.

 

C.                                     Organizational Structure

 

We are incorporated in Hong Kong and are 77.37% indirectly owned by the Unicom Group and 22.63% owned by public shareholders as of May 31, 2005.  See “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4.  Set forth below are details of our significant subsidiaries:

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Ownership Interest

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

China

 

100

%

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited *

 

China

 

100

%

China Unicom International Limited

 

Hong Kong SAR

 

100

%

China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited

 

Macau SAR

 

100

%

 


*                   Held through Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, our direct wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

67



 

D.                                     Properties

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Hong Kong.  We also maintain executive offices in Beijing.  We own and lease a large number of offices, retail outlets, equipment rooms and base stations throughout China.  For some of those properties we own or operate on, we have not obtained land use rights certificates or building ownership certificates.  In some cases, we have not entered into formal lease agreements with the lessors or the lessors do not possess requisite title certificates.  We believe that it is unlikely that we would be denied our right to use a large number of these properties at any given time.  Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, has agreed to indemnify us against any loss or damages incurred by us that are caused by or arising from any challenge of, or interference with, our right to use these properties.

 

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the selected financial data set forth in Item 3 and the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with HK GAAP, which differs in certain respects from US GAAP.  Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements summarizes the nature and effects of significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP as they relate to our financial statements and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP of our net income and shareholders’ equity.  In addition, Note 40 to our consolidated financial statements includes our condensed consolidated financial information prepared and presented in accordance with US GAAP for the relevant periods.  Our consolidated financial statements present, and the discussion and analysis under this Item 5 pertain to, our consolidated financial position and results of operations as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.  On December 31, 2002 and 2003, we completed the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, and the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, respectively.

 

Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflect the results of operations of both Unicom New Century (which was merged into CUCL in July 2004) and Unicom New World, but do not include the results of operations of Guoxin Paging.  Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflect the results of operations of Unicom New Century and Guoxin Paging but do not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  Our consolidated year ended December 31, 2002 do not include the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  In addition, in September 2004, we completed the acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group.  Accordingly, the operating results of Unicom International for the period from the effective date of the acquisition to December 31, 2004 have been included in our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2004.  See “ - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” below.

 

Overview

 

We are an integrated provider of telecommunications services in China and offer a wide range of telecommunications services, including the following, which also constitute our major operating segments:

 

                                          GSM cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities;

 

                                          CDMA cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities;

 

                                          Public switched international and domestic long distance service nationwide in China; and

 

68



 

                                          IP telephony based international and domestic long distance and data and Internet services nationwide in China.

 

The table below sets forth operating revenue from our major businesses and the respective percentage of our total operating revenue in 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

Total operating revenue

 

40,577

 

100.0

%

67,636

 

100.0

%

79,332

 

100.0

%

Total service revenue

 

38,333

 

94.5

%

64,040

 

94.7

%

76,310

 

96.2

%

GSM

 

27,388

 

67.5

%

40,304

 

59.6

%

46,579

 

58.8

%

CDMA

 

3,225

 

7.9

%

16,623

 

24.6

%

24,220

 

30.5

%

Long distance revenue

 

2,766

 

6.8

%

2,273

 

3.4

%

1,848

 

2.3

%

Data and Internet revenue

 

2,793

 

6.9

%

3,437

 

5.1

%

3,663

 

4.6

%

Paging

 

2,161

 

5.4

%

1,403

 

2.0

%

 

 

Sales from telecommunications products

 

2,244

 

5.5

%

3,596

 

5.3

%

3,022

 

3.8

%

 

Our service revenue comes primarily from the following:

 

                                          Usage fees for our GSM, CDMA, long distance and data and Internet services, including, for our cellular subscribers, roaming-out fees for calls made by them outside their local service areas.  We recognize usage fee revenue when the service is rendered.

 

                                          Monthly fees, of fixed amounts, charged to certain of our GSM, CDMA, data and Internet subscribers for access to the relevant service.  We recognize monthly fee revenue in the month during which the services are rendered.

 

                                          Interconnection revenue from other telecommunications operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made from their networks to our networks and roaming-in fees for calls made by cellular subscribers of other operators using our cellular networks.  We recognize interconnection revenue when the relevant calls are made by subscribers.

 

                                          Leased line rental revenue from leases of transmission lines on our networks to Unicom Group, business customers and other telecommunications carriers in China.  We recognize leased line rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the relevant lease term.

 

                                          Other revenue primarily from valued-added services, such as short message services.  We recognize revenue for valued-added services when the services are rendered.

 

                                          Sales of telecommunication calling cards, representing pre-paid service fees, are recorded as advances from customers and recognized as revenue when the service is rendered upon actual use of the cards.

 

69



 

Along with the rapid growth of China’s telecommunications industry, particularly in the cellular communications sector, our total operating revenue in 2004 increased by 17.3% from 2003.  This increase was primarily the result of the continued growth in revenue of our cellular business , including the strong growth of our CDMA service since its introduction in 2002, as well as the effect of including revenue attributable to Unicom New World, which we acquired effective December 31, 2003.  We believe that the growth of our cellular businesses has resulted in developments in our revenue structure that reflect our strategy of targeting high growth, high margin areas of China’s telecommunications industry.  Service revenue from our cellular businesses as a percentage of total operating revenue increased from 84.2% in 2003 to 89.3% in 2004.  Service revenue from long distance, data and Internet businesses declined to 6.9% of operating revenue in 2004, from 8.5% of our total operating revenue in 2003.  We aim to further leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator in order to continue to drive the growth of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses and long distance, data and Internet businesses.

 

The following table sets forth our major operating expense items and operating income, both in terms of amount and as a percentage of total operating revenue in 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

Total Operating Revenue

 

40,577

 

100.0

%

67,636

 

100.0

%

79,332

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

33,253

 

82.0

%

59,122

 

87.4

%

71,376

 

90.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased line and network capacities

 

1,583

 

3.9

%

4,320

 

6.4

%

7,398

 

9.3

%

Interconnection charges

 

3,230

 

8.0

%

5,921

 

8.8

%

7,517

 

9.5

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,256

 

27.7

%

16,385

 

24.2

%

19,063

 

24.0

%

Personnel

 

3,335

 

8.2

%

4,575

 

6.8

%

4,526

 

5.7

%

Selling and marketing

 

5,981

 

14.7

%

15,157

 

22.4

%

18,945

 

23.9

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

5,632

 

13.9

%

9,112

 

13.5

%

10,448

 

13.2

%

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

2,236

 

5.5

%

3,652

 

5.4

%

3,479

 

4.4

%

Operating income

 

7,324

 

18.0

%

8,514

 

12.5

%

7,956

 

10.0

%

 

Our major operating expenses include the following:

 

                                          Leased line and network capacities charges, representing lease expenses for transmission capacity from other operators and CDMA network capacities from Unicom Group;

 

                                          Interconnection expenses, representing amounts paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from our networks to their networks and roaming-out fees paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by our subscribers roaming in their networks;

 

                                          Depreciation and amortization expenses, mainly relating to our property, plant and equipment and other assets;

 

                                          Personnel expenses, representing staff salaries and wages, bonuses and medical benefits, contributions to defined contribution pension schemes and housing benefits;

 

                                          Selling and marketing expenses, including commissions, promotion and advertising expenses and, beginning in 2002, amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA contractual subscribers;

 

70



 

                                          General, administrative and other expenses, primarily including operating lease expenses, repair and maintenance costs, provision for doubtful debts and provisions for impairment in the value of property, plant and equipment.  Other components of general, administrative and other expenses include utilities, general office expenses and travel expenses; and

 

                                          Costs of telecommunications products sold.

 

While we continue to aim to strengthen management, integrate our businesses and control costs to achieve greater overall efficiency, as a percentage of total operating revenue, total operating expenses in 2004 were 90.0% compared to 87.4% in 2003.   This percentage increase was primarily due to increases in expenses for leased line and network capacities as well as interconnection charges.

 

For the first three months of 2005, our unaudited total revenue was RMB20.86 billion, including RMB12.07 billion from GSM cellular services, RMB6.65 billion from CDMA cellular services, RMB0.44 billion from long distance services, RMB0.83 billion from data and Internet services and RMB0.87 billion from the sale of telecommunications products. The financial data disclosed above was prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards and Hong Kong Accounting Standards (“HKFRSs”), which became effective from January 1, 2005. Note 3 “Principle accounting policy – (a) Basis of presentation – Recently issued accounting standards” to our consolidated financial statements summarizes the significant differences between the HKFRSs adopted for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and HK GAAP for year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the Sale of Guoxin Paging

 

In September 2004, we completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom International, a limited liability company established in Hong Kong engaging in voice wholesale business, telephone cards business, line leasing services, managed bandwidth services and mobile virtual network services in Hong Kong and the United States.  The total purchase price was HK$37,465,996 (approximately RMB39.74 million including direct costs of acquisition), payable in cash.

 

In December 2003, we acquired from Unicom Group the GSM cellular assets and businesses and CDMA businesses of Unicom New World in the following 9 provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Tibet autonomous regions.  The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion), payable in cash.  On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion), and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital.

 

Under HK GAAP, we have adopted the purchase method to account for our acquisitions from Unicom Group of Unicom New World, which became effective on December 31, 2003, and Unicom International, which became effective in September 2004.  Under the purchase method, in accordance with HK GAAP, our consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of operations of Unicom New World and Unicom International only from the effective dates of the respective acquisitions.  Accordingly, the results of operations of Unicom International for the period from the effective date of the acquisition to December 31, 2004 have been included in our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2004.  Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 includes the financial position of Unicom International.  Since the effective date of the Unicom New World acquisition was December 31, 2003, our consolidated financial statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 included in this annual report do not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 includes the financial position of Unicom New World.  The difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired was recognized as goodwill, which is amortized on a straight line basis over its beneficial life.

 

71



 

Under US GAAP, the acquisitions of Unicom International and Unicom New World is accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control.  Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at their historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented are retroactively restated as if Unicom International and Unicom New World had always been part of our company since inception.  This method is reflected in the significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP provided in Note 40 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging by us to the Unicom Group, which became effective on December 31, 2003, has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation – Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

On December 31, 2002, we completed the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group.  Similar to the treatment of the acquisition of Unicom New World described above, we adopted the purchase method under HK GAAP, under which the results of operations of Unicom New Century were included in our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 only.  On July 30, 2004, Unicom New Century was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger.

 

The acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging have had a material impact on our overall results of operations.  In particular, our financial results in 2004 were significantly affected by the inclusion of the results of operations for Unicom New World we acquired effective December 31, 2003.  By comparison, our financial results in 2003 did not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  See “ - Operating Results - Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003” below.  These acquisitions have, among other things, significantly expanded the size of the telecommunications markets we serve and increased the number of our subscribers and usage of our services.  As a result, our operating revenue and operating expenses have also increased significantly.

 

72



 

The following are certain summary consolidated results of operation information for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and financial position information as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 for us and Unicom International, as separate entities and on a combined basis after the acquisition of each entity, prepared under US GAAP.  The financial information prepared under US GAAP reflect retroactive restatement for the acquisition and reconciliation for other differences from HK GAAP to US GAAP.

 

 

 

The Group (before
the acquisition of
Unicom
International)

 

Unicom
International

 

Elimination

 

The Group (after
the acquisition of
Unicom
International)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

For the year ended December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

50,415,248

 

24,322

 

(18,497

)

50,421,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,492,804

 

7,351

 

 

5,500,155

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(422,213

)

 

 

(422,213

)

Cumulative Effect to change in accounting policy

 

(42,175

)

 

 

(42,175

)

Net income

 

5,028,416

 

7,351

 

 

5,035,767

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.401

 

 

 

0.401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

71,958,253

 

46,265

 

(24,208

)

71,980,310

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

6,070,263

 

7,698

 

 

6,077,961

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(1,341,840

)

 

 

(1,341,840

)

Net income

 

4,728,423

 

7,698

 

 

4,736,121

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.377

 

 

 

0.377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

128,169,420

 

60,621

 

 

128,230,041

 

Current assets

 

22,243,284

 

97,186

 

(93,115

)

22,247,355

 

Total assets

 

150,412,704

 

157,807

 

(93,115

)

150,477,396

 

Non-current liabilities

 

40,593,548

 

 

 

40,593,548

 

Current liabilities

 

43,906,653

 

124,166

 

(93,115

)

43,937,704

 

Total liabilities

 

84,500,201

 

124,166

 

(93,115

)

84,531,252

 

Net assets

 

65,912,503

 

33,641

 

 

65,946,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

79,361,238

 

135,688

 

(108,612

)

79,388,314

 

Net income

 

4,703,312

 

8,988

 

387

 

4,712,687

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.374

 

 

 

0.375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

128,697,817

 

64,865

 

 

128,762,682

 

Current assets

 

17,865,977

 

148,991

 

(162,776

)

17,852,192

 

Total assets

 

146,563,794

 

213,856

 

(162,776

)

146,614,874

 

Non-current liabilities

 

31,045,613

 

3,262

 

 

31,048,875

 

Current liabilities

 

46,118,868

 

167,972

 

(163,163

)

46,123,677

 

Total liabilities

 

77,164,481

 

171,234

 

(163,163

)

77,172,552

 

Net assets

 

69,399,313

 

42,622

 

387

 

69,442,322

 

 

73



 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements and this annual report requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, as at the relevant dates and revenue and expenses for the relevant periods.  We have identified the accounting policies and estimates below as critical to our business operations and an understanding of our results of operations and financial position.  The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout this Item 5 where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.  For a discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Notes 2 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

Deferral of CDMA Customer Acquisition Costs

 

We have been operating the CDMA business since the beginning of 2002.  In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth, we began to offer certain promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  As part of the contractual arrangements with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under these special promotional packages, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional charge during the specified contract periods, which range from 6 months to 2 years.  In return, the subscribers are required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period.  If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts by the end of the contract period, they will not be obliged to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets given for their use.  In addition, to secure contract performance, these subscribers are required under their contracts to (1) prepay certain non-refundable amounts of service fees or deposits, (2) maintain a bank deposit in one of the designated commercial banks to secure their minimum contract amounts, or (3) provide a guarantor who will compensate us for any loss in the event of the subscriber’s non-performance of related contractual obligations.

 

We consider the costs of the CDMA handsets provided to contractual subscribers under these promotional packages as part of the customer acquisition costs for the development of these new CDMA contractual subscribers.  Such customer acquisition costs are deferred, to the extent recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods to match with the minimum contract revenue.

 

We determined our accounting policy of deferred customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA subscribers after a careful evaluation of our specific facts and circumstances, and believe that the capitalization of such costs appropriately matches the future contractual revenues due to (1) the historically high ARPUs and low churn, default or bad debt rates of these subscribers; (2) our established procedures and the relative low cost of enforcement of contracts in default; and (3) the existence of specified contract periods with minimum contract spending amounts and built-in contractual safeguarding measures such as non-refundable prepayments, bank deposits, and guarantees received, as well as penalty clauses imposed on subscribers.

 

Therefore, we believe that the deferred customer acquisition costs are recoverable from future revenue to be derived from these promotional packages, and the capitalization and amortization of these customer acquisition costs to match with future revenue is an appropriate accounting policy.  Furthermore, we continuously assess and evaluate the recoverability of these deferred customer acquisition costs, based on the detailed review of historical subscriber churn rates and the estimated default rate. Based on our current assessment and evaluation, we believe that there is no significant problem in recovering the carrying amounts of the deferred customer acquisition costs as at December 31, 2004.

 

74



 

We have made the above recoverability assessments based on the current legal and operating environment relating to the subscribers’ contract performance and other information currently available to us.  Actual results may differ significantly from the current situation and our current estimates.  If the situation changes significantly in the future, we may need to expense off additional non-recoverable deferred customer acquisition costs based on conditions at that time.

 

Lease of CDMA Network Capacity

 

We had entered into a CDMA network capacity lease agreement with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon in December 2001 .  Pursuant to this CDMA lease agreement, Unicom Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of the CDMA network to us covering the nine provinces of Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei, Hubei and the three municipalities of Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin.  This lease became effective on January  8, 2002.

 

In addition, on December 31, 2002 and 2003, we acquired all the equity interests in Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, respectively, which together operate GSM and CDMA cellular businesses in another 12 provinces, one municipality and five autonomous regions in China.  Each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World had also entered into a CDMA lease agreement with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on similar terms and conditions.  These lease agreements and the lease agreement entered in 2001 are collectively referred to as the “Old CDMA Leases.”

 

According to the terms of the Old CDMA Leases, the initial lease period is one year, renewable for additional one-year terms at our own option. We have the exclusive right to lease and operate the CDMA network capacity in the above regions. Also, we have the option to add or reduce the capacity leased by giving advance notice. The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on the basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return of 8%. In January 2004, we renewed the Old CDMA Leases, for an additional one-year term.

 

Subsequently, on March 24, 2005, we have entered into the New CDMA Lease with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon to replace the Old CDMA Leases. The New CDMA Lease has been approved by our minority shareholders on May 12, 2005 and became retroactively effective from January 1, 2005.  Key terms of the New CMDA Lease, including exclusive operating rights and purchase option, are substantially similar to those contained in the Old CDMA Leases except that (i) the initial lease period is two years, with full CDMA constructed network capacity to be leased from Unicom Horizon, and (ii) the lease fee shall be determined based on the Company’s CDMA service revenue.  For more detailed discussions of the terms of the New CDMA Lease, see “B. Related Party Transactions - Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity - Lease of CDMA Network Capacity – New CDMA Lease” under Item 7.

 

We have assessed the appropriate lease classification at the inception of the Old CDMA Leases and New CDMA Lease . Factors and related implications we have considered include whether we have taken the risks and rewards of ownership of the CDMA assets.  Furthermore, we have considered whether the existence of the purchase option and the renewal options, combined with the related economic penalties, risks and benefits, have caused us to take on risks and rewards similar to those that an owner of these assets would bear.

 

75



 

Unicom Horizon has the legal ownership of the CDMA network, is directly responsible for the planning, financing and construction of the CDMA network, and directly enters into all contracts with suppliers and constructors.  We believe we only bear the risks associated with the operation of our CDMA business during the relevant leasing periods and are free from any ownership risks of the CDMA network.  According to the terms of the Old CDMA Leases, our initial lease period is only one year, with renewal for additional one-year terms at our own option.  Similarly, according to the terms of the New CDMA Lease, our initial lease period is determined to be only two years.  Accordingly, there is no pre-determined lease period and minimum network capacity to be leased in future periods.  We have the option to determine whether we will renew and continue the leases and how much capacity to lease under the Old CDMA Leases and the New CDMA Lease W e also have the option to decide whether we will exercise the purchase option of CDMA network based on market environment and the future operating performance of the CDMA business subject to approvals obtained from our independent minority shareholders.

 

Accordingly, if the CDMA business turns out to be unsuccessful, we do not have the obligation to continue the CDMA lease arrangement or to exercise the purchase option.  Or, we could continue to lease nominal capacity in order to ensure that no other operator takes possession of the assets to compete with us in our service areas.

 

In general, the classification of leases is dependent on whether the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets rest substantially with the lessor or the lessee.  Leases that substantially transfer to the lessee all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets are accounted for as finance leases; and leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases.  When performing this assessment, we have considered the various factors above that required significant judgment.

 

From the inception of the Old CDMA Leases and the New CDMA Lease , there has been, and continues to be, a high degree of uncertainty related to the market condition and existing operating results of the CDMA business.  It remains highly uncertain whether we will continue to lease the network in the future.  We are also unable to determine whether or not we will exercise the purchase option.  Given these uncertainties and due to the fact that the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, we have accounted for the leasing of CDMA network capacity as operating leases under the Old CDMA Leases and continue to do so under the New CDMA Lease , so as to reflect the respective rights and obligations of the relevant parties to the lease agreements.  At the end of the effective lease term, or if significant modifications are made to the lease agreement, we will reassess the appropriate classification based on the relevant facts and circumstances available at that time.

 

Based on the above assessment, only the operating lease expense has been recorded in our statements of income since the commencement of the Old CDMA Leases, whereas the carrying value of the CDMA assets and the related liabilities are not reflected in our balance sheet.  For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we recorded lease expenses of approximately RMB3.52 billion and RMB6.59 billion, respectively, under the Old CDMA Leases.

 

76



 

Impairment of Assets

 

As of the end of each year, we conduct a full review of various information to identify indications that the carrying values of our property, plant and equipment, construction-in-progress and other long-term assets may be impaired.  If such an indication exists, we will also estimate the related asset’s recoverable amount.  To the extent that the estimated recoverable amount of an asset is lower than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.  The information used to identify indications of impairment might be subjective in nature and the interpretation and application of such information requires judgment, the result of which directly affects our estimate of any impairment provision considered necessary as at any given balance sheet date.  To the extent our assumptions and estimations differ significantly from actual events and circumstances, we may need to make additional impairment provisions in the future.

 

In 2002, despite the fact that the revenue and subscriber number of the paging business continued to decline, it managed to maintain net cash inflows from operations.  Our paging business did not improve significantly because the traditional paging business was still declining, whereas the new value-added paging businesses were at their initial development stage, and thus, the real value of the paging business was not yet fully realized.  At that time, we were confident about the future prospects of these new value-added paging businesses, and we believed that they could generate sufficient future economic benefits to recover the carrying values of the existing paging assets.  Consequently, we believed that it was not necessary to make additional impairment provision for 2002.

 

Later on, in the first half of 2003, we conducted a re-assessment of the recoverable amount of the paging assets based on the best estimates of the discounted net future cash flows expected to be generated from the paging business in the foreseeable future years.  Management made key assumptions and estimations on the appropriate discount rate adopted (8% per annum), the period covered by the cash flow forecast, the impact of the continuous decline of traditional paging business, the future loss of subscribers, the expected trend in average revenue per subscriber, as well as incremental cash flows arising from new paging businesses and the effects of the adoption of cost reduction plans.  All these assumptions and estimations were made based on historical trends adjusted for the current market situation (including the physical condition of these assets) and the forecast of the future development of the new value-added paging businesses.

 

In the first half of 2003, based on our updated analysis and the worsening decline of the traditional paging business, we expected that the related incremental future cash inflows to be generated from the new value-added paging services, despite their continuous growth, were unlikely to offset the effects of the rapid decline of the traditional paging business in the future.  Consequently, based on the latest estimate of the discounted future net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operations of the paging business, after considering the unexpected rapid decline of the traditional paging business in the first half of 2003, we concluded that the carrying amount of paging assets as at June 30, 2003 had exceeded their expected recoverable amounts.  Accordingly, we recorded an additional impairment loss for property, plant and equipment of the paging business amounting to approximately RMB528 million in the first half of 2003.  Subsequently, we sold the paging business to our ultimate parent company, Unicom Group, effective on December 31, 2003.  The disposal loss of this discontinued operation, representing the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the net assets of the paging business as of the effective date of the disposal which amounted to approximately RMB663 million, was recognized and charged to the statement of income in 2003.

 

77



 

Provision for Doubtful Debts

 

Accounts receivables are stated at cost, less provision for doubtful debts.  We evaluate specific accounts receivable where there are indications that the receivable may be doubtful or is not collectible.  We record a provision based on our best estimates to reduce the receivable balance to the amount that is expected to be collected.  For the remaining receivable balances as of each period-end, we make a provision based on the aging pattern of the receivable amounts and by applying reasonable percentages to the outstanding receivables.  We make such estimates based on our past experience, historical collection patterns, subscribers’ credit worthiness and collection trends.  For the general subscribers of our cellular, long distance, data and Internet services, we make a full provision for receivables aged over 3 months, which is consistent with our credit policy with respect to relevant subscribers.

 

Our estimates described above are based on our historical experience, subscribers’ credit worthiness and collection trends.  If circumstances change (e.g. due to factors including developments in our business and the external market environment), we may need to re-evaluate our policies on doubtful debts, and make additional provisions in the future.

 

Income Tax and Deferred Taxation

 

Income tax is provided for based on income before tax for statutory financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items that are not assessable or deductible for tax purposes and taking into consideration any preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled.

 

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements.  Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

In the preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our income tax provision and deferred taxation in accordance with the prevailing tax rules and regulations, taking into account any special approvals obtained from relevant tax authorities and any preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled in each location or jurisdiction in which we operate.  This process involves estimation made by us about our current tax exposure together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes in order to determine the amount of tax provisions for the period.  We believe we have recorded adequate tax provisions based on our best estimates and assumptions.  For the evaluation of temporary differences, we have assessed the likelihood that our deferred taxes could be deferred and recovered.  Major deferred tax components include interests on loans from China-China-Foreign, or CCF, joint ventures, loss arising from terminations of CCF arrangements, provisions for doubtful debts and write-down of inventory to net realizable value and additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose.  Due to the effects of these temporary differences on income tax, we have recorded deferred tax assets amounting to RMB1.20 billion and RMB0.54 billion as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.  Deferred tax assets are recognized based on our estimates and assumptions that they will be recovered from taxable income from continuing operations in the foreseeable future.

 

We believe we have recorded adequate current and deferred taxes based on prevailing tax rules and regulations and our current best estimates and assumptions.  In the event that future tax rules and regulations or related circumstances change, adjustments to current and deferred taxes may be necessary.

 

78



 

Operating Results

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Our results of operations in 2004 were materially affected by our acquisitions of Unicom New World effective December 31, 2003.  In particular, our operating revenue and operating expenses increased significantly in 2004, which was primarily due to the inclusion of the results of operations of Unicom New World.  By comparison, our results in 2003 did not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  As a result, our results of operations in 2004 are not directly comparable with those in prior years.  See “ - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and Sale of Guoxin Paging” above.  See also “A. The History and Development of the Company - Acquisition of Unicom New World and Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4 above.

 

In 2004, our operating revenue continued to increase, by 17.3% from RMB67.64 billion in 2003 to RMB79.33 billion in 2004.  This growth was principally due to the strong growth of our CDMA cellular business and continued growth of our GSM cellular business, as well as the inclusion of revenue attributable to Unicom New World, which we acquired effective December 31, 2003 .  Our cellular businesses continued to increase in their percentage contribution to our overall business. Our long distance, data and Internet businesses decreased in terms of operating revenues and in their contribution to our business.

 

D ue to factors discussed below, in 2004 our operating expenses grew 20.7%.  As a result, o ur operating income decreased by 6.6 % to RMB 7.96 billion , while our operating margin decreased to 10.0% , as compared with 12.5 % in 2003.  Operating margin in our GSM cellular business decreased from 21.2 % in 2003 to 17.4% in 2004.  While our CDMA cellular business sustained rapid growth in 2004, its operating loss increased by 102.6%.  In o ur long distance and data and Internet businesses, operating income de creased 67.3% in 2004 and operating margin decreased to 5.3% in 2004 from 17.2% in 2003.

 

Our net income in 2004 in creased by 4.0 % to RMB 4.39 billion, for reasons discussed below.

 

Operating Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business grew steadily in 2004 and continued to generate a majority of our total operating revenue, while operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business sustained fast growth in 2004, significantly increasing its share of our total operating revenue for the year.  Our CDMA cellular business, introduced in January 2002, generated RMB26.34 billion in operating revenue in 2004, contributing 66.3% of our total operating revenue growth in that year.   Operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses represented 93.0% of our total operating revenue in 2004, as compared with 88.3% in 2003.  The share of operating revenue from the CDMA cellular business in our total operating revenue increased from 27.5% in 2003 to 33.2% in 2004, while the share of operating revenue from the GSM cellular business in our total operating revenue decreased from 60.9% in 2003 to 59.8% in 2004.  Operating revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses slightly decreased from RMB5,732 million in 2003 to RMB5,527 million in 2004.  Operating revenues from our long distance business and our data and Internet businesses represented 2.3% and 4.7%, respectively, of our total operating revenue in 2004, as compared with 3.3% and 5.1%, respectively, in 2003.  The growth in our total operating revenue, however, was partially offset by the sale of our paging business, effective December 31, 2003.  We believe the changes in our operating revenue composition reflect our focus on the development of our cellular businesses.

 

79



 

Cellular Revenue

 

For the reasons discussed below, operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 23.5%, from RMB59.75 billion in 2003 to RMB73.80 billion in 2004.

 

GSM Cellular Business  Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 15.3%, from RMB41.17 billion in 2003 to RMB47.47 billion in 2004, primarily due to the continued increase in the total number of our total GSM cellular subscribers as a result of organic subscriber growth and the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New World.  The total number of our GSM cellular subscribers increased by 31.8%, from 63.92 million as of December 31, 2003 to 84.27 million as of December 31, 2004.  As a result of continuing cellular penetration expansion, an increase in the proportion of low-usage subscribers among new subscribers, an increased number of pre-paid subscribers, and increasing market competition negatively affecting effective pricing, ARPU from the GSM cellular business declined 12.9%, from RMB56.7 in 2003 to RMB49.4 in 2004.  Post-paid ARPU decreased by 12.2%, from RMB 66.2 in 2003 to RMB58.1 in 2004, while pre-paid ARPU decreased by 13.0%, from RMB 46.0 in 2003 to RMB40.0 in 2004.  The average MOU per subscriber per month increased 8.8%, from 173.7 minutes in 2003 to 188.9 minutes in 2004.

 

Revenue from pre-paid GSM cellular service was RMB18.09 billion in 2004, a 18.0% increase from RMB 15.33 billion in 2003.  Revenue from pre-paid services accounted for 38.8% of the service revenue from our GSM cellular business in 2004, an in crease from 37.2 % of the total service revenue from the GSM cellular business in 2003.  Pre-paid subscribers accounted for 72.0% of our new customers in 2004, compared to 73.8 % in 2003 primarily due to the lower percentage of pre-paid subscribers of Unicom New World compared to the percentage of our pre-paid subscribers before the acquisition.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM operating revenue in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

Operating Revenue

 

28,109

 

100.0

%

41,166

 

100.0

%

47,466

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

27,388

 

97.4

%

40,303

 

97.9

%

46,579

 

98.1

%

Usage Fee

 

20,275

 

72.1

%

29,072

 

70.6

%

31,997

 

67.4

%

Monthly Fee

 

4,169

 

14.8

%

7,042

 

17.1

%

6,922

 

14.6

%

Interconnection Revenue

 

1,710

 

6.1

%

1,927

 

4.7

%

2,614

 

5.5

%

Others

 

1,234

 

4.4

%

2,262

 

5.5

%

5,046

 

10.6

%

Sales of Telecommunications
Products

 

721

 

2.6

%

863

 

2.1

%

887

 

1.9

%

 

Due to the growth in total usage of our GSM cellular services (including the effects of our acquisition of Unicom New World) and the increasing proportion of pre-paid cellular subscribers (who do not pay monthly fees), usage fees for GSM cellular services increased by 10.1 % from RMB29.07 billion in 2003 to RMB32.00 billion in 2004, and represented 68.7 % of total GSM service revenue as compared with 72.1% in 2003.  For the same reasons, monthly fees decreased by 1.7 %, from RMB7.04 billion in 2003 to RMB6.92 billion in 2004, and represented 14.9 % of total GSM service revenue as compared with 17.5% in 2003.  Interconnection revenue increased by 35.7% from RMB1.93 billion in 2003 to RMB2.61 billion in 2004, and represented 5.6 % of total service revenue as compared with 4.8% in 2003.

 

80



 

While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively pursue mid- to high-end customers through the development and promotion of value-added services.  Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased 134.8 %, from RMB 2.07 billion in 2003 to RMB4.86 billion in 2004.  Its share of total GSM service revenue more than doubled from 5.0 % in 2003 to 10.4% in 2004.  Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 103% from RMB 1.37 billion in 2003 to RMB2.79 billion in 2004, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 3.4 % in 2003 to 6.0% in 2004.  Revenue from value-added services contributed significantly to the increase of our total GSM cellular revenue and, we believe, will continue to enhance our competitiveness in this business.

 

CDMA C ellular B usiness.   Since we launched CDMA cellular services in 2002, our CDMA subscriber base has expanded rapidly as the market became more familiar with our CDMA services.  In 2004, the growth in our CDMA subscriber base greatly boosted revenue from the CDMA cellular business.  Operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB26.34 billion in 2004, a 41.8% increase over RMB18.58 billion in 2003.  This increase was primarily due to the rapid expansion of our CDMA cellular business as well as the effect of including revenue attributable to Unicom New World, which we acquired effective December 31, 2003.  Our CDMA marketing strategy, which seeks to differentiate our CDMA services from our GSM services, has resulted in a rapid increase in the CDMA subscriber base, while successfully positioning the CDMA business in the marketplace as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services.  ARPU for our CDMA cellular business reached RMB85.3 in 2004, more than 72.7% higher than the ARPU of RMB49.4 for GSM cellular services.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage
of total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage
of total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage
of total

 

Operating Revenue

 

3,648

 

100.0

%

18,580

 

100.0

%

26,338

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

3,225

 

88.4

%

16,624

 

89.5

%

24,220

 

92.0

%

Usage Fee

 

2,231

 

61.2

%

11,672

 

62.8

%

16,165

 

61.4

%

Monthly Fee

 

713

 

19.5

%

3,488

 

18.8

%

4,638

 

17.6

%

Interconnection Revenue

 

184

 

5.0

%

608

 

3.3

%

927

 

3.5

%

Others

 

97

 

2.7

%

856

 

4.6

%

2,490

 

9.5

%

S ales of Telecommunications Products

 

423

 

11.6

%

1,956

 

10.5

%

2,118

 

8.0

%

 

CDMA usage fees increased by 38.5% from RMB11.67 billion in 2003 to RMB16.17 billion in 2004, and represented 66.7% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 70.2% in 2003.  Monthly fees increased by 33.0%, from RMB3.49 billion in 2003 to RMB4.64 billion in 2004, and represented 19.1% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 21.0% in 2003.  Interconnection revenue increased by 52.5% from RMB0.61 billion in 2003 to RMB0.93 billion in 2004, and represented 3.8% of total service revenue as compared with 3.7% in 2003.

 

With the expansion of our CDMA 1X wireless data services in 2004, we have been actively developing our CDMA wireless data business, by making efforts to convert the competitive edge of the CDMA technology into a competitive edge in operations in order to enhance competitiveness in the market and our appeal to subscribers.  Revenue from value-added CDMA cellular services reached RMB2.38 billion in 2004, an increase of 205.1% from RMB 0.78 billion in 2003, and accounted for 9.8% of total service revenue from the CDMA cellular business in 2004.  We expect revenue from value-added CDMA services will continue to grow significantly, as we will continue to focus on the development and marketing of such value-added services.

 

81



 

Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our long distance and data and Internet businesses reached RMB5.53 billion, a decrease of 3.6% from 2003.  We intend to continue to leverage on our multi-business integrated network platform and actively promote services with distinctive features such as “Ruyi Mailbox”, “UNI-VIDEO” and “U-Net”.

 

Long Distance Business.   Operating revenue from our traditional public switched long distance business decreased by 19.1%, from RMB2.29 billion in 2003 to RMB1.85 billion in 2004.  Such decrease is primarily due to increased competition and the decrease in interconnection revenue from Unicom New World caused by our acquisition of Unicom New World.

 

D ata and Internet Business.   We have fully leveraged the technological advantage of our multi-businesses integrated network platform.  Along with effectively expanding international and domestic call volume for IP telephony services, we have been targeting institutional subscribers and corporate subscribers in promoting services with distinctive features such as “UNI-VIDEO” and “U-Net”, and we also have been targeting the mass market in promoting data and Internet services such as “Ruyi Mailbox”.  At the same time, we have been continuing to develop integrated data, voice and video connection services, and dedicated and dial-up connection services.  As a result of these efforts, revenue from our data and Internet businesses rose by 6.8% from RMB3.44 billion in 2003 to RMB3.68 billion in 2004.

 

Paging Revenue

 

We sold our paging business to Unicom Group, effective December 31, 2003, and therefore did not have revenue from the paging business in 2004.  See “ - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and Sale of Guoxin Paging” above.  See also “A. The History and Development of the Company - Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” under Item 4 above.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses in 2004 were RMB71.38 billion, representing an increase of 20.7% over 2003, which was greater than the 17.3% growth in operating revenue for the same period.  As discussed below, a 71.2% increase in leased lines and network capacities expenses, a 25.0% increase in selling and marketing expenses, a 16.3% increase in depreciation and amortization expenses and a 27.0% increase in interconnection charges were the primary factors in the increase in operating expenses.  Due to the rapid expansion of our CDMA business, selling and marketing expenses (which include the amortized portion of deferred customer acquisition costs under special promotional packages with certain CDMA contractual subscribers) and leased lines and network capacities expenses (which include the expenses from the CDMA network leases) increased faster than our operating revenue in 2004.  As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges also increased faster than our operating revenue in 2004 since the interconnection rates remain unchanged while our effective tariffs have been declin ing due to continued price competition .  In addition, depreciation and amortization expenses increased primarily due to the expansion of the scale of our fixed assets.  Our operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 90.0% in 2004, as compared with 87.4% in 2003.  Since late 2004, we have emphasized the business strategy of “effective growth”, i.e., profit-driven growth, and will continue to focus on cost control and optimization of our expense structure in order to ensure continued growth in earnings.

 

82



 

The table below illustrates the major expense items from 2002, 2003 and 2004 and their respective shares of total operating revenue.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

33,253

 

82.0

%

59,122

 

87.4

%

71,376

 

90.0

%

Leased lines and network capacities

 

1,583

 

3.9

%

4,320

 

6.4

%

7,398

 

9.3

%

Interconnection charges

 

3,230

 

8.0

%

5,921

 

8.7

%

7,517

 

9.5

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,256

 

27.7

%

16,385

 

24.2

%

19,063

 

24.0

%

Personnel

 

3,335

 

8.2

%

4,575

 

6.8

%

4,526

 

5.7

%

Selling and marketing

 

5,981

 

14.8

%

15,157

 

22.4

%

18,945

 

23.9

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

5,632

 

13.9

%

9,112

 

13.5

%

10,448

 

13.2

%

Include: Impairment loss and assets write-off of the Paging Business

 

116

 

0.3

%

557

 

0.8

%

 

 

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

2,236

 

5.5

%

3,652

 

5.4

%

3,479

 

4.4

%

 

Leased Lines and Network Capacities . With the significant increase in our CDMA subscribers, the lease expense for CDMA network capacities increased by 87.4 %, from RMB 3.52 billion in 2003 to RMB6.59 billion in 2004.  In addition, the effect of including leased line expenses for transmission lines used by Unicom New World we acquired effective December 31, 2003 also contributed to the in c rease in our leased line expenses.  As result, the aggregate amount of our leased line expenses and network capacity lease expenses increased to RMB7.40 billion, representing an increase of 71.2% from RMB4.32 billion in 2003.  Leased lines and network capacities expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue rose from 6.4 % in 2003 to 9.3% in 2004.

 

Interconnection Charges. Interconnection charges reached RMB7.52 billion in 2004, representing an increase of 27.0% from 2003, primarily due to the increase in interconnection traffic volume as a result of the development of our GSM and CDMA cellular business and long distance, data and Internet businesses, as well as the effect of including interconnection expenses of Unicom New World, which we acquired effective December 31, 2003.  Interconnection charges for our CDMA cellular business increased by 65.9 %.  Interconnection charges increased by 17.8 % for our GSM cellular business.  Interconnection charges for long distance, data and Internet business increased by 23.6 %.  As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges as a percentage of total operating revenue also increased from 8.7 % in 2003 to 9.5% in 2004.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 16.3% to RMB19.06 billion in 2004, a lower growth rate than the growth in operating revenue.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity, the expansion of assets scale and the effect of including depreciation expenses attributable to Unicom New World, which we acquired on December 31, 2003.  Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased slightly from 24.2 % in 2003 to 24.0% in 2004.

 

83



 

Personnel. As of the end of 2004, we had 39,589 employees, an increase of 2.2% from 38,728 at the end of 2003 (including employees in the nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities we acquired through Unicom New World at the end of 2003).  Our personnel expenses slightly decreased from RMB4.58 billion in 2003 to RMB4.53 billion in 2004.  Its share as a percentage of total operating revenue dropped from 6.8 % in 2003 to 5.7% in 2004. In order to align the interest of our employees with that of our shareholders, we have set up an employee share option scheme and granted options to qualified employees. During 2004, total share options involving 113,322,000 shares in our company were granted under the share option scheme.

 

Selling and Marketing . Our major selling and marketing expenses included commissions, promotion and advertising expenses and amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers.  Selling and marketing expenses totaled RMB18.95 billion in 2004, an increase of 25.0% from 2003. Amortization of CDMA subscribers acquisition costs in 2004 were RMB6.12 billion, an increase of 4.9 % from 2003.  The balance of unamortized deferred CDMA subscriber acquisition costs increased from RMB4.04 billion as of the end of 2003 to RMB4.75 billion as of the end of 2004 primarily due to continued offering of CDMA handset promotion packages as a result of intense competitive pressure.  Due to the continued growth in the subscriber base of our various business segments (including the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New World), the commissions to distributors and sales agents rose to RMB9.91 billion, an increase of 35.9 %.  Promotion and advertising expenses were RMB2.37 billion, an increase of 16.2 %.  Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of operating revenue increased from 22.4 % in 2003 to 23.9% in 2004.

 

General, Administrative and Other Expenses . Our general, administrative and other expenses were RMB10.45 billion in 2004, representing an increase of 14.7% from RMB9.11 billion in 2003.  General, administrative and other expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased slightly from 13.5% in 2003 to 13.2% in 2004.  In 2004, the provision for doubtful debts was RMB2.19 billion, an increase of 25.1 % from 2003.  Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of service revenue increased slightly from 2.7 % in 2003 to 2.9% in 2004. This has also contributed to the increase in our general, administrative and other expenses.

 

Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold. The cost of telecommunication products sold decreased by 4.7% from RMB3.65 billion in 2003 to RMB3.48 billion in 2004. The share of cost of telecommunications products sold as a percentage of operating revenue de creased from 5.4 % in 2003 to 4.4% in 2004.

 

Operating Income

 

In 2004, our operating revenue increased by 17.3%, while our operating expenses increased by 20.7%.  As a result, our operating income reached RMB7.96 billion, an decrease of 6.6% from 2003, and our operating margin decreased from 12.5% in 2003 to 10.0 % in 2004.

 

GSM Cellular Business.   In our GSM cellular business, operating income was RMB8.26 billion in 2004, which is a decrease of 5.3 % from 2003.  The decrease in the operating income of our GSM cellular business mainly reflects the 13% decline in the ARPU for our GSM cellular business, which was partially offset by the 8.8% increase in the average monthly MOU per subscriber.  The decrease in ARPU resulted from intense competition with our main competitor as well as the “Little Smart” services.  In addition, while there was a net addition of 20.35 million subscribers to our GSM services in 2004, a sizable number of subscribers terminated their GSM services with us, contributing to significant increase in our marketing cost.   Our operating margin in the GSM cellular business decreased from 21.2% in 2003 to 17.4 % in 2004.

 

84



 

CDMA Cellular Business.   We incurred a total operating loss of RMB0.59 billion in 2004 for our CDMA business as compared with the operating loss of RMB0.29 billion in 2003.  The increase of operating loss of our CDMA cellular business was primarily due to the 33.6% decrease in ARPU as a result of intense competition, the significant increase in lease expenses for our CDMA network capacities as a result of the growth of our customer base, the continued high level of marketing expenses and the significant increase in interconnection charges.  After taking into consideration of the improper accounting recordings and errors we identified in our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches as described in Item 15 “Controls and procedures”, the operating losses of our CDMA business for 2004 and 2003 would have been RMB0.45 billion and RMB0.42 billion, respectively.

 

Long Distance Business.   In our long distance business, operating income decreased 24.4%, from RMB0.70 billion in 2003 to RMB0.53 billion in 2004, primarily because of reduced tariff level as a result of increased competition and a reduction in the interconnection revenue after we acquired Unicom New World in December 2003.  As a result, the operating margin in our long distance business decreased from 22.2 % in 2003 to 17.0 % in 2004.

 

Data and Internet Business.   In our data and Internet businesses, we had an operating loss of RMB0.06 billion in 2004, compared with an operating income of RMB0.75 billion in 2003.  This change primarily resulted from significantly higher sales cost associated with the promotion of new products such as “Uni-Video” than in 2003.

 

Net Income

 

Financial I ncome and E xpenses.   Our financial income decreased from RMB0.17 billion in 2003 to RMB 0.10 billion in 2004, mainly due to a decline in interest income resulting from a reduction in our cash and overall reduced applicable interest rates.  Our financial expenses decreased from RMB1.94 billion in 2003 to RMB 1.69  billion in 2004, primarily due to overall reduced applicable interest rates.  The above factors resulted in a net financial expense of RMB1.59 billion in 2004, a de crease of 10.1 % from the net financial expense of RMB 1.76 billion in 2003.

 

Income T ax.   Our income tax increased to RMB2.08 billion in 2004, an increase of 10.1 % from 2003.  Our effective tax rates in 2003 and 2004 were 31.0% and 32.2%, respectively.  The higher effective tax rate in 2004, as compared with 2003, was mainly due to the fact that a large percentage of our gross income in 2004 was generated in areas that have higher tax rates than the rest of our service areas.

 

Net Income .   For reasons analyzed in the above discussion, our net income was RMB4.39 billion in 2004, representing an increase of 4.0 % from 2003.  Earnings per share increased 3.9 %, from RMB 0.336 in 2003 to RMB0.349 in 2004.

 

Impact of Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP

 

In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HK GAAP between the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, we believe the following significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP would have a significant impact on our management discussion and analysis of the results of our operation between the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 under US GAAP.  See also Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed summary of all significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that are relevant to us.

 

85



 

Under HK GAAP, the acquisitions of Unicom International in September 2004 and of Unicom New World on December 31, 2003 have been accounted for under the purchase method.  Accordingly, the acquired results of operations have been incorporated into our operating results only from the date of the acquisition.  In contrast, under US GAAP, our acquisitions of Unicom International and Unicom New World have been accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control.  Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities have been accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom International and Unicom New World had always been part of our company.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to the Unicom Group is accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as a loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation – Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

In addition, under HK GAAP, we recognized upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, when received upon completion of activation services.  Under US GAAP, this upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.

 

Other than the above, there are no major material differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 200 4 and 200 3 .  Taking into account the operating results of the acquired business and the disposed business, our combined operating revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB 71.98 billion in 2003, to RMB 79.39 billion in 2004, representing an increase of 10.3 %.  Our net income under US GAAP decreased from RMB4.74 billion in 2003 to RMB 4.71 billion in 2004, representing a decrease of 0.5 %.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Our results of operations in 2003 were materially affected by our acquisition of Unicom New Century effective December 31, 2002.  In particular, our operating revenue and operating expenses increased significantly in 2003. This was primarily due to the inclusion of the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  By comparison, our results in 2002 did not include the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  As result, our results of operations in 2003 are not directly comparable with those in prior years.  See “ - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” above.  See also “A. The History and Development of the Company - Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” under Item 4 above.

 

86



 

In 2003, our operating revenue continued to increase, by 66.7% from RMB40.58 billion in 2002 to RMB67.64 billion in 2003.  This growth was principally due to the strong growth of our CDMA cellular business and continued growth of our GSM cellular business, as well as the inclusion of revenue attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002 .  Our cellular businesses continued to increase in their percentage contribution to our overall business.  Our long distance, data and Internet businesses also continued to grow in terms of operating revenues and in their contribution to our business.

 

D ue to factors discussed below, in 2003 our operating expenses grew 77.8%.  As a result, o ur operating income increased by 16.3 % to RMB 8.51 billion , while our operating margin decreased to 12.6% , as compared with 18.0 % in 2002.  Operating margin in our GSM cellular business decreased from 27.2 % in 2002 to 21.2 % in 2003.  Our CDMA business continued to grow during the year.  In o ur long distance business, operating income de creased 31.6 % in 2003 and operating margin, at 30.6 % in 2003, decreased from 36.8 % in 2002.  In our data and Internet businesses, operating income increased by 95.3 % over 2002.  Our traditional paging business continued to decline, and despite our focus on cost reduction and development of new value-added paging services, it still experienced an operating loss in 2003.

 

Our net income in 2003 de creased by 8.3 % to RMB 4.22 billion, for reasons discussed below.

 

Operating Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business grew steadily in 2003 and continued to be the major force behind our total operating revenue growth, contributing almost half of such growth in 2003, while operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business grew rapidly in 2003, significantly increasing its share of our total operating revenue for the year.  Our CDMA cellular business, introduced in January 2002, reached RMB18.58 billion in operating revenue in 2003, contributing 55.2% of our total operating revenue growth in that year.   Operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses represented 88.4% of our total operating revenue in 2003, as compared with 78.3% in 2002.  The growth of the CDMA cellular business can be seen in its share of our total operating revenue, which increased from 9.0% in 2002 to 27.5% in 2003, while the share of operating revenue from the GSM cellular business in our total operating revenue decreased from 69.3% in 2002 to 60.9% in 2003.  Operating revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses increased steadily, contributing 0.5 % of our total operating revenue growth in 2003.  Operating revenues from our long distance business and our data and Internet businesses represented 3.3% and 5.1%, respectively, of our total operating revenue in 2003, as compared with 6.8% and 6.9%, respectively, in 2002.  The growth in our total operating revenue, however, was partially offset by the continued significant decline in operating revenue from our paging business, which also declined as a percentage of our total operating revenue from 8.0% in 2002 to 3.2% in 2003.

 

Cellular Revenue

 

For the reasons discussed below, operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 88.1%, from RMB31.76 billion in 2002 to RMB59.75 billion in 2003.

 

87



 

GSM Cellular Business  Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 46.5%, from RMB28.11 billion in 2002 to RMB41.17 billion in 2003, primarily due to the continued increase in the total number of our total GSM cellular subscribers as a result of organic subscriber growth and the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New Century.  As a result of continuing cellular penetration expansion, an increase in the proportion of low-usage subscribers among new subscribers, an increased number of pre-paid subscribers, and increasing market competition negatively affecting effective pricing, ARPU from this business declined 1 5.8 %, from RMB6 7.3 in 2002 to RMB56.7 in 2003.  Post-paid ARPU decreased by 19.5 %, from RMB 82.2 in 2002 to RMB66.2 in 2003, while pre-paid ARPU decreased by 15.0 %, from RMB 54.1 in 2002 to RMB 46.0 in 2003.  The average MOU per subscriber per month increased 5.0 %, from 165.5 minutes in 2002 to 173 . 7 minutes in 2003.  The foregoing operational statistics do not include the effects of the acquisition of Unicom New World.

 

Revenue from pre-paid GSM cellular service was RMB 15.33 billion in 2003, a 52.1 % increase from RMB 10.08 billion in 2002.  Revenue from pre-paid services accounted for 37.2 % of the service revenue from our GSM cellular business in 2003, an in crease from 35.9 % of the total service revenue from the GSM cellular business in 2002.  Pre-paid subscribers accounted for 73.8% of our new customers in 2003, compared to 81.1 % in 2002 primarily due to the lower percentage of pre-paid subscribers of Unicom New Century, which was acquired by us on December 31, 2002, compared to the percentage of our pre-paid subscribers before the acquisition.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM operating revenue in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Revenue

 

21,326

 

100.0

%

28,109

 

100.0

%

41,166

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

20,505

 

96.2

%

27,388

 

97.4

%

40,303

 

97.9

%

Usage Fee

 

14,938

 

70.0

%

20,275

 

72.1

%

29,072

 

70.6

%

Monthly Fee

 

3,660

 

17.2

%

4,169

 

14.8

%

7,042

 

17.1

%

Connection fee

 

205

 

1.0

%

 

 

 

 

Interconnection Revenue

 

1,262

 

5.9

%

1,710

 

6.1

%

1,927

 

4.7

%

Others

 

440

 

2.1

%

1,234

 

4.4

%

2,262

 

5.5

%

Sales of Telecommunications
Products

 

821

 

3.8

%

721

 

2.6

%

863

 

2.1

%

 

Due to the growth in total usage of our GSM cellular services (including the effects of our acquisition of Unicom New Century) and the increasing proportion of pre-paid cellular subscribers (who do not pay monthly fees), usage fees for GSM cellular services increased by 43.3% from RMB20.28 billion in 2002 to RMB29.07 billion in 2003, and represented 72.1% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 74.0% in 2002.  For the same reasons, monthly fees increased by 68.9%, from RMB4.17 billion in 2002 to RMB7.04 billion in 2003, and represented 17.5% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 15.2% in 2002.  Interconnection revenue increased by 12.9% from RMB1.71 billion in 2002 to RMB1.93 billion in 2003, and represented 4.8% of total service revenue as compared with 6.2% in 2002.

 

88



 

While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively pursue mid- to high-end customers through the development and promotion of value-added services.  Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased 146.4 %, from RMB 0.84 billion in 2002 to RMB2.07 billion in 2003.  Its share of total GSM service revenue increased from 3.1 % in 2002 to 5.0% in 2003.  Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 197.8 % from RMB 0.46 billion in 2002 to RMB 1.37 billion in 2003, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 1.7 % in 2002 to 3.4 % in 2003.  Revenue from value-added services contributed significantly to the increase of our total GSM cellular revenue.

 

CDMA C ellular B usiness.   We began to provide CDMA cellular services on a trial basis on January 8, 2002.  Since then, our CDMA subscriber base has expanded rapidly as the market became more familiar with our CDMA services.  In 2003, the growth in our CDMA subscriber base greatly boosted revenue from the CDMA cellular business.  Operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB18.58 billion in 2003, a 409.3% increase over RMB3.65 billion in 2002.  This increase was primarily due to the rapid expansion of our CDMA cellular business as well as the effect of including revenue attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Our CDMA marketing strategy, which seeks to differentiate our CDMA services from our GSM services, has resulted in a rapid increase in the CDMA subscriber base, while successfully positioning the CDMA business in the marketplace as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services.  ARPU for our CDMA cellular business reached RMB128.4 in 2003, RMB62.2 higher than the ARPU of RMB66.2 for GSM post-paid cellular services.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage   of total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage   of total

 

Operating Revenue

 

3,648

 

100.0

%

18,580

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

3,225

 

88.4

%

16,624

 

89.5

%

Usage Fee

 

2,231

 

61.2

%

11,672

 

62.8

%

Monthly Fee

 

713

 

19.5

%

3,488

 

18.8

%

Interconnection Revenue

 

184

 

5.0

%

608

 

3.3

%

Others

 

97

 

2.7

%

856

 

4.6

%

S ales of Telecommunications Products

 

423

 

11.6

%

1,956

 

10.5

%

 

CDMA usage fees increased by 423.3% from RMB2.23 billion in 2002 to RMB11.67 billion in 2003, and represented 70.2% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 69.2% in 2002.  Monthly fees increased by 391.5%, from RMB0.71 billion in 2002 to RMB3.49 billion in 2003, and represented 21.0% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 22.1% in 2002.  Interconnection revenue increased by 238.9% from RMB0.18 billion in 2002 to RMB0.61 billion in 2003, and represented 3.7% of total service revenue as compared with 5.7% in 2002.

 

With the introduction of our CDMA 1X wireless data services in March 2003, we are also actively developing our CDMA wireless data business, by making efforts to convert the competitive edge of the CDMA technology into a competitive edge in operations in order to enhance competitiveness in the market and our appeal to subscribers.  Revenue from value-added CDMA cellular services reached RMB0.78 billion in 2003, an increase of 875.0 % from RMB 0.08 billion in 2002, and accounted for 4. 7 % of total service revenue from the CDMA cellular business, an increase of 2.2 % from 2002.

 

89



 

Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our long distance and data and Internet businesses reached RMB5.73 billion, an increase of 2.8% from 2002.

 

Long Distance Business.   Operating revenue from our traditional public switched long distance business decreased by 17. 7 %, from 2002 to RMB2.29 billion in 2003.  Such decrease was primarily due to the decrease in interconnection revenue from Unicom New Century caused by our acquisition of Unicom New Century.

 

D ata and Internet Business.   We fully leveraged the technological advantage of our multi-businesses integrated network platform.  Along with effectively expanding international and domestic call volume for IP telephony services, we targeted business subscribers and corporate subscribers in promoting services with distinctive features such as “UNI-VIDEO”, and we also targeted the mass market in promoting new services, such as “Ruyi Mailbox”.  At the same time, we continued to develop integrated data, voice and video connection services, and dedicated and dial-up connection services.  As a result of those efforts, revenue from our data and Internet businesses rose by 23.1% from 2002 to RMB3.44 billion in 2003.

 

Paging Revenue

 

In 2003, revenue from our paging business (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) was RMB2.16 billion.  Paging service revenue (i.e., excluding sales of paging-related telecommunications products) fell by 35.1% to RMB1.40 billion in 2003.  This decline is due to the continued decline in the traditional paging business.  Revenue from value-added and other services of the paging business reached RMB0.79 billion and accounted for 56.2% of the service revenue from the paging business.  We disposed of our paging business, effective December 31, 2003.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses in 2003 were RMB59.12 billion, representing an increase of 77.8%, which was greater than the 66.7% growth in operating revenue for the same period.  As discussed below, a 172.9% increase in leased lines and network capacities expenses, a 153.4% increase in selling and marketing expenses and a 83.3% increase in the interconnection charges were the primary factors in the increase in operating expenses. Due to the launch of our CDMA business, selling and marketing expenses (which included the amortized portion of deferred customer acquisition costs under special promotional packages with certain CDMA contractual subscribers) and leased lines and network capacities expenses (which included the expenses from the CDMA network leases) increased faster than our operating revenue in 2003.  In addition, as our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges also increased faster than our operating revenue in 2003 since the interconnection rates remain unchanged while our effective tariffs have been declin ing due to continued price competition .  Our operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 87.4% in 2003, as compared with 82.0% in 2002.

 

90



 

The table below illustrates the major expense items from 2001, 2002 and 2003 and their respective shares of total operating revenue.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

24,129

 

82.1

%

33,253

 

82.0

%

59,122

 

87.4

%

Leased lines and network capacities

 

853

 

2.9

%

1,583

 

3.9

%

4,320

 

6.4

%

Interconnection charges

 

2,073

 

7.1

%

3,230

 

8.0

%

5,921

 

8.7

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,262

 

28.1

%

11,256

 

27.7

%

16,385

 

24.2

%

Personnel

 

2,487

 

8.5

%

3,335

 

8.2

%

4,575

 

6.8

%

Selling and marketing

 

3,613

 

12.2

%

5,981

 

14.8

%

15,157

 

22.4

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

5,499

 

18.7

%

5,632

 

13.9

%

9,112

 

13.5

%

Include: Impairment loss and assets write-off of the Paging Business

 

665

 

2.3

%

116

 

0.3

%

557

 

0.8

%

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

1,342

 

4.6

%

2,236

 

5.5

%

3,652

 

5.4

%

 

Leased Lines and Network Capacities . With the significant increase in our CDMA subscribers, the lease expense for CDMA network capacities increased 295.5 %, from RMB 0.89 billion in 2002 to RMB3.52 billion in 2003.  In addition, the effect of including leased line expenses for transmission lines used by Unicom New Century we acquired effective December 31, 2002 also contributed to the in c rease in our leased line expenses.  As a result, the aggregate amount of our leased line expenses and network capacity lease expenses increased to RMB4.32 billion, representing an increase of 173.4% from 2002.  Leased lines and network capacities expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue rose from 3.9 % to 6.4% in 2003.

 

Interconnection Charges. Interconnection charges reached RMB5.92 billion in 2003, representing an increase of 83.3% from 2002, primarily due to the increase in interconnection traffic volume as a result of the development of our GSM and CDMA cellular business and long distance business, as well as the effect of including interconnection expenses of Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Interconnection charges for our CDMA cellular business increased by 502.9 %.  Interconnection charges increased by 61.8% for our GSM cellular business.  Interconnection charges for long distance, data and Internet business increased by 54.0 %. As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges as a percentage of total operating revenue also increased from 8.0 % in 2002 to 8.7% in 2003.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 45.6 % to RMB16.39 billion in 2003, a lower growth rate than the growth in operating revenue.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity, primarily in connection with the development of the GSM cellular business, the expansion of assets scale, and the effect of including depreciation expenses attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired on December 31, 2002.  Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased from 27.7 % in 2002 to 24.2% in 2003.

 

91



 

Personnel. As of the end of 2003, we had 38,728 employees, an increase of 32.0% from 29,332 at the end of 2002 (excluding employees in the nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities we acquired through Unicom New Century at the end of 2002).  This increase was primarily due to the effect of including employees of Unicom New Century, which we acquired on December 31, 2002.  Our personnel expenses were RMB4.57 billion in 2003, its share as a percentage of total operating revenue dropping from 8.2 % in 2002 to 6.8% in 2003. In order to align the interest of our employees with that of our shareholders, we have set up an employee share option scheme and granted options to qualified employees. During 2003, total share options involving 105,956,000 shares in our company were granted under the share option scheme.

 

Selling and Marketing . Our major selling and marketing expenses included commissions, promotion and advertising expenses and amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers. Selling and marketing expenses totaled RMB15.16 billion in 2003, an increase of 153.4% from 2002. Amortization of CDMA subscribers acquisition costs in 2003 were RMB5.84 billion, an increase of 320.1 % from 2002. The balance of unamortized deferred CDMA subscriber acquisition costs fell from RMB5.99 billion as of the end of 2002 to RMB4.04 billion as of the end of 2003. Due to the continued growth in the subscriber base of our various business segments (including the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New Century), the commissions to distributors and sales agents rose to RMB7.29 billion, an increase of 99.2 %. Promotion and advertising expenses were RMB2.04 billion, an increase of 108.2 %. Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of operating revenue increased from 14.8 % in 2002 to 22.4% in 2003.

 

General, Administrative and Other Expenses . Our general, administrative and other expenses were RMB9.11 billion in 2003, which includes an impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business in the amount of RMB0.56 billion.  Total expenses in this category increased by 61.8% from 2002.  Excluding the impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business, total expenses for this category increased by 51.9% from 2002.  General, administrative and other expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased from 13.9% in 2002 to 13.5% in 2003.  In 2003, the provision for doubtful debts was RMB1.75 billion, an increase of 80.4 % from 2002. Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of service revenue increased slightly from 2.5 % in 2002 to 2.7% in 2003. This also gave rise to an increase in our general, administrative and other expenses.

 

Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold. The cost of telecommunication products sold increased to RMB3.65 billion in 2003, an increase of 62.9 % from RMB 2.24 billion in 2002. The share of cost of telecommunications products sold as a percentage of operating revenue de creased from 5.5 % in 2002 to 5.4% in 2003.

 

Operating Income

 

In 2003, our operating revenue increased by 66.7%, while our operating expenses increased by 77.8%.  As a result, our operating income reached RMB8.51 billion, an increase of only 16.3% from 2002 and our operating margin only decreased from 18.0% in 2002 to 12.6 % in 2003.

 

GSM Cellular Business.   In our GSM cellular business, operating income reached RMB8.72 billion in 2003, which was an increase of 14.2 % from 2002.  The growth in the operating income of our GSM cellular business was slower than the overall increase in our operating income, mainly reflecting the 15.8 % decline in the ARPU for our GSM cellular business.  Our operating margin in the GSM cellular business decreased from 27.2% in 2002 to 21.2 % in 2003.

 

92



 

CDMA Cellular Business.   We incurred a total operating loss of RMB0.29 billion in 2003 for our CDMA business as compared with the operating loss of RMB0.99 billion in 2002 reflecting improvement in performance as a result of continued subscriber growth of our CDMA business which commenced operation since January 2002.  After taking into consideration of the improper accounting recordings and errors we identified in our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches as described in Item 15 “Controls and procedures”, the operating losses of our CDMA business for 2003 and 2002 would have been RMB0.42 billion and RMB1.00 billion, respectively.

 

Long Distance Business.   In our long distance business, operating income decreased 31.4%, from RMB1.02 billion in 2002 to RMB0.70 billion in 2003, primarily because of a reduction in the interconnection revenue after we acquired Unicom New Century in December 2002.  As a result, the operating margin in our long distance business, at 22.2 % in 2003, decreased from 29.5 % in 2002.

 

Data and Internet Business.   In our data and Internet businesses, we had an operating income of RMB0.75 billion in 2003, a 97.4% increase from 2002.  This resulted from the continued rapid growth in operating revenues in this business, together with our successful efforts to centralize operating expenses, which grew 56.9 %.

 

Paging Business.   As o ur traditional paging business continued to decline, our operating losses from our paging business grew from RMB0.62 billion in 2002 to RMB1.20 billion in 2003.

 

Net Income

 

Loss on Sale of Discontinued Operation (Guoxin Paging) .   The sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group in 2003 resulted in a disposal loss in the amount of RMB0.66 billion.

 

Financial I ncome and E xpenses.   Our financial income decreased from RMB0.47 billion in 2002 to RMB 0.17 billion in 2003, mainly due to a decline in interest income resulting from a reduction in our cash and overall reduced applicable interest rates.  Our financial expenses increased from RMB1.47 billion in 2002 to RMB 1.93  billion in 2003, primarily due to the acquisition of Unicom New Century.  The above factors resulted in a net financial expense of RMB1.76 billion in 2003, an increase of 76 % from the net financial expense of RMB 1.0 billion in 2002.

 

Income T ax.   Our income tax increased from to RMB1.89 billion in 2003, an increase of 9.8 % from 2002.  Our effective tax rates in 2002 and 2003 were 27.3% and 31.0%, respectively.  The higher effective tax rate in 2003, as compared with 2002, was mainly due to the investment tax credits we received in 2002 in connection with the acquisition of certain domestic equipments.

 

Net Income .   For reasons analyzed in the above discussion, our net income fell to RMB4.22 billion in 2003.  Excluding the RMB0.56 billion in impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business and the RMB0.66 billion loss on the sale of Guoxin Paging, our net income would have been RMB5.08 billion, representing an increase of 10.5 % from 2002.  Earnings per share decreased 7.7 %, from RMB 0.366 in 2002 to RMB0.336 in 2003.

 

93



 

Impact of Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP

 

In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HK GAAP between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, we believe the following significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP would have a significant impact on our management discussion and analysis of the results of our operation between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 under US GAAP.  See also Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed summary of all significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that are relevant to us.

 

Under HK GAAP, the acquisition of Unicom New World on December 31, 2003 has been accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the acquired results of operations have been incorporated into our operating results only from the date of the acquisition. In contrast, under US GAAP, our acquisition of Unicom New World has been accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control. Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities have been accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom New World had always been part of our company.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to the Unicom Group is accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as a loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation – Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

In addition, under HK GAAP, we recognized upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, when received upon completion of activation services. Under US GAAP, this upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.

 

Other than the above, there are no major material differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Taking into account the operating results of the acquired business and the disposed business, our combined operating revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB 50.42 billion in 2002, to RMB71.98 billion in 2003, representing an increase of 42.8%. Our net income under US GAAP decreased from RMB5. 04 billion in 2002 to RMB4.74 billion in 2003, representing a decrease of 6.0 %.

 

94



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Working Capital and Cash Flows

 

As of the end of 2004, we had RMB4.66 billion of cash and cash equivalents and RMB0.66 billion of short-term bank deposits.  As of the end of 2004, we had negative working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) of RMB28.27 billion, compared to negative working capital of RMB21.66 billion at the end of 2003.  The decrease in working capital resulted primarily from (i) the increase in short-term bank loans to replace long-term bank loans; (ii) the cash payment for the acquisitions of Unicom International and Unicom New World; and (iii) increased indebtedness as a result of the indebtedness of the newly-acquired Unicom International and Unicom New World.  We believe that we will have access to financing, in particular bank financing in the PRC and elsewhere, which together with net cash inflows from operations will be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs.

 

The following table sets forth cash inflows and outflows in 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

(RMB in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflows from operating activities

 

13,054

 

22,565

 

23,819

 

Net cash outflows from investing activities

 

(5,166

)

(19,051

)

(18,958

)

Net cash (outflows) inflows before financing activities

 

7,888

 

3,514

 

4,861

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from financing activities

 

(11,868

)

(8,778

)

(9,401

)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(3,980

)

(5,264

)

(4,540

)

 

Net cash inflows from operating activities increased by 5.6%, from RMB22.57 billion in 2003 to RMB23.82 billion, mainly reflecting the growth in our business and reduction in our capital expenditure.

 

Net cash outflows from investing activities were RMB18.96 billion in 2004, compared to RMB19.05 billion in 2003.  This decrease in net cash outflows from investing activities in 2004 primarily resulted from our effort to control capital investment and reduce investment cost.

 

Net cash outflows from financing activities were RMB9.40 billion in 2004, an increase of 7.1% from the outflow of RMB8.78 billion in 2003, resulting primarily from an increase in repayment of short-term bank loans, from RMB10.28 billion in 2003 to RMB12.27 billion in 2004, partially offset by a decrease in repayment of long-term loans, from RMB18.50 billion in 2003 to RMB17.25 billion in 2004 as we attempted to further optimize our debt structure.

 

95



 

Indebtedness and Capital Structure

 

The following table sets forth the amount of cash, assets, short-term and long-term debt, equity as well as debt-to-assets and debt-to-equity ratios as of the end of 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

(RMB in millions, except percentages)

 

Cash and cash equivalent and short-term bank deposits

 

19,259

 

10,133

 

5,317

 

Total assets

 

149,628

 

149,838

 

145,629

 

Short-term debt

 

15,330

 

18,173

 

20,015

 

Long-term debt

 

37,686

 

36,213

 

26,137

 

Minority interests

 

566

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

66,653

 

69,615

 

72,810

 

Debt-to-assets ratio (1)

 

44.6

%

43.9

%

38.8

%

Debt-to-equity ratio (2)

 

80.4

%

78.1

%

63.4

%

 


(1)           Debt-to-assets ratio = (long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests)/(long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests + shareholders’ equity).

 

(2)           Debt-to-equity ratio = (long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests)/shareholders’ equity.

 

Our debt-to-assets ratio decreased from 43.9% at the end of 2003 to 38.8 % at the end of 2004.  Our debt-to-equity ratio decreased from 78.1% at the end of 2003 to 63.4% at the end of 2004.  The sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB 40.83 billion as of December 31, 2004.  We continue to seek to optimize our capital structure, develop multiple financing sources and reduce overall financing costs.

 

Outstanding short-term and long-term bank loans, denominated in RMB or the U.S. dollar, decreased from RMB54.39 billion at the end of 2003 to RMB46.15 billion at the end of 2004 reflecting our effort to optimize our debt structure by paying off bank loans that have become due.  Our long-term bank loans generally bear floating interest rates that ranged from US$ LIBOR plus 0.28% to 0.44% per annum in 2004 with maturity through 2010.  The loan agreements do not include financial performance or other covenants which materially restrict our operations or those of CUCL or Unicom New World, our principal operating subsidiaries in China.  As of December 31, 2004, short-term bank loans of approximately RMB3.40 billion and long-term bank loans of approximately RMB6.78 billion were guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

In September 2003 we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which is consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.28% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche , with an interest rate of 0.44% over the US$ LIBOR per annum.

 

In February 2004, our operating entity, CUCL, entered into a US$500 million term loan facility with 12 financial institutions, which is repayable in three years at an interest rate of 0.40% over the US$ LIBOR per annum.

 

96



 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

The following tables set forth the amount of our outstanding contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2004.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period (RMB in millions)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Due in
2004

 

Due in
2005

 

Due in
2006

 

Due in
2007

 

Due in
2008

 

Due after
2008

 

Long-term bank Loans (1)

 

37,223

 

11,086

 

10,227

 

10,439

 

2,639

 

1,014

 

1,818

 

Finance lease obligations (2)

 

1,427

 

938

 

359

 

48

 

7

 

6

 

69

 

Capital Commitments (3)

 

6,537

 

6,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leases (3)(4)

 

9,663

 

6,681

 

622

 

507

 

390

 

396

 

1,068

 

Other Commitments (3)(5)

 

1,968

 

1,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total obligations

 

56,818

 

27,210

 

11,208

 

10,994

 

3,036

 

1,416

 

2,955

 

 


(1)           See consolidated financial statements, Note 27 “Long-term Bank Loans”.

 

(2)           See consolidated financial statements, Note 28 “Obligations Under Finance Leases”.

 

(3)           See consolidated financial statements, Note 36 “Contingencies and Commitments”.

 

(4)           The operating leases commitment as disclosed above include the CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement entered into with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon by our wholly-owned subsidiaries, CUCL (including Unicom New Century, which was merged into CUCL on July 20, 2004) and Unicom New World, in our cellular service areas.  See “Critical Accounting Policies Lease of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 5; “B. Business Overview Cellular Services CDMA Cellular Services - Our Lease of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group” under Item 4, “B. Related Party Transactions Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7 and Note 36(b) “Contingencies and Commitments Operating Lease Commitment” to the consolidated financial statements for details.

 

(5)           Other commitments represented our commitment to purchase CDMA handsets from vendors.  See Note 36(c) “Contingencies and Commitments Commitment to purchase CDMA handsets” to the consolidated financial statements for details.

 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2004, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated.  Actual future capital expenditures may differ from the amounts indicated below. 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

 

 

(RMB in billions)

 

Cellular (1)

 

8.91

 

6.40

 

7.59

 

Long distance, data and Internet

 

2.13

 

1.34

 

1.22

 

Transmission network (2)

 

4.55

 

3.06

 

3.05

 

Paging (3)

 

0.04

 

-

 

 

Others (4)

 

4.13

 

7.59

 

6.37

 

Total

 

19.76

 

18.39

 

18.23

 

 


(1)           The capital expenditures for 2003 reflect capital expenditures for our cellular business in 21 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions; and capital expenditures for 2004 onwards represent 30 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions, including the 9 provinces and autonomous regions which we acquired at the end of 2003.

 

(2)           Expenditures on transmission network refers to investment in the inter-province and intra-province backbone transmission network, the local network and the access network.

 

97



 

(3)           We sold the paging business to Unicom Group on December 31, 2003.

 

(4)           Other expenditures represent investment in telecom equipment buildings, supporting systems and miscellaneous items.

 

Capital expenditures in 2004 totaled RMB18.39 billion.  Capital expenditures attributable to the GSM cellular business, the long distance, data and Internet businesses, the transmission network and other projects were RMB6.40 billion, RMB1.34 billion, RMB3.06 billion, and RMB7.59 billion, respectively.  Expenditures for other projects were mainly related to the set-up of the billing, customer service and information system, office building, construction of integrated access network and miscellaneous purchases.

 

Projected capital expenditures for 2005 is RMB18.23 billion, which will be used mostly for improving the GSM network and constructing network infrastructure.

 

We expect to primarily fund our capital expenditure needs with cash generated from operating activities.  See “D. Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Business – Our inability to fund our capital expenditure requirements may adversely affect our growth and profitability” under Item 3.

 

US GAAP Reconciliation

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with HK GAAP, which differs in certain material respects from US GAAP.  Significant differences relate primarily to the effect of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the sale of Guoxin Paging, treatments of the upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs, employees’ housing benefits, revaluation of properties performed in connection with the reorganization, impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, and additional disclosure requirements for share options scheme and measurement of costs in investment in equity securities.  Reconciliation between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect our net income and shareholders’ equity arising from the aforementioned differences are included in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  In addition, additional disclosures on the condensed financial information under US GAAP, including condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows information, as well as condensed balance sheets information and other additional financial information which have been restated for relevant periods presented to reflect the impact of the effects of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the sale of Guoxin Paging under common control are included in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements presented in this annual report.

 

98



 

Item 6.  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A.                                     Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current directors and executive officers. 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Chang Xiaobing

 

48

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors; Executive Director; Chief Executive Officer

Shang Bing

 

49

 

Executive Director; President

Tong Jilu

 

47

 

Executive Director; Chief Financial Officer

Zhao Le

 

49

 

Executive Director; Vice President

William Lo Wing Yan

 

44

 

Executive Director; Vice President

Ye Fengping

 

41

 

Executive Director; Vice President

Liu Yunjie

 

62

 

Non-Executive Director

Wu Jinglian

 

75

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Shan Weijian

 

51

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Linus Cheung Wing Lam

 

56

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Chang Xiaobing was appointed in December 2004 as an Executive Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of our company.  Mr. Chang, a professor level senior engineer, graduated in 1982 from the Nanjing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a B.S. degree in telecommunications engineering and received an MBA degree from Tsinghua University in 2001.  From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Chang served as a Deputy Director of the Nanjing Municipal Posts and Telecommunications Bureau of Jiangsu PT, a Deputy Director General of the Directorate General of Telecommunications, or DGT, of the MPT and a Deputy Director General and Director General of the Department of Telecommunications Administration of the MII.  From 2000 to October 2004, Mr. Chang served as Vice President of China Telecom Group and, since 2002, an executive director and President of China Telecom Corporation Limited.  Mr. Chang was appointed the Chairman of Unicom Group in November 2004.  Mr. Chang also serves as the Chairman of the A Share Company and CUCL, respectively.  Mr. Chang has 22 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Shang Bing was appointed in November 2004 as an Executive Director and President of our company responsible for our day-to-day management and operations.  Mr. Shang, a senior economist, graduated in 1982 from Shenyang Chemical Industry Institution with degree in Chemical Industry and received an MBA degree from New York State University of USA.  From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Shang served as a Director of Industrial Technology Development Centre in Liaoning Province, Deputy General Manager and General Manager of Economic Technology Development Company in Liaoning Province.  Mr. Shang joined Unicom Group in August 1998.  From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Shang served as Deputy General Manager and General Manager of Unicom Group Liaoning Branch.  Mr Shang was appointed as Vice President of Unicom Group in March 2001 and subsequently became a Director and Vice President of Unicom Group in September 2003.  Mr. Shang was appointed the President of Unicom Group in November 2004.  At present, Mr. Shang is also a Director of Unicom Group, a Director and President of the A Share Company and a Director and President of CUCL.  Mr. Shang has extensive management experience and knowledge in telecommunications operations.

 

99



 

Tong Jilu was appointed in February 2004 as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of our company. He assists the President in handling issues relating to finance. Mr. Tong graduated in 1987 from the Department of Economic Management at the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications. He holds a Master Degree in International Management from National University of Australia; and is an Executive Director of the Association of Chief Accountants in China. From August 1989 to October 1998, he served as Chief Economist, Deputy Director and later Director of the Finance Bureau of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Liaoning Province. From November 1998 to June 2000, Mr. Tong served as Deputy Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration and the Posts Office of Liaoning Province. Mr. Tong joined Unicom Group in July 2000 and served as Chief Accountant of Unicom Group from July 2000 to February 2001. Since March 2001, Mr. Tong has served as Vice President of Unicom Group. He is now a Director and Chief Accountant of Unicom Group, a Director of A Share company, and a Director and Vice President of CUCL.  Mr. Tong has extensive experience in telecommunications management and finance management of listed companies.

 

Zhao Le was appointed in February 2004 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company. He assists the President in managing day-to-day operations. Mr. Zhao is a senior engineer, graduated in 1989 from the Schools of Economics & Management at Tsinghua University with Master Degree in Industrial Management. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Zhao served as the Station-In-Charge of the Earth Station of Satellite Communication of Long Distance Telecommunication Bureau of Shanghai. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Zhao served as Deputy Chief Economist of Long Distance Telecommunication Bureau of Shanghai. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Zhao served as Director of the Planning Department of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Shanghai. Mr. Zhao joined Unicom Group since 1999. From 1999 to 2003, he served as General Manager of China Unicom Shanghai Branch. Mr. Zhao is now the Chairman of China United Telecommunications (Hong Kong) Ltd., Executive Director and Vice President of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and a Director of Unicom International.  Mr. Zhao has been in the management role of telecommunications operations for a long period and has extensive telecommunications management experience.

 

William Lo Wing Yan was appointed in July 2002 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company.  Mr. Lo assists the President in handling investor relations and issues relating to international co-operation.  Mr. Lo graduated from Cambridge University in 1987, with a PhD degree in Genetic Engineering. From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Lo was a management consultant with McKinsey & Company. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Lo was the Founding Managing Director of Hongkong Telecom IMS Limited.  From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Lo served as Chief Executive Officer of Citibank’s Global Consumer Banking Business for Hong Kong and Macau. Mr. Lo serves as a non-executive director on the board of a number of publicly listed companies in Hong Kong and New York, including Softbank Investment International Ltd, Vartronix International Ltd, Ocean Grand Chemicals Holdings Ltd, Superdata Software Holdings Ltd, I.T Ltd, Capital Publications Ltd, Panorama International Holdings Ltd and Nam Tai Electronics, Inc. In 1999, Mr. Lo was appointed as a Justice of the Peace (JP) of Hong Kong. In 2003, Mr. Lo was appointed as Committee Member of Shantou People’s Political Consultative Conference. Mr. Lo has extensive work experience and management expertise in the areas of information technology, telecommunications and banking industry.

 

100



 

Ye Fengping was appointed in January 2003 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company. Mr. Ye assists the President in handling general administration and media relations. Mr. Ye, a senior engineer, graduated from Nanjing Posts and Telecommunications Institution in 1984, with a major in Telecommunications Engineering and obtained a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Minnesota’s Carlson School in 2004 . From 1984 to 1998, Mr. Ye worked for the Shenzhen Posts and Telecommunications Bureau and once served as Deputy Department Head in the Materials Management Department and General Manager of the Materials Supply Company of the Bureau. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Ye worked for the Shenzhen Telecommunications Bureau as Chief of the Corporate Development Department. Mr. Ye joined China Unicom in April 2000 as Deputy General Manager and later General Manager of China Unicom Corporation Limited’s Shenzhen Branch. He also served as Deputy General Manager of China Unicom Corporation Limited’s Guangdong Branch and General Manager of the Sales and Marketing Department of Unicom Group.  Currently, Mr. Ye is also a Director and President of Unicom International.  Mr. Ye has over twenty years of experience in the telecommunications industry and extensive experience in marketing planning and management.

 

Liu Yunjie was appointed in February 2004 as a Non-Executive Director of our company.  Mr. Liu is a professor level senior engineer and graduated from the Department of Applied Physics at Beijing University in 1968. From 1983 to 1995, Mr. Liu served as Deputy Director General and later Director General of the Institute of Data Communication Research of the MPT.  From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Liu served as Deputy Director General of the Directorate General of Telecommunications and as Director General of the Bureau of Data Communications of the MPT.  Mr. Liu was also President of the Institute of Postal Science Research and Planning of the MPT from 1998 to 1999. Since April 1999, Mr. Liu has served as the Chief Engineer and later Vice President of Unicom Group.  Mr. Liu was Vice President of our company from May 2000 to January 2004.  He is now a director of the A Share Company.  Mr. Liu has extensive experience in telecommunications technology and management, particularly in the area of data communications.

 

Wu Jinglian was appointed in April 2000 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company. Mr. Wu is a senior researcher at the Development Research Center of the State Council (DRC) and a professor at the Graduate School of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences and China Europe International Business School (CEIBS). Mr. Wu graduated from Fudan University, and was previously an Executive Director of the DRC and Deputy Director of the Programming Office for Economic Reform of the State Council. Mr. Wu has also been a visiting scholar at Yale University, a visiting professor at the Asia-Pacific Research Center of Stanford University and a visiting researcher at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Shan Weijian was appointed in May 2003 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company.  Mr. Shan is the Co-Managing Partner of Newbridge Capital.  Mr. Shan serves on the boards of Bank of China (Hong Kong), Korea First Bank, Taiwan Cement Corporation International, Baoshan Iron and Steel, among others.  Before joining Newbridge, Mr. Shan was a Managing Director at J.P. Morgan.  Prior to J.P. Morgan, he was a professor at the Wharton School of University of Pennsylvania.  His earlier employers include the World Bank, Grahman and James, a law firm based in San Francisco, and Beijing University of International Business and Economics.  Mr. Shan holds a Ph.D. from the U niversity of C alifornia -Berkeley.

 

101



 

Linus Cheung Wing Lam was appointed in May 2004 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company.  Prior to his appointment, Mr. Cheung was Deputy Chairman of PCCW Limited.  Prior to the merger of Pacific Century Cyberworks Limited and Cable & Wireless HKT Limited (Hongkong Telecom), Mr. Cheung was the Chief Executive of Hongkong Telecom and an Executive Director of Cable & Wireless plc in the United Kingdom.  Mr. Cheung also worked at Cathay Pacific Airways for 23 years before departing as Deputy Managing Director.  In 1990 he was appointed an Official Justice of the Peace and in 1992 he was appointed a Non-official Justice of the Peace.  Mr. Cheung is currently a member of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference for the Tianjin Municipal Government.  He received a bachelor’s of social science degree with honors and a diploma in Management Studies from the University of Hong Kong.  Mr. Cheung is also an Honorary Fellow of the University of Hong Kong and of The Chartered Institute of Marketing in the United Kingdom.

 

B.                                     Compensation

 

The aggregate compensation paid by us to our directors and executive officers as a group in 2004 was approximately RMB16.64 million, including retirement and other benefits.  Each of our executive directors and executive officers enters into a bonus agreement with us that ties the amount of bonus the director or officer will receive at the end of a year to our operating results of the year and the job performance of the director or officer.  Some of our directors and executive directors also hold options to purchase shares in our company.  See “E.  Share Ownership” below for detailed descriptions of our share option schemes and options granted to our directors and executive officers as well as compensation for the year 2004.

 

102



 

C.                                     Board Practices

 

General

 

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, at each annual general meeting, one-third of our directors retire from office by rotation except for any director holding office as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.  The retiring Directors are eligible for re-election.  The Board may at any time appoint a new director to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.  The Board may also appoint and remove our executive officers.  No benefits are payable to our directors or executive officers upon termination of their service with us in accordance with the provisions of their service agreements.  The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current directors and former directors who served as directors in 2004.

 

Name

 

Appointment Date

 

Re-appointment Date

 

Resignation Date

Current Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chang Xiaobing

 

December 21, 2004

 

 

Shang Bing

 

November 5, 2004

 

May 12, 2005

 

Tong Jilu

 

February 1, 2004

 

May 12, 2004

 

Zhao Le

 

February 1, 2004

 

May 12, 2004 and May 12, 2005

 

Lo Wing Yan, William

 

July 8, 2002

 

May 12, 2003 and May 12, 2004

 

Ye Fengping

 

January 2, 2003

 

May 12, 2003 and May 12, 2004

 

Liu Yunjie

 

February 1, 2000

 

May 12, 2004

 

Cheung Wing Lam, Linus

 

May 12, 2004

 

 

Wu Jinglian

 

April 20, 2000

 

May 13, 2002, May 12, 2004 and May 12, 2005

 

Shan Weijian

 

May 12, 2003

 

May 12, 2005

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

November 5, 2004

Shi Cuiming

 

 

 

February 1, 2004

Ge Lei

 

 

 

February 1, 2004

Lee Hon Chiu

 

 

 

May 12, 2004

Craig O. McCaw

 

 

 

May 12, 2005

C. James Judson (Alternate Director to Craig O. McCaw)

 

 

 

May 12, 2005

 

103



 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee reviews and supervises our financial reporting process and internal financial controls.  The duties of the audit committee include the following:

 

                                          considering and approving the appointment, resignation and removal of our external auditor and the auditor’s fees;

 

                                          reviewing our interim and annual financial statements and disclosure before submission to the board of directors;

 

                                          discussing with the auditor any problems and reservations arising from the audit of the interim and final results;

 

                                          reviewing any correspondence from the auditor to the management and the responses of the management; and

 

                                          reviewing the relevant reports concerning our internal controls and procedures.

 

The Board of Directors recently approved certain amendments to the duties of the audit committee, including strengthening of responsibilities in the following areas:

 

                                          supervising the external auditor, who will directly report to the committee;

 

                                          pre-approving the audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor, and determining whether any non-audit services would affect the independence of the auditor; and

 

                                          discussing with the management the timing and procedures for the rotation of the partner of the auditing firm responsible for the audit of our company and the partner responsible for the review of audit-related documents.

 

As of May 31, 2005, the members of the audit committee are Shan Weijian, Wu Jinglian and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

The remuneration committee meets regularly to consider human resources issues, issuance of share options and other matters relating to compensation.  In particular, the remuneration committee makes recommendations to the Board on executive compensation.  The primary duties of the remuneration committee are to make recommendations to the Board regarding the remuneration structure of the executive directors and to determine specific remuneration packages for the executive directors on behalf of the board. The remuneration committee is also responsible for operating our employee share option scheme and any other incentive scheme as they apply to the executive directors, including determining the granting of options to executive directors.  As of May 31, 2005, the members of the remuneration committee are Wu Jianlian, Chairman of the committee, Liu Yunjie and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.

 

104



 

D.                                     Employees

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had 39,589 employees, which was similar to the 38,728 employees of our company at the end of 2003 (including employees in the nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities we acquired through Unicom New World at the end of 2003).  These employees are classified by function as follows:

 

By Function

 

Number of
Employees

 

 

 

 

 

Management and administration

 

6,267

 

 

 

 

 

Other general administration

 

7,035

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing and sales

 

11,749

 

 

 

 

 

Technical, engineering and network maintenance

 

10,828

 

 

 

 

 

Retail and customer service

 

1,362

 

 

 

 

 

General support

 

2,348

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

39,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Business Segment

 

Number of
Employees

 

 

 

 

 

Cellular

 

33,141

 

 

 

 

 

GSM

 

22,297

 

 

 

 

 

CDMA

 

10,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long distance

 

2,181

 

 

 

 

 

Data and Internet

 

4,267

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

39,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2004, we also employed approximately 62,600 temporary employees.

 

E.                                     Share Ownership

 

As of May 31, 2005, our directors and executive officers as a group do not own any shares in our company.

 

As of May 31, 2005, our directors and executive officers as a group hold options for 7,519,400 shares, or less than 0.1% of our issued and outstanding share capital, including the following options granted under our pre-global offering share option scheme and share option scheme:

 

105



 

Options granted under the share option scheme

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares
Covered

 

Expiration Date

 

Exercise Price

 

Consideration
Paid

 

Compensation
for 2004
(RMB)

 

Chang Xiaobing (1)

 

526,000

*

December 20, 2010

 

HK$6.20

 

HK$1.00

 

77,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shang Bing (2)

 

292,000

 

July 9, 2008

 

HK$6.18

 

HK$1.00

 

553,000

 

 

 

292,000

 

May 20, 2009

 

HK$4.30

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

292,000

*

July 19, 2010

 

HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

128,000

*

December 20, 2010

 

HK$6.20

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tong Jilu

 

292,000

 

July 9, 2008

 

HK$6.18

 

HK$1.00

 

2,562,000

 

 

 

292,000

 

May 20, 2009

 

HK$4.30

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

292,000

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

292,000

*

July 19, 2010

 

HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhao Le

 

136,000
204,000

272,000

*

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

1,996,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lo Wing Yan, William

 

176,000
262,000

*

May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

2,392,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ye Fengping

 

132,000
204,000
136,000
262,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009
June 21, 2010
July 19, 2010

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30
HK$15.42
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

2,177,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liu Yunjie

 

292,000
292,000

*

May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

292,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wu Jinglian

 

292,000
292,000
292,000

*

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

319,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shan Weijian

 

292,000
292,000

*

May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

319,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cheung Wing Lam, Linus

 

292,000

*

July 19, 2010

 

HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00

 

203,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wang Jianzhou (3)(8)

 

420,000
420,000
526,000

*

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

2,214,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig O. McCaw (4)(8)

 

292,000
292,000
292,000

*

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009
July 19, 2010

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30
HK$5.92

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

319,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shi Cuiming (5)(8)

 

396,000
396,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

3,073,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ge Lei (6)(8)

 

292,000
292,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

27,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lee Hon Chiu (7)(8)

 

292,000
292,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$6.18
HK$4.30

 

HK$1.00
HK$1.00

 

116,000

 

 

106



 


(1)           Mr. Chang was appointed as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of our company in December 2004.

 

(2)           Mr. Shang was appointed as Executive Director and President of our company in November 2004.

 

(3)           Mr. Wang resigned as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of our company on November 5, 2004.

 

(4)           Mr. McCaw resigned as director of our Company on May 12, 2005.

 

(5)           Mr. Shi Cuiming resigned as Executive Director and Executive Vice President on February 1, 2004.

 

(6)           Mr. Ge Lei resigned as Non-Executive Director on February 1, 2004.

 

(7)           Mr. Lee Hon Chiu resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director on May 12, 2004.

 

(8)           For the directors who resigned during the year 2004, the numbers of options indicated represent the numbers of options held by the respective directors as of their dates of resignation.

 

*                  Granted in 2004.

 

Options granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares Covered

 

Expiration Date

 

Subscription
Price

 

Consideration Paid

 

Shang Bing

 

204,400

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

Liu Yunjie

 

292,600

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

Zhao Le

 

204,400

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

Wang Jianzhou (1)

 

396,200

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

Shi Cuiming (2)

 

396,200

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

Ge Lei (3)

 

292,600

 

June 21, 2010

 

HK$15.42

 

HK$1.00

 

 


(1)           Mr. Wang resigned as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of our company on November 5, 2004.

 

(2)           Mr. Shi Cuiming resigned as Executive Director and Executive Vice President on February 1, 2004.

 

(3)           Mr. Ge Lei resigned as Non-Executive Director on February 1, 2004.

 

Stock Incentive Schemes

 

We retained a compensation consulting firm to help us design stock incentive schemes that align the interests of our management and employees with those of our shareholders and link their compensation with our operating results and share performance.

 

107



 

Share Option Scheme.   We adopted a share option scheme on June 1, 2000 and amended the scheme on May 13, 2002.  The amended scheme provides for the grant of options to our employees, including executive directors and non-executive directors.  Any grant of share options to a “connected person” (as defined in the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) of Unicom requires approval by our independent non-executive directors, excluding any independent non-executive director who is the grantee of the option.  We plan to grant options that cover a total number of ordinary shares not exceeding 10% of the total number of our issued and outstanding shares as of May 13, 2002.  The option period commences on any date after the date on which an option is offered, but may not exceed 10 years from the offer date.  The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under this share option scheme will be determined by our board of directors in its discretion at the grant date, which shall be no less than the higher of: (i) the nominal value of the shares; (ii) the closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on the grant date in respect of such option; and (iii) the average closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the grant date.  As of May 31, 2005, 6,818,000 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 10 directors and approximately 2,500 of our employees.  As of May 31, 2005, 9,226,000 options with an exercise price of HK$6.18, 164,000 options with an exercise price of HK$5.92, 88,000 options with an exercise price of HK$4.65 and 6,891,200 options with an exercise price of HK$4.30 had been exercised.

 

Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme.   We also adopted a pre-global offering share option scheme on June 1, 2000.  As of May 31, 2005, 701,400 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 3 directors and approximately 250 of our employees.  We do not expect to grant further options under this scheme.  On May 13, 2002, this scheme was amended along with the amendment of the share option scheme described above.  The amended terms of the pre-global offering share option scheme are substantially the same as the share option scheme, except for the following:

 

                                          The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme is HK$15.42, the offer price in the Hong Kong public offering portion of our initial public offering, excluding brokerage fees and transaction levy.

 

                                          The period during which an option may be exercised commences two years from the date of grant and ends 10 years from June 22, 2000.

 

As of December 31, 2004, no options granted under this scheme had been exercised.

 

Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.                                     Major Shareholders

 

As of May 31, 2005, our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, through its 17.91% direct interest in Unicom BVI, and its majority-owned subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, which in turn holds 82.09% of Unicom BVI, beneficially owned 9,725,000,020 shares of Unicom, or 77.37% of our total outstanding shares.  See “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4 above.   Unicom Group is controlled by the Ministry of Finance and a group of approximately fifteen companies, most of which are state-owned enterprises in China.  Shares owned by Unicom Group do not carry voting rights different from our other issued shares.

 

As of May 31, 2005, most of our record shareholders were located outside of the United States.  In addition, as of May 31, 2005, there were approximately 24 million ADSs outstanding, each representing 10 shares and together representing 1.90% of our total outstanding shares or 8.44% of our total outstanding shares not held by our controlling shareholder.

 

108



 

B.                                     Related Party Transactions

 

Principal transactions between us and our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, include the following categories:

 

                                          agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering;

                                          agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group;

                                          agreements relating to the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group;

                                          agreements relating to the acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group;

                                          provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services and premises;

                                          leasing of CDMA network capacity by us from Unicom Group and related interconnection and roaming arrangements; and

                                          guarantee of our bank loans by Unicom Group and short-term loans from Unicom Group.

 

Agreements Relating to the Restructuring in Connection with Our Initial Public Offering

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, our wholly-owned subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom Group dated April 21, 2000.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to CUCL the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described “A. History and Development of the Company – The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000” under Item 4,

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and CUCL in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to CUCL and in relation to the restructuring,

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of CUCL, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of our businesses for our benefit, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to us;

 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for our benefit such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses;

 

                                          to arrange for us to participate in its international roaming arrangements;

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group;

 

                                          to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service;

 

109



 

                                          in order to minimize the risk of competition with our Internet business, to take steps to dispose of its interest in Beijing Shi Hua within twenty-four months following receipt of a notification from us that we intend to provide Internet services which we consider similar to those provided by Beijing Shi Hua;

 

                                          to ensure that we can continue to use premises for which title documentation cannot be obtained at this time for a period of three years following the restructuring;

 

                                          not to dispose of any of our shares it beneficially owns or to take or permit any other actions, including primary issuances of securities by us or CUCL, which would result in us or CUCL no longer constituting majority owned subsidiaries of Unicom Group; and

 

                                          not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future except through us,

 

(d)                                  an option granted by Unicom Group to us to acquire Unicom Group’s interest in any telecommunications interest such as Unicom Paging, Unicom Xingye and Unicom Group’s CDMA telephony license and business, and

 

(e)                                   a commitment by Unicom Group that it will provide continuous financial support to us when necessary.

 

Equity Transfer Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, we, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited entered into an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in CUCL to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (BVI) Limited, China Unicom (BVI) Limited’s agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited’s agreement to issue shares to Unicom Group;

 

(c)                                   Unicom Group’s and our agreement that:

 

                                          we shall be entitled to apply in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and in all places outside of China for all trademarks incorporating the word Unicom in English and Chinese and the Unicom logo; and

 

                                          once these trademarks have been registered, we will sublicense these trademarks to Unicom Group, CUCL, Guoxin Paging and Guoxin Paging’s subsidiaries on a royalty-free basis; and

 

(d)                                  warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group to us in relation to CUCL.

 

110



 

Trademark Agreement

 

Unicom Group is the registered owner of the Unicom trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo, which are registered at the People’s Republic of China State Trademark Bureau.  Under a PRC trademark license agreement entered into on May 25, 2000 between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and our affiliates were granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of five years, renewable at the option of CUCL.  Under the terms of this agreement, we and our affiliates are the exclusive licensees of these trademarks provided that Unicom Group may also license these trademarks to any of its existing or future subsidiaries.  Unicom Group also agreed to license to CUCL any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

CUCL entered into a service agreement with Unicom Paging on August 1, 2001.  Under the terms of the agreement, both parties agreed to license their respective trademarks and log o s to each other on equitable terms and free of charge.

 

Agreements relating to the Restructuring in connection with Acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New Century the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described in “A. History and Development of the Company - Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” under Item 4;

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New Century in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New Century and in relation to the restructuring; and

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New Century, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New Century, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New Century;

 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New Century such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New Century may require to continue to operate its businesses; and

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.

 

111



 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement

 

In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2002.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New Century, to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$4,523,181,304 (approximately RMB4.8 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New Century.

 

Trademark Agreement

 

Under a trademark license agreement entered into on November 20, 2002 between the A Share Company and Unicom New Century, Unicom New Century and our affiliates were granted the right to use the Unicom trademarks and logo on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of ten years, renewable for a further ten-year term at the option of Unicom New Century.  The parties will negotiate the royalty payments during the renewed term; however, in no event will such payment exceed the royalty payments, if any, paid by Unicom Group’s other wholly- or majority-owned subsidiaries.  The A Share Company has also agreed to license to Unicom New Century any trademark that Unicom Group registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

Agreements relating to the Acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the Sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New World the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described under “A. History and Development of the Company - Acquisition of Unicom New World and Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4;

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New World in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New World and in relation to the restructuring; and

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New World, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New World, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New World;

 

112



 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New World such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New World may require to continue to operate its businesses; and

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Unicom New World

 

In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New World, to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New World.

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Guoxin Paging

 

In relation to the sale by us of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, CUCL and the A Share Company entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   CUCL’s agreement to sell to the A Share Company, and the A Share Company’s agreement to acquire from CUCL, all of CUCL’s equity interest in Guoxin Paging;

 

(b)                                  the A Share Company’s agreement to pay CUCL a cash consideration in the amount of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by CUCL to the A Share Company in relation to Guoxin Paging.

 

Trademark Agreement

 

Under a trademark license agreement entered into on November 20, 2003 between the A Share Company and Unicom New World, Unicom New World and our affiliates were granted the right to use the Unicom trademarks and logo on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of ten years, renewable for a further ten-year term at the option of Unicom New World.  The parties will negotiate the royalty payments during the renewed term; however, in no event will such payment exceed the royalty payments, if any, paid by Unicom Group’s other wholly- or majority-owned subsidiaries.  The A Share Company has also agreed to license to Unicom New World any trademark that Unicom Group registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

113



 

Agreements relating to the Acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group

 

In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom International from Unicom Group, we and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited, which is a indirectly wholly-owned beneficiary of Unicom Group, entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated July 28, 2004.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom International to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to pay China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited a cash consideration in the amount of HK$37,159,995.77; and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited to us in relation to Unicom International.

 

Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises

 

We had entered into a number of service arrangements with Unicom Group and/or its subsidiaries with respect to provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services between Unicom Group and us, including leasing of satellite transmission capacity, supply of international telecommunication network gateway services, supply of various telephone cards, supply of equipment procurement services, supply of cellular subscriber services, supply of customer services, supply of agency services, leasing of transmission line capacity and interconnection and roaming arrangements, as well as provision of premises.

 

On March 24, 2005, we and Unicom Group entered into a comprehensive services agreement, or the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, a comprehensive operator services agreement, or the New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, and a premises leasing agreement, or the New Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement, to replace the previous service arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

 

Each of the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, the New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement and the New Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement has an initial term of two years commencing on January 1, 2005 and is renewable for further two-year terms at our option.

 

Leasing of Satellite Transmission Capacity

 

We lease satellite transmission capacity from a 95.00% owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.  We use this capacity to supplement our long distance network.

 

That subsidiary of Unicom Group and CUCL previously entered into a satellite transmission channel leasing agreement, dated May 25, 2000.  Under that agreement, payments for leasing of satellite transmission capacity were calculated on the basis of tariffs set by the MII.  We pa id the minimum applicable tariff for the relevant volume and duration less a discount of up to 10%.  The discount would not be less than that offered to any third party leasing similar transmission capacity.  The total leasing charges for satellite transmission capacity for 2004 w ere approximately RMB14.15 million.

 

T he New Comprehensive Services Agreement, which replaced the satellite transmission channel agreement, contains similar terms with respect to the lease of satellite transmission capacity .

 

114



 

Supply of International Telecommunication Network Gateway Services

 

Unicom Group provides us with access to international connections for our international long distance service through its international telecommunication network gateways.  CUCL and Unicom Group previously entered into a services agreement, dated May 25, 2000, under which Unicom Group agreed to supply international telecommunication network gateway services to us.  Unicom Group has undertaken not to supply international telecommunication network gateway services to third parties.  The charge s for these services were based on Unicom Group’s cost of operation and maintenance of the international telecommunication network gateway facilities, including depreciation, plus a margin of 10% over cost.  We retain ed all revenues generated by our international long distance service.  Total charges for the supply of international telecommunication network gateway services in 2004 were approximately RMB17.06 million.

 

The New Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of international telecommunication network gateway services.

 

Supply of Telephone Cards

 

Each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003 respectively, to provide for a telephone cards supply arrangement under which , Unicom Group agreed t hrough its subsidiary, Unicom Xingye, to supply various kinds of telephone cards, including SIM cards, UIM cards, IP telephony cards and rechargeable calling cards, to us .  Charges for the supply of these cards were based on the actual cost incurred by Unicom Xingye in supplying the cards plus a margin over cost to be agreed upon from time to time, but in any case not to exceed 20%, subject to specified volume discounts.  Under these three services agreement s , prices and volumes would be reviewed by the parties on an annual basis.   Total charges for the supply of telephone cards for 2004 w ere approximately RMB1.09 billion.

 

The New Comprehensive Services Agreement contain similar terms with respect to the supply of telephone cards.

 

Supply of Equipment Procurement Services

 

Prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd., a 95.0% direct subsidiary of Unicom Group, handled most procurement of foreign and domestic telecommunications equipment and other materials required for construction of Unicom Group’s networks.  Each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003 respectively, to provide for this procurement service arrangement under which we were allowed to continue to use Unicom Group’s procuring service at the rate of:

 

                                          0.7% of the contract value in the case of imported equipment, or

 

                                          0.5% of the contract value in the case of domestic equipment.

 

These three agreements were amended on November 22, 2004 so that with effect from July 1, 2004, the above rates were lowered as follows:

 

                                          0.55% of the contract value of those contracts under US$30 million (including US$30 million) and 0.35% of the contract value of those procurement contracts over US$30 million, in the case of imported equipment, or

 

115



 

                                          0.25% of the contract value of those contracts under RMB200 million (including RMB 200 million) and 0.15% of the contract value of those contracts over RMB 200 million, in the case of domestic equipment.

 

In addition, pursuant to this amendment on November 22, 2004 , Unicom Group agreed to indemnify us for any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Group or Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd. up to an amount equal to the total amount of agency services fees paid to Unicom Group under the three agreements.  Our total payment to Unicom Group for equipment procurement services for 2004 was approximately RMB17.76 million.

 

Under the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, Unicom Group agreed to provide us comprehensive procurement services at the same rates as those applied with effect from July 1, 2004 pursuant to the November 22, 2004 amendment mentioned above.

 

In addition, u nder the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, Unicom Group has continued to agree to indemnify us for any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Group or Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd. up to an amount equal to the total amount of agency services fees paid to Unicom Group under the New Comprehensive Services Agreement.

 

Interconnection Arrangements

 

Our various telecommunication networks interconnect with various telecommunication networks of Unicom Group.  CUCL previously entered into two services agreements with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000 and November 22, 2001, respectively, and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003 respectively.  These four services agreements provided for our interconnection arrangements with Unicom Group, under which i nterconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks was based on relevant standards established from time to time by the MII.  However, in the case of calls between cellular subscribers of different networks in different provinces, settlement was based on either the relevant standards established by the MII or a cost-based internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, whichever is more favorable to us.

 

In 2004, interconnection revenue and interconnection expenses derived from the previous arrangements with Unicom Group were approximately RMB193.5 million and RMB40.1 million, respectively.

 

Under the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, interconnection settlements between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks are as follows:

 

(a)                                   Settlement between the cellular network of both parties

 

With respect to cellular calls between different provinces, settlement will be made by one of the following two methods that is more favourable to us:

 

(i)                                      the cellular network from which the outgoing calls originate and the cellular network which receives the incoming calls will each retain 4% of the long distance call fee incurred and the remaining 92% of the long distance call fee will be credited to us;

 

116



 

(ii)                                   pursuant to the settlement standard stipulated in the Notice Concerning the Issue of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [2003] No. 454) promulgated by the MII on October 28, 2003, the cellular network from which the outgoing calls originate and the cellular network which receives the incoming calls will each retain RMB0.06 from the long distance call fee. The remaining long distance call fee will be credited to us.

 

(b)                                  Other interconnection settlement between the networks of both parties

 

Both parties agree to conduct settlement in accordance with the relevant provisions in the Notice Concerning the Issue of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [2003] No. 454) promulgated by the MII on October 28, 2003 (and its amendments from time to time).

 

Roaming Arrangements

 

We and Unicom Group provide roaming services to each other.  In addition, we make our long distance network available to Unicom Group in its implementation of its roaming arrangements with other operators. CUCL previously entered into two services agreements with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000 and November 22, 2001, respectively, and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003 respectively.  These four services agreements provided for our roaming arrangements with Unicom Group, under which c harges for these roaming services between us and Unicom Group were based on our respective internal costs of providing these services, and w ould be on no less favorable terms than those available to any third party.  We receive d 50% of Unicom Group’s roaming revenue from third party operators for calls using our long distance network.

 

In 2004, roaming revenue and roaming expense s derived from the previous arrangements with Unicom Group w ere approximately RMB26.7 million and approximately RMB23.8 million, respectively.

 

Under the New Comprehensive Services Agreement, the roaming fee arrangements between Unicom Group and us are as follows:

 

(a)                                   The cellular subscribers using roaming services will pay roaming fees at the agreed rate of RMB0.60 per minute of roaming usage for both incoming and outgoing calls based on MII guidelines.

 

(i)                                      If our cellular subscribers roam in the service areas of Unicom Group, we will be entitled to receive the roaming fees, which will be apportioned in the following way: (A) RMB0.40 (the rate for local call charges under MII guidelines) will be paid to Unicom Group; and (B) the remaining RMB0.20 will be withheld by us;

 

(ii)                                   If the cellular subscribers of Unicom Group roam in our service areas, Unicom Group will be entitled to receive the roaming fees, which will be apportioned in the following way: (A) RMB0.56 will be paid to us; and (B) RMB0.04 will be withheld by Unicom Group.

 

117



 

(b)                                  If the network of a third party cellular network operator is made available to the cellular subscribers of Unicom Group pursuant to the international roaming arrangements of Unicom Group, or if the network of Unicom Group is made available to the subscribers of any third party cellular network operator pursuant to such arrangements, we will receive 50% of all roaming revenue to be received under such international roaming arrangements.

 

Leasing of Transmission Line Capacity

 

Unicom Group leases fixed-line transmission capacity from CUCL.  CUCL previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, to provide for this transmission line capacity leasing arrangement under which l ease charges were based on tariffs stipulated by the MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%.  The discount given by CUCL to Unicom Group must not be more than what CUCL offer ed to other third party lessees for a similar lease.  When new tariffs were adopted by the MII, the discount rate would be reviewed.  In 2004, we received from Unicom Group total leasing fees of approximately RMB39 million.

 

The New Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the leasing of transmission line capacity by us to Unicom Group.

 

Supply of Cellular Subscriber Value-added Services

 

Prior to the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, it provided operator-based value-added services to our cellular subscribers through its paging network, equipment and operators.  Such services include the “Unicom Assistant” services.  Following the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group at the end of 2003, Unicom Group has agreed to provide (through Guoxin Paging) to us cellular subscriber value-added services pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003 .  The various local branches of Guoxin Paging and us w ould agree on the proportion for sharing the revenue derived and actually received by us from such value-added services, provided that the agreed-upon proportion for Guoxin Paging may not be higher than the average agreed-upon proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide d value-added communications content to us in the same region.  The revenue sharing proportions would be adjusted annually.

 

We made total payment of approximately RMB859 million to Unicom Group in 2004 for its supply of cellular subscriber value-added services.

 

Under the New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, we will retain 40% of the revenue derived and actually received by us from value-added services provided to our subscribers by Unicom Group (through Guoxin Paging) and allocate 60% of such revenue to Guoxin Paging, on the condition that such proportion for Guoxin Paging may not be higher than the average agreed-upon proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide value-added communications content to us in the same region.

 

118



 

Supply of Customer Services

 

Pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003 , Unicom Group has agreed to provide (acting on its own or through Guoxin Paging) to us customer services.  These customer services include d business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling, customer interviews and subscriber retention.  Service fees payable by us to Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging were calculated on the basis of the costs of the customer service plus a profit margin of no more than 10%.  The costs of the customer service were the costs per operator seat multiplied by the number of effectively operating operator seats.  The cost per operator seat in economically developed areas, such as Beijing and Shanghai, was the actual cost, i.e., actual wages, administration expenses, operation and maintenance expenses, depreciation of equipment and leasing fees for premises attributable to the customer service in such area for the previous year.  The cost per operator seat in other area was agreed upon between the local branches of Guoxin Paging and us, subject to our final confirmation, provided that such cost c ould not exceed the nationwide (other than Beijing and Shanghai) weighted average of such costs plus 10%.  Unicom Group w ould notify us the number of effectively operating operator seats of each month within 10 days after the end of that month, and then we w ould confirm that number within five business days based on criteria set forth in the relevant MII regulations.  Our total payment to Unicom Group for its supply of customer services in 2004 was RMB525 million.

 

Under the New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, the cost per operator seat in economically developed areas such as Beijing and Shanghai remains to be the actual cost per operator seat, while the cost per operator seat in an area other than economically developed areas will be the lower of the actual cost per operator seat in that area and the nationwide (excluding Beijing and Shanghai) average of actual cost per operator plus 10%.  Other than this, the New Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of customer services.

 

Supply of Agency Services

 

Pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003, Unicom Group agreed to provide (through Guoxin Paging) to us subscriber development services, including by telephone or through other channels utilizing Guoxin Paging’s paging network, equipment and operators.  Agency fees payable by us to Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging could not exceed the average of agency fees payable to any third party agent providing subscriber development services to us in the same region.  We paid agency fees of approximately RMB9.05 million to Unicom Group in 2004 for its supply of agency services described above.

 

The New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of agency services.

 

119



 

Mutual Provision of Premises

 

Unicom Group and CUCL provide to each other premises from time to time pursuant to the services agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL dated May 25, 2000 .  Unicom Group also provided premises to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World pursuant to s ervices agreements with each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively .  Other than premises leased from third parties, the rental rates in each case were based on the lower of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in that locality, but CUCL c ould charge Unicom Group market rates for premises leased to Unicom Group.  In cases where the premises were leased from a third party, the rental was the amount payable in the head lease. In the case of shared premises, the price was split in proportion to the respective areas occupied by the parties.  In connection with our provision of premises to Guoxin Paging, which was effective from January 1, 2004, the rental was based on the higher of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in each locality.  The net charges for premises leased to us by Unicom Group as offset by our charges for premises leased to Unicom Group for 2004 were RMB25.53 million.

 

The terms in the New Comprehensive Services Agreement with respect to mutual provision of premises and the terms in the New Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement with respect to our provision of premises to Guoxin Paging are similar to those in the previous agreements.

 

Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity

 

Old CDMA Lease

 

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a lease agreement on November 22, 2001 with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon, pursuant to which Unicom Horizon agreed to lease to CUCL capacity on its CDMA network in CUCL’s cellular service areas, giving CUCL the exclusive right to operate the CDMA network in CUCL’s service areas.  The initial term of the lease was one year, renewable each year at CUCL’s option.  In addition, as part of the acquisition arrangements of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World each also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, on November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively.  The terms of these leasing arrangements were in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA lease agreement entered into by CUCL as described above, except for the amount of leased capacity and the areas in which the capacity is eased .  We refer to these three lease agreements as the Old CDMA Lease s .  Under the Old CDMA Leases , Unicom Horizon agreed to lease capacity on its CDMA network to each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World in their respective cellular service areas.  In 2004, our total lease payment under the Old CDMA Lease s was RMB6.59 billion.

 

Under the Old CDMA Lease s , Unicom Horizon agreed to plan, finance and construct the CDMA network, including the procurement of all equipment, and to ensure that the CDMA network was constructed in accordance with the detailed specifications and timetable agreed between Unicom Horizon and us.  All payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by Unicom Horizon that were directly attributable to the construction of the CDMA network form the total network construction cost, which was used in calculating the lease fee payable by us, including:

 

                                          construction, installation and equipment procurement costs and expenses,

                                          survey and design costs,

                                          investment in technology, software and other intangible assets,

                                          insurance premiums and capitalized interest on loans,

 

120



 

                                          any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of equipment and the construction of the CDMA network, including import taxes and custom duties, and

                                          all costs incurred in relation to any upgrade of technology.

 

The Old CDMA Leases required that t he network construction cost be verified and appropriate documentation provided to us or our auditors for verification.  The lease fee was calculated so as to enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction cost within seven years, together with an internal rate of return of 8%.

 

We were responsible for the operation, management and maintenance of the CDMA network in accordance with the relevant requirements of the Old CDMA Leases and had the exclusive right to provide CDMA services in our cellular service areas.  All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from or in connection with the operation of the CDMA network belonged to us.  All costs of operating and managing the CDMA network and all maintenance costs of a non-capital nature should be borne by us except that constructed capacity related costs (i.e. those costs of operating and managing the CDMA network which related directly to the constructed capacity on the CDMA network, including the rental fees for stations and base stations and related expenses including water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc., as well as maintenance costs of a non-capital nature) should be borne by us only to the extent of such part of the costs that corresponded to the proportion of capacity actually leased under the Old CDMA Leases.  Such part of the Constructed Capacity Related Costs that corresponded to the proportion of capacity not actually leased under the Old CDMA Leases should be borne by Unicom New Horizon.

 

In addition to the capacity that we agreed to lease in the first term, subject to giving not less than 180 days’ prior notice to Unicom Horizon, we could request to lease additional capacity.  Unicom Horizon was required to ensure that all capacity which we had so requested was supplied by the due date of delivery of the capacity, provided that, unless otherwise agreed, Unicom Horizon would not be obliged to expand the CDMA network beyond a certain limit.  We could not reduce the amount of capacity leased during the initial one-year lease term.  However, subject to providing not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to or with the prior written consent of Unicom Horizon, we could reduce the amount of capacity leased for any additional lease term, provided that we must lease all capacity which we had requested or otherwise committed to lease for at least one year following the date of delivery or renewal of the lease of such capacity.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event, a material breach of the Old CDMA Leases by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if any capacity was not ready for operational service by the relevant delivery date, then Unicom Horizon should be liable to provide a delay discount to us, equal to the daily lease fee in respect of the relevant capacity multiplied by the number of days of delay, which should be credited against future lease fee payments.

 

121



 

We had the option to purchase the CDMA network, which could be exercised at any time during the initial lease term or any additional lease term of the lease and within one year thereafter.  The acquisition price would be negotiated between Unicom Horizon and us, based on the appraised value of the CDMA network determined by an independent assets appraiser in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and taking account of prevailing market conditions and other factors, provided that it would not exceed such price as would, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom Horizon and all delay discounts of lease fee, enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8%.  The exercise of the purchase option would be subject to the relevant laws, regulations and listing rules in Hong Kong and the PRC, particularly those governing connected transactions.  Title to the CDMA network assets would remain vested in Unicom Horizon until the CDMA network assets were transferred to us following exercise of the purchase option.

 

In consideration of our entering into the Old CDMA Leases, Unicom Group unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the due and punctual performance by Unicom Horizon of its obligations under the Old CDMA Leases.  Unicom Group also agreed to indemnify us for any loss suffered as a result of any defect in any of the equipment or any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Horizon or Unicom Group under the Old CDMA Leases or in connection with the CDMA network.  The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim should not exceed the total amount of lease fee payments made to Unicom Horizon and, where the purchase option had been exercised, the total purchase price paid for the CDMA network.  The guarantee and indemnity provided by Unicom Group under the Old CDMA Leases would continue in force until the expiration of the relevant Old CDMA Lease.

 

We could terminate the Old CDMA Leases by not less than 180 days’ prior written notice, with effect from the end of any additional term.  In addition, Unicom Group or we could terminate an Old CDMA Lease if the other committed any continuing or material breach of the relevant Old CDMA Leases.  Unicom Group or Unicom Horizon was not otherwise permitted to terminate the lease.

 

New CDMA Lease

 

On March 24, 2005, we entered into a new CDMA lease agreement, or New CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon to replace the Old CDMA Lease.  The New CDMA Lease has an initial term of two years commencing January 1, 2005 and may be renewed at our option.  The length of each renewed term shall be agreed by all parties to the New CDMA Lease.

 

Under the New CDMA Lease, Unicom Horizon has agreed to lease all constructed capacity of its CDMA network to us and the lease fee for the CDMA network will be as follows:

 

                                          in 2005, 29% of the audited annual service revenue generated by our CDMA cellular business, or CDMA Business Income; and

 

                                          in 2006, 30% of the CDMA Business Income,

 

provided that the annual lease fee may not be less than a certain minimum level.  The minimum lease fee for 2005 will be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom Horizon pursuant to the Old CDMA Leases for 2004.  The minimum lease fee for 2006 will be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom Horizon pursuant to the New CDMA Lease for 2005.  The lease fee arrangements for any renewed term of the New CDMA Lease will be subject to negotiations among the parties to the New CDMA Lease.

 

122



 

Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event (including natural disasters, national emergencies, civil disturbances, riots, acts of terrorism, industrial disputes and other similar events beyond the control of the parties), a material breach of the New CDMA Lease by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if Unicom Horizon fails to provide any capacity of its CDMA network which affects the provision of services by us, Unicom Horizon shall be liable to provide a discount for delay to us, calculated as follows:

 

Discount for delay

=

Number of our CDMA
subscribers affected by
the delay

x

delay period
(number of days)

x

ARPU of CDMA
subscribers

the number of days in
the relevant month

 

In the above formula, “number of our CDMA subscribers affected by the delay” shall be confirmed by us on the basis of substantive evidence; “ARPU of CDMA subscribers” shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA subscribers in the relevant areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and confirmed by us.

 

The proportion of the constructed capacity related costs to be borne by us shall be calculated by reference to the actual number of our cumulative CDMA subscribers at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, as a percentage of the total amount of capacity (expressed in terms of the number of subscribers) constructed on the CDMA network.

 

The other key terms of the New CDMA Lease, including exclusive operating rights, purchase option, guarantee and indemnity, are substantially similar to those of the Old CDMA Leases.

 

Guarantee of Our Bank Loans by Unicom Group

 

As of December 31, 2004, short-term bank loans of approximately RMB3,397 million and long-term bank loans of approximately RMB6,779 million of our operating subsidiaries were guaranteed by Unicom Group.  Such guarantees were provided for our benefit without any cost to us.

 

As of December 31, 2004, there is no outstanding loans from Unicom Group to us.

 

C.                                     Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

                        Not applicable.

 

Item 8.  Financial Information

 

See Item 18, “Financial Statements”.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.  So far as we are aware, no such litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened.

 

123



 

Policy on Dividend Distribution

 

The objective of our dividend policy is to maximize our shareholders’ value.  The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend upon, among other things, business prospects, future earnings, cash flow, liquidity level and cost of capital.  We believe such policy will provide our shareholders with a stable return in the long term along with the growth of our company.  We may only pay dividends out of our distributable profits.

 

Item 9.  The Offer and Listing

 

Market Price Information

 

Our American depositary shares, each representing ten ordinary shares, are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.  Our ordinary shares are listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and ordinary shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

The high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange since listing are as follows:

 

 

 

Price per Ordinary Share (HK$)

 

Price per ADS (US$)

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

Annual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001

 

14.00

 

7.10

 

18.00

 

9.00

 

2002

 

8.90

 

4.15

 

11.54

 

5.35

 

2003

 

8.00

 

3.92

 

10.55

 

5.02

 

2004

 

10.20

 

5.20

 

13.18

 

6.78

 

Quarterly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter, 2003

 

6.00

 

4.25

 

7.72

 

5.40

 

Second Quarter, 2003

 

5.75

 

3.92

 

7.46

 

5.02

 

Third Quarter, 2003

 

6.35

 

5.05

 

8.29

 

6.54

 

Fourth Quarter, 2003

 

8.00

 

6.65

 

10.55

 

8.42

 

First Quarter, 2004

 

10.20

 

7.00

 

13.18

 

8.93

 

Second Quarter, 2004

 

7.60

 

5.20

 

9.55

 

6.78

 

Third Quarter, 2004

 

6.65

 

5.55

 

8.53

 

7.10

 

Fourth Quarter, 2004

 

6.45

 

5.50

 

8.28

 

7.15

 

Monthly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2005

 

6.35

 

5.60

 

8.11

 

7.30

 

February 2005

 

7.00

 

6.10

 

9.05

 

7.80

 

March 2005

 

7.25

 

6.00

 

9.19

 

7.57

 

April 2005

 

6.45

 

5.90

 

8.26

 

7.61

 

May 2005

 

6.40

 

6.00

 

8.23

 

7.73

 

June 2005 (through June 24)

 

6.65

 

6.05

 

8.42

 

7.79

 

 

124



 

Item 10.  Additional Information

 

A.                                     Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                                     Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

General

 

Under our Memorandum of Association, we have the capacity, rights, powers, liabilities and privileges of a natural person.  The following is a summary of selected provisions of our Articles of Association:

 

Directors

 

Material Interests and Voting

 

A director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum) on any resolution of our board of directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) is, to his knowledge, materially interested, and if he shall do so, his vote shall not be counted (nor shall he be counted in the quorum for that resolution), but this prohibition does not apply to any contract, arrangement or other proposal for or concerning:

 

                                          the giving of any security or indemnity either (a) to the director or any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or any of them at the request of or for the benefit of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries or (b) to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries for which the director or any of his associates has himself assumed responsibility or guaranteed or secured in whole or in part;

 

                                          an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by Unicom (or any other company which Unicom may promote or be interested in) where the director or any of his associates is a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

                                          any other company in which the director or any of his associates is interested only, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or shareholder or in which the director is beneficially interested in shares of that company, provided that he, together with any of his associates is not beneficially interested in 5% or more of (a) the issued shares of any class of such company (or of any third company through which such interest is derived) or (b) the voting rights attached to such issued shares or securities (excluding for the purpose of calculating such 5% interest any indirect interest of such director or any of his associates by virtue of an interest of Unicom in such company);

 

                                          the benefit of employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries including (a) the adoption, modification or operation of any employees share scheme under which the director or any of his associates may benefit or (b) the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates both to directors, their associates and employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of the director or any of his associates any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; or

 

125



 

                                          any contract or arrangement in which the director or any of his associates is interested in the same manner as other holders of shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom by virtue only of his interest in shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom.

 

Remuneration and Pensions

 

The directors of Unicom are entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as is from time to time determined by Unicom in general meeting.  The directors are also entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as directors.  The board of directors may grant special remuneration to any director who performs services which in the opinion of the board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director.

 

The board may establish and maintain any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to, any persons (a) who are or were at any time in the employment or service of Unicom, or of any company which is a subsidiary of Unicom, or is allied or associated with Unicom or with any such subsidiary company, or (b) who are or were at any time directors or officers of Unicom or of any such other company above, and holding or who have held any salaried employment or office in Unicom or such other company, and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons.  Any director holding any such employment or office is entitled to participate in, and retain for his own benefit, any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

The directors may exercise all the powers of Unicom to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of Unicom and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of Unicom or of any third party.

 

Qualification of Directors

 

A director of Unicom is not required to hold any qualification shares.  No person is required to vacate office or be ineligible for re-election or reappointment as a director.

 

Rotation of Directors

 

At every annual general meeting, one-third of the directors for the time being, or, if the number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest one-third, shall retire from office by rotation except for any director holding office as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.  The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election.  In addition, a director appointed by the board to fill in a casual vacancy or as an addition to the board shall retire at the next following general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the number of directors who are to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting.  The retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.

 

126



 

Rights Attached to Ordinary Shares

 

Voting Rights

 

Under the Companies Ordinance, any action to be taken by the shareholders in a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of either an ordinary or a special resolution passed at the meeting.  An ordinary resolution is one passed by the majority of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting.  A special resolution is one passed by not less than three-quarters of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting.  Most shareholders decisions are passed by ordinary resolutions.  However, the Companies Ordinance and our articles of association stipulate that certain matters may only be passed by special resolutions.

 

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting that may from time to time be attached to any class or classes of shares, at any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is required by the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or is demanded by:

 

                                          the chairman of the meeting,

 

                                          at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting,

 

                                          any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, or

 

                                          any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.

 

On a show of hands, every individual shareholder who is present in person and every corporate shareholder who is present by a representative duly authorized under section 115 of the Companies Ordinance has one vote.

 

On a poll, every shareholder present in person or, if the shareholder is a corporation, by duly authorized representative, or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he or she is the shareholder which is fully paid up or credited as fully paid up.  However, no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share.

 

Any action to be taken by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares at a meeting of shareholders.  There are no cumulative voting rights.  Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors if they choose to do so.

 

127



 

Issue of Shares

 

Under the Companies Ordinance, our board of directors may, without prior approval of our shareholders, offer to issue new shares to existing shareholders proportionately according to their shareholdings.  Our board of directors may not offer to issue new shares in any other manner without the prior approval of our shareholders in a general meeting.  Any such approval given in a general meeting will continue in force until the conclusion of the following annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held or when revoked or varied by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting, whichever comes first.  If such approval is given, the unissued shares shall be at the disposal of our board of directors, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as our board of directors may determine.

 

In accordance with the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any such approval given by the shareholders must be limited to shares with an aggregate nominal value not exceeding 20 per cent of the aggregate nominal value of our share capital in issue plus the aggregate nominal amount of share capital repurchased by us since the granting of such approval.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance and as set out in our articles of association, our shareholders in a general meeting may from time to time by ordinary resolution declare dividends to be paid to our shareholders according to their rights and interests in the profits available for distribution, but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by our board of directors.

 

In addition to any dividends declared in a general meeting upon the recommendation of the board of directors, our board of directors may from time to time declare and pay to our shareholders such interim dividends as appear to our board of directors to be justified by our financial position.  Our board of directors may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any of our shares on any other dates, whenever our financial position, in the opinion of our board of directors, justifies such payments.

 

All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one year after having become payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of Unicom until claimed.  All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for six years after having been declared may be forfeited by the board and will revert to Unicom.

 

Winding Up

 

If we are wound up, the surplus assets remaining after payment to all creditors shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them, subject to the rights of the holders of any shares which may be issued on special terms or conditions.

 

If we are wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide among our shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of our assets or vest any part of our assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of our shareholders or any of them as the resolution shall provide.

 

Miscellaneous

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any redemption rights, conversion rights or preemptive rights on the transfer of ordinary shares.

 

128



 

The transfer agent and registrar for the shares is Hong Kong Registrars Limited, 46th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Hong Kong.

 

Modification of Rights

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance, any of the rights from time to time attaching to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.  The provisions of our Articles of Association relating to general meetings apply to such separate general meetings, except that the necessary quorum is not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, and that any holder of the shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

Annual General and Extraordinary General Meetings

 

We must hold in each year a general meeting as our annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year.  The annual general meeting is held at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen months, or such longer period as the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong may authorize in writing, after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting) and place as may be determined by the Directors.  All other general meetings are called extraordinary general meetings.  The Directors may call an extraordinary general meeting at any time or upon request in accordance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution can be called by not less than twenty-one days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting can be called by not less than fourteen days’ notice in writing.  The notice must specify the place, date and time of meeting, and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

 

Limitations on Rights to Own Securities

 

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Memorandum of Association or our Articles of Association.

 

Changes in Capital

 

We may exercise any powers conferred or permitted by the Companies Ordinance to purchase or otherwise acquire our own shares and warrants at any price or to give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase made by any person of any shares or warrants in Unicom.  Repurchases of our own shares may be made either by way of a general offer to all shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings, by purchasing our shares on a stock exchange or by an off-market contract with individual shareholders.  Any such purchase or other acquisition or financial assistance must be made or given in accordance with any relevant rules or regulations issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong.

 

129



 

We in general meeting may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our authorized share capital by the creation of new shares, and prescribe the amount of new capital and number of new shares.  We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

                                          consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

 

                                          divide our shares into several classes and attach to them any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions;

 

                                          cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled;

 

                                          sub-divide our shares or any to them into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by our Memorandum of Association, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance; and

 

                                          make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights.

 

C.                                     Material Contracts

 

In addition to contracts we have entered into with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, or its subsidiaries, as described in “Related Party Transactions” under Item 7, Unicom Group, we or our subsidiaries have entered into the following contracts that are not in the ordinary course of business within the two years preceding the date of this annual report that are or may be material:

 

                                          Our share option schemes, as described in “A. Directors and Senior Management” and “E. Share Ownership – Stock Incentive Schemes” under Item 6.

 

                                          Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our Company, dated November 20, 2003, relating to our acquisition of Unicom New World.  See “A. History and Development of the Company – Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4.

 

                                          Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between CUCL and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003, relating to the sale of Guoxin Paging by us to Unicom Group.  See “A. History and Development of the Company – Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4.

 

                                          Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and our Company, dated July 28, 2004, relating to our acquisition of Unicom International.  See “A. History and Development of the Company – Acquisition of China Unicom International Limited” under Item 4.

 

130



 

D.                                     Exchange Controls

 

The ability of our operating subsidiaries, CUCL and Unicom New World, to satisfy their respective foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future exchange control regulations in China.  The Renminbi is currently convertible under the current account, which includes trade and service related foreign exchange transactions.  Renminbi currently cannot be converted under the capital account, which includes foreign direct investment.  CUCL and Unicom New World, our wholly-owned subsidiaries that hold substantially all of our assets, are both foreign investment enterprises.  The foreign investment enterprise status will allow these subsidiaries to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  These current account transactions include payment of dividends.  However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may in the future limit or eliminate the authorizations for a foreign investment enterprise to retain its foreign exchange to satisfy its foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends in the future.  Furthermore, certain foreign exchange transactions of these subsidiaries under the capital account still require approvals from the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  This requirement affects our subsidiaries’ ability to obtain foreign exchange through equity financing, including by means of capital contributions from us.

 

Under existing Hong Kong law, (i) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws which restrict the import or export of capital and which would affect the availability of cash and cash equivalents for our use, (ii) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws, decrees or regulations that affect the remittance of interest, dividends or other payments on our outstanding debt and equity securities to U.S. residents and (iii) there are no limitations on the rights of non-resident or foreign owners to hold our debt or equity securities.

 

E.                                     Taxation

 

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of Hong Kong and of jurisdictions in which holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax.  The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice.  The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.  In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-Hong Kong and non-U.S. federal laws.  The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report.

 

Hong Kong

 

Tax on Dividends

 

Under the current practices of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in connection with dividends paid by us.

 

131



 

Profits

 

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property, such as the shares and ADSs.  Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax which is currently imposed at the rate of 17.5% on corporations and individuals at a maximum rate of 15.5% with effect from April 1, 2003 and 16.0% with effect from April 1, 2004.  Gains from sales of the shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong.  Liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of shares or ADSs realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the rate of 0.1% of the higher of the consideration for or the value of the shares, will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of shares.  In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares.

 

The withdrawal of shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the shares under Hong Kong law.  The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of shares issued directly to The Bank of New York, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of The Bank of New York does not attract stamp duty.  No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

 

Estate Duty

 

The shares are Hong Kong property under Hong Kong law, and accordingly such shares may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of such shares, regardless of the place of the owner’s residence, citizenship or domicile.  We cannot assure you that the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department will not treat the ADSs as Hong Kong property that may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of the ADS even if the ADRs evidencing such ADSs are located outside Hong Kong at the date of such death.  Hong Kong estate duty is imposed on a progressive scale from 5% to 15%.  The rate of and the threshold for estate duty has, in the past, been adjusted on a fairly regular basis.  No estate duty is payable when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate does not exceed HK$7.5 million, and the maximum rate of duty of 15% applies when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate exceeds HK$10.5 million.  The rates and thresholds stated here apply to the estate of persons who died after April 1, 1998.

 

United States

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of owning shares or ADSs.  It applies to you only if you hold your shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.  This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

                                          a dealer in securities,

                                          a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings,

                                          a tax-exempt organization,

 

132



 

                                          an insurance company,

                                          a person liable for alternative minimum tax,

                                          a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock,

                                          a person that holds shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency risks or as part of a straddle or a conversion transaction, or

                                          a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect.  These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.  In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs and you are:

 

                                          a citizen or resident of the United States,

                                          a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any States,

                                          an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or

                                          a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

 

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.

 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs.  Exchanges of shares for ADSs, and ADSs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any dividend we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal taxation.  If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements.  Dividends we pay with respect to the shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.

 

133



 

The dividend is taxable to you when you, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively.  The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.  The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the spot Hong Kong/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars.  Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.  Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007 generally will be “passive income” or “financial services income” and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006 will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive income” or “general income” which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your shares or ADSs.  Capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held more than one year.  The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.  Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules .  We believe that we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change.

 

In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a passive foreign investment company with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our ADSs or shares:

 

                                          at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or

                                          at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

 

134



 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, and rents, but not including certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business, annuities, gains from assets that produce passive income.  If a foreign corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, and you are a U.S. holder that does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

                                          any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs, and

 

                                          any excess distribution that we make to you.  Generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the shares or ADSs.

 

Under these rules:

 

                                          the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the shares or ADSs,

 

                                          the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income,

 

                                          the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and

 

                                          the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

 

Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a passive foreign investment company.

 

If you own shares or ADSs in a passive foreign investment company that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election.  If you make this election, you will not be subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described above.  Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your shares or ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your shares or ADSs.  You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election).  Your basis in the shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts.  Your gain, if any, recognized upon the sale of your shares or ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income.

 

135



 

In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the shares or ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year.  Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the 15% maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  Instead, you must include the gross amount of any such dividend paid by us out of our accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) in your gross income, and it will be subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

If you own shares or ADSs during any year that we are a passive foreign investment company, you must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

 

F.                                     Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.                                     Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H.                                    Documents on Display

 

You can read and copy documents referred to in this annual report that have been filed with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.  Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges.

 

I.                                         Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 11.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

Our exposure to financial market risks relates primarily to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are subject to market risks due to fluctuations in interest rates, principally as a result of our long-term loans, all of which bear variable interest rates.  The original maturities of our long-term loans range from one to seven years.

 

The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in China to establish official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans.  Financial institutions in China set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China.  The fair value of our borrowings is the same as the carrying value since all our bank loan interest are variable.  Most of our bank loans are denominated in Renminbi and borrowed from domestic banks at interest rates that vary in accordance with the standard guidance interest rates announced by relevant Chinese government authorities.

 

136



 

Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors. In September 2003, we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which is consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.28% over the US$ LIBOR, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the US$ LIBOR, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.44% per annum over the US$ LIBOR.

 

In February 2004, we entered into a US$500 million long-term syndicated loan agreement with 12 financial institutions to finance working capital and network construction expenditure. This facility is repayable in three years and carries an interest rate of 0.40% over US$ LIBOR per annum.

 

As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our debts. Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to our outstanding floating rate debt, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our financial position. From time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements designed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks in connection with our borrowings denominated in foreign currencies, although we did not consider it necessary to do so in 2004. We are also considering hedging our borrowings denominated in Renminbi once interest rate swaps become available for Renminbi-denominated borrowings in China.

 

The following table provides information, by maturity date, regarding our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, which consist of variable rate debt obligation, as of December 31, 2004. We do not have fixed rate debt obligation as of December 31, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2004

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Date

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Value

 

 

 

(RMB equivalent in million, except interest rate)

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate bank and other loans

 

20,015

 

11,882

 

7,957

 

7,605

 

1,014

 

1,818

 

50,290

 

50,290

 

Average interest rate (1)

 

4.16

%

4.09

%

4.03

%

3.73

%

3.61

%

3.10

%

 

 

 


(1)                   The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the weighted average interest rates at the end of 2004.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, if the average interest rates for our variable rate bank and other loans had increased by 10%, we estimate that we would have incurred additional interest expenses of RMB230 million in 2004.

 

137



 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

The majority of our indebtedness and capital expenditures are in Renminbi. Currency exchange rate risk exists with respect to our repayment of indebtedness to our foreign lenders, payables to equipment suppliers and contractors and our dividend payments to holders of ordinary shares and ADSs in foreign currencies. As of December 31, 2004, approximately RMB10.06 billion of capital commitments was authorized and contracted for in currencies other than Renminbi and foreign currency-denominate debt outstanding, representing our three-tranches US$700 million term loan entered into with 13 financial institutions in September 2003 and $500 million long-term syndicated loan entered into with 12 financial institutions in February 2004 as described above. In addition, we had approximately US$85 million in bank balances and cash, and short-term bank deposits as of December 31, 2004. Although the Renminbi to US$ exchange rate has been relatively stable since 1994, we cannot predict nor give any assurance of its future stability. Fluctuations in exchange rates may lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign-currency-denominated liabilities and assets. We may, from time to time, enter into currency swap agreements and foreign exchange forward contracts designed to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency risks, although we did not consider this to be necessary in 2004.

 

The following table provides information regarding our foreign currency-sensitive financial instruments and transactions, which consist of short-term bank deposits, bank balances and cash, long-term debt obligations and capital commitments as of December 31, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2004

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Date

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Value

 

 

 

(RMB equivalent in million, except interest rate)

 

On-balance sheet financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits with banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in U.S. dollars

 

662

 

 

 

 

 

 

662

 

662

 

in Hong Kong dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in U.S. dollars

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

40

 

in Hong Kong dollars

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

80

 

Debts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate bank and other loans (U.S. dollar)

 

 

1,655

 

4,139

 

2,483

 

 

1,655

 

9,932

 

9,932

 

Average interest rate (1)

 

 

2.85

%

2.82

%

2.78

%

 

2.89

%

 

 

Off-balance sheet commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital commitments authorized and contracted for in U.S. dollar

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

126

 

 


(1)                   The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the weighted average interest rates at the end of 2004.

 

138



 

Item 12.  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13.  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14.  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

Item 15.   Controls and Procedures

 

In the course of our regular internal audit during 2004, we identified certain improper accounting recordings and errors at our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches. These two branches were acquired by us in connection with our acquisition of the cellular telecommunications businesses in nine provinces and autonomous regions in the PRC on December 31, 2002. We have identified and communicated these issues to our audit committee. We have concluded that no restatement of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 is necessary as these issues did not result in a material misstatement of such consolidated financial statements and did not have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

However, our management is of the view that these issues at our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches reflect a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. In particular, these issues with respect to these two branches relate to, among others, provision for bad debt, recordings of mobile handset costs and agency commission as well as revenue recognition. These issues resulted in an overstatement of our net income of approximately RMB34 million and RMB115 million for the years 2002 and 2003, respectively. Our management has made the appropriate corrections to these issues in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Upon the identification of these issues at our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches, our management promptly imposed disciplinary action against the responsible employees at these two branches. We have not identified similar issues at our other branches in the course of our regular internal audit.

 

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2004, the end of the period covered by this annual report. In making this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have considered matters relating to the issues referenced above, including the process described below that was undertaken to ensure that such issues would not be repeated.

 

In response to the issues identified by us at our Jiangxi and Xinjiang branches, our management, under the direction of our audit committee and upon the recommendations of our company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has directed that we dedicate resources and take a series of measures to strengthen control processes and procedures in order to prevent a recurrence of such issues and to improve our internal control over financial reporting. These measures include, among others:

 

                                          strengthening the internal audit and monitoring controls over our branches;

 

139



 

                                          improving information management system to enhance internal control and reinforcing existing control over the financial reporting process;

 

                                          implementing more stringent responsibility systems to ensure the accuracy in the reporting of financial data;

 

                                          establishing an enterprise risk management system and risk evaluation procedures;

 

                                          strengthening the period-end financial reporting process, including enhancing the trainings of our finance and accounting personnel with respect to U.S. and Hong Kong accounting practices; and

 

                                          further formalizing anti-fraud and whistleblower policies and procedures.

 

Our management is fully aware of the importance of maintaining and improving our controls and procedures. In preparation for the compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and u nder the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we are in the process of conducting further evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and plan to design and implement enhanced processes and controls to improve our internal control over financial reporting. As we are still in the evaluation process, we may identify areas of internal control deficiencies that may require appropriate actions for correction or improvement. We are committed to further improving our controls and procedures.

 

Based on their evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as described above, and subject to the full implementation of the measures discussed above, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate to ensure that material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries was made known to them by others within our company and our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Other than as described above, there were no significant changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Shan Weijian, a member of our audit committee, is an audit committee financial expert.

 

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer,  president, vice-president, controller and other senior officers. We have posted the text of such code of ethics on our Internet website at www.chinaunicom.com.hk.

 

140



 

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and other fees for our principal accountant billed for products and services provided by our principal accountant for audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services for each of the fiscal years 2003 and 2004:

 

 

 

For the years ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

(in US dollars)

 

Audit fees

 

6,528,000

 

6,950,000

 

Audit-related fees

 

1,900,000

 

10,000

 

Tax fees

 

2,000

 

14,000

 

All other fees

 

 

190,000

 

Total

 

8,430,000

 

7,164,000

 

 

Audit services are defined as the standard audit work that needs to be performed each year in order to issue an opinion on the consolidated financial statements of our Company and of Unicom Group. It also includes audit services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide, such as pre-issuance reviews of quarterly and interim financial results.

 

Audit-related services include those other assurances and related services provided by auditors, but not restricted to those that can only reasonably be provided by the external auditor signing the audit report, that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our Company’s financial statements such as acquisition due diligence, consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

 

Tax services include the assistance with compliance and reporting of enterprise taxes, assistance with our assessment of new or changing tax regimes, and assistance with assessing relevant rules, regulations and facts going into our correspondence with tax authorities.

 

Other services include review of revenue assurance process provided by our principal accountant to our provincial branch in 2004.

 

Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible, among other things, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the requirements of the Hong Kong Company Ordinance and our Articles of Association. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided by our independent accountants. Under the policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee without consideration of specific case-by-case services; or (ii) require the specific pre-approval of the Audit Committee. General approval applies to services of a recurring and predictable nature. These types of services, once approved by the Audit Committee, will not require further approval in the future, except when actual fees and expenses exceed pre-approved budget levels. In such a case, the Audit Committee may authorize one of its members to approve budget increases subject to the requirement that such member provide a report on his decision to approve or deny an application for budget increases to the Audit Committee at an Audit Committee meeting held immediately after such member grants or denies the approval.

 

Specific pre-approval applies to all other services. These services must be approved by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis after an application including proposed budget and scope of services to be provided by our independent auditors is submitted to the Audit Committee.

 

141



 

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

Item 17.  Financial Statements

 

We have elected to provide financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18.  Financial Statements

 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

Item 19.  Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

1.1

 

Memorandum of Association of Unicom, dated January 27, 2000 (1) .

 

 

 

1.2

 

Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended) (1) .

 

 

 

1.3

 

Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended on May 12, 2004) (6) .

 

 

 

2.1

 

Deposit Agreement, among Unicom, the Bank of New York, as Depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt (2) .

 

 

 

2.2

 

Form of specimen certificate for the shares (1) .

 

 

 

4.1

 

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, dated November 22, 2001 (4) .

 

 

 

4.2

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation) (1) .

 

 

 

4.3

 

Services Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation) (1) .

 

 

 

4.4

 

Lease Agreement between CUCL and Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. Ltd. (together with English translation) (1) .

 

 

 

4.5

 

Transmission Line Lease and Services Agreement between Unicom Group, CUCL and Guoxin Paging (together with English translation) (1) .

 

 

 

4.6

 

Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolution of the Company on May 13, 2002 (4) .

 

 

 

4.7

 

Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolution of the Company on May 13, 2002 (4) .

 

 

 

4.8

 

Service Agreements between executive directors of Unicom and Unicom (3) .

 

142



 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

4.9

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002. (English translation) (5) .

 

 

 

4.10

 

Form of Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our company, dated November 20, 2002 (5) .

 

 

 

4.11

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .

 

 

 

4.12

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .

 

 

 

4.13

 

Form of CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 (5) .

 

 

 

4.14

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .

 

 

 

4.15

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.16

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our Company, dated November 20, 2003 (6) .

 

 

 

4.17

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between CUCL and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.18

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.19

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.20

 

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2003 (6) .

 

 

 

4.21

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.22

 

Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.23

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.24

 

Service Agreement between Mr. William Lo Wing Yan, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.25

 

Letter Agreement between Mr. Wang Jianzhou, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom with respect to the Extension of the Service Agreement between Mr. Wang and Unicom. (English translation) (6) .

 

 

 

4.26

 

Conditional Sales and Purchase Agreement between China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and our Company with respect to the acquisition of Unicom International, dated July 28, 2004.

 

 

 

4.27

 

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between Unicom Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated March 24, 2005.

 

143



 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

4.28

 

Transfer Agreement of The CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.29

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.30

 

Transfer Agreement of the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.31

 

Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom New Guoxin and A Share Company, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.32

 

Transfer Agreement of the Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.33

 

Premise Leasing Agreement between CUCL, Unicom New World and A Share Company, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.34

 

Transfer Agreement of the Premise Leasing Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Guoxin, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation).

 

 

 

8.1

 

List of our significant subsidiaries.

 

 

 

11.1

 

Code of Ethics (6)

 

 

 

12.1

 

CEO Certification

 

 

 

12.2

 

CFO Certification

 

 

 

13.1

 

CEO Certification

 

 

 

13.2

 

CFO Certification

 


(1)           Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-11938) filed with the SEC in connection with our initial public offering in June 2000.

 

(2)           Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (Filed No. 333-11952) filed with the SEC with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our shares.

 

(3)           Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

(4)           Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

(5)           Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

(6)           Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

144



 

SIGNATURE

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

Date: June 28, 2005

 

 

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chang Xiaobing

 

 

 

Name:

Chang Xiaobing

 

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

145



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

 




 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“Hong Kong”) with limited liability)

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of cash flows and of changes in shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

 

Hong Kong, June 16, 2005

 

F - 2



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Expressed in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Note

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

6, 3 1, 34

 

27,387,925

 

40,303,611

 

46,579,235

 

5,627,890

 

CDMA Business

 

3(f), 6, 20(a), 23, 31, 34

 

3,225,347

 

16,623,518

 

24,219,602

 

2,926,310

 

Data and Internet Business

 

6, 31, 34

 

2,793,039

 

3,437,083

 

3,662,734

 

442,546

 

Long Distance Business

 

6, 31, 34

 

2,765,723

 

2,273,148

 

1,848,009

 

223,284

 

Paging Business

 

6, 31, 34

 

2,161,188

 

1,403,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total service revenue

 

 

 

38,333,222

 

64,040,413

 

76,309,580

 

9,220,030

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

6, 31, 34

 

2,243,303

 

3,595,912

 

3,022,031

 

365,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

6, 34

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

79,331,611

 

9,585,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

7, 8, 31

 

(1,583,255

)

(4,320,382

)

(7,398,128

)

(893,872

)

Interconnection charges

 

8, 31

 

(3,229,640

)

(5,920,793

)

(7,516,586

)

(908,184

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

7

 

(11,255,724

)

(16,385,293

)

(19,063,074

)

(2,303,277

)

Personnel

 

7, 8, 12, 13

 

(3,335,218

)

(4,574,546

)

(4,526,100

)

(546,862

)

Selling and marketing

 

7, 20(a), 23, 31

 

(5,980,948

)

(15,156,835

)

(18,944,348

)

(2,288,932

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

7, 8, 31

 

(5,631,850

)

(9,112,385

)

(10,448,241

)

(1,262,399

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

31

 

(2,236,206

)

(3,652,045

)

(3,478,989

)

(420,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

(33,252,841

)

(59,122,279

)

(71,375,466

)

(8,623,871

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

7,323,684

 

8,514,046

 

7,956,145

 

961,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

5

 

 

(663,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,323,684

 

7,850,767

 

7,956,145

 

961,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

7

 

470,282

 

173,033

 

102,907

 

12,434

 

Finance costs

 

9

 

(1,474,441

)

(1,936,022

)

(1,688,418

)

(204,001

)

Other (expense)  income, net

 

10

 

(16,359

)

8,071

 

95,990

 

11,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

7

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

6,466,624

 

781,324

 

Taxation

 

3(a), 14

 

(1,720,205

)

(1,888,381

)

(2,079,625

)

(251,269

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

4,582,961

 

4,207,468

 

4,386,999

 

530,055

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

15,252

 

9,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

15

 

4,598,213

 

4,217,097

 

4,386,999

 

530,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P roposed final dividend

 

15

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,317

 

1,256,3 49

 

151,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid

 

15

 

 

1,255,300

 

1,256,160

 

151,774

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 3



 

 

 

Note

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

16

 

RMB

0.366

 

RMB

0.336

 

RMB

0.349

 

USD

0.042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

16

 

RMB

0.366

 

RMB

0.336

 

RMB

0.348

 

USD

0.042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

12,552,996

 

12,553,010

 

12,561,242

 

12,561,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

12,552,996

 

12,568,683

 

12,607,241

 

12,607,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS

 

16

 

RMB

3.663

 

RMB

3.359

 

RMB

3.492

 

USD

0.422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS

 

16

 

RMB

3.663

 

RMB

3.355

 

RMB

3.480

 

USD

0.420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of ADS outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,301

 

1,256,124

 

1,256,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of ADS outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

1,255,300

 

1,256,869

 

1,260,724

 

1,260,724

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 4



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 and 2004

(Expressed in thousands)

 

 

 

Note

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

21

 

118,104,848

 

118,904,060

 

14,366,467

 

Goodwill

 

3(a), 22

 

3,315,468

 

3,136,557

 

378,971

 

Other assets

 

23

 

5,849,430

 

5,736,384

 

693,093

 

Deferred tax assets

 

14

 

324,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

127,594,646

 

127,777,001

 

15,438,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

3(a), 14

 

873,849

 

606,009

 

73,220

 

Amounts due from Unicom Group

 

31(c )

 

 

61,401

 

7,419

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

31(b)

 

263,414

 

193,048

 

23,325

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

33(b)

 

184,613

 

269,919

 

32,613

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

20

 

3,147,777

 

3,059,714

 

369,687

 

Inventories

 

19

 

2,169,354

 

3,114,632

 

376,322

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

18

 

5,471,547

 

5,229,980

 

631,907

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

912,794

 

662,025

 

79,989

 

Bank balances and cash

 

4(b)(i), 27(a)(iii )

 

9,219,936

 

4,655,464

 

562,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

22,243,284

 

17,852,192

 

2,156,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

25

 

17,098,420

 

16,785,749

 

2,028,122

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

31(c)

 

432,047

 

 

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

31(b)

 

108,891

 

5,760

 

696

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

33(b)

 

778,841

 

948,574

 

114,611

 

Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

28, 33(b)

 

25,435

 

938,189

 

113,356

 

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

27

 

7,197,877

 

11,086,305

 

1,339,492

 

Taxes payable

 

 

 

623,857

 

395,688

 

47,809

 

Advances from customers

 

 

 

6,666,086

 

7,034,995

 

849,996

 

Short-term bank loans

 

26

 

10,975,199

 

8,928,417

 

1,078,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

43,906,653

 

46,123,677

 

5,572,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net current liabilities

 

 

 

(21,663,369

)

(28,271,485

)

(3,415,875

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets less current liabilities

 

 

 

105,931,277

 

99,505,516

 

12,022,656

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 5



 

 

 

Note

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financed by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

29

 

1,331,390

 

1,332,487

 

160,996

 

Share premium

 

 

 

52,483,266

 

52,546,294

 

6,348,854

 

Reserves

 

15(a)

 

1,719,331

 

2,148,631

 

259,606

 

Retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend

 

15(b)

 

1,255,317

 

1,256,349

 

151,797

 

Others

 

3(a )

 

12,826,186

 

15,526,693

 

1,875,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

69,615,490

 

72,810,454

 

8,797,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term bank loans

 

27

 

36,212,791

 

26,137,188

 

3,158,000

 

Obligations under finance leases

 

28, 33(b)

 

99,719

 

488,956

 

59,078

 

D eferred tax l iabilities

 

14

 

 

66,340

 

8,015

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

3,277

 

2,578

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

36,315,787

 

26,695,062

 

3,225,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,931,277

 

99,505,516

 

12,022,656

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 6



 

C HINA UNICOM LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

( Expressed in thousands of RMB )

 

 

 

Share
capital

 

Share
premium

 

Revaluation
reserve

 

Statutory
reserve

 

Retained
profits

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 200 2, as previously reported

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

649,433

 

7,041,379

 

61,681,163

 

Change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Additional provision for deferred tax assets (see Note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

373,159

 

373,159

 

- To adjust for statutory reserve due to the change in accounting policy (see Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

37,316

 

(37,316

)

 

Balance at January 1, 200 2, as restated

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

686,749

 

7,377,222

 

62,054,322

 

Net income for the year, as restated ( see Note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

4,598,213

 

4,598,213

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve, as restated ( see Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

436,463

 

(436,463

)

 

Balance at December 31, 200 2, as restated

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

1,123,212

 

11,538,972

 

66,652,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends ( see Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

(1,255,300

)

(1,255,300

)

Exercise of share options

 

19

 

1,139

 

 

 

 

1,158

 

Net income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4, 217,097

 

4, 217,097

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve ( see Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

4 19,266

 

(419,266

)

 

Balance at December 31, 200 3

 

1,331,390

 

52,483,266

 

176,853

 

1,542,478

 

14,081,503

 

69,615,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends ( see Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

(1,256,160

)

(1,256,160

)

Exercise of share options ( see Note 30(g))

 

1,097

 

63,028

 

 

 

 

64,125

 

Net income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,386,999

 

4,386,999

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve ( see Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

429,300

 

(429,300

)

 

Balance at December 31, 200 4

 

1,332,487

 

52,546,294

 

176,853

 

1,971,778

 

16,783,042

 

72,810,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend ( see Note 
15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256,349

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,526,693

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,783,042

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 7



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Expressed in thousands)

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operations

 

(a)

 

15, 675,105

 

26,449,770

 

27,703,311

 

3,347,225

 

Interest received

 

 

 

599,506

 

204,025

 

106,365

 

12,851

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(1,868,208

)

(2,540,513

)

(2,310,270

)

(279,136

)

Dividends received

 

 

 

24,978

 

2,573

 

 

 

Dividends paid to minority owners of subsidiaries

 

 

 

(31,902

)

(4,689

)

 

 

PRC income tax paid

 

 

 

(1,345,201

)

(1,545,907

)

(1,680,111

)

(202,998

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

 

 

13, 054,278

 

22,565,259

 

23,819,295

 

2,877,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(21,152,102

)

(21,184,245

)

(19,161,078

)

(2,315,119

)

Sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

24,552

 

94,804

 

53,970

 

6,521

 

Purchase of minority interests

 

 

 

(257,337

)

 

 

 

Decrease in short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

20,096,738

 

3,832,411

 

250,769

 

30,299

 

Purchase of Unicom New Century, net of cash acquired

 

4(a)

 

(3,692,687

)

 

 

 

Payment of direct acquisition cost of Unicom New Century

 

 

 

 

(59,767

)

(4,566

)

(552

)

Purchase of Unicom New World, net of cash acquired

 

4(b)

 

 

(2,326,449

)

 

 

Payment of direct acquisition cost of Unicom   New World

 

 

 

 

 

(14,039

)

(1,696

)

Purchase of Unicom International, net of cash acquired

 

4(c )

 

 

 

44,267

 

5,349

 

Purchase of trading securities

 

 

 

(14,557

)

(87,956

)

 

 

Sale of trading securities

 

 

 

18,865

 

118,575

 

 

 

Purchase of investment in associated companies

 

 

 

(2,105

)

(10,062

)

 

 

Sale of investment in associated companies

 

 

 

4,241

 

853

 

 

 

Sale of investment securities

 

 

 

35,300

 

19,753

 

 

 

Sale of Guoxin Paging, net of cash disposed

 

5

 

 

1,259,159

 

450,000

 

54,371

 

Purchase of other assets

 

 

 

(226,947

)

(708,379

)

(577,926

)

(69,827

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

 

 

(5,166,039

)

(19,051,303

)

(18,958,603

)

(2,290,654

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of share options

 

 

 

 

1,158

 

64,125

 

7,748

 

Decrease of payables to Unicom Group

 

 

 

(1,393,434

)

(724,127

)

 

 

Proceeds from short-term bank loans

 

 

 

9,623,438

 

10,901,425

 

10,224,971

 

1,235,422

 

Proceeds from long-term bank loans

 

 

 

7,757,005

 

11,075,836

 

11,083,383

 

1,339,139

 

Repayment of short-term bank loans

 

 

 

(7,928,938

)

(10,278,727

)

(12,271,753

)

(1,482,723

)

Repayment of long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(19,925,822

)

(18,497,783

)

(17,245,641

)

(2,083,688

)

Dividends paid (see Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

(1,255,300

)

(1,256,160

)

(151,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow from financing activities

 

 

 

(11,867,751

)

(8,777,518

)

(9,401,075

)

(1,135,876

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(3,979,512

)

(5,263,562

)

(4,540,383

)

(548,588

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

 

18,413,010

 

14,433,498

 

9,169,936

 

1,107,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 

 

14,433,498

 

9,169,936

 

4,629,553

 

559,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of the balances of cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash balances

 

 

 

5,942

 

4,610

 

4,756

 

575

 

Bank balances

 

 

 

14,427,556

 

9,215,326

 

4,650,708

 

561,917

 

Less: Restricted bank deposits

 

(i)

 

 

(50,000

)

(25,911

)

(3,131

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,433,498

 

9,169,936

 

4,629,553

 

559,361

 

 


Note (i): As of December 31, 200 4 , approximately RMB 26 million bank balances (200 2: Nil; 200 3 : RMB50 million ) was restricted by the bank to secure for long-term bank loans.

 

F - 8



 

(a)    The reconciliation of income before taxation to net cash inflow from operations was as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

6,466,624

 

781,324

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,255,724

 

16,385,293

 

19,063,074

 

2,303,277

 

Amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

1,385,424

 

5,836,587

 

6,120,737

 

739,532

 

Interest income

 

(470,282

)

(173,033

)

(102,907

)

(12,434

)

Interest expense

 

1,456,736

 

1,919,375

 

1,668,467

 

201,591

 

Loss on sale of Guoxin Paging

 

 

663,279

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

10,537

 

1,273

 

Provision for impairment loss of property, plant and equipment and goodwill

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

2,191,820

 

264,825

 

Share of (incomes)/losses from associated companies

 

(553

)

2,275

 

 

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

 

 

Realized gains on trading securities

 

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

 

 

Unrealized losses/(gains) on trading securities

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

 

 

Realized gains on investment securities

 

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

 

 

Realized gains in associated companies

 

(1,251

)

 

 

 

Provision of  impairment loss of investment securities

 

650

 

 

 

 

Operating income before working capital changes

 

21,005,376

 

33,019,485

 

35,418,352

 

4,279,388

 

Increase in accounts receivable

 

(2,085,863

)

(2,650,625

)

(1,915,496

)

(231,438

)

(Increase)/ decrease in inventories

 

(1,276,602

)

1,263,299

 

(939,899

)

(113,562

)

Increase in other assets

 

(5,478,259

)

(3,169,766

)

(5,251,569

)

(634,516

)

I ncrease in prepayments and other current assets

 

(1,142,810

)

(1,342,086

)

(792,416

)

(95,743

)

D ecrease/ (increase) in amounts due from domestic carriers

 

8,599

 

(22,227

)

(85,306

)

(10,307

)

D ecrease in amounts due from related parties

 

280,216

 

553,354

 

70,516

 

8,520

 

I ncrease/ (decrease) in payables and accrued liabilities

 

1,488,449

 

(35,732

)

1,835,813

 

221,810

 

I ncrease/ (decrease) in advances from customers

 

1,978,456

 

(55,497

)

367,431

 

44,394

 

I ncrease/ ( decrease)in amounts due to domestic carriers

 

221,196

 

(161,937

)

169,733

 

20,508

 

Decrease in amounts due to Unicom Group

 

 

(562,633

)

(943,448

)

(113,991

)

I ncrease/ (decrease) in amounts due to related parties

 

676,347

 

(385,865

)

(230,400

)

(27,838

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operations

 

15,675,1 05

 

26,449,770

 

27,703,311

 

3,347,225

 

 

(b)    Supplemental information:

 

Payables to equipment suppliers for construction-in-progress during 200 4 decreased by approximately RMB 775 million (200 2 : RMB2, 201 million; 200 3 : RMB 3 , 234 million) .

 

F - 9



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts expressed in RMB unless otherwise stated)

 

1.      ORGANISATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”), the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on February 8, 2000. The principal activities of the Company are investment holding and the Company’s subsidiaries are engaged in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular, data, Internet , long distance and paging (discontinued in 2004) services in the PRC. The GSM and CDMA business hereinafter collectively refer to as the “Cellular Business”. The Company and its subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to as the “Group”.

 

The Group completed the following acquisitions and sale activities in 2002, 2003 and 2004 respectively:

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”)

 

In 2002, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New Century from its ultimate parent company, China United Telecommunications Corporation (a state-owned enterprise established in the PRC, hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Group”). For details of this acquisition, please refer to Note 4(a).

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

In 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New World from Unicom Group. For details of this acquisition, please refer to Note 4 (b) .

 

Sale of Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited (“Guoxin Paging”)

 

In 2003, the Company sold the entire equity interests in Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group. For details of the sale, please refer to Note 5.

 

Acquisition of China Unicom International Limited (“Unicom International”)

 

In 2004, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom International from China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, hereafter referred to as “Unicom Group (HK)”). For details of this acquisition, please refer to Note 4(c).

 

After the above acquisitions and sales, the Company expands its cellular business’s geographical coverage to 30 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions (which covers the whole mainland China apart from Guizhou province) in the PRC, and discontinued its nationwide paging operating in the PRC.

 

On July 30, 2004, China Unicom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “CUCL”, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) combined with Unicom New Century and obtained the revised business license. After the combination, Unicom New Century was legally dissolved and CUCL extended its Cellular Business in 21 provinces.

 

On October 15, 2004, the Company together with Unicom International set up and incorporated China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited (“Unicom Macau”) in Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC (“Macau”). The Company effectively held 100% in the entire issued capital of Unicom Macau.

 

The immediate holding company of the Company is China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”).  The majority of the equity interests in Unicom BVI is owned by China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (a joint stock company incorporated in the PRC on December 31, 2001, with its A shares listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on October 9, 2002).

 

The directors of the Company consider Unicom Group to be the ultimate parent company.

 

F - 10



 

2.      BASIS OF PRE SENTATION

 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except that, certain land and building and investments in securities are stated at fair value. They have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong (“HK GAAP”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants(“HKICPA”). This basis of accounting differs from that used in the preparation of statutory financial statements for PRC statutory reporting purposes, which were based on the accounting principles and financial regulations applicable to enterprises established in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”).

 

The principal adjustments made to conform to HK GAAP include the following:

 

      Reversal of revaluation surplus and related depreciation and amortization charges arising from the revaluation of assets performed by independent valuers registered in the PRC;

 

      Additional accrual for retirement benefits;

 

      Additional provision for housing benefits;

 

      Additional capitalization of borrowing costs ;

 

      Provision for deferred taxation on HK GAAP adjustments ; and

 

      Capitalization of the direct costs associated with the acquisition of subsidiaries.

 

The Company has adopted the purchase method to account for the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International. The difference between the purchase consideration and the fair values of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill/negative goodwill, which is amortized using the straight-line method over relevant beneficial periods. The effective dates of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International were December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and September 16, 2004 respectively. The operating results of these acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group after the acquisitions were effective.

 

The sale of Guoxin Paging has been accounted for as a disposal of discontinued operation by the Group. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of the effective date of disposal (December 31, 2003) was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of income of the Group.  The operating results of Guoxin Paging for 2003 were included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group up to the effective date of the sale.

 

F - 11



 

3.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out as follows:

 

( a)    Basis of preparation

 

As of December 31, 2004, the current liabilities of the Group had exceeded the current assets by approximately RMB28.3 billion (2003: RMB21.7 billion). The decrease in working capital was mainly attributable to the use of short-term bank deposits to repay long-term bank loans. Taking into account of available financing and continuous net cash inflow from operating results, the Group has sufficient working capital for present requirements. As a result, the financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been prepared under the going concern basis.

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

In year 2003, the Group adopted the following Statements of Standard Accounting Practice (“SSAP”) issued by the HKICPA which are effective for accounting periods commencing on or after January 1, 2003:

 

SSAP 12 (revised)

Income Tax

SSAP 35

Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance

 

Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 “Income Taxes” (revised) (“SSAP 12”) in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

Prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between income as computed for taxation purpose and income as stated in the statement of income . A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. The adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparatives presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy.

 

As detailed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the above change in the accounting policy has resulted in an increase of opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2002 and 2003 by approximately RMB373,159,000 and RMB405,300,000, respectively, representing the deferred tax assets relating to the provision for doubtful debts previously not recognized. This change has resulted in an increase in deferred tax assets at January 1, 2003 by approximately RMB405,300,000.  The net income for the year ended December 31, 2002 has also been increased by approximately RMB32,141,000.

 

The adoption of SSAP 12 has also resulted in an increase of the deferred tax assets of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 by approximately RMB80,448,000. This adjustment increased the net assets value of Unicom New Century on December 31, 2002 and accordingly reduced the goodwill recorded by the Group arising from the acquisition of Unicom New Century on December 31, 2002.

 

Since the impact of the adoption of SSAP 35 “Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance” on the Group’s financial statements is not significant, no prior period adjustment has been required.

 

F - 12



 

The HKICPA has issued a number of new and revised Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”) and Hong Kong Accounting Standards (“HKASs”), herein collectively referred to as new HKFRSs, which are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. The Group has not early adopted these new HKFRSs in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Group is in the process of making an assessment of the impact of these new HKFRSs and has so far concluded that the more significant differences between new HKFRSs and current accounting policies that are expected to affect the Group are as follows:

 

(i)       Share-based payment

 

Under HKFRS 2 “Share-based payment”, the Group is required to determine the fair value of all share-based payments to employees as remuneration and recognize an expense in the statement of income . Under the specific transitional provisions of HKFRS 2, this treatment applies to equity-settled share-based payment transactions where shares, share options or other equity instruments were granted after November 7, 2002 and had not yet vested on January 1, 2005 and to liabilities arising from share-based payment transactions existing on January 1, 2005. This treatment would result in an increase in personnel expenses as such items have not been recognized as expenses previously by the Group . The Group recognizes stock-based employee compensation costs based on the estimated fair value of share options at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model, after taking into consideration of risk-free rate, expected life of option, expected dividend yield and volatility etc, which are expensed over the relevant vesting periods. Upon the adoption of HKFRS 2 in 2005 on a retrospective basis, it would result in a decrease in net income by approximately RMB89 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2002: Nil, 2003: RMB22 million). This treatment would also result in an employee share-based compensation reserve as of December 31, 2004 of approximately RMB111 million (2003: RMB22 million) with a corresponding decrease in the r etained earnings as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 of the same amount respectively.

 

(ii)     Goodwill /Negative goodwill

 

Under HKFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, goodwill is no longer amortized but instead is subject to impairment test on annual basis or when there are indications of impairment. This policy is applied prospectively from January 1, 2005. This results in a change to the Group’s accounting policy applied previously under which goodwill is amortized over the beneficial period of 20 years and assessed for an indication of impairment at each balance sheet date ( s ee Note 3(e)). In accordance with the provision of HKFRS 3 , the Group will cease amortization of goodwill from January 1, 2005, and accumulated amortization as at December 31, 2004 will be eliminated against the cost of goodwill. As of December 31, 2004, the carrying amount of goodwill, net of accumulated amorti z ation, amounted to approximately RMB3 , 14 4 million (2003: approximately RMB3,315 million) and the amortization for the year ended December 31, 2004 amounted to RMB171 million (2002: RMB23 million, 2003: RMB115 million) ( s ee Note 22).

 

Upon the adoption of HKFRS 3 in 2005, negative goodwill p reviously recognized with carrying amount of approximately RMB7 million as of December 31, 2004, which represented the excess of fair values of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired over the purchase consideration at the

 

F - 13



 

date of acquisition, will be derecognized at January 1, 2005 ( s ee Note 4(c), 22), with a corresponding adjustment to the retained earnings of the Group.

 

As required under HKFRS 3, upon the adoption of HKFRS 3 from January 1, 2005, the Group will also apply HKAS 36 “Impairment of assets” and HKAS 38 “Intangible assets” prospectively from the same date. The adoption of these accounting policies would have no significant impact on the Group’s operating results.

 

(iii)    Land use right in PRC

 

Under HKAS 17 “Leases”, land use right in the PRC will no longer be accounted for as property, plant and equipment. Instead, it will be reclassified as other assets - long-term prepayment of lease , which will be stated at cost and recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. This policy will be applied prospectively from January 1, 2005 by the Group . As of December 31, 2004, the carrying amount of land use right in the PRC amounted to approximately RMB412 million (2003: RMB242 million) (see Note 21). This change would have no material impact on the operating results of the Group.

 

(iv)     R evenue

 

Upon adoption of the new HKFRS, the Group will change its accounting policy for upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, which has previously been recognized upon completion of activation services. Effective from January 1, 2005, upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental cost incurred are deferred and recognized over the expected customer service periods. The expected customer service period for the Cellular Business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates of subscribers. Management judges that this change of accounting policy provides reliable and more relevant information because it better reflects the economic effects of the transactions and is consistent with the accounting policy adopted for the Group’s financial information presented under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (see Note 40(D) (i)).

 

This change of accounting policy will be accounted for retrospectively and the relevant comparatives will need to be restated. Upon the adoption of the change in this accounting policy in 2005, it would result in an increase of net income by approximately RMB196 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2002: RMB66 million, 2003: RMB82 million), and a decrease of retained earnings as of December 31, 2004 by approximately RMB368 million (2002: RMB646 million, 2003: RMB564 million).

 

The Group will continue to assess the above impact and other potential impact of the other new HKFRSs.  Other significant changes may be identified as a result.

 

( b)    Group accounting

 

(i)     Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to December 31.

 

Subsidiaries are those entities in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls the composition of the board of directors; controls more than half of the voting power; or holds more than half of the issued share capital.

 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of income from the effective dates of acquisitions or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

 

All significant inter company transactions and balances within the Group are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Minority interests represent the interests of outside shareholders in the operating results and net assets of subsidiaries.

 

F - 14



 

(ii)    Associated companies

 

An associated company is a company, not being a subsidiary, in which an equity interest is held for the long-term and significant influence is exercised in its management.

 

The consolidated statements of income include the Group’s share of the results of associated companies for the year, and the consolidated balance sheet include the Group’s share of the net assets of the associated companies and goodwill/negative goodwill (net of accumulated amortization) on acquisitions.

 

Equity accounting is discontinued where the carrying amount of the investment in an associated company reaches zero, unless the Group has incurred obligations or guaranteed obligations in respect of the associated companies.

 

Where, in the opinion of the directors, there is an impairment loss of an associated company, permanently reduced below its carrying value, or the market value has fallen below the carrying value over a sustained period, a provision is made for such impairment loss.

 

(c )    Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with HK GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

(d )    Property, plant and equipment

 

(i)     Land use rights and building

 

Land use rights and buildings are stated at valuation. Independent valuations are performed periodically with the last valuation performed on March 31, 2000. In the intervening years, the directors review the carrying value of land use rights and buildings and adjustment is made where in the directors’ opinion there has been a material change in value. Any increase in land use rights and buildings valuation is credited to the revaluation reserve; any decrease is first offset against an increase on earlier valuation in respect of the same property and is thereafter charged to the statement of income. Upon the disposal of revalued land use rights and buildings, the realized portion of the revaluation reserve is transferred from the valuation reserve to retained earnings.

 

(ii)    Other fixed assets

 

Other fixed assets, comprising leasehold improvement, plant, telecommunications equipment, office furniture and fixtures are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use. Expenditures incurred after the property, plant and equipment have been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance and overhaul costs, are normally charged to expense in the year in which they are incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the asset beyond its originally assessed standard of performance, the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the assets.

 

F - 15



 

(iii) Depreciation

 

Land use rights are amortized over the period of the lease while other fixed assets are depreciated at rates sufficient to write off their costs less accumulated losses over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Depreciable life

 

Residual value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land use rights

 

Over the period of lease

 

 

B uildings

 

8 – 4 0 years

 

3

%

Leasehold improvements

 

Over the lease term

 

 

Telecommunications equipment

 

3 – 15 years

 

3

%

Office  furniture, fixtures and other

 

4 – 14 years

 

3

%

 

(iv)   Construction-in-progress

 

Construction-in-progress represents buildings under construction and plant and equipment pending installation, and is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Costs include construction and acquisition costs, and interest charges arising from borrowings used to finance the assets during the construction period.

 

No provision for depreciation is made on construction-in-progress until such time as the assets are completed and ready for use.

 

(v)     Impairment and gains or loss on disposal

 

At each balance sheet date, both internal and external sources of information are considered to assess whether there is any indication that assets including property, plant and equipment are impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated and where relevant, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the assets to its recoverable amount. Such impairments losses are recognized in the statement of income except where the asset is carried at valuation and the impairment loss does not exceed the revaluation surplus for that same asset, in which cases it is treated as a revaluation decrease. In determining the recoverable amount, expected future cash flows generated by the property, plant and equipment are discounted to their present values.

 

Provision for impairment loss is charged to the statement of income and classified under “general, administrative and other expenses” as a component of operating expenses. Reversal of impairment losses recognized in prior years is recorded when impairment losses recognized for the asset no longer exist or have decreased. The reversal is recorded in the statement of income.

 

The gain or loss on disposal of a property, plant and equipment is the differences between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant assets, and is recognized in the statement of income. Any revaluation reserve balance remaining attributable to the relevant asset is transferred to retained earnings and is shown as a movement in reserves.

 

F - 16



 

( e )    Goodwill/Negative goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair values of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired subsidiary/associated company at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the acquired businesses. Goodwill arising on major strategic acquisitions of the Group to expand its geographical market coverage is amortized over 20 years .

 

Negative goodwill represents the excess of the fair values of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired subsidiary over the purchase consideration at the date of acquisition. Negative goodwill is recognized using the straight-line method over the remaining weighted average useful life of acquired identifiable non-monetary assets.

 

When later events and circumstances occur which indicate the carrying balance of goodwill may not be recoverable, the unamortized balance is written down to its estimated recoverable amount. Estimated recoverable amount is determined based on estimated discounted future net cash flows of the related business over its remaining life.

 

( f )     Other assets

 

Other assets mainly represent ( i ) expenditures on facilities for interconnection with other operators, for which the Group has a permanent use right, ( ii ) long-term prepaid leased lines and rentals and ( iii ) deferred customer acquisition costs of CDMA contractual subscribers.

 

Expenditures on interconnecti on facilities are amortized using the straight-line method over the beneficial period of 5 years . L ong-term prepaid leased lines and rentals are amortized using a straight-line method over the lease period.

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of CDMA contractual subscriber represent the cost of CDMA handsets given to contractual subscriber s under special promotional packages. Deferred customer acquisition costs, to the extent recoverable, are amortized over the contractual period (not exceeding 2 years) to match with the minimum contract revenue.  Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers are included in “prepayment and other current assets” when the customer contract is within 1 year, whereas they are recorded as “other assets” when the contract period is over 1 year.

 

F - 17



 

( g )    Investments in securities

 

(i )     Investment securities

 

Equity securities intended to be held on a continuing basis are classified as investment securities and recorded at cost less any provision for impairment loss .

 

The carrying amounts of investment securities are reviewed at the end of each year to assess whether the fair values have declined below the carrying amounts.  When a decline other than temporary decline has occurred, the carrying amount of such securities will be reduced to its fair value. The impairment loss is recognized as an expense in the statements of income. This impairment loss is written back to statements of income when the circumstances and events that led to the write-downs or write-offs cease to exist and there is persuasive evidence that the new circumstances and events will persist for the foreseeable future. Upon disposal of investment securities, income or loss thereon is accounted for in the statements of income .

 

(ii)    Trading securities

 

Trading securities are carried at fair value.  At each balance sheet date, the net unrealized gains or losses arising from the changes in fair value of trading securities are recognized in the statements of income.  Gains or losses on disposal of trading securities, representing the differences between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amounts, are recognized in the statements of income as they arise.

 

(h)    Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost in the balance sheet. For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, cash investments with maturity of 3 months or less from the date of investment.

 

( i )     Short-term bank deposits

 

Short-term bank deposits are cash invested in fixed-term deposits with original maturities ranging from more than 3 months to 1 year.

 

F - 18



 

( j )     Accounts receivables and other receivables

 

Provision is made against accounts receivable and other receivables to the extent they are considered to be doubtful. They are stated in the balance sheet net of such provision.

 

(k)    Inventories

 

Inventories, which principally comprise handsets, SIM cards, UIM cards and accessories, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average method and comprises all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value is determined on the basis of anticipated sales proceeds less estimated selling expenses. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of inventories, arising from an increase in net realizable value, is recognized as a reduction in the amount of inventories recognized as expense in the period in which the reversal occurs.

 

( l )     Advances from customers

 

Advances from customers are amounts paid by customers for GSM and CDMA prepaid cards, GSM and CDMA prepaid service fees, Internet protocol (“IP”) telephone cards and other calling cards which cover future telecommunications services (over a period of 3 to 12 months). Customer advances are stated at the amount of proceeds received less the amount already recognized as revenues upon the rendering of services.

 

(m )   Assets under lease

 

(i)     Finance leases

 

Leases that substantially transfer to the Group all the risks and rewards of ownership of assets are accounted for as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased assets or the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the capital and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the capital balances outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in long-term liabilities. The finance charges are charged to the statement of income over the lease periods.

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives and the lease periods.

 

(ii)    Operating leases

 

Leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Minimum lease payments under operating leases net of any incentives received from the lessor are recognized as leasing expenses in the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease periods. Leased rental received under operating leases are recognized as lease rental income on a straight-line basis over the lease periods.

 

F - 19



 

( n )    Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, except for interest directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset, which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use, in which case they are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. Capitalization of borrowing costs commences when expenditures for the asset and borrowing costs are being incurred and the activities to prepare the asset for its intended use are in progress. Borrowing costs are capitalized up to the date when the project is completed and ready for its intended use.

 

To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings.

 

To the extent that funds are borrowed generally and used for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditures on that asset. The capitalization rate is the weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group that are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs capitalized during a period should not exceed the amount of borrowing cost incurred during that period. Other borrowing costs are recognized as expenses when incurred.

 

The capitalized borrowing rate represents the cost of capital for raising the related borrowings externally and varies from 4.54% to 5.73% for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2002: 4.54% to 6.24%, 2003: 4.44% to 5.76%).

 

( o )    Provision s

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has present obligations (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable (i.e. more likely than not) that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefit will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, the amount of a provision is the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation.

 

F - 20



 

( p )    Revenue recogn ition

 

(i)     Revenue is recognized when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with a transaction will flow to the Group and when the revenue and cost can be measured reliably, on the following basis:

 

      Usage fees are recognized when the service is rendered;

 

      Monthly fees are recognized as revenue in the month during which the service is rendered;

 

      Revenue from telephone cards, which represent prepaid service fees received from customers for telephone services, is recognized when the related service is rendered upon actual usage of the telephone cards by customers;

 

      Leased line rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term; and

 

      Sales of telecommunications products, such as handsets, SIM cards, UIM cards , pagers and accessories etc, are recognized when title has been passed to the buyers.

 

(ii)    Interest income

 

Interest income from deposits in banks or other financial institutions is recognized on a time proportion basis, taking into account the principal amounts and the interest rates applicable.

 

(iii) Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recognized when the rights to receive payment is established.

 

(q)    Foreign currency translation

 

The Group maintains its books and records in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are translated at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising from changes in exchange rates subsequent to the transaction dates are dealt with in the statement of income.

 

For the convenience of the reader, translation of amounts for RMB into United States dollars (“US”) has been made at the noon buying rate in New York city for cable transfer payables in foreign currencies as certified for customers purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004 of US$1.00=RMB8.2765. No representation is made that RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at that rate on December 31, 2004, or at other rate.

 

F - 21



 

( r )     Employee benefits

 

(i)     Retirement benefi ts

 

The Group’s contributions to the defined contribution retirement scheme are expensed as incurred and are reduced by contributions forfeited by those employees who leave the scheme prior to vesting fully in the contributions.

 

(ii)    Housing ben efits

 

The Group’s contributions to the housing fund, special monetary housing benefits and other housing benefits are expensed as incurred.

 

(iii) Equity compensation benefits

 

Share options are granted to directors and employees under the relevant share option schemes of the Company approved by the Board of Directors ( see Note 30). The financial impact of the share options granted is not recorded in the financial statements until such time when the options are exercised. When the options are exercised, the proceeds received net of any transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

 

( s )     Taxation

 

(i)     Income tax

 

Income tax is provided on the basis of income for statutory financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items, which are not assessable or deductible for tax purposes.

 

(ii)    Deferred taxation

 

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

( t )     Related parties

 

Entities are considered to be related if one has the ability to control the other, directly or indirectly, or has the ability to exercise significant influence over the financial and operating decisions of the other. Entities are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

 

F - 22



 

(u)    Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. It can also be a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognized because it is not probable that outflow of economic resources will be required or the amount of obligation cannot be measured reliably.

 

A contingent liability is not recognized but is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. When a change in the probability of an outflow occurs so that outflow is probable, the liability will then be recognized as a provision.

 

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain events not wholly within the control of the Group.

 

Contingent assets are not recognized but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when an inflow of economic benefits is probable. When an inflow is virtually certain, an asset is recognized.

 

(v)    Events after the balance sheet date

 

Events after the balance sheet date that provide additional information about the position at the balance sheet date or those that indicate the going concern assumption is not appropriate (adjusting events) are reflected in the financial statements. Events after the balance sheet date that are not adjusting events are disclosed in the notes when material.

 

(w)   Segment reporting

 

In accordance with the Group’s internal financial reporting, the Group has determined that business segments be presented as the primary reporting format.

 

Unallocated costs primarily represent corporate expenses. Segments assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, other assets, prepayments, inventories, receivables and operating cash. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities. Capital expenditure mainly comprises additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

( x )    E arnings per share and per American Depository Share (“ADS”)

 

Basic earnings per share have been computed by dividing net income by the number of weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, after adjusting for the effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Basic and diluted net earnings per ADS have been computed by multiplying the net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

F - 23



 

4.      ACQUISITIONS

 

(a)    Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

Unicom New Century was a limited liability company established in the PRC on July 16, 2002 to engage in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular telecommunications services in 6 provinces , 2 autonomous regions and 1 municipality in the PRC, namely, Sichuan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Henan, Jiangxi, Shannxi , Guangxi, Xinjiang and Chongqing. The Cellular Business of Unicom New Century and the relevant net assets were previously owned and operated by various branches of Unicom Group.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 20, 2002 and the extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 23, 2002, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New Century (via the intermediary holding company, Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited) at a cash consideration of approximately RMB4,909 million (including other direct costs of acquisition of approximately RMB109 million).  Thereafter , Unicom New Century has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

The aforementioned acquisition of Unicom New Century became effective on December 31, 2002 when all the conditions to the acquisition were satisfied and cash consideration was settled by the Group.  The Company has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for this acquisition.  The total fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 amounted to approximately RMB2,624 million. The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities has been recorded as goodwill amounting to approximately RMB2,285 million, which is amortized using the straight-line method over the beneficial period of 20 years.

 

As t he effective date of this acquisition was December 31, 2002, both the operating results and the financial position of Unicom New Century have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2003. However, the 2002 comparatives only reflected the financial position of Unicom New Century in the consolidated balance sheet and excluded the operating results of Unicom New Century in the consolidated statements of income of the Group.

 

Operating revenue and net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 of Unicom New Century amounted to approximately RMB15,946 million and RMB364 million respectively.

 

On June 30, 2003, the Company entered into a share transfer agreement with Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited and acquired the entire share capital of Unicom New Century from Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited. Thereafter, Unicom New Century became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On July 30, 2004, CUCL combined with Unicom New Century.

 

F - 24



 

The fair value of the net assets acquired and net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 was as following:

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2002

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired:

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

23,330,775

 

Other assets

 

1,799,357

 

Deferred tax assets

 

56,368

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

251,255

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

809,526

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

20,601

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

714,396

 

Inventories

 

1,201,310

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

715,331

 

Bank balances and cash

 

1,107,313

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(4,940,983

)

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

(778,109

)

Amounts due to related parties

 

(649,896

)

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

(160,018

)

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

(2,668,782

)

Long-term bank loans

 

(15,465,331

)

Taxes payable

 

(215,734

)

Advances from customers

 

(1,496,228

)

Short-term loans from Unicom Group

 

(724,127

)

Short-term bank loans

 

(363,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,544,024

 

Goodwill

 

2,365,197

 

Less: Direct costs of acquisition

 

(109,221

)

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

4,800,000

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of the net outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century:

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

4,800,000

 

Bank balances and cash in hand acquired

 

(1,107,313

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

3,692,687

 

 

(b)           Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

Unicom New World was a limited liability company established in the PRC on November 4, 2003 to engage in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular telecommunications services in 6 provinces and 3 autonomous regions in the PRC, namely, Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu, Qinghai, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia and Xizang. The Cellular b usiness of Unicom New World and the relevant net assets were previously owned and operated by various branches of Unicom Group.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 2 0, 2003 and the extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 2 3, 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New World (via the intermediary holding company, Unicom New World (BVI) Limited) at a cash consideration of approximately RMB3,249 million (including other direct costs of acquisition of approximately RMB49 million).  Thereafter , Unicom New World has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

F - 25



 

After all the conditions to the acquisition were satisfied and the cash consideration was settled by the Group, t he acquisition of Unicom New World became effective on December 31, 2003 . The Company has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for this acquisition. The total fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Unicom New World as of December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB2,104 million, the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities has been recorded as goodwill amounting to approximately RMB1 ,145 million, which is amorti z ed using the straight-line method over the expected beneficial period of 20 years.

 

As the effective date of this acquisition was December 31, 2003 , both the operating results and the financial position of Unicom New World have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2004. However, the 2003 comparatives only reflected the financial position of Unicom New World in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 and excluded the operating results of Unicom New World in the consolidated statement of income of the Group for both 2002 and 2003.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, operating revenue and net income of Unicom New World amounted to approximately RMB9,041 million and RMB415 million respectively.

 

CUCL has planned to combine with Unicom New World in 2005, the relevant legal procedures regarding the combination is in process. For the details of this combination, please refer to Note 37(a).

 

F - 26



 

The fair value of the net assets acquired and net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World as of December 31, 2003 was as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

The fair value of the net assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

12,106,458

 

Other assets

 

 

 

583,827

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

14,010

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

192,918

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

207,237

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

5,745

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

 

283,287

 

Inventories

 

 

 

307,503

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

357,880

 

Bank balances and cash

 

(i )

 

923,551

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

 

(1,951,215

)

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

 

 

(1,005,135

)

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

(324,597

)

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

(52,473

)

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(2,213,216

)

Long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(5,473,734

)

Taxes payable

 

 

 

(46,764

)

Advances from customers

 

 

 

(604,862

)

Short-term bank loans

 

 

 

(1,206,000

)

 

 

 

 

2,104,420

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

1,144,957

 

Less: direct costs of acquisition

 

 

 

(49,377

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

 

 

3,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

 

 

3,200,000

 

Bank balances and cash acquired (less restricted bank deposits)

 

(i )

 

(873,551

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

 

2,326,449

 

 


Note (i):                As of December 31, 2003, approximately RMB50 million bank balances were restricted by the bank to secure the long-term bank loans.

 

F - 27



 

(c)           Acquisition of Unicom International

 

Unicom International was a limited liability company established in Hong Kong on May 24, 2000 to engage in voice wholesale business, telephone cards business, line leasing services, managed bandwidth services and mobile virtual network services. Unicom International’s wholly-owned US subsidiary, China Unicom USA Corporation (“Unicom USA”), carries wholesale business of voice traffic between US and mainland China. Unicom International was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group (HK).

 

Pursuant to the acquisition agreement signed between Unicom Group (HK) and the Company dated July 28, 2004, the Company agreed to acquire the entire equity interests in Unicom International from Unicom Group (HK) by a cash consideration of HK$37,465,996 (equivalent to approximately RMB39,740,000, including direct costs of acquisition). After all the conditions to the acquisition were satisfied and cash consideration was settled by the Company, the acquisition of Unicom International became effective in September 2004. The Company has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for this acquisition. The total fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Unicom International in September 2004 amounted to approximately RMB47 million. The excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over purchase consideration has been recorded as negative goodwill amounting to RMB7.73 million, which is recognized in the consolidated statement of income of the Group using the straight-line method over the remaining weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable non-monetary assets (approximately 6 years). As this acquisition was effective in September 2004, accordingly, the operating results of Unicom International for the period from the acquisition effective date to December 31, 2004 have been included in the consolidated statement of income of the Group in year 2004.

 

F - 28



 

5.               SALE OF DISCONTINUED OPERATION (GUOXIN PAGING)

 

Guoxin Paging was established as a limited liability company in the PRC in September 1998 . Guoxin Paging originally operate d a nationwide paging business through its 31 subsidiaries and branches in 27 provinces and autonomous regions and 4 municipalities in the PRC and was wholly-owned by CUCL.

 

The Group originally had 5 operating segments namely GSM Business, CDMA Business, Data and Internet Business, Long Distance Business and Paging Business (see Note 34). Pursuant to the ordinary resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 2 0, 2003, the Board of Directors announced the plan to dispose of the Paging Business to the ultimate parent company, Unicom Group. The disposal is consistent with the Group’s long term strategy to focus its activities in the core telecommunication business. After obtaining the independent shareholders’ approval in an extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 2 3, 2003, the Company completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group at a cash consideration of RMB2,750 million.

 

The sale of Guoxin Paging became effective on December 31, 2003 after all the conditions to the sale were satisfied , the majority of cash proceeds was settled by Unicom Group , and ownership as well as control was passed to Unicom Group . The total net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB3,413 million, and the difference between the sale proceeds and the net assets disposed amounting to approximately RMB663 million, has been recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in 2003 .

 

Since t he effective date of this sale was December 31, 2003, the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group up to this date . For the year ended December 31, 2003, the operating revenue and loss after taxation of Guoxin Paging amounted to approximately RMB2,387 million and RMB1,404 million respectively (2002: approximately RMB3,972 million and RMB414 million respectively). Details of the sale were set forth in the related shareholders’ circular “Connected Transactions” of the Company dated November 26, 2003.

 

(a)   The total assets and total liabilities of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 comprised the follow ing :

 

 

 

Guoxin Paging
As of December 31
2003

 

 

 

RMB ’000

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

3,914,492

 

Current assets

 

2,048,250

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

5,962,742

 

Total liabilities

 

(1,997,772

)

 

 

 

 

Minority interest

 

(551,691

)

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

3,413,279

 

 

F - 29



 

(b)          The net assets sold and net cash inflow in respect of the sale of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was as follows:

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

Net assets sold:

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

3,647,083

 

Other assets

 

151,067

 

Investment securities

 

99,157

 

Investment in associated companies

 

17,185

 

Amount due from Unicom Group

 

9,440

 

Amount due from related parties

 

277,457

 

Amount due from domestic carriers

 

54,821

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

207,813

 

Inventories

 

104,753

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

107,632

 

Trading securities

 

165,493

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

80,000

 

Bank balances and cash

 

1,040,841

 

Dividend payable

 

(8,260

)

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(1,491,890

)

Amount due to related parties

 

(121,173

)

Amount due to domestic carriers

 

(235,275

)

Taxes payable

 

(17,669

)

Advances from customers

 

(123,505

)

Minority interests

 

(551,691

)

 

 

3,413,279

 

 

 

 

 

Less: sale proceeds

 

(2,750,000

)

 

 

 

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation

 

663,279

 

 

 

 

 

The net cash inflow in respect of the sale of discontinued operation was as follows :

 

 

 

Sale proceeds received

 

2,300,000

 

Bank balances and cash disposed

 

(1,040,841

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow in respect of the sale of discontinued operation

 

1,259,159

 

 

F - 30



 

(c)           The operating results of the Group attributable to the continuing operations and discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging) were as follows:

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

Discontinued operation
(Guoxin Paging)

 

Group as a whole

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

36,604,071

 

65,249,242

 

79,331,611

 

3,972,454

 

2,387,083

 

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

79,331,611

 

Operating expenses

 

(28,656,496

)

(55,531,586

)

(71,375,466

)

(4,596,345

)

(3,590,693

)

 

(33,252,841

)

(59,122,279

)

(71,375,466

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

7,947,575

 

9,717,656

 

7,956,145

 

(623,891

)

(1,203,610

)

 

7,323,684

 

8,514,046

 

7,956,145

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

(663,279

)

 

 

(663,279

)

 

Interest income

 

452,908

 

163,934

 

102,907

 

17,374

 

9,099

 

 

470,282

 

173,033

 

102,907

 

Finance costs

 

(1,466,093

)

(1,930,784

)

(1,688,418

)

(8,348

)

(5,238

)

 

(1,474,441

)

(1,936,022

)

(1,688,418

)

Other (loss) income, net

 

(41,352

)

(31,797

)

95,990

 

24,993

 

39,868

 

 

(16,359

)

8,071

 

95,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxation

 

6,893,038

 

7,919,009

 

6,466,624

 

(589,872

)

(1,823,160

)

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

6,466,624

 

Taxation

 

(1,895,987

)

(2,307,596

)

(2,079,625

)

175,782

 

419,215

 

 

(1,720,205

)

(1,888,381

)

(2,079,625

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) after taxation

 

4,997,051

 

5,611,413

 

4,386,999

 

(414,090

)

(1,403,945

)

 

4,582,961

 

4,207,468

 

4,386,999

 

 

(d)          The cash flows of the Group attributable to the continuing operations and discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging) were as follows:

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

Discontinued operation
(Guoxin Paging)

 

Group as a whole

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

12,692,415

 

22,141,521

 

23,819,295

 

361,863

 

423,738

 

 

13,054,278

 

22,565,259

 

23,819,295

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

(4,579,122

)

(18,660,174

)

(18,958,603

)

(586,917

)

(391,129

)

 

(5,166,039

)

(19,051,303

)

(18,958,603

)

Net cash outflow from financing activities

 

(11,703,468

)

(8,752,829

)

(9,401,075

)

(164,283

)

(24,689

)

 

(11,867,751

)

(8,777,518

)

(9,401,075

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(3,590,175

)

(5,271,482

)

(4,540,383

)

(389,337

)

7,920

 

 

(3,979,512

)

(5,263,562

)

(4,540,383

)

 

Guoxin Paging subsequently changed its name to Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “New Guoxin”) on April 29, 2004.

 

F - 31



 

6.     OPERATING REVENUE

 

Operating revenue primarily comprise s usage fees, monthly fees, interconnection revenue, leased line rental income and sales of telecommunication s products earned by the Group from GSM, CDMA, data, Internet , long distance and paging services.  Tariffs for these services are subject to regulations by various government authorities, including the State Development and Reform Commission, the Ministry of Information Industry (“MII”) and the provincial price regulatory authorities.

 

Operating revenue is net of business tax and government surcharges.

 

The major components of operating revenue are as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

GSM Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (a)

 

20,274,987

 

29,072,249

 

31,997,020

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

4,169,129

 

7,042,299

 

6,922,400

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

1,709,771

 

1,926,907

 

2,614,268

 

Other revenue

 

(v)

 

1,234,038

 

2,262,156

 

5,045,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total GSM service revenue

 

 

 

27,387,925

 

40,303,611

 

46,579,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDMA Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (a)

 

2,231,050

 

11,671,523

 

16,164,333

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

713,483

 

3,488,411

 

4,638,024

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

184,296

 

607,830

 

927,288

 

Other revenue

 

(v)

 

96,518

 

855,754

 

2,489,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total CDMA service revenue

 

 

 

3,225,347

 

16,623,518

 

24,219,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data and Internet Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (b)

 

2,069,415

 

2,443,610

 

2,685,083

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

9,478

 

9,085

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

348,248

 

361,514

 

131,371

 

Leased lines rental

 

(iv)

 

274,274

 

420,433

 

344,014

 

Other revenue

 

(v)

 

91,624

 

202,441

 

502,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Data and Internet service revenue

 

 

 

2,793,039

 

3,437,083

 

3,662,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long Distance Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (b)

 

1,223,051

 

1,148,040

 

879,281

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

664,302

 

365,724

 

454,383

 

Leased lines rental

 

(iv)

 

873,054

 

701,549

 

512,134

 

Other revenue

 

(v)

 

5,316

 

57,835

 

2,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long Distance service revenue

 

 

 

2,765,723

 

2,273,148

 

1,848,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paging Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

1,912,786

 

612,999

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

113,123

 

1,654

 

 

Other revenue

 

(v)

 

135,279

 

788,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Paging service revenue

 

 

 

2,161,188

 

1,403,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total service revenue

 

 

 

38,333,222

 

64,040,413

 

76,309,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

 

 

2,243,303

 

3,595,912

 

3,022,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

 

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

79,331,611

 

 

F - 32



 


 

Notes:

 

 

 

(i)

Usage fees comp rise :

 

 

 

 

(a)

charges for incoming and outgoing calls made by cellular subscribers including charges for local calls, domestic direct dial (“DDD”) and international direct dial (“IDD”) as well as roaming fees for calls made by cellular subscribers outside their local service a reas; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

charges for IP telephone calls, data and Internet serv ices and fixed line long distance calls.

 

 

 

(ii)

Monthly fees represent fixed amounts charged to cellular, data, Internet, and paging subscribers on a monthly basis for maintaining their access to the related serv ices.

 

 

 

(i ii )

Interconnection revenue represents amounts received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from their networks to th e Group’s networks. It also includes roaming-in fees received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by their subscribers using th e Group’s cellular netwo rks (see Notes 31(a) and 3 3 (a) ).

 

 

 

( i v)

Leased line rental income represents rentals received for leasing of transmission lines to Unicom Group, business customers and other domestic carriers in the PRC.

 

 

 

(v)

Other revenue mainly represents revenue from the provision of value-added services such as short message, CDMA1X wireless data service and secretarial services to subscribers.

 

F - 33



 

7 .     INCOME BEFORE TAXATION

 

Income before taxation is stated after charging and crediting the following:

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

After charging/( crediting):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of (income) losses from associated companies

 

10

 

(553

)

2,275

 

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

10

 

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

 

Realized gains on trading securities

 

10, 17

 

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

 

Unrealized losses (gains) on trading securities

 

10, 17

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

 

Realized gains on investment securities

 

10

 

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

 

Gains on disposal of interests in associated company

 

10

 

(1,251

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

(470,282

)

(173,033

)

(102,907

)

Interest expense

 

9

 

1,879,663

 

2,523,512

 

2, 316,318

 

Less: amounts capitalized in construction-in-progress

 

9

 

(422,927

)

(604,137

)

(647,851

)

Total interest expenses

 

 

 

1,456,736

 

1,919,375

 

1,668,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Assets held under finance leases

 

21

 

20,046

 

12,154

 

111,473

 

- Other assets

 

 

 

10,830,635

 

15,963,117

 

18,1 16,132

 

Total depreciation

 

21

 

10,850,681

 

15,975,271

 

18,2 27,605

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of goodwill

 

22

 

23,414

 

115,260

 

171,184

 

Other amortization

 

23

 

381,629

 

294,762

 

6 64,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

20(a)

 

1,385,424

 

5,836,587

 

6,120,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

8(iv)

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

10,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditors’ remuneration

 

 

 

38,916

 

54,003

 

57,522

 

 

F - 34



 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

After charging/( crediting):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Leased lines

 

 

 

691,358

 

805,018

 

809,202

 

- CDMA network capacities

 

31(a),32

 

891,897

 

3,515,364

 

6,588,926

 

- Other leasing expense

 

8(iv)

 

610,931

 

882,671

 

1,042, 020

 

Total operating lease expense

 

 

 

2,194,186

 

5,203,053

 

8,44 0,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- GSM Business

 

 

 

802,914

 

1,116,523

 

1,317,37 4

 

- CDMA Business

 

 

 

42,050

 

397,810

 

645,47 0

 

- Data and Internet Business

 

 

 

70,922

 

125,676

 

164,514

 

- Long Distance Business

 

 

 

46,124

 

75,870

 

64,462

 

- Paging Business

 

 

 

9,979

 

34,008

 

 

Total provision for doubtful debts

 

8(iv)

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

2,191,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of inventories

 

 

 

2,161,512

 

3,570,234

 

3,440,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of inventories to net realizable value

 

 

 

7,156

 

47,101

 

69 ,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional provision for impairment losses in investment securities

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Salaries and wages

 

 

 

2,654,845

 

3,676,168

 

3,647,629

 

- Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

 

12

 

203,164

 

273,182

 

244,397

 

- Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes

 

12

 

11,066

 

39,854

 

41,596

 

- Special monetary housing benefits

 

13

 

277,944

 

109,210

 

21,907

 

- Contributions to other housing fund

 

13

 

92,549

 

170,614

 

224,686

 

- Other housing benefits

 

13

 

95,650

 

305,518

 

345,885

 

Total personnel

 

 

 

3,335,218

 

4,574,546

 

4,526,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional provision for impairment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Property, plant and equipment

 

21

 

 

528,048

 

 

- Goodwill

 

 

 

38,797

 

 

 

Total provision for impairment

 

8(iv)

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange losses, net

 

10

 

21,533

 

9,960

 

7,657

 

 

F - 35



 

8 .

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

Major components of operating expenses are as fo llow s:

 

 

 

 

(i)

Leased line charges incurred in association with leasing of transmission capacity from other oper ators and leasing expenses related to CDMA network capacities from Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunication Company Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”) (see Notes 31(a), 32 and 33 (a) ).

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Interconnection charges represent amounts paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from t h e Group’s networks to the networks of other oper ators.

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Personnel costs comprise staff salaries and wages, contributions to defined contribution pension schemes and housing ben efits etc .

 

 

 

 

(iv)

General, administrative and other expenses are analy z ed as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rental expenses

 

610,931

 

882,671

 

1,042, 020

 

Repair and maintenance expenses

 

832,259

 

1,387,466

 

1,648,986

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

2,191,820

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

10,537

 

Provisions for impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill (see Notes 21 and 22)

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

 

Traveling, entertainment and meeting expenses

 

850,876

 

1,242,166

 

1,3 22,438

 

Power and water charges

 

729,650

 

1,313,099

 

1,763,766

 

Office expenses

 

582,187

 

749,080

 

706,892

 

Other

 

932,694

 

1,210,028

 

1,761,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,631,850

 

9,112,385

 

10,448,241

 

 

9 .     FINANCE COSTS

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on bank loans repayable over 5 years

 

41,115

 

124,105

 

537,261

 

Interest on bank loans repayable within 5 years

 

1,838,548

 

2,399,407

 

1,750,209

 

Interest element of finance lease

 

7,059

 

7,050

 

28,848

 

Less: Amounts capitalized in construction-in-progress

 

(422,927

)

(604,137

)

(647,851

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expenses

 

1,463,795

 

1,9 26,425

 

1,668,467

 

Bank charges

 

10,646

 

9 , 597

 

19,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,474,441

 

1,936,022

 

1,668,418

 

 

F - 36



 

10.   OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME), NET

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of (income) losses from associated companies

 

(553

)

2,275

 

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

 

Realized gains on trading securities

 

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

 

Unrealized losses (gains) on trading securities

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

 

Realized gains on investment securities

 

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

 

Compensation from vendors

 

 

 

(73,585

)

L osses from exchange difference

 

21,533

 

9,960

 

7,657

 

Gain on disposal of interests in associated company

 

(1,251

)

 

 

Other

 

14,121

 

17,709

 

(30,062

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,359

 

(8,071

)

(95,990

)

 

11.  DIRECTORS’, SENIOR EXECUTIVES’ AND SUPERVISORS’ EMOLUMENTS

 

(a)   Directors’ emoluments

 

The aggregate amounts of fees and emoluments payable to directors of the Company during the years 2002, 2003 and 2004 were set out below:

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees

 

849

 

1,594

 

1,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

Other emoluments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Salaries, allowance and other allowances

 

9,722

 

9,352

 

9,242

 

- Pension benefits/pension scheme contributions

 

38

 

106

 

128

 

- Bonuses paid and payable

 

5,887

 

9,688

 

5,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,647

 

19,146

 

15,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,496

 

20,740

 

16,640

 

 

Non-executive directors’ emoluments disclosed above include approximately RMB1,275,000 (2002: RMB636,000; 2003: RMB1,275,000) paid to independent non-executive directors.

 

During 2004, 4,020,000 (2002: 2,802,000; 2003: 2,772,000) share options were granted to the directors under the amended Share Option Scheme approved by the independent non-executive directors on July 20, 2004 and December 21, 2004 respectively. See Notes 30(e) and 30(f) for the details of share options granted during the years.

 

F - 37



 

The emoluments of the directors analyzed by the number of directors and emolument ranges were as follows:

 

 

 

Number of directors

 

(All amounts expressed in Hong Kong dollars)

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$nil - $1,000,000

 

4

 

5

 

9

 

$1,000,001 - $1,500,000

 

2

 

 

 

$1,500,001 - $2,000,000

 

 

 

1

 

$2,000,001 - $2,500,000

 

1

 

2

 

4

 

$2,500,001 - $3,000,000

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

$3,000,001 - $3,500,000

 

1

 

 

 

$3,500,001 - $4,000,000

 

1

 

1

 

 

$6,500,001 - $7,000,000

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

15

 

 

No directors waived the right to receive emoluments during the year.

 

(b)           F ive highest paid individuals

 

The five individuals whose emoluments were the highest of the Group for 2004 were all directors of the Company (200 2 : 4 ; 200 3 : 4 ) whose emoluments are reflected in the analysis presented above. The emoluments payable to the remaining individual during year 2002 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

200 3

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, allowance and other allowances

 

1,432

 

1,435

 

Pension benefits/pension scheme contributions

 

 

38

 

Bonuses paid and payable

 

849

 

850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,281

 

2,323

 

 

The emoluments of the remaining individual during 200 2 and 2003 both fell within the band of HK$2,000,001- HK$2,500,000.

 

No emolument was paid to the five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join or upon joining the Company or as compensation for loss of office.

 

F - 38



 

12 .  RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

All the full time employees of the Group are covered by a state-sponsored pension scheme under which the employees are entitled to an annual pension equal to their basic salaries at their retirement dates. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired employees. The Group was required to make defined contributions to the pension scheme at the rate of 19% for the year ended December 31, 2004 (200 2 and 200 3 : 19%) of the employees’ basic salaries. Under this scheme, the Group has no obligation for post-retirement benefits beyond the annual contributions.

 

In addition, effective from August 11, 1998, a supplementary defined contribution pension plan managed by an independent insurance company was established. Under this plan, the Group makes a monthly defined contribution of 2% to 24% (200 2 and 200 3 : 2% to 6%) of the monthly salary of each employee. There were no vested benefits attributable to past services upon adoption of the plan.

 

Retirement benefits charged to the statements of income were as follows:

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

 

203,164

 

273,182

 

244,397

 

Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes

 

11,066

 

39,854

 

41,596

 

 

1 3 .  HOUSING BENEFITS

 

Under housing reform schemes in accordance with government regulations at the provincial level in the PRC, the Group provided benefits to certain qualified employees to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount. In the case of New Guoxin, the living quarters were provided by China Telecom prior to the establishment of New Guoxin and the related benefits were not charged to the Group. In the case of the GSM Business, certain of these living quarters were provided by Unicom Group and the related benefits were not charged to the Group. Housing benefits which were not charged to the Group amounted to approximately RMB14.9 million for 2004 (200 2 and 200 3 : RMB18.5 million).

 

Subsequent to the establishment of New Guoxin, for living quarters purchased or built by the Group, the liability to provide the housing benefits was recognized by the Group upon finalization of the allocation of the housing units to specific employees. The amount of the benefits was the difference between the cost of the quarters purchased by the employees and the amount actually charged to the employees. The benefits are recorded as expenses over the estimated remaining average service life of the participating employees.

 

In addition, all of the full time employees of the Group are entitled to participate in a state-sponsored housing fund. The fund can be used for the construction of living quarters or may be withdrawn upon the retirement of the employees. The Group is required to make annual contributions to the housing fund at a rate on 10% ( 2002 and 200 3 : 10% ) of the employees’ basic salaries.

 

According to the central government policy on housing reform based on a State Council circular issued in 1998, monetary housing subsidies in the form of special cash payments are to be made by certain PRC enterprises to their employees in order to enable them to purchase living quarters. Under this general policy, enterprises are allowed to establish their own housing reform schemes taking into consideration the actual financial capability of the enterprises.

 

F - 39



 

The Group finalized its monetary housing benefit scheme as a special employee incentive scheme for all qualified employees in year 2001. According to the scheme, the total amount of monetary housing benefit for each employee is determined based on the working age of the employee and the property market price prevailing in the relevant location. The total monetary housing benefit is divided into three annual payments in the proportion of 40%, 30% and 30% respectively. In order to be included in the incentive scheme, employees are required to sign a service contract with a minimum service period of three years. The employees will be entitled to the first 40% payment only when the following criteria are met:

 

(i)              the provincial branch in which the employees are working has achieved the annual performance budget set by head office management; and

 

(ii)           the employees continue to be under the employment of the Group at the time of the payment.

 

Similarly, the employees will only be entitled to the second and then the third annual payments when and only when the above two conditions are also fulfilled in subsequent years.

 

The Group accrues for each annual payment upon the fulfillment of the above criteria by the employees, at which time the liability is considered to have arisen.

 

For the year s ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, certain provinces achieved the annual performance budget and were thus approved by management to distribute and pay out such monetary housing benefits. The provision for special monetary housing benefits for qualified employees of these provinces for the year s ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 amounted to approximately RMB277,944,000, RMB109,210,000 and RMB21,907,000 respectively, base d on the aforementioned distribution plan . T he remaining provinces were not entitled to the special monetary housing benefits since they did not achieve their annual performance budget in 2002, 2003 and 2004 and accordingly, no provision for such benefits was made.

 

The expenses incurred by the Group in relation to the housing benefits described above were as follows (excluding those paid by Unicom Group and China Telecom and not charged to the Group):

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special monetary housing benefits

 

277,944

 

109,210

 

21,907

 

Contribution s to housing fund

 

92,549

 

170,614

 

224,686

 

Other housing benefits

 

95,650

 

305,518

 

345,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

466,143

 

585,342

 

592,478

 

 

F - 40



 

14.  TAXATION

 

Provision for taxation represents:

 

 

 

2002

 

200 3

 

2004

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for PRC enterprise income tax on the estimated taxable income for the year

 

1,192,801

 

1,064,968

 

1,422,635

 

Deferred taxation

 

527,404

 

823,413

 

656,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,720,205

 

1,888,381

 

2,079,625

 

 

There is no Hong Kong income tax liability as the Group does not have any assessable income sourced from Hong Kong for 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

The income tax liabilities of the Group were assessed as follows:

 

(a)           The tax liabilities of CUCL and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for 2002, 2003 and 2004 were assessed in accordance with FIE (“Foreign Investment Enterprises”) taxation requirements on a consolidated basis as a single entity and settled income tax liabilities centrally in Beijing as approved by the tax authority ;

 

(b)          Prior to the acquisitions of Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL) and Unicom New World at 2002 and 2003 year-end, Unicom Group was assessed for PRC enterprise tax liability under the relevant tax rules and regulations applicable to state-owned enterprises, and at the statutory rate of 33% on a consolidation basis as a single entity. The tax provision for Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were determined on a separate return basis using the same tax policy applicable to Unicom Group. Under this basis, the tax liabilities attributable to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were determined as if it were assessed for income tax separately from Unicom Group. In 2003, tax liabilities of Unicom New Century was assessed in accordance with FIE taxation requirements on a consolidated basis as a single entity; and the tax liabilities of Unicom New World for 2004 was also assessed in accordance with FIE taxation requirements on a consolidated basis as a single entity; and.

 

(c)           Various provincial branches/municipal cities of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were granted a preferential treatment by tax authorities to assess their enterprise income tax at the rates of 30%, 15% or 10% in years 2002, 2003 and 2004. The remaining provincial branches were assessed at the standard tax rate of 33%.

 

F - 41



 

The reconciliation of PRC enterprise income tax between the statutory tax rate of 33% and the effective tax rate actually recorded in the statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

PRC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate of 33%

 

33.0

%

33.0

%

33.0

%

Non-deductible expenses

 

1.5

 

0.3

 

2.0

 

Effect of preferential tax rates

 

(3.2

)

(1.6

)

(2.1

)

Increase in opening deferred tax assets resulting from an increase in tax rate

 

 

(2.3

)

(0.4

)

Tax credits ( see Note (a))

 

(2.8

)

 

(0.3

)

Additional expense deductible for tax purpose (see Note (b))

 

 

(0.9

)

 

Write-off of deferred tax assets previously recognized for New Guoxin

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective PRC income tax rate

 

28.5

%

30.4

%

32.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate of 17.5%

 

16.0

%

17.5

%

17.5

%

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

(96.9

)

189.0

 

Non-taxable income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Interest income

 

(16.0

)

79.4

 

(170.8

)

- Leased line income sourced from outside Hong Kong

 

 

 

(27.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective HK income tax rate

 

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total overall effective income tax rate

 

27.3

%

31.0

%

32.2

%

 

Tax effect of preferential tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amount (RMB in millions)

 

191

 

97

 

135

 

Per share effect (RMB)

 

0.015

 

0.008

 

0.011

 

 


Notes:

 

(a)           For 2002 and 2004 , tax credits represented investment tax credits relating to the additions of certain domestic equipment that were deductible against current tax.

 

(b)          During 2003, CUCL , Unicom New Century and Unicom New World confirmed with relevant tax authorities in the PRC that certain monetary housing benefits, which were previously treated as non-deductible expenses for income tax assessment purposes in prior years, could be used to deduct against enterprise income tax over 3 years. Accordingly, all the related deferred tax assets have been recognized in 2003. Such deferred tax assets will be utiliz ed on a straight-line basis over 3 years.

 

F - 42



 

The movement of the deferred tax assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000
As restated

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

 

1,581,408

 

1,815,234

 

1,198,749

 

Change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-   Recognition of additional deferred tax assets in relation to provision for doubtful debts

 

3(a)

 

373,159

 

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

 

 

388,071

 

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

 

 

206,928

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom International

 

 

 

 

 

(2,090

)

Deferred taxation charged to statements of income

 

 

 

(527,404

)

(823,413

)

(656,990

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

 

 

1,815,234

 

1,198,749

 

539,669

 

 

Deferred taxation as of year-end represent s the taxation effect of the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

Note

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

(a)

 

256,673

 

150,954

 

Loss arising from terminations of CCF Arrangements

 

(a)

 

236,249

 

174,637

 

Income tax on advances from customers for telephone cards

 

 

 

261,467

 

 

Provision for impairment loss for property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

4,875

 

4,721

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Cellular Business

 

 

 

534,839

 

526,514

 

Write-off of other assets

 

 

 

7,563

 

 

Write-down of inventories to net realizable value

 

 

 

15,905

 

39,103

 

Amortization of retirement benefits

 

 

 

18,549

 

6,678

 

Additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose

 

 

 

101,267

 

18,258

 

Differences on tax basis for the residual value of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

7,608

 

10,045

 

Monetary housing benefits

 

 

 

56,826

 

17,171

 

Other

 

 

 

29,309

 

16,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,531,130

 

964,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change of depreciation period

 

 

 

(28,268

)

 

Accelerated depreciation for tax purpose

 

 

 

 

(26,280

)

Capitalized interest already deducted for tax purpose

 

 

 

(304,113

)

(398,872

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(332,381

)

(425,152

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

1,198,749

 

539,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

(873,849

)

(606,009

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

324,900

 

(66,340

)

 

F - 43



 


Note:

 

(a)                 Prior to 2000, in the process of developing its cellular networks, the GSM Business has entered into cooperation agreements with certain contractual joint ventures (the “CJVs”) established in the PRC. Each CJV was established by one or more Chinese enterprises and one or more foreign parties, and the aforementioned cooperation arrangements are referred to as the China-China-Foreign Arrangement (the “CCF Arrangements”). Pursuant to the CCF Arrangements, the CJVs have extended funding to the GSM Business for the construction of telecommunications systems and network equipment in the PRC. Based on the terms of the cooperation agreements, the CCF Arrangements had been accounted for as secured financing arrangements to the GSM Business, and interest had been accrued by the GSM Business based on the funds provided by the CJVs and the then prevailing market borrowing rates. Afterwards, all CCF Arrangements had been terminated in 1999 and 2000, the related loss on the termination of CCF Arrangements was charged to the statement s of income as incurred. Pursuant to the approval of relevant tax authorities, since all the interest costs and the loss on termination of these CCF Arrangements can be deducted against current tax over 7 years. The resulting deferred tax assets were recognized accordingly.

 

1 5 .  NET INCOME

 

(a)                 CUCL, Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL), and Unicom New World were registered as foreign investment enterprises in the PRC. In accordance with the Articles of Association of CUCL and Unicom New World, they are required to provide for certain statutory reserves, namely, general reserve fund and staff bonus and welfare fund, which are appropriated from profit after tax and minority interests but before dividend distribution.

 

CUCL and Unicom New World are required to allocate at least 10% of their income after tax and minority interests determined under PRC GAAP to the general reserve fund until the cumulative amounts reach 50% of the registered capital. The statutory reserve can only be used, upon approval obtained from the relevant authority, to offset accumulated losses or increase capital.

 

Appropriation to the staff bonus and welfare fund is at the discretion of the directors. The staff bonus and welfare fund can only be used for special bonuses or the collective welfare of the employees and are not distributable as cash dividends. Under HK GAAP, the appropriations to the staff bonus and welfare fund will be charged to statement s of income as expenses incurred since any assets acquired through this fund belong to the employees. For the years ended December 31, 2004, no appropriation to staff bonus and welfare fund has been made (200 2 and 200 3 : Nil).

 

Accordingly, CUCL and Unicom New World appropriated approximately RMB387,185,000 (200 2 : RMB436,463,000 ; 200 3 : RMB382,030,000) , and RMB 42,115,000 ( 2002 and 2003: Nil) respectively to the general reserve fund for the year ended December 31, 200 4 . Unicom New Century appropriated approximately RMB37,236,000 to the general reserve fund for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

As stated in Note 3(a), the change in accounting policy on income taxes has resulted in an increase of distributable reserves to shareholders of CUCL for the years ended December 31, 2002. As a result, CUCL has made additional appropriation to the statutory reserves amounting to approximately RMB37,316,000 and RMB40,530,000 in 2002 and 2003 respectively.

 

F - 44



 

(b)                At the annual general meeting held on May 12, 2004, the shareholders of the Company approved the payment of final dividend of RMB0.10 per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaling RMB1,256,159,607 which has been reflected as an appropriation of retained earning for 2004. As of December 31, 2004, such dividends have been fully paid by the Company.

 

At a meeting held on March 24, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company proposed the payment of final dividend of RMB0.10 per ordinary share to the shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaling RMB1,256,349,207. This proposed dividend has not been reflected as a dividend payable in the financial statements as of December 31, 2004, but will be reflected as an appropriation of retained earning in the financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2005.

 

(c)                 For the year ended December 31, 200 4 , net income included a income of approximately

RMB 9,358,000 (2002: net income of approximately RMB287,492,000; 2003: loss of approximately RMB21,654,000) which has been dealt with in the financial statements of the Company. As of December 31, 2004, the amount of distributable reserves to shareholders of the Company amounted to approximately RMB 1,330,427,000 (2002: RMB3,854,183,000; 2003: RMB2,577,229,000).

 

1 6 .  EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share and per American Depository Share (“ADS”)

 

Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years.

 

Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the effects of the potential dilutive ordinary share s . All potential dilutive ordinary shares arose from share options granted under (i) the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; and (ii) the amended Share Option Scheme as described in Note 30. For 2003 and 2004, all potential dilutive shares arose from share options granted in 2002, 2003 and 2004 under the amended Share Option Scheme (see details in Note 30), which if converted to ordinary shares would decrease net income per share. For 2002, there was no dilution of earnings per share after taking into account the dilutive effect of the share options. The anti-dilutive shares arising from the share options in 2004 of approximately 31,944,000 shares (2002: 48,745,000 shares; 2003: 66,573,000 shares) were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been computed by multiplying the earnings per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

Reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

Net
income

 

Shares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

Net
income

 

Shares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

Net
income

 

S hares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

’000

 

RMB

 

RMB’000

 

’000

 

RMB

 

RMB’000

 

’000

 

RMB

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

4,598,213

 

12,552,996

 

0.366

 

4,217,097

 

12,553,010

 

0.336

 

4,386,999

 

12,561,242

 

0.349

 

Effect of conversion of share options

 

 

 

 

 

15,673

 

 

 

45,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings

 

4,598,213

 

12,552,996

 

0.366

 

4,217,097

 

12,568,68 3

 

0.336

 

4,386,999

 

12,607,241

 

0.348

 

 

F - 45



 

1 7 .        TRADING SECURITIES

 

Trading securities represented listed equity securities in the PRC, which were carried at fair value . The realized gains on trading securities for the year ended December 31, 200 2 and 2003 amounted to approximately RMB 1,876,000 and RMB12,045,000 respectively; and the unrealized loss for the year ended December 31, 2002 amounted to RMB 27,461,000 and unrealized gains amounted to RMB 10,129,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 respectively . As of December 31, 200 4 , no trading securities are maintained by the Group after the sal e of New Guoxin on December 31, 200 3 .

 

1 8 .  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable for GSM services

 

5,268,041

 

4,464,963

 

Accounts receivable for CDMA services

 

2,408,093

 

3,448,273

 

Accounts receivable for Data and Internet services

 

696,802

 

537,418

 

Accounts receivable for Long Distance services

 

587,570

 

712,833

 

 

Sub-total

 

8,960,506

 

9,163,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

Provision for doubtful debts for GSM services

 

(2,716,396

)

(2,521,313

)

 

Provision for doubtful debts for CDMA services

 

(508,970

)

(1,110,024

)

 

Provision for doubtful debts for Data and Internet services

 

(158,313

)

(200,373

)

 

Provision for doubtful debts for Long Distance services

 

(105,280

)

(101,797

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,471,547

 

5,229,980

 

 

The aging analysis of accounts receivable was as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not yet due (within credit period)

 

3,433,584

 

3,595,337

 

Due within three months

 

1,744,568

 

1,373,240

 

Three months to six months

 

750,719

 

732,890

 

Six months to one year

 

1,299,386

 

1,398,175

 

More than one year

 

1,732,249

 

2,063,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,960,506

 

9,163,487

 

 

The normal credit period granted by the Group is on average 30 days from the date of invoice.

 

Provision for doubtful debts was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

1,733,972

 

3,488,959

 

Provision for the year

 

1,749,887

 

2,191,820

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

199,904

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom International

 

 

9,306

 

S al e of New Guoxin

 

(64,664

)

 

Written-off for the year

 

(130,140

)

(1,756,578

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

3,488,959

 

3,933,507

 

 

F - 46



 

1 9 .  INVENTORIES

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Handsets

 

1,133,027

 

2,045,502

 

Telephone cards

 

855,183

 

832,050

 

Other

 

181,144

 

237,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,169,354

 

3,114,632

 

 

20 .  PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

Note

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental

 

 

 

233,461

 

277,999

 

Deposits and prepayments

 

 

 

1,624,874

 

1,3 34,220

 

Interest receivable

 

 

 

4,872

 

1,414

 

Advances to employees

 

 

 

164,487

 

164,386

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

(a)

 

535,521

 

860,225

 

Other

 

 

 

584,562

 

4 21,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,147,777

 

3,059,714

 

 

The aging analysis of prepayments and other current assets was as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

3,109,944

 

2,855,331

 

Over one year

 

37,833

 

204,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,147,777

 

3,059,714

 

 

F - 47



 


Note:

 

(a)                    As part of the arrangement with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under special promotion packages, CDMA handsets were provided to certain subscribers for their use at no additional charge during specified contract periods ranging from 6 months to 2 years.

 

Under the terms of these contracts, subscribers are required to spend a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. In addition, to secure future performance, these subscribers are also required to (i) prepay service fees or deposits, (ii) maintain a restricted bank deposits in a designated commercial banks to secure the minimum contract amount, or (iii) provide the Group with a guarantor who will compensate the Group for any loss upon their non-performance. The cost s of CDMA handsets under the above contractual arrangements are treated as deferred customer acquisition costs, to the extent recoverable based on management periodic assessment, and are amortized over the contractual period (not exceeding 2 years) to match with the Group’s minimum contract revenue.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, amortization of these deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers amounted to approximately RMB6,121 million (2002: RMB1,385 million; 2003: RMB5,837 million), which was recorded in “selling and marketing” expenses.  As of December 31, 2004, the carrying amount of unamortized deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers totaled approximately RMB4,745 million (2003 RMB4,447 million), with approximately RMB860 million (2003 RMB 536 million) recorded in “prepayment and other current assets” (for contract period within 1 year) and with approximately RMB3,885 million (2003: RMB3,911 million) recorded in “other assets” (for contract period over 1 year) (see Note 23).

 

In addition, the Group obtained certain CDMA handsets to develop the above CDMA contractual subscribers through finance lease arrangement (see Note 28). The carrying amount of these deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers arising from the finance lease amounted to approximately RMB896 million as of 31 December 2004.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the carrying amount of prepaid service fees and deposits obtained by the Group under the above contracts amounted to RMB2,301 million and RMB148 million ( 2003: RMB2,366 million and RMB153 million) respectively.

 

F - 48



 

21 .  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMEN T , NET

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Land use rights
and buildings

 

Telecommunications
equipment

 

Office
furniture,
fixtures and
others

 

Leasehold
improvements

 

Construction in
progress

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Cost or valuation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

13,103,955

 

115,221,436

 

4,494,776

 

1,054,779

 

21,741,746

 

155,616,692

 

138,317,709

 

Additions

 

301,360

 

1,029,561

 

413,399

 

92,837

 

17,196,742

 

19,033,899

 

18,806,907

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,106,458

 

Acquisition of Unicom International

 

 

45,987

 

 

 

11,438

 

57,425

 

 

Transfer from CIP

 

2,541,675

 

12,407,593

 

239,585

 

66,565

 

(15,255,418

)

 

 

S al e of New Guoxin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,421,053

)

Disposals

 

(27,255

)

(174,102

)

(44,291

)

(101,773

)

 

(347,421

)

(1,193,329

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

15,919,735

 

128,530,475

 

5,103,469

 

1,112,408

 

23,694,508

 

174,360,595

 

155,616,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

13,548,962

 

128,530,475

 

5,103,469

 

1,112,408

 

23,694,508

 

171,989,822

 

153,245,919

 

At valuation

 

2,370,773

 

 

 

 

 

2,370,773

 

2,370,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,919,735

 

128,530,475

 

5,103,469

 

1,112,408

 

23,694,508

 

174,360,595

 

155,616,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

1,524,647

 

33,821,346

 

1,641,112

 

510,432

 

14,307

 

37,511,844

 

30,831,080

 

Charge for the year

 

994,931

 

16,106,795

 

892,457

 

233,422

 

 

18,227,605

 

15,975,271

 

Impairment losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

528,048

 

Sale of New Guoxin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,773,970

)

Disposals

 

(7,893

)

(139,184

)

(34,064

)

(101,773

)

 

(282,914

)

(1,048,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

2,511,685

 

49,788,957

 

2,499,505

 

642,081

 

14,307

 

55,456,535

 

37,511,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

13,408,050

 

78,741,518

 

2,603,964

 

470,327

 

23,680,201

 

118,904,060

 

118,104,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

11,579,308

 

81 , 400 , 090

 

2,853,664

 

544,347

 

21,727,439

 

118,104,848

 

107,486,629

 

 

As of December 31, 200 4 , prepayments for property, plant and equipment to be used in construction amounting to approximately RMB 1,604 million (200 2 : RMB 4 , 164 million; 200 3 : RMB 1,431 million) have been included in construction-in-progress .

 

For 2004 , interest of approximately RMB 648 million (200 2 : RMB 423 million; 200 3 : RMB 604 million) was capitalized to construction-in-progress.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the cost or valuation of land use rights (located in the PRC) and the accumulated depreciation amounted to approximately RMB525 million and RMB113 million respectively (2002: RMB348 million and RMB77 million; 2003: RMB303 million and RMB61 million).

 

Land use rights and buildings of the Group as of March 31, 2000 were valued by Sallmanns (Far East) Ltd., registered property valuers in Hong Kong, using the replacement cost or open market value approach, as appropriate. The resulting revaluation surplus and deficit amounted to RMB177 million and RMB28 million, respectively. Upon the sale of New Guoxin at December 31, 2003, the revaluation surplus of the Group amounted to RMB83 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004. The additional depreciation attributable to the revaluation surplus amounted to approximately RMB4.16 million for 2004 (2002 and 2003: RMB8.80 million). The revaluation deficit was charged to the statements of income during the year ended December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2004, for these land use right and buildings stated at revalued amounts, their carrying amount would have been approximately RMB1,695 million (2002: RMB2,032 million; 2003: RMB1,783 million) had they been carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

 

F - 49



 

Telecommunication equipment held under finance leases comprised of certain sub sea transmission cables and wireless public phone equipment. As of December 31, 2004, net book value of  certain sub sea transmission cables and wireless public equipments held under finance leases amounted to approximately RMB134 million (2003: RMB147 million) and RMB468 million (2003 Nil) respectively (see Note (28)).

 

Impairment of assets for the Paging Business (discontinued in 2004):

 

Management conducts an impairment assessment at each balance sheet date to identify whether the carrying values of the property, plant and equipment may be impaired. In 2002 and 2003, the Group conducted such re-assessment of the recoverable amount of the paging assets based on the best estimates of the discounted net future cash flows expected to be generated from the Paging Business in the future years. Management has made key assumptions and estimations on the appropriate discount rate adopted (8% per annum), the period covered by the cash flow forecast, the impact of the continuous decline of traditional paging business, the future loss of subscribers, the expected trend in average revenue per subscriber, as well as incremental cash flows arising from new paging businesses and the effects of the adoption of cost reduction plans. All these assumptions and estimations are made based on historical trends adjusted for the current market situation (including physical conditions of these assets) and the forecast of the future development of new value-added paging businesses.

 

In 2002, the Group conducted re-assessment of the recoverable amount of the paging assets based on the best estimates of the discounted net future cash flows expected to be generated from the Paging Business in the future years. Management expected further reduction of cash inflows to be generated from the traditional Paging Business. Based on the estimate of the discounted net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of the paging assets, the Group concluded that the carrying amount of the paging assets as of December 31, 2002 did not exceed its recoverable amount and accordingly no additional impairment loss was recognized in 2002.

 

In 2003, b ased on the updated analysis and the worsening trend of the decline of the traditional Paging Business in the first half of 2003, despite the continuous growth of new value-added Paging Businesses, the Group expected that the related incremental future cash inflows to be generated from these new paging services could unlikely offset the effects of the rapid decline of the traditional Paging Business in future. Consequently, based on the latest estimate of the discounted future net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operations of the Paging Business, after considering the unexpected rapid decline of the traditional Paging Business in the first half of 2003 , the Group concluded that the carrying amount of paging assets as at June 30 , 2003 had exceeded their expected recoverable amounts.  Accordingly, the Group has recorded an additional impairment loss for property, plant and equipment of the Paging Business amounting to approximately RMB528 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In addition, the Group has also recognized losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment of approximately RMB11 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2002: RMB82 million; 2003: RMB50 million)

 

F - 50



 

22 .  GOODWILL

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost :

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom New Century ( see Note 4(a))

 

2,284,749

 

2,284,749

 

Goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom New World ( see Note 4(b))

 

1,144,957

 

1,144,957

 

Negative goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom International (see Note 4(c))

 

 

(7,727

)

 

 

3,429,706

 

3,421,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(114,238

)

(285,422

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,315,468

 

3,136,557

 

 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World represented the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the separately identifiable net assets acquired (see Note 4). The amortization charge of goodwill amounted to approximately RMB 171,485,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2003: RMB114,238,000) .

 

Negative goodwill arising from the acquisition of Unicom International represented the excess of the fair value of the separately identifiable net assets acquired over the purchase consideration. The recognition of the negative goodwill amounted to approximately RMB301,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

23 .  OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

Note

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection facilities

 

 

 

613,622

 

441,968

 

Other

 

 

 

1,588,839

 

1,852,818

 

 

 

 

 

2,202,461

 

2,294,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amorti zation

 

 

 

(1,162,464

)

(1,401,973

)

 

 

 

 

1,039,997

 

892,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental and leased line

 

 

 

897,783

 

958,886

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

20(a)

 

3,911,650

 

3,884,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,849,430

 

5,736,384

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 200 4 , amortization of other assets, excluding deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers and prepaid rental and leased line, amounted to approximately RMB 664,285,000 (200 2 : RMB 381,629 ,000; 200 3 : RMB 294,762,000 ).

 

F - 51



 

2 4 .  INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

 

During 2004, the C ompany acquired the entire equity interest in Unicom International , which holds the entire equity interests in Unicom USA. The acquisition became effective in September 2004.

 

As of December 31, 200 4 , the details of the Company’s subsidiaries were as follows:

 

Name

 

Place
and date of
incorporation and
legal entity

 

Percentage of
equity interests
held

 

Issued and
fully paid
capital

 

Principal activities

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

(On July 30, 2004, CUCL combined with Unicom New Century, and Unicom New Century was legally dissolved) (see Note 1)

 

The PRC,
April 21, 2000,
limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

45,370,994

 

Telecommunication s operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands,
October 23, 2002,
limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

12

 

Investment holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands,
November 5, 2003,
limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

1

 

Investment holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Co., Ltd.

 

The PRC,
November 4, 2003,
limited liability company

 

 

100.00

%

2,054,770

 

Telecommuni cations operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom International Limited

 

Hong Kong,
May 24, 2000
limited liability company

 

100

%

 

106

 

Telecommunications service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom USA Co.

 

USA,
May 24, 2002,
corporation

 

 

100

%

83

 

Telecommuni cations service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom (Macau) Limited

 

Macau,
October 15, 2004,
limited liability company

 

99.00

%

1.00

%

10,326

 

Telecommuni cations operation

 

 

Amounts due to/from subsidiaries included in the Company’s balance sheet are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable/receivable on demand.

 

F - 52



 

2 5.   PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Note

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables to contractors and equipment suppliers

 

 

 

11,789,366

 

10,592,518

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

1,417,750

 

1,355,183

 

Payables to telecommunications products suppliers

 

 

 

1,346,784

 

1,772,693

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

1,198,812

 

1,370,015

 

Salary and welfare payables

 

 

 

494,794

 

465,154

 

Amounts due to Services Provider / Content Provider

 

 

 

369,330

 

573,804

 

Other

 

(a)

 

481,584

 

656,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,098,420

 

16,785,749

 

 


Note:

 

(a)           Other includes miscellaneous accruals for housing fund and other government surcharges.

 

The aging analysis of payables and accrued liabilities is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than six months

 

 

 

12,253,057

 

13,343,784

 

Six months to one year

 

 

 

3,051,167

 

2,257,802

 

More than one year

 

 

 

1,794,196

 

1,184,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,098,420

 

16,785,749

 

 

F - 53



 

2 6 .  SHORT-TERM BANK LOANS

 

Interest rates on RMB denominated short-term bank loans ranged from 4.54% to 5.31% per annum for 200 4 (2002: 4.54% to 5.56% ; 2003: 4.54% to 5.31% ) .

 

Supplemental information with respect to short-term bank loans was as follow :

 

 

 

Balance at
year end

 

Weighted
average
interest rate
at year end

 

Maximum
amount
outstanding
during the year

 

Average
amount
outstanding
during the
year*

 

Weighted
average
interest rate
during the
year**

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

per annum

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

per annum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 200 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB dominated bank loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured (see Note (a)(ii))

 

5 20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- unsecured (see Note (a)(i))

 

10, 455,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,975,199

 

5.22

%

10,975,199

 

10,060,850

 

5.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB dominated bank loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured (see Note (a)(ii))

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- unsecured (see Note (a)(i))

 

8,131,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,231,43 1

 

4.86

%

10,975,199

 

9,603,315

 

5.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HK $ dominated bank loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- unsecured (see Note (b))

 

696,98 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

696,98 6

 

0.90

%

696,986

 

348,493

 

1.08

%

 


*                  The average amount outstanding is computed by dividing the total of outstanding principal balance as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.

 

**           The weighted average interest rate is computed by dividing the total of weighted average interest rates as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.

 

Notes:

 

(a) As of December 3 1 , 2004, short-term bank loans of the Group denominated in RMB were secured by the following:

 

(i) Approximately RMB3,397 million (2003: RMB70 million) of short-term bank loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

(ii) Approximately RMB100 million (2003: RMB520 million) of short-term bank loans were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations.

 

(b) As of December 31 , 2004, HK$ denominated short-term bank loans of the Company of approximately HK$655 million (equivalent to approximated RMB697 million) were to finance the working capital. The bank loans were repayable in 1 year and carried an interest rate of 0.22% over HIBOR per annum.

 

F - 54



 

2 7.        LONG-TERM BANK LOANS

 

 

 

Interest rates and final maturity

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB denominated bank loans

 

Fixed interest rate ranging from 4. 78% to 5.73% (2003: 4.44% to 5.76%) per annum with maturity through 2010 (2003: maturity through 2009) (see Note(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured

 

 

 

10,622,366

 

6,804,566

 

- unsecured

 

 

 

26,994,612

 

20,487,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,616,978

 

27,291,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD denominated bank loans

 

Floating interest rate of USD LIBOR plus interest margin of  0.28% to 0.44% per annum with maturity through 2010 (see Note (b))

 

5,793,690

 

9,931,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

(7,197,877

)

(11,086,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,212,791

 

26,137,188

 

 

The repayment schedule of the long-term bank loans is as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Balances due:

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

7,197,877

 

11,086,305

 

- later than one year and not later than two years

 

15,549,832

 

10,226,776

 

- later than two years and not later than five years

 

18,837,560

 

14,092,792

 

Thereafter

 

1,825,399

 

1,817,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,410,668

 

37,223,493

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(7,197,877

)

(11,086,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,212,791

 

26,137,188

 

 


Notes :

 

(a)    As of December 31, 200 4 , long-term bank loans of the Group denominated in RMB were secured by the following:

 

(i)       Approximately RMB 6 , 805 million (200 3 : RMB 10 , 622 million) of long-term bank loans were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations of the relevant branches . Included in these long-term bank loans, approximately RMB2,824 million (200 3 : RMB 3,600 million) was also guaranteed by Unicom Group ;

 

(ii)      In addition to the above, approximately RMB3,955 million (2003: RMB8,004 million) of long-term bank loans above were guaranteed by Unicom Group; and

 

(iii)     Approximately RMB26 million (2003: RMB50 million) of long-term bank loans were secured by restricted bank deposits.

 

(b)          On September 26, 2003, the Company signed an agreement with 13 financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.7 billion (the Facility ). The Facility was split into 3 tranches (i) USD0.2 billion 3-year loan; (ii) USD0.3 billion
5-year loan; and (iii) USD0.2 billion 7-year loan and carried an interest rate of 0.28%, 0.35% and 0.44% over US dollar LIBOR per annum for each tranche respectively. In October 2003, the company and CUCL entered into an agreement to lend the bank loans to CUCL with similar terms to finance the network constructions of CUCL.

 

In addition, on February 25, 200 4, CUCL signed an agreement with various financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.5 billion to finance the working capital and network construction expenditure . Th is f acility was repayable in 3 years and c arried an interest rate of 0. 40 % over US dollar LIBOR per annum.

 

F - 55



 

28 . OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES

 

Obligations under finance leases were analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Total minimum lease payments under finance leases repayable:

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

25,926

 

938,189

 

- later than one year and not later than two years

 

8 ,6 42

 

4 05,453

 

- later than two years and not later than five years

 

26,017

 

74,078

 

- later than five years

 

145,753

 

137,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206,338

 

1,554,824

 

Less:Future finance charges

 

(81,184

)

(127,679

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of minimum obligations

 

125,154

 

1,427,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

- current liabilities

 

25,435

 

938,189

 

- non-current liabilities

 

99,719

 

488,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The present value of obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

-  not later than one year

 

25,435

 

938,189

 

- later than one year and not later than two years

 

7,691

 

358,850

 

- later than two years and not later than five years

 

20,533

 

60 , 692

 

-  later than five years

 

71,495

 

69,414

 

 

 

125,154

 

1,427,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(25,435

)

(938,189

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,719

 

488,956

 

 

Obligations under finance leases were related to the leasing of certain sub sea transmission cables (see Notes 21 and 33(b)), CDMA handsets (see Note 20(a)) and wireless public phone equipments (see Note 21).

 

Interest rates of obligations under finance leases ranged from 4% to 6% per annum.

 

29 .  SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

HK$’000

 

HK$’000

 

Authorized:

 

 

 

 

 

30,000,000,000 ordinary shares of HK$0.1 each

 

3,000,000

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

Note

 

Number of
s hares
(’000)

 

HK$’000

 

RMB
e quivalent
’000

 

Number of
s hares
(’000)

 

HK$’ 000

 

RMB
e quivalent
’000

 

Issued and fully paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Unicom BVI

 

 

 

9,725,000

 

972,500

 

1,030,850

 

9,725,000

 

972,500

 

1,030,850

 

-Public investors

 

(a)

 

2,828,172

 

282,817

 

300,540

 

2,838,492

 

283,849

 

301,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,553,172

 

1,255,317

 

1,331,390

 

12,563,492

 

1,256,349

 

1,332,487

 

 


Note: (a) Increase of 10,320,000 ordinary shares in year 2004 (2003: 176,000) represents the ordinary shares in issued under the share option scheme (see Note 30(g)).

 

F - 56



 

30 .  SHARE OPTION SCHEME

 

The Company adopted a share option scheme (the “Share Option Scheme”) and a fixed award pre-global offering share scheme (“Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme”) on June 1, 2000 for the granting of share options to qualified employees, with terms amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the New Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules.

 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding during the years 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

 

 

 

Number of share options involved

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

33,840,600

 

69,868,600

 

172,367,400

 

Granted

 

36,028,000

 

105,956,000

 

113,322,000

 

Exercised

 

 

(176,000

)

(10,320,000

)

Cancelled

 

 

(3,281,200

)

(1,306,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

69,868,600

 

172,367,400

 

274,063,400

 

 

As of December 31, 200 4 , information of outstanding options is summarized as follows:

 

Date of options granted

 

The period during
which an option may
be exercised

 

The price per
share to be paid on
exercise of options

 

Number of s hares
outstanding as of
December 31, 2004

 

Number of s hares
outstanding as of
December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted under the Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 22, 2000
(
see Note (a))

 

June 22, 2002 to
June 21, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

25,436,600

 

25,436,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted under the Share Option Scheme:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2001
(
see Note (b))

 

June 30, 2001 to
 June 21, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

6,508,000

 

6,508,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 2, 2002
(
see Note (c))

 

July 10, 2003 to
 July 9, 2008

 

HK$

6.18

 

25,954,800

 

34,466,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 21, 2003
(
see Note (d))

 

May 21, 2004 to
 May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.30

 

10 2,476,000

 

105,590,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 3 0, 2003
(see Note (d))

 

May 21, 2004 to
 May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.66

 

366,000

 

366,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 20, 2004
(
see Note (e))

 

July 20, 2005 to
 May 19, 2010

 

HK$

5.92

 

112,668,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 21, 2004
(
see Note (f))

 

December 21, 2005 to
 December 20, 2010

 

HK$

6.20

 

654,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27 4,063,400

 

172,367,400

 

 

F - 57



 

(a)    According to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors in June 2000, a total of the 27,116,600 options were granted on June 22, 2000 to the senior management, including directors, and certain other employees (which represent, on their full exercise, 27,116,600 shares of the Company) under the fixed award Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme adopted by the Company on June 1, 2000 in the following terms:

 

(i)     the exercise price is equivalent to the share issue price of the Global Offering of HK$15.42 per share (excluding the brokerage fee and HKSE transaction levy); and

 

(ii)    the options are vested and exercisable after 2 years from the grant date and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

 

No further option can be granted under the Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme.

 

The Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme had been amended in conjunction with the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme on May 13, 2002. Apart from the above two terms, the principal terms are the same as the amended Share Option Scheme in all material aspects.

 

(b)    On June 1, 2000, the Company adopted the Share Option Scheme pursuant to which the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, including executive directors, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to take up options to subscribe for shares up to a maximum aggregate number of shares (including those that could be subscribed for under the pre-global offering share option scheme as described above) equal to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company.  According to the Share Option Scheme, the nominal consideration payable by a participant for the grant of option s will be HK$1.00.  The exercise price payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option will be determined by the d irectors at their discretion at the date of grant, except that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the higher of:

 

(i)     the nominal value of a share; and

 

(ii)    80% of the average of the closing prices of shares on the HKSE on the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant of the option on which there were dealings in the shares on the HKSE.

 

The period during which an option may be exercised will be determined by the directors at their discretion, except that no option may be exercised later than 10 years from June 22, 2000 . According to a resolution of the Board of Directors in June 2001, the Company has granted 6,724,000 share options under the Share Option Scheme w hich represent, on their full exercise, 6,724,000 shares to certain employees of the Group in the following terms:

 

(i)     the price of a share payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option shall be HK$15.42 (excluding the brokerage fee and HKSE transaction levy); and

 

(ii)    the period during which an option is vested and exercisable commences from the date of grant of the options and will end by June 22, 2010 .

 

F - 58



 

The terms of the Share Option Scheme were amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the New Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules which came into effect on September 1, 2001 with the following major amendments:

 

(i)              share option may be granted to employees including executive directors of the Group or any of the non-executive directors;

 

(ii)           the option period commences on a day after the date on which an option is offered but not later than 10 years from the offer date; and

 

(iii)        minimum subscription price shall not be less than the higher of:

 

                  the nominal value of the shares;

 

                  the closing price of the shares of the Stock Exchange as stated in the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets on the offer date in respect of the options; and

 

                  the average closing price of the shares on the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets for the five trading days immediately preceding the offer date.

 

(c)           According to resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated July 10, 2002, a total of 36,028,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals including directors, independent non-executive directors, and the non-executive directors of the Company under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)              aggregate of 2,802,000 options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;

 

(ii)           the exercise price is HK$6.18; and

 

(iii)  the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 10, 2003

 

July 10, 2003 to July 9, 2008

 

40

%

July 10, 2004

 

July 10, 2004 to July 9, 2008

 

30

%

July 10, 2005

 

July 10, 2005 to July 9, 2008

 

30

%

 

(d)          According to resolution s passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated May 21, 2003 and May 30, 2003 , a total of 1 05 ,5 90 ,000 share options and 366,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors, independent non-executive directors, non-executive directors, middle to senior management of the Group) respectively, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)              an aggregate of 2,772,000 options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;

 

(ii)           the exercise price per share option are HK$4.30 and HK$4.66 respectively ; and

 

(iii)        the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 21, 2004

 

May 21, 2004 to May 20, 2009

 

40

%

May 21, 2005

 

May 21, 200 5 to May 20, 2009

 

30

%

May 21, 2006

 

May 21, 200 6 to May 20, 2009

 

30

%

 

F - 59



 

(e)           According to resolutions passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated July 20, 2004, a total of 112,668,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors, independent non-executive directors, non-executive directors, middle to senior management of the Group) respectively, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)    an aggregate of 3,366,000 options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;

 

(ii)   the exercise price per share option is HK$5.92; and

 

(iii)  the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 20, 2005

 

July 20, 2005 to July 19, 2010

 

40

%

July 20, 2006

 

July 20, 2006 to July 19, 2010

 

30

%

July 20, 2007

 

July 20, 2007 to July 19, 2010

 

30

%

 

(f)     According to resolutions passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated December 21, 2004, a total of 654,000 share options were granted to the executive directors of the Company, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)    the exercise price per share option is HK$6.20; and

 

(ii)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 21, 2005

 

December 21, 2005 to December 20, 2010

 

40

%

December 21, 2006

 

December 21, 2006 to December 20, 2010

 

30

%

December 21, 2007

 

December 21, 2007 to December 20, 2010

 

30

%

 

All of the options granted are governed by the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme and Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme as mentioned above.

 

(g)          Details of share options exercised during the year were as following:

 

Period of option
exercised

 

Exercise price

 

Weighted average
closing price per
share immediately
before days of
exercise of options

 

Proceeds received

 

Number of
shares involved

 

 

 

HK$

 

HK$

 

HK$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 5, to September 22, 200 4

 

6.18

 

9 . 42

 

52,604 , 160

 

8,512 ,000

 

May 25, to December 31, 200 4

 

4 . 30

 

6 . 09

 

7,774 , 400

 

1,808,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,378,560

 

10,320,000

 

 

F - 60



 

31 .        RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The table set forth below summarizes the name of significant related parties and nature of relationship with the Company as of December 31, 200 4 :

 

Name of related parties

 

Nature of relationship with the Company

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”)

 

Ultimate parent company

Unicom NewSpace Co., Ltd (“Unicom NewSpace”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. ( “Unicom Xingye”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom Import and Export Company Limited (“ Unicom I/E Co”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunication Corporation Limited (“New Guoxin”, originally known as “Guoxin Paging”, which changed to its present name on April 29, 2004)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

UNISK (Beijing) Information Technology Corporation Limited (“UNISK”)

 

A joint venture company of Unicom Group

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

China Unicom International Limited (“Unicom International”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

China Unicom USA Corporation (“Unicom USA”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

 

F - 61



 

(a)    Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries

 

The following is a summary of significant recurring transactions carried out with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries. These transactions also constitute connected transactions under the Listing Rules. In the director’s opinion, these transactions were carried out on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

 

Note

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

(i), (iii)

 

1,678,637

 

1,002,702

 

220,174

 

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

(ii), (iii)

 

331,179

 

316,271

 

63,891

 

Revenue remitted in respect of cellular subscriber value-added service

 

(iv), (v)

 

 

 

858,778

 

Charge for customer services

 

(iv), (vi)

 

 

 

524,718

 

Charge for cellular subscriber value-added service by UNISK

 

(vii)

 

 

 

4,228

 

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

(viii)

 

17,817

 

17,936

 

25,528

 

Rental income for premises and facilities

 

(iv), (ix)

 

 

 

19,475

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity

 

(x)

 

566,519

 

185,086

 

38,853

 

CDMA network capacity lease rental

 

(xi)

 

891,897

 

3,515,364

 

6,588,926

 

Constructed capacity related cost of CDMA network

 

(xii)

 

 

 

305,903

 

Charges for the international gateway services

 

(xiii)

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

17,062

 

Leasing of satellite transmission capacity

 

(xiv)

 

35,153

 

26,400

 

14,152

 

Sales of CDMA handsets

 

(xv)

 

487,850

 

64,929

 

 

Purchase of CDMA handsets

 

(xvi)

 

 

 

14,655

 

Purchase of telecom cards

 

(xvii)

 

877,221

 

1,186,500

 

1,087,498

 

Commission expenses for sales agency services incurred for telecom cards

 

(xviii)

 

18,497

 

16,175

 

16,023

 

Agency fee incurred for subscriber development

 

(iv), (xix)

 

 

 

9,054

 

Agency fee incurred for procurement of telecommunications equipment

 

(xx)

 

13,992

 

17,904

 

17,759

 

Rental for the PRC corporate office

 

(x xi)

 

7,598

 

 

 

Sales of telecommunications equipment

 

(x xii)

 

16,088

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

Interconnection revenues represent the amounts received or receivable from Unicom Group for calls from its networks to the Group’s networks. Roaming revenues represent revenue for calls made using the Group’s networks by Unicom Group’s subscribers.

 

 

 

(ii)

 

Interconnection charges are for calls made from the Group’s networks to Unicom Group’s networks. Roaming expenses represent expenses for calls made by the Group’s subscribers using Unicom Group’s networks.

 

 

 

(iii)

 

Interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s network and the Group’s network is based on standards established from time to time by the MII. In the case of calls between cellular subscribers in different provinces, settlement is based on either the standards established by the MII or an internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group based on their respective internal costs of providing this service. Also, charges for roaming services between the Group and Unicom Group are based on their respective internal costs of providing these services.

 

F - 62



 

(iv)

 

Related party transactions existed between the Group and New Guoxin after the sale of New Guoxin by CUCL on December 31, 2003. The nature, terms and conditions of these new related party transactions with New Guoxin have been set forth in the shareholders’ circular “Connected Transactions” of the Company issued on November 26, 2003. Such transactions mainly included (i) cellular subscriber value-added services, (ii) customer services, (iii) agency services, and (iv) provision of premises.

 

 

 

(v)

 

Pursuant to the Comprehensive Operator Service Agreement (“Comprehensive Service Agreement”) signed between the Group and New Guoxin dated November 20, 2003, New Guoxin provides operator-based value-added services to the Group’s cellular subscribers through its comprehensive business network. The respective branches of New Guoxin and the Group may agree on the proportion for sharing the revenue derived from such value-added services, on the condition that such agreed proportion for New Guoxin shall not be higher than the average proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide value-added telecommunications content to the Group in the same region.

 

 

 

(vi)

 

Pursuant to the Comprehensive Service Agreement, New Guoxin provides business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling, and customer interview and subscriber retention services to the Group’s customers through the use of its 1001 paging network. The service fee payable by the Group shall be calculated on the basis of the customer service costs plus a profit margin, which shall not exceed 10%. The customer service costs were determined by the actual cost per operator seat and the number of effective operator seats.

 

 

 

(vii)

 

CUCL and UNISK signed a Cellular Subscriber Value-Added Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) in March 2004. According to the Agreement, CUCL agreed to provide its telecommunication channel and network subscriber resources to UNISK to enable UNISK to provide value-added services to subscribers through CUCL’s cellular telecommunications network and data platform. The Agreement also stipulates that the content service fees paid by subscribers for using UNISK’s value-added services are shared between CUCL and UNISK based on agreed proportion. The content service fees are collected from subscribers by CUCL and the relevant portion is paid to UNISK on a regular basis.

 

 

 

(viii)

 

CUCL, Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL) and Unicom New World respectively signed service agreements with Unicom Group to mutually lease premises, equipment and facilities from each other. Rentals are based on the lower of depreciation costs and market rates.

 

 

 

( ix )

 

Pursuant to the Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement signed between the Group and New Guoxin dated November 20, 2003, the Group agreed to provide premises to New Guoxin. The rental amount in each case is based on the higher of depreciation costs and market price for similar premises in that locality.

 

F - 63



 

(x)

 

Unicom Group leases transmission line capacity from the Group in accordance with the relevant provision of the services agreement. Revenue for leases of transmission line capacity is based on tariffs stipulated by MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%.

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, according to the leased line agreement entered into between the Group and Unicom USA, the Group leases transmission line to Unicom USA. The revenue for the leases of transmission line was recognized based on the market price amounted to approximately RMB14 million for the nine months ended September 2004 (2003: Nil). Such transaction became inter-group transactions and has been eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements after the acquisition of Unicom International in September 2004.

 

 

 

(xi)

 

According to the CDMA Lease Agreements entered among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL covering 9 provinces and 3 municipalities. The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on a basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return of 8%. In addition, Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL) and Unicom New World have also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon. The terms of the leasing arrangements are in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA Lease Agreement entered into by CUCL (see Note 32 for details).

 

 

 

( xii )

 

CUCL and Unicom New World entered into a supplemental agreement with Unicom New Horizon on November 22, 2004 in respect of CDMA capacity lease agreement. Pursuant to the supplemental agreement, the constructed capacity related costs shall be borne by the Group only to the extent of such part of costs that corresponds to the proportion of capacity actually leased under the relevant CDMA lease agreements. Such part of the constructed capacity related costs that corresponds to the proportion of capacity not actually leased under the relevant CDMA lease shall be borne by Unicom New Horizon.

 

 

 

 

 

The constructed capacity related costs are defined as the costs of operating and managing the CDMA network which relate directly to the constructed capacity of the CDMA network, including the rental fees for stations and base stations and related expenses including water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc., as well as maintenance costs of a non-capital nature.

 

 

 

(xiii)

 

Charges for international gateway services represent the amounts paid or payable to Unicom Group for international gateway services provided for the Group’s international long distance networks. The charge for this service is based on the cost of operation and maintenance of the international gateway facilities incurred by Unicom Group, including depreciation, together with a margin of 10% over cost.

 

 

 

(xiv)

 

Satellite transmission capacity leasing fees represent the amounts paid or payable to Unicom NewSpace for the use of satellite transmission capacity. The charges are based on the MII regulations then in effect less the applicable discount up to 10% as agreed with Unicom NewSpace.

 

 

 

 

 

In the second half of 2004, Unicom NewSpace sold the entire assets of satellite transmission to Unicom Group. The rights and liabilities of satellite transmission capacity lease agreement were succeeded by Unicom Group.

 

F - 64



 

(xv)

 

According to the sales of CDMA handsets agreement entered into between Unicom Group and Unicom Guomai Communications Corporation Limited (previously a subsidiary of New Guoxin and sold to China Satellite Communications Corporation in August 2004, “Unicom Guomai”) on January 1, 2003, Unicom Group agreed to purchase CDMA handsets from Unicom Guomai. The selling price was negotiated on an arm’s length basis, which is not lower than the price sold by Unicom Guomai to independent third parties. Upon the completion of sales of New Guoxin on December 31, 2003, transactions between Unicom Guomai and Unicom Group did not constitute a related party transaction of the Company.

 

 

 

(xvi)

 

According to the purchase of CDMA handset agreement entered into between Unicom NewSpace and certain subsidiaries of the Group, the Group agreed to purchase CDMA handsets from Unicom NewSpace. The purchase price approximated market price.

 

 

 

(xvii)

 

The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom Group to purchase telephone cards from Unicom Group (to be imported by Unicom Xingye) at cost plus a margin to be agreed from time to time, but not to exceed 20%, and subject to appropriate volume discounts.

 

 

 

(xviii)

 

Unicom International provided sales agency services such as selling of telecommunications cards, leased lines and transfer calls to the Group. The commission expenses are charged based on contractual prices which approximated market rates.

 

 

 

 

 

Prior to September 2004, the Group’s transactions with Unicom International (previously a subsidiary of Unicom Group) were treated as related party transaction, and had been included in the related party transactions described above for the year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Such transaction became inter-group transactions and has been eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements starting from September 2004.

 

 

 

(xix)

 

Pursuant to the Comprehensive Service Agreement, New Guoxin provides subscriber development services to the Group through telephone or other channels by utilizing its paging network, equipment and operators. The agency fee chargeable to the Group does not exceed the average of agency fees chargeable by any independent third party agent in the same region.

 

 

 

(xx)

 

The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom I/E Co., in which Unicom I/E Co. agreed to provide equipment procurement services to the Group. Unicom I/E Co. charges the Group 0.7% of the value of imported equipment and 0.5% of the value of domestic equipment for such services.

 

 

 

 

 

On November 22, 2004, the Group entered into an amendment agreement with Unicom I/E Co., with respect to the above service agreement. Accordingly, with effect from July 1, 2004, the charge rates for the equipment procurement service have been changed to 0.55% (for contract with an amount of US$30 million (inclusive)) and 0.35% (for contract with an amount of more than US$30 million) of the value of imported equipment, and 0.25% (for contract with an amount of RMB200 million (inclusive)) and 0.l5% (for contract with an amount mort than RMB200 million) of the value of domestic equipment.

 

 

 

(x xi )

 

CUCL signed a rental agreement with Beijing Xingye, under which Beijing Xingye leases office premises to CUCL at its PRC corporate office. Monthly rental is calculated on the basis of US$20 per square meter. This rental agreement was terminated in September 2002.

 

 

 

(x xi i)

 

Based on a resolution passed by the shareholders of Unicom Guomai on April 23, 2002, Unicom Guomai agreed to sell telecommunications equipment to certain branches of Unicom Group, these contracts were obtained by Unicom Guomai through a tendering process and the contract prices were negotiated on an arm’s length basis.

 

F - 65



 

(xxiii)

 

Unicom Group is the registered proprietor of the “Unicom” trademark in English and the trademark bearing the “Unicom” logo, which is registered at the PRC State Trademark Bureau. Pursuant to an exclusive PRC trademark license agreement entered into between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and its affiliates are granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty free basis for an initial period of 5 years, renewable at CUCL’s option.

 

 

 

 

 

As part of the acquisition arrangements of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World entered into PRC trademark license agreement with Unicom Group respectively. Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL) and Unicom New World are granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty free basis for an initial period of 10 years, renewable for another 10 years at CUCL and Unicom New World’s options.

 

 

 

(xxiv)

 

According to the Multiple Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) signed between the Group and Unicom Paging Limited (“Unicom Paging”, a subsidiary of Unicom Group) dated August 1, 2001, the Group and Unicom Paging agree to share the right to use the other party’s logo and trademark in the Paging Business(discontinued in 2004) at no cost. In addition, the Agreement also specifies the basis of allocating common expenses incurred by each party for any shared resources and facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, the amount of common expenses involved was insignificant.

 

(b)      Amounts due from and to related parties/Unicom Group

 

Amounts due from and to related parties or Unicom Group are unsecured, non-interest bearing, repayable on demand and arise in the ordinary course of business in respect of transactions with Unicom Group or the subsidiaries of Unicom Group as described in (a) above.

 

(c)      Amount due to /(from) Unicom Group

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to Unicom Group, beginning of year

 

947,934

 

562,633

 

432,047

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

(1,678,637

)

(1,002,702

)

(220,174

)

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

331,179

 

316,271

 

63,891

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity , premises and facilities

 

(566,519

)

(185,086

)

(38,853

)

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

17,817

 

17,936

 

25,528

 

Sales of CDMA mobile handsets

 

(487,850

)

(64,929

)

 

Charges for the international gateway services

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

17,062

 

Leasing of satellite transmission capacity

 

 

 

7,076

 

Network construction costs paid by Unicom Group for CUCL of fixed-line networks

 

112,474

 

 

 

Settlement made during the year

 

1,032,163

 

224,158

 

(797,978

)

Proceeds (receivable)/ received from sale of New Guoxin

 

 

(450,000

)

450,000

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group by Unicom New Century

 

838,446

 

 

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group by Unicom New World

 

 

1,005,135

 

 

Due to /(from) Unicom Group, end of year

 

562,633

 

432,047

 

(61,401

)

 

F - 66



 

(d) Bank loans guaranteed by Unicom Group

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Group had a pproximately RMB 6 , 779 million ( 2003: RMB11,604 million ) of long-term bank loans and approximately RMB 3,397 million ( 2003: RMB70 million ) of short-term bank loans guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

3 2 .   LEASING OF CDMA NETWORK CAPACITY

 

In November 2001, CUCL entered into a CDMA capacity lease agreement (the “CDMA Lease Agreement”) with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon. Pursuant to the CDMA Lease Agreement, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL covering the 9 provinces of and 3 municipalities.

 

Major terms of the CDMA Lease Agreement include the following:

 

        CUCL has the exclusive right to lease and operate the CDMA network capacity in the above regions;

 

        The term of the CDMA Lease Agreement is for an initial period of 1 year (the “Initial Lease Term”), renewable for further one year terms at the option of the CUCL;

 

        The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on a basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return of 8%;

 

        CUCL has the option to add or reduce the capacity leased by giving specified period of advance notice.  There is no minimum requirement on the network capacity to be leased beyond the Initial Lease Term; and

 

        CUCL has the option to purchase the network assets.  The acquisition price will be negotiated between the CUCL and Unicom New Horizon, based on the appraised value of the network determined by an independent appraiser, provided that it will not exceed such price as would, add together with any lease payments made previously, enable Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment with an internal rate of return of 8%.

 

Commencement of the CDMA Lease Agreement was conditional upon, among others, the testing and initial acceptance and delivery of phase I of the CDMA network and the receipt of all necessary government approvals. Upon the fulfillment of all the conditions precedent to the commencement of the CDMA Lease Agreement, the Initial Lease Term commenced on January 8, 2002. This lease arrangement has been accounted for as an operating lease of the network capacities. On January 8, 2004, CUCL renewed the CDMA Lease Agreement with Unicom New Horizon for a further one year.

 

Unicom New Century (which has been merged into and succeeded by CUCL) and Unicom New World have also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon in November 2002 and November 2003 respectively. The terms of these leasing arrangements are in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA Lease Agreement entered into by CUCL as described above except for the leased capacity. Under these lease agreements, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL covering 6 provinces, 2 autonomous regions and 1 municipality and to Unicom New World covering 6 provinces and 3 autonomous regions. On December 31, 2003, CUCL renewed the CDMA Lease Agreement with Unicom New Horizon for a further year.

 

F - 67



 

The aforementioned CDMA network capacity leases have constituted continuing connected transactions for the Company and were granted waivers from strictly compliance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules by the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on December 27, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003 respectively. Such waivers will expire by the end of 2004, 2005 and 2006 respectively. According to the shareholders’ circular “Continuing Connected Transactions” of the Company dated December 1, 2004, CUCL and Unicom New World have determined to renew the CDMA Lease Agreements with Unicom New Horizon with the same terms as contained in the above CDMA Lease Agreement, effective on January 8, 2005 and December 31, 2004 respectively. The above continuing connected transactions to renew the leasing of CDMA network capacity have been approved and resolution passed by the minority shareholders of the Company pursuant to the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting held by the Company on  December 23, 2004.

 

The Group entered into a new CDMA capacity lease agreement with Unicom New Horizon to replace the old one from January 1, 2005 after the approval of the shareholders on May 12, 2005. For details of the changes of key terms in the new agreement, please refer to Note 37(b)(i).

 

33 .   TRANSACTIONS WITH DOMESTIC CARRIERS

 

The Group s telecommunications networks depend, in large part, on interconnection with domestic carriers’ public switched telephone network and on transmission lines leased from major domestic carriers.  Major domestic carriers include China Telecommunications Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Telecom”), China Mobile Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Mobile”) and China Network Communication Group Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Netcom”).

 

(a)    Transactions with domestic carriers

 

The following is a summary of significant transactions with domestic carriers in the ordinary course of business:

 

 

 

Note

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(i)

 

771,751

 

1,647,221

 

2,889,497

 

Interconnection charges

 

(i)

 

2,666,186

 

5,301,792

 

7,003,262

 

Leased line revenue

 

(ii)

 

 

218,974

 

247,676

 

Leased line charges

 

(ii)

 

680,508

 

722,684

 

628,173

 

 


Note s :

 

(i)

 

The interconnection revenue and charges mainly represent the amounts due from or to domestic carriers for telephone calls made between the Group’s networks and the public switched telephone network of domestic carriers. The interconnection settlements are calculated in accordance with interconnection agreements reached between the branches of the Group and domestic carriers on a provincial basis. The terms of these agreements are set in accordance with the standard settlement arrangement stipulated by the MII.

 

 

 

(ii)

 

Leased line charges are paid or payable to domestic carriers by the Group for the provision of transmission line. At the same time, the Group leases transmission line to domestic carriers in return of leased line rental income. The charges are calculated at a fixed charge per line, depending on the number of lines being used by the Group and domestic carriers.

 

F - 68



 

(b)    Amounts due from and to domestic carriers

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Receivable for interconnection revenue and leased line revenue

 

184,729

 

270,068

 

- Less: provision for doubtful debts

 

(116

)

(149

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184,613

 

269,919

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Payables for interconnection charges and leased lines charges

 

778,841

 

948,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term payable due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Payables for obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

25,435

 

25,926

 

- Obligations under finance leases

 

99,719

 

97,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,154

 

123,564

 

 

All amounts due from and to domestic carriers were unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable within one year.

 

Long-term payable for obligations under finance lease was related to the leasing of certain sub sea transmission cables from a domestic carrier for a period of 25 years (see Note 28).

 

34 .   SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Operating segments represent components of an enterprise regarding which separate financial information is available for regular evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, when considering how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

 

The Group organizes its business segments based on the various types of telecommunications services provided to customers in the PRC. The major business segments operated by the Group are classified as below:

 

      GSM Business — the provision of GSM telephone and related services;

      CDMA Business — the provision of CDMA telephone and related services, through a leasing arrangement of CDMA network capacities from Unicom New Horizon (see Note 3 2 );

      Data and Internet Business — the provision of domestic and international data, Internet and other related services;

      Long Distance Business — the provision of domestic and international long distance and other related services; and

      Paging Business — the provision of paging and related services (discontinued in 2004).

 

The operating segments are managed separately because each operating segment represents a strategic business unit that provides various kinds of telecommunication services. All the operating segments of the Group have been aggregated into the above reportable segments since they are expected to exhibit similar future economic characteristics under central management at separate locations.

 

The Group’s primary measure of segment results is based on segment income or loss before taxation.

 

F - 69



 

(a)    Business segments

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

Unallocated amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating r evenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

31,997,020

 

16,164,333

 

2,685,083

 

879,281

 

 

 

 

51,725,717

 

Monthly fee

 

6,922,400

 

4,638,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,560,424

 

Interconnection revenue

 

2,614,268

 

927,288

 

131,371

 

454,383

 

 

 

 

4,127,310

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

344,014

 

512,134

 

 

 

 

856,148

 

Other revenue

 

5,045,547

 

2,489,957

 

502,266

 

2,211

 

 

 

 

8,039,981

 

Total services revenue

 

46,579,235

 

24,219,602

 

3,662,734

 

1,848,009

 

 

 

 

76,309,580

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

886,527

 

2,118,321

 

14,782

 

2,401

 

 

 

 

3,022,031

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

47,465,762

 

26,337,923

 

3,677,516

 

1,850,410

 

 

 

 

79,331,611

 

Intersegment revenue

 

135,521

 

107,477

 

2,059,881

 

1,264,140

 

 

(3,567,019

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

47,601,283

 

26,445,400

 

5,737,397

 

3,114,550

 

 

 

 

79,331,611

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(284,092

)

(6,685,059

)

(361,412

)

(67,565

)

 

 

 

(7,398,128

)

Interconnection charges

 

(6,452,988

)

(2,794,843

)

(917,294

)

(918,480

)

 

3,567,019

 

(7,516,586

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(16,170,745

)

(438,957

)

(1,795,499

)

(530,695

)

(5,133

)

(122,045

)

(19,063,074

)

Personnel

 

(2,917,299

)

(861,614

)

(443,466

)

(279,664

)

(24,057

)

 

 

(4,526,100

)

Selling and marketing

 

(5,755,780

)

(11,337,638

)

(1,387,453

)

(463,477

)

 

 

 

(18,944,348

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(7,016,838

)

(2,206,458

)

(865,889

)

(320,115

)

(38,941

)

 

 

(10,448,241

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(742,177

)

(2,708,699

)

(22,371

)

(5,742

)

 

 

 

(3,478,989

)

Total operating expenses

 

(39,339,919

)

(27,033,268

)

(5,793,384

)

(2,585,738

)

(68,131

)

 

 

(71,375,466

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

8,261,364

 

(587,868

)

(55,987

)

528,812

 

(68,131

)

 

 

7,956,145

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (New Guoxin)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,956,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

67,526

 

11,093

 

5,504

 

3,653

 

129,512

 

(114,381

)

102,907

 

Finance costs

 

(1,599,084

)

(36,755

)

(17,569

)

(36,962

)

(112,429

)

114,381

 

(1,688,418

)

Other income   (expense), net

 

14,725

 

42,695

 

(1,195

)

140

 

39,625

 

 

 

95,990

 

Segment income (loss) before t axation and minority interests

 

6,744,531

 

(570,835

)

(69,247

)

495,643

 

(11,423

)

 

 

6,466,624

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,079,625

)

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,386,999

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,386,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

1,317,374

 

645,47 0

 

164,514

 

64,462

 

 

 

 

2,191,820

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statement of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

6,396,406

 

 

2,444, 623

 

1,949, 202

 

7,595,817

 

 

 

18,386,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Continuing operation

 

Discontinued
operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

Paging
Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating r evenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

29,072,249

 

11,671,523

 

2,443,610

 

1,148,040

 

 

 

 

 

44,335,422

 

Monthly fee

 

7,042,299

 

3,488,411

 

9,085

 

 

612,999

 

 

 

 

11,152,794

 

Interconnection revenue

 

1,926,907

 

607,830

 

361,514

 

365,724

 

1,654

 

 

 

 

3,263,629

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

420,433

 

701,549

 

 

 

 

 

1,121,982

 

Other revenue

 

2,262,156

 

855,754

 

202,441

 

57,835

 

788,400

 

 

 

 

4,166,586

 

Total services revenue

 

40,303,611

 

16,623,518

 

3,437,083

 

2,273,148

 

1,403,053

 

 

 

 

64,040,413

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

862,777

 

1,956,452

 

7,814

 

14,914

 

753,955

 

 

 

 

3,595,912

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

41,166,388

 

18,579,970

 

3,444,897

 

2,288,062

 

2,157,008

 

 

 

 

67,636,325

 

Intersegment revenue

 

41,057

 

41,725

 

1,826,222

 

866,728

 

230,075

 

 

(3,005,807

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

41,207,445

 

18,621,695

 

5,271,119

 

3,154,790

 

2,387,083

 

 

 

 

67,636,325

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(339,410

)

(3,576,498

)

(294,888

)

(78,027

)

(80,084

)

 

48,525

 

(4,320,382

)

Interconnection charges

 

(5,478,520

)

(1,684,749

)

(732,210

)

(752,521

)

 

 

2,727,207

 

(5,920,793

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(13,117,906

)

(306,754

)

(1,305,239

)

(419,346

)

(1,144,922

)

(5,650

)

(85,476

)

(16,385,293

)

Personnel

 

(2,605,475

)

(660,894

)

(525,726

)

(333,051

)

(415,554

)

(33,846

)

 

 

(4,574,546

)

Selling and marketing

 

(4,605,600

)

(9,141,877

)

(883,495

)

(405,904

)

(126,018

)

 

6,059

 

(15,156,835

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(5,571,493

)

(1,363,927

)

(761,405

)

(462,081

)

(916,418

)

(37,550

)

489

 

(9,112,385

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(765,926

)

(2,177,168

)

(22,250

)

(4,231

)

(907,697

)

 

225,227

 

(3,652,045

)

Total operating expenses

 

(32,484,330

)

(18,911,867

)

(4,525,213

)

(2,455,161

)

(3,590,693

)

(77,046

)

 

 

(59,122,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

8,723,115

 

(290,172

)

745,906

 

699,629

 

(1,203,610

)

(77,046

)

 

 

8,514,046

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (New Guoxin)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(663,279

)

(663,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,850,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

58,006

 

7,013

 

4,589

 

3,400

 

9,099

 

106,734

 

(15,808

)

173,033

 

Finance costs

 

(1,754,050

)

(32,078

)

(62,791

)

(56,946

)

(5,238

)

(40,727

)

15,808

 

(1,936,022

)

Other income   (expense), net

 

(21,609

)

3,680

 

(4,741

)

1,488

 

39,868

 

(10,615

)

 

 

8,071

 

Segment income (loss) before t axation and minority interests

 

7,005,462

 

(311,557

)

682,963

 

647,571

 

(1,159,881

)

(21,654

)

 

 

6,095,849

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,888,381

)

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,207,468

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,217,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

1,116,523

 

397,810

 

125,676

 

75,870

 

34,008

 

 

 

 

1,749,887

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statement of income

 

 

 

 

 

528,038

 

 

 

 

528,038

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

8,906,166

 

 

4,128,985

 

2,555,252

 

35,126

 

4,129,690

 

 

 

19,755,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2004

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment assets

 

10 0 , 220,012

 

6,183,758

 

9,470,980

 

18,042,840

 

62,101,761

 

(50,390,158

)

145, 629 , 193

 

Total segment liabilities

 

48 , 676 , 856

 

7,663,420

 

4,437,311

 

5,408,689

 

6,632,463

 

 

 

7 2 , 818 , 739

 

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2003

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

 

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment assets

 

104,430,531

 

4,717,167

 

8,611,873

 

19,061,967

 

 

 

63,234,534

 

(50,218,142

)

149, 83 7, 930

 

Total segment liabilities

 

56,837,496

 

6,561,772

 

3,975,293

 

6,918,025

 

 

 

5,929,85 4

 

 

 

80,222,440

 

 

F - 70



 

 

 

200 2

 

 

 

Continuing operation

 

Discontinued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

CDMA Business

 

Internet and Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

operation

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

Paging Business

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

20,274,987

 

2,231,050

 

2,069,415

 

1,223,051

 

 

 

 

 

25,798,503

 

Monthly fee

 

4,169,129

 

713,483

 

9,478

 

 

1,912,786

 

 

 

 

6,804,876

 

Interconnection revenue

 

1,709,771

 

184,296

 

348,248

 

664,302

 

113,123

 

 

 

 

3,019,740

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

274,274

 

873,054

 

 

 

 

 

1,147,328

 

Other revenue

 

1,234,038

 

96,518

 

91,624

 

5,316

 

135,279

 

 

 

 

1,562,775

 

Total services revenue

 

27,387,925

 

3,225,347

 

2,793,039

 

2,765,723

 

2,161,188

 

 

 

 

38,333,222

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

721,100

 

423,057

 

5,631

 

13,258

 

1,080,257

 

 

 

 

2,243,303

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

28,109,025

 

3,648,404

 

2,798,670

 

2,778,981

 

3,241,445

 

 

 

 

40,576,525

 

Inter segment revenue

 

 

 

559,888

 

682,423

 

731,009

 

 

(1,973,320

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

28,109,025

 

3,648,404

 

3,358,558

 

3,461,404

 

3,972,454

 

 

 

 

40,576,525

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(205,374

)

(932,994

)

(221,028

)

(93,079

)

(136,024

)

 

5,244

 

(1,583,255

)

Interconnection charges

 

(3,386,592

)

(279,440

)

(408,843

)

(555,470

)

 

 

1,400,705

 

(3,229,640

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(8,322,549

)

(100,902

)

(697,188

)

(687,420

)

(1,442,836

)

(4,829

)

 

 

(11,255,724

)

Personnel

 

(1,780,173

)

(281,243

)

(396,150

)

(290,977

)

(555,261

)

(31,414

)

 

 

(3,335,218

)

Selling and marketing

 

(2,663,531

)

(2,126,475

)

(651,594

)

(305,505

)

(238,640

)

 

4,797

 

(5,980,948

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(3,370,938

)

(506,715

)

(590,531

)

(501,657

)

(597,427

)

(65,726

)

1,144

 

(5,631,850

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(744,640

)

(408,791

)

(11,299

)

(5,049

)

(1,626,157

)

 

559,730

 

(2,236,206

)

Total operating expenses

 

(20,473,797

)

(4,636,560

)

(2,976,633

)

(2,439,157

)

(4,596,345

)

(101,969

)

 

 

(33,252,841

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

7,635,228

 

(988,156

)

381,925

 

1,022,247

 

(623,891

)

(101,969

)

 

 

7,323,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

48,503

 

4,146

 

4,525

 

5,516

 

17,374

 

390,218

 

 

 

470,282

 

Finance costs

 

(1,287,443

)

(47,979

)

(72,864

)

(48,789

)

(8,348

)

(9,018

)

 

 

(1,474,441

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

(46,889

)

(10

)

(2,562

)

(152

)

24,993

 

8,261

 

 

 

(16,359

)

Segment income (loss) before taxation and minority interest

 

6,349,399

 

(1,031,999

)

311,024

 

978,822

 

(589,872

)

287,492

 

 

 

6,303,166

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,720,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,582,961

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,598,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

802,914

 

42,050

 

70,922

 

46,124

 

9,979

 

 

 

 

971,989

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statements of income

 

 

 

 

38,797

 

 

 

 

 

38,797

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

7,899,442

 

 

3,247,507

 

3,343,330

 

208,460

 

4,236,036

 

 

 

18,934,775

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 200 2

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA Business

 

Internet and Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

Paging Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment assets

 

97,888,808

 

5,724,427

 

7,081,704

 

13,876,837

 

8,410,871

 

58,016,167

 

(41,370,609

)

149,628,205

 

Total segment liabilities

 

67,666,655

 

5,788,290

 

2,785,794

 

3,826,692

 

2,205,343

 

136,639

 

 

 

82,409,413

 

 


(1) Capital expenditures classified under “unallocated amounts” represent capital expenditures on common facilities, which benefit all business segments.

 

F - 71



 

(b)    Geographical segments

 

The Group’s services users are mainly in the PRC. There is no other geographical segment with segment revenue from external customers equal to or greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue from sales to all external customers.

 

Although the Group has its corporate headquarters in Hong Kong, a substantial portion of the Group’s non-current assets (including property, plant and equipment and other assets) are situated in mainland China, as the Group’s principal activities are conducted in the PRC. For the year ended December 31, 2004, substantially all capital expenditures were incurred to acquire assets located in the mainland China. There is no other geographical segment with segment assets equal to or greater than 10% of the total assets of all geographical segments.

 

(c)    Discontinued operation

 

The subsidiary that carried out the Paging Business, New Guoxin, was disposed of on December 31, 2003, which has been reported as a discontinued operation (see Note 5).

 

3 5 . FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Financial assets of the Group include bank balances and cash, short-term bank deposits, accounts receivable, prepayment and other current assets, amounts due from related parties and domestic carriers. Financial liabilities of the Group include accounts payable and accrued liabilities, bank loans, lease payables and amounts due to related parties and domestic carriers.

 

Bank balances and cash and short-term bank deposits denominated in foreign currencies as summarized below, ha ve been translated to RMB at the applicable rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China as of December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

Original
currency

 

Exchange
rate

 

RMB
equivalent

 

Original
currency

 

Exchange
rate

 

RMB
equivalent

 

 

 

’000

 

 

 

RMB ’000

 

’000

 

 

 

RMB ’000

 

Bank balances and cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- denominated in HK$

 

19,126

 

1.06

 

20,382

 

75,562

 

1.06

 

80,406

 

- denominated in US dollars

 

81,888

 

8.27

 

677,764

 

4,803

 

8.28

 

39,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

 

 

 

 

 

698,146

 

 

 

 

 

120,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- denominated in US dollars

 

110,285

 

8.27

 

912,794

 

79,946

 

8.28

 

661,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

 

 

 

 

 

912,794

 

 

 

 

 

661,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

1,610,940

 

 

 

 

 

781,834

 

 

The Group did not have and does not believe it will have any difficulty in exchanging its foreign currency cash into RMB at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. The carrying amounts of the Group’s bank balances and cash, short-term bank deposits, other current financial assets and liabilities approximated their fair value as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 due to the nature or short maturity of those instruments.

 

F - 72



 

The carrying amounts of receivables and payables which are all subject to normal trade credit terms approximate their fair values.

 

The carrying amounts of long-term bank loans approximate their fair values based on prevailing market borrowing rates available for comparable bank loans with similar terms and maturities.

 

3 6 .   CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

 

(a)    Capital commitments

 

As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, t he Group had capital commitments, mainly in relation to the construction of telecommunications networks, as follows:

 

 

 

200 4

 

200 3

 

 

 

Land and
buildings

 

Equipment

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized and contracted for

 

659,435

 

4,387,705

 

5,047,140

 

6,711,938

 

Authorized but not contracted for

 

145,997

 

1,344,328

 

1,490,325

 

1,195,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

805,432

 

5,732,033

 

6,537,465

 

7,907,100

 

 

As of December 31, 2004 , approximately RMB 126 million ( 2003: RMB83 million ) of capital commitment outstanding was denominated in US dollars (equivalent to US$ 15 million ( 2003 US$10 million )).

 

F - 73



 

(b)    Operating lease commitments

 

As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Group had total future aggregate minimum operating lease payments under operating leases as follows:

 

 

 

200 4

 

200 3

 

 

 

Land and
buildings

 

Equipment

 

CDMA
network
capacities
(Note (a))

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases expiring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

612,169

 

138,852

 

5,930,037

 

6,681,058

 

7,150,023

 

- later than one year and not later than five years

 

1,703,163

 

211,034

 

 

1,914,197

 

1,391,120

 

- later than five years

 

1,011,280

 

56,423

 

 

1,067,703

 

953,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

3,326,612

 

406,309

 

5,930,037

 

9,662,958

 

9,495,060

 

 


Note (a):

In relation to the above CDMA network capacities commitment, it is estimated based on 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon in 2004 pursuant to the New CDMA Lease (see Note 37(b)(i) for details). The New CDMA Lease is to be approved by the minority shareholders of the Company.

 

(c)    Commitment to purchase CDMA handsets

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Group committed to purchase CDMA handsets amounted to approximately RMB1,968 million (2003: RMB920 million).

 

3 7.   EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET

 

(a)    Combination of Unicom New World

 

With approval of Ministry of Commerce, CUCL has planned to combine with Unicom New World. After the combination, Unicom New World will be legally dissolved and succeed by CUCL. As of June 16 , 200 5 , the relevant legal procedures regarding the combination have not been completed.

 

(b)    New connected transaction agreements

 

On March 24, 2005, CUCL and Unicom New World entered into the new agreements of “New Comprehensive Service Agreement”, “New CDMA Lease”, “New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement” and “New Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement” with Unicom Group, Unicom New Horizon and New Guoxin to replace the old agreements. The above new connected transaction agreements were effective from January 1, 2005, which have been approved and resolution passed by the minority shareholders of the Company pursuant to extraordinary shareholders’ meeting held by the Company on May 12, 2005. Changes of key terms in the new agreements and the old agreements are set out as follows:

 

F- 74



 

(i)                  New CDMA Lease

 

Pursuant to the New CDMA Lease, the CDMA lease has an initial term of two years (the “Initial Term”), and the lease fee of the CDMA Network shall be determined on the basis of the lessee’s services revenue, details as follows:

 

i.              in 2005, the lease fee shall be 29% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for that year, but shall not less than 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the old lease agreements for 2004 (see Note 32); and

 

ii.           in 2006, the lease fee shall be 30% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for that year, but shall not less than 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the New CDMA Lease agreement for 2005.

 

Pursuant to the New CDMA Lease, the constructed capacity related costs, including the rental fees for the exchange centers and the base stations, water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc., as well as the maintenance costs of a non-capital nature, shall be borne by the lessor and lessee together. The proportion of the constructed capacity related costs to be borne by the lessee shall be calculated on a monthly basis by reference to the actual number of cumulative CDMA subscribers of the Group at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, as a percentage of the total capacity available on the Network.

 

(ii)               New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement

 

Pursuant to the New Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, the Group shall retain 40% of the actually received revenue generated from the value-added services provided to the Group’s subscribers and allocate 60% of such revenue to New Guoxin and the settlement should be made among branches of the Group and New Guoxin respectively.

 

38 .        COMPARATIVE FIGURES

 

Certain comparative figures have been adjusted to reflect the retrospective adjustment of deferred tax assets in accordance with SSAP 12 adopted in 2003.

 

39.        APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on June 16, 2005.

 

F - 75



 

40.        SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN HK GAAP AND US GAAP

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group prepared under HK GAAP differ in certain material respects from those prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP relating to the Group are summarized below:

 

(A)        Effect of the acquisitions of entities under common control

 

Under HK GAAP, the Group has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International (the “Acquisitions”). Under the purchase method, the operating results of these acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group after the Acquisitions were effective. The differences between the costs of Acquisitions and the fair values of the separately identifiable net assets acquired h ave been recorded as goodwill /negative goodwill , which are amortized using the straight-line method over the relevant beneficial periods.

 

As the Group, Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International were under the common control of Unicom Group prior to the Acquisition s , these Acquisitions are considered as a transfer of businesses under common control and the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP.  Furthermore, the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International were always part of the Group. The cash consideration s paid by the Company are treated as capital distribution in the respective year s of the acquisition s . Goodwill /negative goodwill arising from the a cquisitions and the related amortization of goodwill /negative goodwill recognized under HK GAAP have been reversed under US GAAP. Transaction costs, which are capitalized as part of the cost of investment under HK GAAP, have been expensed in full under US GAAP.

 

(B)        Effect of the disposal of entity under common control

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of New Guoxin has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation by the Group. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of New Guoxin as of December 31, 2003 (the effective date of disposal) was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of income of the Group. The operating results of New Guoxin for 2003 were included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group up to the effective date of the sale.

 

Under US GAAP, the sale of New Guoxin to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value (see Note (H)). In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component, including a segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred as well as in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of New Guoxin have been grouped into and reported in the statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 as “Discontinued operation-Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

F - 76



 

(C) Consolidation of variable interest entities

 

Under HK GAAP, consolidation of business enterprises is based on voting control. Under US GAAP, pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (revised in December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”), consolidation by business enterprises is based on an economic risks and rewards model rather than a traditional voting interest model. Entities subject to consolidation under the economic risks and rewards model is called a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). In accordance with the provision of FIN 46R, the Group has identified one VIE, Unicom New Horizon, in which it holds a variable interest in the form of lease renewal options. Unicom New Horizon is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Group’s controlling shareholder, from which the Group leases its CDMA assets on a capacity-used basis under operating leases, subject to indefinite renewal options. The Group has concluded that its controlling shareholder is the primary beneficiary of Unicom New Horizon, since it absorbs all of Unicom New Horizon’s expected losses (through its ownership of 100% of Unicom New Horizon’s equity and an unconditional guarantee of 100% of Unicom New Horizon debt) and is indirectly associated with the operations of the leased CDMA assets through its majority ownership of the Group. As such, the adoption of FIN 46R did not result in any differences from the Group’s HK GAAP consolidated financial statements.

 

( D )        Revenue and costs recognition

 

(i)                 Upfront non-refundable revenue and related incremental cost

 

Under HK GAAP, upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, is recognized when received upon completion of activation services. Under US GAAP, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”, which was superseded by SAB No.104, “Revenue Recognition”, upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.  The expected customer service period for the Cellular Business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates. On this basis, the weighted average customer service period based on current estimation considering the prevailing market environment is approximately 4 years (2002: 6 years; 2003: 4 years). The effects of the change of accounting estimate were to increase the net income and earnings per share by approximately RMB 70 million and RMB 0.006 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2003 .

 

(ii)              Revenue a rrangements with m ultiple d eliverables

 

Under HK GAAP, revenue should be measured at the fair value of the consideration received and receivable. When the selling price of a product includes an identifiable amount for subsequent servicing, that amount is deferred and recognized as revenue over the period during which the service is performed. The amount deferred is that which will cover the expected costs of the services under the agreement, together with a reasonable income on those services.

 

Under US GAAP, pursuant to the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF Issue 00-21”), revenue-generating arrangements involving multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting and accounted for separately, if (i) the deliverables are independently functional or sufficiently separable and (ii) there is sufficient evidence of related fair vales. In 2004, the Group adopted the provisions of EITF Issue 00-21, which after an analysis of its various revenue-generating arrangements, except for (i) above, did not result in any differences from the Group’s HK GAAP consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 77



 

( E )          Employee housing schemes

 

Prior to the establishment of New Guoxin and CUCL, both China Telecom (the previous owner of New Guoxin prior to its restructuring into the Group) and Unicom Group provided housing benefits to qualified employees of the Group to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount . Under HK GAAP, housing benefits incurred and borne by China Telecom and Unicom Group for these employees were not recognized by the Group. Under US GAAP, the amount of such housing benefits is being recognized as part of the Group s operating expenses over the estimated average service life of the participating employees.  The corresponding credits are being accounted for as capital contributions. Upon the completion of sale of New Guoxin on December 31, 2003, the related housing benefits have been correspondingly accounted for with the net assets transferred.

 

( F )          Deferred taxation

 

Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 under HK GAAP, which has been retroactively applied to all periods presented, there is no longer a difference in accounting for deferred taxation between HK GAAP and US GAAP. The remaining adjustment related to deferred taxation represents the deferred tax effects of other US GAAP adjustments.

 

( G )        Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

 

Under HK GAAP, revaluation surplus in relation to buildings is recorded by the Group as part of the property, plant and equipment. Thereafter, depreciation is provided based on the revalued amounts. Under US GAAP, all property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, and prepaid land use rights are stated at the un amortized prepaid amount as part of other assets.

 

( H )        Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment and goodwill under HK GAAP are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amount has declined below the carrying amount.  When such a decline occurs, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount based on the expected future cash flows generated by the assets discounted to their present value.  A subsequent increase in the recoverable amount is written back to the statements of income when circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist.

 

(i)       Goodwill

 

Under HK GAAP, goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over the expected beneficial lives of the acquired businesses .

 

U nder US GAAP, upon the adoption of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), the Group no longer amortizes goodwill but, rather, assesses the goodwill of each identified reporting unit for impairment annually starting from January 1, 2002 . The adoption of SFAS 142 has resulted in a cumulative effect of accounting change of approximately RMB42,175,000 (net of tax approximately RMB20,773,000) on January 1, 2002 and has been reflected in the condensed statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2002 under US GAAP. Under US GAAP, there was no goodwill as of December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

F - 78



 

(ii)         Long-lived assets

 

On January 1, 2002, the Company has adopted Statements of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 (“SFAS 144”), which supersedes SFAS 121 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations, Reporting the Effects of Disposal of Segment of a Business and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”. SFAS 144 retains the previous accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used in operation as prescribed under SFAS 121, but also establishes more restrictive criteria that must be met to classify long-lived assets as held-for sale, and differentiates between long-lived assets that are disposed of by sale from those disposed of other than by sale. SFAS 144 also increases the range of dispositions that qualify for reporting as discontinued operations, and changes the manner in which expected future operating losses from such operations are to be reported.

 

Under SFAS 144, long-lived assets excluding goodwill are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is evaluated by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets, which is determined based on the estimated future discounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset held for continuous use.  Assets impaired or to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amounts or fair values less costs to sell, which result in a new cost basis for the impaired assets.  This new cost basis is not to be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in value.

 

Based on the above assessment performed and taking into account of the adoption of SFAS 144, no material differences arose in respect of the timing and the amount of impairment for equipment for the years ended December 31, 2002, 200 3 and 2004 .

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, as described in Note (B) above, the disposal of New Guoxin has been treated as a transfer of business between entities under common controls.  For this kind of distribution of a business to the owner in a spin-off, a re-assessment of the impairment of the long-lived assets of the business is required while they are classified as “held and used” and prior to the spin-off.  An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amounts of the long-lived assets of the business as of the effective date of disposal exceeded their fair values.  After considering the above impairment assessment, any difference between the sale proceeds and the new carrying values of assets and liabilities of the business is treated contribution by (or distribution to) the owner, as appropriate. Accordingly, an additional provision of impairment loss of the Paging assets amounting to approximately RM B 608 million was recorded under US GAAP as at the effective date of the sale of New Guoxin . T here was no adjustment to the shareholders’ equity since the sale proceeds approximated the new carrying values of the net assets of New Guoxin, after taking into consideration the additional impairment provision described above.

 

F - 79



 

( I )             Share option scheme

 

Under HK GAAP, the proceeds received from the exercise of the share options granted under the fixed award amended Share Option Scheme and Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme are to be recognized as an increase to capital upon the exercise of the share options as stated in Note 30 of the financial statements.

 

Under US GAAP, the Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 , “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) to account for its fixed award stock options issued to employees. Under APB 25, compensation expense is recorded in the amount of the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the shares on the date of grant over the exercise price of the options, which is amortized over the vesting period of the option. Since the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant did not exceed the exercise price of the options granted, no compensation cost for options has been recognized in the reconciliation of net income to US GAAP. In accordance with “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”(“SFAS 123”) as further amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure”(“SFAS 148”) which is effective for the year ended December 31, 2002, the required pro forma information to be disclosed is set forth below :

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB’000)

 

5,0 35,767

 

4,7 36,121

 

4,712,687

 

Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method (RMB’ 000)

 

(90,288

)

(86,855

)

(146,541

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma (RMB’000)

 

4, 945,479

 

4,6 49,266

 

4,566,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.401

 

0.37 7

 

0.375

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.39 4

 

0.37 0

 

0.364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.401

 

0.37 7

 

0.374

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.39 4

 

0.3 70

 

0.362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.0 12

 

3.7 73

 

3.752

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

3.9 40

 

3. 704

 

3.635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.0 12

 

3.7 68

 

3.738

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

3.9 40

 

3. 699

 

3.622

 

 

F - 80



 

( J )          Investment in equity securities

 

Under HK GAAP, negotiable equity securities including ownership interest in an enterprise, which are intended to be held on a continuing basis, are classified as investment securities and are stated at cost.  The carrying amounts of investment securities are written down to reflect any diminution in value expected to be other than temporary.  Provisions against the carrying value are reversed when the circumstances and events that led to the write-downs or write-offs cease to exist and if there is persuasive evidence that the new circumstances and events will persist for the foreseeable future.

 

Under US GAAP, equity securities which are not marketable and do not have readily determinable fair values are classified as other investments, which are stated at cost less impairment in value other than temporary.  If impairment in value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost of the investment is written down to its recoverable amount as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is included in the statements of income.  The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in value.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 , the Group did not have any investment in equity securities under HK GAAP and US GAAP. Accordingly, there was no recovery in the value of investments in equity securities under HK GAAP .

 

( K )        New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), which is a revision of SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the applicable vesting period. Pro forma disclosures of the statement of income effects of share-based payments are no longer an alternative. SFAS 123(R) is effective for all stock-based awards granted on or after June 15, 2005. In addition, companies must also recognize compensation expense related to any awards that are not fully vested as of June 15, 2005. Compensation expense for the unvested awards will be measured based on the fair value of the awards previously calculated in developing the pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123 and will be amortized over the remaining vesting period. The Group is currently assessing the impact of adopting SFAS 123(R) to its consolidated operating results and financial position.

 

F - 81



 

Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect net income of the Group are summarized below:

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income under HK GAAP

 

(1)

 

4,598,213

 

4,217,097

 

4,386,99 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of US GAAP adjustments:

 

(2 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A )

 

648,006

 

 

 

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A )

 

(109,221

)

 

 

Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century

 

(A )

 

 

88,794

 

85,476

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A )

 

(118,879

)

350,947

 

 

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A )

 

 

(49,378

)

 

Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New World

 

(A )

 

 

 

36,507

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom International

 

(A )

 

7,351

 

7,698

 

6,16 7

 

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

(A )

 

 

 

(325

)

Deferral of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(D )

 

(860,490

)

(1,417,474

)

(1,275,664

)

Amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(D )

 

526,982

 

1,223,938

 

1, 303,683

 

Deferral of direct incremental cost

 

(D )

 

776,387

 

1,417,474

 

1,273,515

 

Amortization of direct incremental cost

 

(D )

 

(435,385

)

(1,071,450

)

(1,188,804

)

Employee housing benefits

 

(E )

 

(18,532

)

(18,532

)

(14,942

)

Reversal of depreciation for revalued property, plant and equipment

 

(G )

 

7,485

 

7,485

 

4,127

 

Difference in provision for impairment and disposal loss of New Guoxin

 

(B )

 

 

55,078

 

 

Reversal of differences in provision for impairment loss of equipment upon depreciation and disposal

 

(H )

 

(3,538

)

(3,538

)

 

Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

 

(F )

 

59,563

 

(72,018

)

95,948

 

Effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142 (net of tax RMB20,773,000)

 

(H )

 

(42,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income under US GAAP (as restated in 2002 and 2003)

 

(2 )

 

5,035,767

 

4,7 36,121

 

4,712 ,687

 

 

F - 82



 

Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect shareholders equity of the Group are summarized below:

 

 

 

Note

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under HK GAAP

 

(1)

 

69,615,490

 

72,810,45 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of US GAAP adjustments:

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

(2,052,554

)

(2,052,554

)

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

(109,221

)

(109,221

)

Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

88,794

 

174,27 0

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

(946,370

)

(946,370

)

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

(49,378

)

(49,378

)

Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

 

36,50 7

 

Effect of acquisition of Unicom International

 

(A)

 

33,641

 

392

 

Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

(A)

 

 

(325

)

Deferred upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(D)

 

(5,953,520

)

(7,229,184

)

Accumulated amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(D)

 

2,646,464

 

3, 950,147

 

Deferred direct incremental cost

 

(D)

 

5,037,375

 

6,310,890

 

Accumulated amortization of direct incremental cost

 

(D)

 

(2,088,332

)

(3,277,136

)

Reversal of revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

(G)

 

(82,531

)

(82,531

)

Accumulated depreciation

 

(G)

 

15,351

 

19,478

 

Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

 

(F)

 

(209,065

)

(113,117

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under US GAAP (as restated in 2003)

 

(2)

 

65,946,144

 

69,442,322

 

 

F - 83



 


Note s :

 

(1)           Under HK GAAP, prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between net income as computed for taxation purpose and net income as stated in the statements of income. A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements . Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

The change in the accounting policy has resulted in an increase of opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2002 and 2003 by approximately RMB373,159,000 and RMB405,300,000, respectively, representing the deferred tax assets relating to the provision for doubtful debts previously not recognized. This change has resulted in an increase in deferred tax assets at January 1, 2003 by approximately RMB405,300,000.  The net income for the year ended December 31, 2002 has also been increased by approximately RMB32,141,000.

 

The adoption of SSAP 12 has also resulted in an increase of the deferred tax assets of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 by approximately RMB80,448,000.

 

Under HK GAAP, the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy w hich has been applied retrospectively so that the comparatives presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy.

 

(2)           In accordance with the US GAAP accounting as described in Note (A) above, the financial statements under US GAAP for prior periods presented have been retroactively restated to include Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International since the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 

F - 84



 

The following summarized the combin ed results of operations and the financial positions for the separate entities on a combined basis as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, restated to reflect the impact of the effects of the disposal of New Guoxin and Acquisition of entities under common control, which is accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP with prior periods restated as if the entities were always combined, and other differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP.

 

 

 

The Group
(before the
acquisition of
Unicom
International)
(Note(a))

 

Unicom
International
(Note(b))

 

Elimination

 

The Group
(after the
acquisition of
Unicom
International)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 200 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

50,415,248

 

24,322

 

(18,497

)

50,421,073

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,492,804

 

7, 351

 

 

5,500,155

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(422,213

)

 

 

(422,213

)

Effect of change in accounting policy

 

(42,175

)

 

 

(42,175

)

Net income

 

5,028,416

 

7, 351

 

 

5,035, 767

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.401

 

 

 

0.401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

71,958,253

 

46,265

 

(24,208

)

71,980,310

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

6,070,263

 

7,698

 

 

6,077,961

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(1,341,840

)

 

 

(1,341,840

)

Net income

 

4,728,423

 

7,698

 

 

4,736,121

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.377

 

 

 

0.377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

128,169,420

 

6 0,621

 

 

128,23 0,041

 

Current assets

 

22,243,284

 

9 7,186

 

(93,115

)

22,24 7,355

 

Total assets

 

150,412,704

 

157,807

 

(93,115

)

150,477,396

 

Non-current liabilities

 

40,593,548

 

 

 

40,593,548

 

Current liabilities

 

43,906,653

 

124,166

 

(93,115

)

43,937,704

 

Total liabilities

 

84,500,201

 

124,166

 

(93,115

)

84,531,252

 

Net assets

 

65,912,503

 

33,641

 

 

65,946,144

 

 

F - 85



 

 

 

The Group
(before the
acquisition of
Unicom
International)
(Note(a))

 

Unicom
International
(Note(b))

 

Elimination

 

The Group
(after the
acquisition of
Unicom
International)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

79,3 61,238

 

135,688

 

(108,612

)

79,3 88,314

 

Net income

 

4,703, 312

 

8,988

 

387

 

4,712,687

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.374

 

 

 

0.375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

128, 697,817

 

64,865

 

 

128, 762,682

 

Current assets

 

17,865,977

 

148,991

 

(162,776

)

17,852,192

 

Total assets

 

146,563, 794

 

213,856

 

(162,776

)

146,6 14,874

 

Non-current liabilities

 

31, 045,613

 

3,262

 

 

31, 048,875

 

Current liabilities

 

46,118,868

 

167,972

 

(163,163

)

46,123,677

 

Total liabilities

 

77,164,481

 

171,234

 

(163,163

)

77,172,552

 

Net assets

 

69,399, 313

 

42,622

 

387

 

69,442,322

 

 


Note (a): The above balances include the operating results and financial position of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World as of the end of and for all periods presented. Further, a s described in Note (B) above, New Guoxin was sold to Unicom Group effective on December 31, 2003. As a result, the balance sheet of the Group did not include the financial positions of New Guoxin as of December 31, 2003.

 

Note ( b ): The above represent the operating results and financial conditions of Unicom International for the whole years ended December 31 and as of year end.

 

F - 86



 

The following are the condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, condensed balance sheets information for the Group as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and additional financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, restated to reflect the impact of the effects of the disposal of New Guoxin and Acquisition of entities under common control which is accounted for at historical cost with retroactive restatement under US GAAP.

 

Condensed Statements of I ncome

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

(g)

 

50,421,073

 

71,980,310

 

79,388,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(g)

 

(2,102,165

)

(4,729,159

)

(7,398,429

)

Interconnection charges

 

(g)

 

(3,953,324

)

(6,111,437

)

(7,508,866

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(14,154,837

)

(16,757,294

)

(18,944,473

)

Personnel

 

 

 

(3,860,783

)

(4,654,670

)

(4,547,892

)

Selling and marketing

 

(g)

 

(8,100,225

)

(16,689,275

)

(18,989,186

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(g)

 

(7,286,952

)

(9,204,349

)

(10,471,208

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(g)

 

(1,203,368

)

(3,124,558

)

(3,342,797

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

(40,661,654

)

(61,270,742

)

(71,202,851

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

 

9,759,419

 

10,709,568

 

8,185,463

 

Interest income

 

 

 

477,490

 

170,486

 

103,441

 

Finance costs

 

 

 

(2,765,871

)

(2,319,096

)

(1,688,418

)

Other (expenses)  income, net

 

 

 

(45,734

)

(29,837

)

95,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations before taxation, discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

7,425,304

 

8,531,121

 

6,696,418

 

Taxation

 

(c)

 

(1,925,149

)

(2,453,160

)

(1,983,731

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before discontinued operation, and effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

5,500,155

 

6,077,961

 

4,712,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

 

(578,389

)

(1,762,222

)

 

Add: related tax impact

 

(c)

 

156,176

 

420,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(422,213

)

(1,341,840

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

5,077,942

 

4,736,121

 

4,712,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142

 

 

 

(62,948

)

 

 

Less: related tax impact

 

(c)

 

20,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

5,035,767

 

4,736,121

 

4,712,687

 

 

F - 87



 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(1)

 

0.438

 

0.484

 

0.375

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.034

)

(0.107

)

 

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.003

)

 

 

Net income

 

(1)

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

0.375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(2)

 

0.438

 

0.484

 

0.374

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.034

)

(0.107

)

 

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.003

)

 

 

Net income

 

(2)

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

0.374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(1), (3)

 

4.382

 

4.842

 

3.752

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.336

)

(1.069

)

 

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.034

)

 

 

Net income

 

(1), (3)

 

4.012

 

3.773

 

3.752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(2), (3)

 

4.382

 

4.836

 

3.738

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.336

)

(1.068

)

 

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.034

)

 

 

Net income

 

(2), (3)

 

4.012

 

3.7 68

 

3.738

 

 


Note s :

 

(1)                 Basic earnings per share before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were computed by dividing the net income before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years.

 

(2)                 Diluted earnings per share before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were computed by dividing the net income before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the cumulative effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares. All potential dilutive shares arose from share options granted (i) under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; and (ii) under the amended Share Option Scheme as described in Note 30. For 2004, all potential dilutive ordinary shares arose from additional share options granted in 2004 under the amended Share Option Scheme (see Note 30), which if converted to ordinary shares would decrease earnings per share. The anti-dilutive shares arising from the share options of approximately 31,944,000 shares (2002: 48,745,000 shares; 2003: 66,573,000 shares) were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

(3)                 Basic and diluted earnings per ADS before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy were computed by multiplying the earnings per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

F - 88



 

Condensed Balance Sheet s

 

 

 

Note

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

(c)

 

87 3,849

 

606,009

 

Amounts due from Unicom Group

 

 

 

 

61,401

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

176,061

 

193,048

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

184,613

 

269,919

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

(d)

 

3,156,310

 

3,059,714

 

Inventories

 

 

 

2,172,115

 

3,114,632

 

Account s receivable

 

 

 

8,992,234

 

9,163,487

 

Less: Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(3,498,305

)

(3,933,507

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

5,493,929

 

5,229,980

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

912,794

 

662,025

 

Bank balances and cash

 

 

 

9,277,684

 

4,655,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

22,24 7,355

 

17,852,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

(a)

 

118,170,805

 

118,700,674

 

Other assets

 

(b)

 

9,936,454

 

10,062,008

 

Deferred tax assets

 

(c)

 

12 2,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

150,477,396

 

146,6 14,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L iabilities   and equity Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(e)

 

17,127,113

 

16,785,749

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

 

 

432,047

 

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

110,272

 

5,760

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

778,841

 

948,574

 

Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

 

 

25,435

 

938,189

 

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

(f)

 

7,197,877

 

11,086,305

 

Taxes payable

 

 

 

623,929

 

395,688

 

Advances from customers

 

 

 

6,666,991

 

7,034,995

 

Short-term bank loans

 

 

 

10,975,199

 

8,928,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

43,937,704

 

46,123,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term bank loans

 

(f)

 

36,212,791

 

26,137, 188

 

Obligations under finance leases

 

 

 

99,719

 

488,956

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

4,277,761

 

4, 249,733

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(c)

 

 

170,420

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

3,277

 

2, 578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

40,593,548

 

31, 048,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ e quity

 

 

 

65,946,144

 

69,442,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liability and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

150,477,396

 

146,6 14,874

 

 

F - 89



 

Condensed Statement s of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2002, as previously reported before adjusting for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

61,884,081

 

Adjustment for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

36,535

 

Balance as of January 1,  2002, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

61,920,61 6

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2002

 

5,035,767

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

18,532

 

Contribution from owner

 

2,083,96 7

 

Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom New Century

 

(4,800,000

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2002, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

64,258,882

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

4,736, 121

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

18,532

 

Contribution from owner

 

1,673,693

 

Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom New World

 

(3,200,000

)

Distribution to owner

 

(286,942

)

Dividend paid

 

(1,255,300

)

Exercise of share options

 

1,158

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 200 3, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom International

 

65,946,144

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 200 4

 

4,712,687

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

14,942

 

Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom International

 

(39,416

)

Dividend paid

 

(1,256,160

)

Exercise of share options

 

64,125

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 200 4

 

69,442,322

 

 

F - 90



 

Condensed Cash Flow Statement s

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

18,235,412

 

2 5,992,889

 

24, 510,430

 

Investing activities

 

(10,260,814

)

(20,295,426

)

(19,668,070

)

Financing activities

 

(12,772,555

)

(11,397,136

)

(9,440,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(4,797,957

)

(5,699,673

)

(4,598,131

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

19,725,314

 

14,927,357

 

9,227,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

14,927,357

 

9,2 27,684

 

4,6 29,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

 

(2,697,644

)

(2,322,892

)

(1,662,419

)

 

Supplemental information

 

Payables to equipment suppliers for construction-in-progress during 2004 decreased by approximately RMB 775 million (2002: RMB1,502 million; 2003: RMB3,799 million).

 

(a)          Property, Plant and Equipment, net

 

 

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

12,800,363

 

15,395,232

 

Telecommunication equipment

 

116,385,370

 

128,797,453

 

Office furniture, fixtures and others

 

4,498,081

 

5,103,469

 

Leasehold improvements

 

1,057,051

 

1,112,408

 

Construction-in-progress

 

21,743,621

 

23,694,508

 

 

 

156,484,486

 

174,103,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(38,313,681

)

(55,402,396

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,170,805

 

118,700,674

 

 

F - 91



 

(b)          Other Assets

 

 

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-connection facilitates

 

629,59 5

 

441,968

 

Deferred direct incremental costs

 

6,465,48 5

 

7,738 ,673

 

Other

 

1,588,851

 

1, 852,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,683,931

 

10,033 ,459

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(3,860,502

)

(6,161,207

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,823,429

 

3, 872,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental and leased line

 

1,201,375

 

2,305,071

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

3,911,650

 

3,884,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,936,454

 

10, 062,008

 

 

(c)           Taxation

 

Detail ed description of the assessment basis of income tax liability of the Group was set forth in Note 14 of the financial statements.

 

The income tax liability of Unicom International was assessed as follows:

 

(i)        In 2003, the government enacted a change in the profits tax rate in Hong Kong from 16% in 2002 to 17.5%. Unicom International was assessed at tax rate of 16% for the year 2002, and 17.5% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. Its subsidiary Unicom USA was assessed at tax rate of 8.84% in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004; and

 

(ii)     Unicom International had no Hong Kong tax liability for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 as it does not have any assessable income sourced from Hong Kong after offsetting prior year’s accumulated tax loss.

 

The components of income tax are as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for PRC enterprise income tax of the estimated taxable income for the year

 

1,578,591

 

1,078,096

 

1,422,6 89

 

Deferred taxation

 

169,609

 

954,682

 

561, 042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,748,200

 

2,032,778

 

1,983, 731

 

 

F - 92



 

The reconciliation of PRC enterprise income tax at the statutory tax rate of 33% and the effective tax rate actually recorded in the statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

PRC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate of 33%

 

33

%

33

%

33

%

Non-deductible expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing benefits

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

Personnel expenses

 

1.7

 

 

0.4

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

0.2

 

 

0.3

 

Other

 

1.0

 

0.6

 

1. 2

 

Additional expenses for tax deductible purposes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

(0.9

)

(0.3

)

 

Depreciation expenses

 

(0.2

)

(0.1

)

 

Monetary housing benefits

 

 

(0.8

)

 

Effect of preferential tax rates

 

(3.2

)

(2.1

)

(2.0

)

Tax credits

 

(4.6

)

 

(2.3

)

Increase in opening deferred tax asset resulting from an increase in tax rate

 

 

(2.1

)

(0.4

)

Write-off deferred tax assets previously recognized for New Guoxin

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective PRC income tax rate

 

27.1

%

30.0

%

30.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective HK income tax rate

 

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total overall effective income tax rate

 

25.9

%

30.1

%

29.6

%

 

Effect of preferential tax rates is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amount (RMB in millions)

 

209

 

143

 

1 35

 

Per share effect (RMB)

 

0.017

 

0.011

 

0.01 1

 

 

F - 93



 

The movement of deferred tax assets is as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

1,955,485

 

996,631

 

Deferred taxation charged to statements of income

 

(954,682

)

(561,042

)

Deferred taxation relating to sale of New Guoxin

 

(4,172

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

996,631

 

435, 589

 

 

Deferred taxation represents the taxation effect of the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Non-current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of deferral and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue and incremental costs

 

1,063,541

 

1,187 , 448

 

Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

256,673

 

1 50,954

 

Loss arising from terminations of CCF Arrangements

 

236,249

 

1 74,637

 

Provision for impairment loss of property, plant and equipment

 

4,875

 

4, 721

 

Write-off of other assets

 

7,563

 

 

Amortization of retirement benefits

 

18,549

 

 

Additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose

 

101,267

 

18,258

 

Differences in tax basis for the residual value of the property, plant and equipment

 

7,608

 

10,04 5

 

Other

 

24,497

 

197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,720,822

 

1, 546,260

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,720,822

 

1, 546,260

 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of deferral and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue and incremental costs

 

(1,263,560

)

(1,291,528

)

Change of depreciation period

 

(30,367

)

(26,280

)

Capitalized interest already deducted for tax purposes

 

(304,113

)

(398,872

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,598,040

)

(1,716,680

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net non-current deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

 

122,782

 

(170,420

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax on advances from customers for telephone cards

 

261,467

 

 

Write-down of inventory to net realizable value

 

15,905

 

39,103

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Cellular Business

 

534,839

 

526,514

 

Monetary housing benefits

 

56,826

 

17,171

 

Other

 

4,812

 

23,22 1

 

 

 

873,849

 

606,00 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

996,631

 

435, 589

 

 

F - 94



 

(d)          Prepayment and Other Current Assets

 

 

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental

 

233,461

 

277,999

 

Deposits and prepayments

 

1,633,199

 

1,351,022

 

Interest receivables

 

4,872

 

1,414

 

Advances to employees

 

164,495

 

164,386

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

535,521

 

860,225

 

Others

 

584, 762

 

404,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,156, 310

 

3,059,714

 

 

(e)           Payables and Accrued Liabilities

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables to contractors and equipment suppliers

 

11,811,532

 

10,592,518

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,418,034

 

1, 355,183

 

Payables to telecommunications products suppliers

 

1,352,307

 

1,772,693

 

Customer deposits

 

1,199,532

 

1,370,015

 

Salary and welfare payables

 

494,794

 

4 65,154

 

Amounts due to Service Providers/Content Providers

 

369,330

 

573,804

 

Other

 

481 , 584

 

656,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,127,113

 

16,785,749

 

 

F - 95



 

(f)             Long-term Bank Loans

 

 

 

Interest rate and final maturity

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB denominated bank loans

 

Fixed interest rate ranging from 4.78% to 5.73% (2003: 4.44% to 5.76%) per annum with maturity through 2010 (2003: maturity through 2009)

 

 

 

 

 

secured

 

 

 

10,622,366

 

6,804,566

 

unsecured

 

 

 

26,994,612

 

20,487,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,616,978

 

27,291,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD denominated bank loans

 

Floating interest rate of USD LIBOR plus interest margin of 0.28% to 0.44% per annum with maturity through 2010

 

5,793,690

 

9,93 1,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,410,668

 

37,223, 493

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

(7,197,877

)

(11,086,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,212,791

 

26,137, 188

 

 

The repayment schedule of the long-term bank loans was as follows:

 

 

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Balances due:

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

7,197,877

 

 

2005

 

15,549,832

 

11,0 86,305

 

2006

 

11,700,060

 

10,22 6,776

 

2007

 

3,020,930

 

10,439,494

 

2008

 

4,116,570

 

2,639,490

 

2009

 

1,825,399

 

1,013,808

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,817,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,410,668

 

37,223, 493

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(7,197,877

)

(11,086,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,212,791

 

26,137, 188

 

 

As of December 31, 2004, long-term bank loans denominated in RMB were secured by the following:

 

(i)            Approximately RMB 6,805 million (2003: RMB10,622   million) of long-term bank loans were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations of the relevant branches. Included in these long-term bank loans, approximately RMB 2,824 million (2003: RMB3,600 million) was also guaranteed by Unicom Group;

 

(ii)         Approximately RMB 3,955 million (2003: RMB8,004 million) of long-term bank loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group; and

 

(ii i )      Approximately RMB 26 million (2003: RMB50 million) of long-term bank loans were secured by restricted bank deposit.

 

F - 96



 

(g)          Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

34,167

 

15 5,464

 

2 12,292

 

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

50,132

 

47 , 615

 

5 6, 171

 

Charge for cellular subscriber value-added service

 

 

 

858,778

 

Charge for customer services

 

 

 

524,718

 

Charge for cellular subscriber value-added service by UNISK

 

 

 

4,228

 

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

21,601

 

17,936

 

25,528

 

Rental income for premises and facilities

 

 

 

19,475

 

Constructed capacity related cost of CDMA network

 

 

 

30 5,903

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity

 

12,557

 

10,717

 

2 4,822

 

Sales of CDMA handsets

 

6,129

 

23,484

 

 

Purchase of CDMA handsets

 

 

 

14,655

 

Charges for the international gateway services

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

17,062

 

Leasing of satellite transmission capacity

 

35,153

 

26,400

 

14,152

 

Purchase of telecom cards

 

1,391,811

 

1,326,641

 

1,087,498

 

CDMA network capacity lease rental

 

1,299,286

 

3,909,148

 

6,588,926

 

Agency fee incurred for subscriber development

 

 

 

9,054

 

Agency fee incurred for procurement of telecommunications equipment

 

19,634

 

20,705

 

17,759

 

Rental for the PRC corporate office

 

7,598

 

 

 

Sales of telecommunications equipment

 

16,088

 

 

 

 

Detail description of the nature and terms of the related party transactions are set forth in Note 3 1 of this financial statement.

 

Movement of significant provisions

 

(a)           Provision for deferred taxation valuation allowance was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

200 2

 

200 3

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

107,299

 

107,299

 

 

Provision for the year

 

 

 

 

Disposal of New Guoxin

 

 

(107,299

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

107,299

 

 

 

 

(b)          Provision for doubtful debts was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

200 4

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

1,378,799

 

1,901,752

 

3,498,305

 

Provision for the year

 

1,39 2,909

 

2,019,470

 

2,19 1,780

 

Written-off for the year

 

(869,956

)

(358,253

)

(1,756,578

)

Disposal of New Guoxin

 

 

(64,664

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

1,901,752

 

3,498,305

 

3,933,507

 

 

F - 97



 

(c)           Other than those described in the above notes, there was no other significant movement of provisions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

Comprehensive Statements of income

 

According to SFAS No.130 “Reporting of Comprehensive Income”, certain items shown as components of common equity must be more prominently reported in a separate statement as components of comprehensive income. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, apart from the net income , there was no other comprehensive income which should be included in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Share option scheme

 

As disclosed in Note 30 , information relating to the share options outstanding under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme and Share Option Scheme as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

 

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

33,840,600

 

15.42

 

69,868,600

 

10.66

 

172,367,400

 

6.72

 

Granted during the year

 

36,028,000

 

6.18

 

105,956,000

 

4.30

 

113,322,000

 

5.92

 

Exercised during the year

 

 

 

(176,000

)

6.18

 

(10,320,000

)

5.85

 

Cancelled during the year

 

 

 

(3,281,200

)

12.26

 

(1,306,000

)

4.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

69,868,600

 

10.66

 

172,367,400

 

6.72

 

274,063,400

 

6.45

 

 

As of December 31, 2004 , 87,611,360 share options (2002: 33,840,600 share options; 2003: 45,947,320 share options) were exercisable and the weighted average exercise price was HK$ 8.69 (2002: HK$15.42; 2003: HK$ 12 . 65 ). Also, a s of December 31, 2004, weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding was approximately 4.9 years (2002: approximately 6.5 years; 2003: approximately 5 .5 years).

 

The SFAS 123 method of accounting is based on several assumptions and should not be viewed as indicative of the operation of the Company in future periods.  The estimated fair value of each option granted to the employees of the Group on the date of grant is estimated to be HK$2.48 , HK$1.26 and HK$ 1.54 for 2002, 2003 and 2004 respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing method with the assumptions as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated fair value (in HK$)

 

HK$

2.48

 

HK$

1.26

 

HK$

1.54

 

Risk free interest rate

 

3

%

3

%

3

%

Expected life (in years)

 

5

 

3

 

3

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0

%

2

%

2

%

Volatility

 

41

%

35

%

40

%

 

F - 98



 

Had the compensation costs for the plans been determined based on the estimated fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plans consistent with the method of SFAS 123, the Group’s net income and earnings per share under US GAAP on a pro forma basis for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are disclosed in the aforementioned Note (I).

 

F - 99


Exhibit 4.26

 

 

28July 2004

 

 

CHINA UNICOM (HONG KONG) GROUP LIMITED

 

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 


 

AGREEMENT
for the sale and purchase of
the issued share capital of
CHINA UNICOM INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED

 


 

 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

 

 

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

2.

SALE OF THE SHARES AND PRICE

 

 

 

 

3.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

4.

PRE-COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS

 

 

 

 

5.

COMPLETION

 

 

 

 

6.

POST-COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS; RESTRICTIONS ON VENDOR

 

 

 

 

7.

WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

8.

LIMITATIONS ON CLAIMS

 

 

 

 

9.

PURCHASER’S RIGHTS TO RESCISSION

 

 

 

 

10.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

11.

VARIATION

 

 

 

 

12.

ASSIGNMENT

 

 

 

 

13.

COSTS

 

 

 

 

14.

SEVERABILITY

 

 

 

 

15.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

 

 

 

16.

NOTICES

 

 

 

 

17.

WAIVERS/PURCHASER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

18.

GOVERNING LAW

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 EACH GROUP COMPANY

 

 

 

 

PART A : DETAILS OF THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

PART B : DETAILS OF THE SUBSIDIARY

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 THE WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

PART A : GENERAL

 

 

 

 

PART B : TAX WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

PART C : PROPERTY WARRANTIES

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 28 July 2004

 

BETWEEN

 

(1)                                   CHINA UNICOM (HONG KONG) GROUP LIMITED whose registered office is at 75 th Floor, The Centre, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (the Vendor )

 

(2)                                   CHINA UNICOM LIMITED whose registered office is at 75 th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong and whose shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and whose American depository shares are listed on New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the Purchaser )

 

WHEREAS

 

(A)                               China Unicom International Limited (the Company ) is a private company limited by shares incorporated in Hong Kong.  The Vendor is the sole beneficial owner of the entire issued share capital of the Company.

 

(B)                                 The Vendor has agreed to sell and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase all of the issued share capital of the Company for the consideration and upon the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                  Words and expressions used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set out in Schedule 1, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1.2                                  The Schedules comprise schedules to this Agreement and form part of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       SALE OF THE SHARES AND PRICE

 

2.1                                  The Vendor shall sell or procure the sale of, and the Purchaser shall purchase, the Shares as beneficial owner.  The Shares shall be sold free from all security interests, options, equities, claims or other third party rights (including rights of pre-emption) of any nature whatsoever, together with all rights attaching to them.

 

2.2                                  The total price payable by the Purchaser to the Vendor for the Shares shall be the sum of HK$37,159,995.77.

 

3.                                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1                                  Completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares shall be conditional upon the fulfilment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser that there have been no material adverse change to the financial condition, business operations or prospects of the Company.

 



 

3.2                                  If the condition precedent referred to in Clause 3.1 has not been fulfilled (or waived) on or before 11 August 2004 or such other date as the parties to this Agreement may agree in writing, this Agreement (other than Clauses 1, 3.2, 10 to 18 and Schedule 1, which shall continue to be in force) shall automatically terminate and no party shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against the other parties under this Agreement (save in respect of its accrued rights arising from any prior breach of this Agreement).

 

4.                                       PRE-COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1                                  Pending Completion, the Vendor shall procure that:

 

(a)                                   each Group Company shall carry on its business in the ordinary and usual course and shall not make (or agree to make) any payment other than routine payments in the ordinary and usual course of trading;

 

(b)                                  each Group Company shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect its assets;

 

(c)                                   the Purchaser’s representatives shall be allowed, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, access to the books and records of each Group Company (including, without limitation, all statutory books, minute books, leases, contracts, supplier lists and customer lists) together with the right to take copies;

 

(d)                                  no Group Company shall do, allow or procure any act or omission which would constitute or give rise to a breach of any Warranty as if the Warranties were to be repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing;

 

(e)                                   prompt disclosure is made to the Purchaser of all relevant information which comes to the notice of the Vendor in relation to any fact or matter (whether existing on or before the date of this Agreement or arising afterwards) which may constitute a breach of any Warranty as if the Warranties were to be repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing;

 

(f)                                     no dividend or other distribution shall be declared, paid or made by any Group Company;

 

(g)                                  no share or loan capital shall be allotted or issued or agreed to be allotted or issued by any Group Company;

 

(h)                                  all transactions between each Group Company and the Vendor shall be on arm’s length commercial terms and in their respective ordinary and usual course of business; and

 

(i)                                      no action is taken by any Group Company or the Vendor which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2



 

4.2                                  Pending Completion, the Vendor shall procure that the Group Companies consult fully with the Purchaser in relation to any matters which may have a material effect upon the Group Companies.  Without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, the Group Companies shall not, and the Vendor shall ensure that the Group Companies do not:

 

(a)                                   enter into any contract or commitment (or make a bid or offer which may lead to a contract or commitment) having a material value or involving material expenditure or which is of a long term or unusual nature or which could involve an obligation of a material nature or which may result in any material change in the nature or scope of the operations of such Group Company;

 

(b)                                  agree to any variation or termination of any existing contract to which that Group Company is a party and which may have a material effect upon the nature or scope of the operations of such Group Company;

 

(c)                                   (whether in the ordinary and usual course of business or otherwise) acquire or dispose of, or agree to acquire or dispose of, any material business or any material asset; or

 

(d)                                  enter into any agreement, contract, arrangement or transaction (whether or not legally binding) other than in the ordinary and usual course of business.

 

4.3                                  Pending Completion, the Vendor shall obtain, effect or procure for the obtaining and effecting of all approvals, registrations and filings required by applicable laws and regulations for the Completion to be effected, including but not limited to approval by the Ministry of Commerce of China.

 

5.                                       COMPLETION

 

5.1                                  The sale and purchase of the Shares shall be completed at 75 th Floor, The Centre, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on 11 August 2004 or such later date as the Vendor and the Purchaser may agree, following notification by the Purchaser to the Vendor of the fulfilment to the satisfaction of the Purchaser (or waiver) of the condition precedent referred to in Clause 3.1.  The events referred to in the following provisions of this clause 5 shall take place on Completion.

 

5.2                                  The Vendor shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Purchaser:

 

(a)                                   duly executed instruments of transfer into the name of the Purchaser or its nominee and each duly pre-stamped with nominal stamp duty, in respect of all of the Shares, together with the relative share certificates;

 

(b)                                  duly executed sold notes in favour of the Purchaser and/or its nominees in respect of all the Shares;

 

(c)                                   the Certificate of Incorporation, Common Seal, Register of Members and Share Certificate Books (with any unissued share certificates), all minute books and other statutory books (which shall be written-up to but not including Completion) of each Group Company; and

 

3



 

(d)                                  all such other documents (including any necessary waivers or consents) as may be required to enable the Purchaser and/or its nominee to be registered as the holder(s) of the Shares.

 

5.3                                  The Vendor shall procure that resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company are passed by which the registration (subject to their being duly stamped) of the transfers in respect of the Shares referred to in clause 5.2 are approved and any additional directors nominated by the Purchaser are appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

5.4                                  The Purchaser shall:

 

(a)                                   in satisfaction of its obligations under 2.2, cause the price to be paid by banker’s draft made payable to the Vendor or electronic funds transfer to such a bank account as may be directed by the Vendor; and

 

(b)                                  produce to the Vendor duly executed bought notes in respect of all the Shares.

 

Any payment made in accordance with clause 5.4(a) shall constitute a good discharge for the Purchaser of its obligations under clause 2.2 and the Purchaser shall not be concerned to see that the funds are applied in payment to the Vendor.

 

6.                                       POST-COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS; RESTRICTIONS ON VENDOR

 

6.1                                  The Vendor shall not (whether alone or jointly with another and whether directly or indirectly) carry on or be engaged or (except as the owner for investment of securities dealt in on a stock exchange and not exceeding 5 per cent. in nominal value of the securities of that class) be interested economically or otherwise in any manner whatsoever in any Competing Business during the Relevant Period.

 

6.2                                  The Vendor shall not during the Relevant Period, directly or indirectly, solicit or endeavour to entice away from the Group Companies, offer employment to or employ, or offer or conclude any contract for services with, any person who was employed in skilled or managerial work in the Group Companies’ business at any time during the 1 year prior to Completion.

 

6.3                                  Except so far as may be required by law and in such circumstances only after prior consultation with the Purchaser, the Vendor shall not at any time disclose to any person or use to the detriment of the Group Companies’ business any trade secret or other confidential information of a technical character which it holds in relation to the Group Companies’ business.

 

The Vendor acknowledges and agrees that the duration, extent and application of the respective restrictions in clauses 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 are no greater than is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Purchaser but that, if any such restriction shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable but would be valid if part of the wording thereof was deleted and/or the period thereof was reduced and/or the area dealt with thereby was reduced, the said restriction shall apply within the jurisdiction of that court with such modifications as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

4



 

7.                                       WARRANTIES

 

7.1                                  The Vendor represents, warrants and undertakes to the Purchaser in the terms of the Warranties and acknowledges that the Purchaser has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the Warranties.

 

7.2                                  The Vendor undertakes (without limiting any other rights of the Purchaser in any way including its rights to damages in respect of a claim for breach of any Warranty on any other basis) that it shall pay in cash to the Purchaser (or, if so directed by the Purchaser, to the Group Company in question) (each an Indemnified Person ) by way of indemnity on demand in the case of a breach of any of the Warranties, a sum equal to the aggregate of (i) the amount which, if received by the Indemnified Person, would be necessary to put that Indemnified Person into the financial position which would have existed had there been no breach of the Warranty in question; and (ii) all Costs suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Person, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in connection with such breach of Warranty.

 

7.3                                  The Vendor agrees to waive the benefit of all rights (if any) which the Vendor may have against any Group Company, or any present or former officer or employee of any such company, on whom the Vendor may have relied in agreeing to any term of this Agreement and the Vendor undertakes not to make any claim in respect of such reliance.

 

7.4                                  Each of the Warranties shall be construed as a separate Warranty and (save as expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other Warranty or any other term of this Agreement.

 

7.5                                  The Warranties shall be deemed to be repeated immediately before Completion with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

7.6                                  The Vendor undertakes to notify the Purchaser in writing promptly if it becomes aware of any circumstance arising after the date of this Agreement which would cause any Warranty (if the Warranties were repeated with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) to become untrue or inaccurate or misleading in any respect which is material to the financial or trading position of either of the Group Companies.

 

8.                                       LIMITATIONS ON CLAIMS

 

8.1                                  The aggregate amount of the liability of the Vendor for all Claims shall not exceed the total price referred to in Clause 2.2.

 

8.2                                  None of the limitations contained in clause 8.1 shall apply to any breach of any Warranty which (or the delay in discovery of which) is the consequence of dishonest, deliberate or reckless mis-statement, concealment or other conduct by the Vendor or any officer or employee, or former officer or employee, of the Vendor.

 

5



 

9.                                       PURCHASER’S RIGHTS TO RESCISSION

 

9.1                                  The Purchaser may by written notice given to the Vendor at any time prior to Completion rescind this Agreement without liability on the part of the Purchaser:

 

(a)                                   if any fact, matter or event (whether existing or occurring on or before the date of this Agreement or arising or occurring afterwards) comes to the notice of the Purchaser at any time prior to Completion which:

 

(i)                                      constitutes a breach by the Vendor of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any breach of the pre-Completion undertakings in clause 4); or

 

(ii)                                   would constitute a breach of any Warranty if the Warranties are repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing; or

 

(iii)                                affects or is likely to affect in a materially adverse manner the business, financial position or prospects of the Group Companies taken as a whole; or

 

(b)                                  if at any time after signing of this Agreement and before Completion there is a material adverse change in the market price of the shares of the Purchaser and the Purchaser is of the opinion that it will not be in the interests of its shareholders as a whole to proceed with the acquisition of the Shares.

 

10.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in connection with the sale and purchase of the Shares. Neither party has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set out or referred to in this Agreement.

 

11.                                VARIATION

 

11.1                            No variation of this Agreement (or of any of the documents referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it.  The expression “variation” shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.

 

11.2                            Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

 

6



 

12.                                ASSIGNMENT

 

Neither party shall nor shall it purport to assign, transfer, charge or otherwise deal with all or any of its rights under this Agreement nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in it without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

13.                                COSTS

 

Each of the parties shall bear its own Costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.  Any stamp duty payable in respect of the transfer of Shares shall be paid by the Vendor and the Purchaser in equal shares.

 

14.                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

15.                                FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

The Vendor agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as the Purchaser may reasonably require, whether on or after Completion, to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transaction contemplated by it and for the purpose of vesting in the Purchaser the full benefit of the assets, rights and benefits to be transferred to the Purchaser under this Agreement.

 

16.                                NOTICES

 

16.1                            Any notice or other communication to be given by one party to the other under, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it.  It shall be served by sending it by fax to the number set out in clause 16.2, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by pre-paid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address set out in clause 16.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in clause 16.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this clause 16).  Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

 

(a)                                   in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

(b)                                  in the case of fax, at the time of transmission;

 

7



 

(c)                                   in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 10am on the second Business Day following the date of posting

 

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6pm on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9am on the next following Business Day.

 

References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

16.2                            The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 16.1 are as follows:

 

Vendor

 

Address:

75 th Floor, The Center

 

99 Queen’s Road Central

 

Hong Kong

 

 

Fax:

852 2126 2016

 

 

For the attention of:

The Directors

 

Purchaser

 

Address:

75 th Floor, The Center

 

99 Queen’s Road Central

 

Hong Kong

 

 

Fax:

852 2126 2016

 

 

For the attention of:

The Directors

 

16.3                            A party may notify the other party to this Agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 16, provided that, such notice shall only be effective on:

 

(a)                                   the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place;  or

 

(b)                                  if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

8



 

17.                                WAIVERS/PURCHASER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

17.1                            No failure or delay by the Purchaser in exercising any right or remedy provided by law under or pursuant to this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or operate or be construed as a waiver or variation of it or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

17.2                            The rights and remedies of the Purchaser under or pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general law.

 

17.3                            The rights and remedies of the Purchaser under this Agreement shall not be affected, and the Vendor’s liabilities under this Agreement shall not be released, discharged or impaired, by (i) Completion, (ii) any investigation made into the affairs of any Group Company or any knowledge held or gained of any such affairs by or on behalf of the Purchaser, (iii) the expiry of any limitation period prescribed by law, or (iv) any event or matter whatsoever, other than a specific and duly authorised written waiver or release by the Purchaser.

 

18.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, Hong Kong law.

 

AS WITNESS this Agreement has been signed on behalf of the parties the day and year first before written.

 

9



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                  In this Agreement the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Accounts means the audited balance sheet of each Group Company as at the Accounts Date and the audited profit and loss account of each Group Company in respect of the financial year ended on the Accounts Date, together with any notes, reports, statements or documents included in or annexed to them;

 

Accounts Date means 31 December 2003;

 

Business Day means a day (excluding Saturdays) on which banks generally are open in Hong Kong for the transaction of normal banking business;

 

Business IP means the registered and material unregistered Intellectual Property Rights owned by either of the Group Companies, for which purpose registered includes registrations and applications for registration;

 

China or the PRC means the People’s Republic of China;

 

Companies Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong);

 

Company means China Unicom International Limited, the details of which are set out in Part A of Schedule 2;

 

Competing Business means a business which is carried on by either Group Company on the date of this Agreement;

 

Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares under this Agreement;

 

Costs means liabilities, losses, damages, costs (including legal costs) and expenses (including taxation), in each case of any nature whatsoever;

 

Group means the Company and the Subsidiary;

 

Group Company means the Company or the Subsidiary;

 

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

 

HK$ means the lawful currency of Hong Kong;

 

10



 

Intellectual Property Rights means patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, get-up, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, copyright (including rights in computer software) and moral rights, database rights, semi-conductor topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world;

 

Leased Properties means the properties leased by the Group;

 

Management Accounts means the unaudited balance sheet and profit and loss account of each Group Company as at the Management Accounts Date;

 

Management Accounts Date means June 30 2004;

 

Relevant Period means the period commencing from the date of Completion and ending on the date on which (i) the shares or the American Depository Shares of the Purchaser cease to be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange and any other stock exchanges or (ii) China United Telecommunications Corporation ceases to be a controlling shareholder of the Purchaser or an associate of such controlling shareholder under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, whichever is the earlier;

 

security interest means any security interest of any nature whatsoever including, without limitation, any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment by way of security or other encumbrance;

 

Shares means all the issued shares in the capital of the Company;

 

Subsidiary means China Unicom USA Corporation, the details of which are set out in Part B of Schedule 2;

 

subsidiary and subsidiaries shall be construed in accordance with section 2 of the Companies Ordinance;

 

Tax Warranties means the representations and warranties set out in Part B of Schedule 3;

 

Warranties means the representations and warranties set out in Schedule 3.

 

1.2                                  In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                   the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  references to one gender include all genders;

 

(c)                                   references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

11



 

(d)                                  any statement qualified by the expression to the best knowledge of the Vendor or so far as the Vendor is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed to include an additional statement that it has been made after due and careful enquiry.

 

12



 

SCHEDULE 2

EACH GROUP COMPANY

 

PART  A : DETAILS OF THE COMPANY

 

1.

Name:

China Unicom International Limited

 

 

 

2.

Date of Incorporation:

24 May 2000

 

 

 

3.

Place of Incorporation:

Hong Kong

 

 

 

4.

Registered Number:

717768

 

 

 

5.

Registered Office:

25 th Floor,
One Peking Road, Tsim Sha Tsui,
Kowloon, Hong Kong

 

 

 

6.

Directors:

Hong Ming
Dai Renfei

 

 

 

7.

Secretary:

Kwickserve Limited

 

 

 

8.

Authorised Capital:

HK$100,000 divided into 100,000 shares of HK$1.00 each

 

 

 

9.

Issued Capital:

100,000 Shares

 

 

 

10.

Registered Shareholders:

China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited: 99,999 Shares

 

China United Telecommunications Corp (HK) Limited: 1 Share (held on trust for the benefit of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited)

 

 

 

11.

Accounting Reference Date:

31 December

 

 

 

12.

Auditors:

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

13.

Subsidiaries:

China Unicom USA Corporation

 

 

 

14.

Mortgages and Charges:

None

 

13



 

PART  B : DETAILS OF THE SUBSIDIARY

 

1.

Name:

China Unicom USA Corporation (before conversion into a corporation, China Unicom USA LLC)

 

 

 

2.

Date of Incorporation:

24 May 2002 (conversion effective on 17 April 2003)

 

 

 

3.

Place of Incorporation:

California, USA

 

 

 

4.

Registered Number:

2507822

 

 

 

5.

Principal Executive Office:

624 South Grand Avenue

 

 

Suite 900

 

 

Los Angeles CA90017

 

 

USA

 

 

 

6.

Directors :

Hong Ming (President) /Xiao
Jingming (Vice President)

 

 

 

7.

Share capital:

Authorised number of shares: 10,000, of which 100 shares have been issued for US$10,000

 

 

 

8.

Registered Shareholders:

China Unicom International Limited

 

 

 

9.

Accounting Reference Date:

31 December

 

 

 

10.

Auditors:

K T Leung, a California CPA

 

 

 

11.

Subsidiaries:

None

 

 

 

12.

Mortgages and Charges:

None

 

14



 

SCHEDULE 3

THE WARRANTIES

 

PART  A : GENERAL

 

1.                                       EXHIBITS

 

1.1                                  Each of the following Exhibits delivered by the Vendor to the Purchaser accurately sets out the information required to be provided in that Exhibit and is not misleading:

 

Exhibit A – Accounts:   The Accounts of each of the last three (3) financial years (or, in the case of the Subsidiary, for the period since its incorporation) ended on the Accounts Date and the Management Accounts for the period from 1 January 2004 to the Management Accounts Date.

 

Exhibit B – Licences:  A list of all licences, permissions, authorisations and consents referred to in Warranty 5.1, copies of which have been provided to the Purchaser.

 

Exhibit C – Employees: A list of employees of each Group Company as at the Management Accounts Date.

 

Exhibit D – Insurances: A summary of all policies of insurance of each Group Company referred to in Warranty 6.4, copies of which have been provided to the Purchaser.

 

Exhibit E – Material Contracts: A list of all agreements of the kinds described in Warranty 8.1 to which any Group Company is a party, copies of which have been provided to the Purchaser.

 

Exhibit F – Intellectual Property: A list, including details, of the Business IP.

 

Exhibit G – List of Properties: A list, including brief details, of the Leased Properties occupied by each Group Company.

 

Exhibit H – List of Litigations : A list, including brief details, of litigations, arbitrations or administrative proceedings to which any Group Company is a party.

 

2.                                       THE VENDOR AND THE GROUP

 

2.1                                  Authorisations

 

The Vendor has obtained all corporate authorisations and all other applicable governmental, statutory, regulatory or other consents, licences, authorisations, waivers or exemptions required to empower it to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

15



 

2.2                                  The Company and the Shares

 

(a)                                   All of the Shares are fully-paid or properly credited as fully-paid and the Vendor or its nominee is the sole legal and beneficial owner of them free from all security interests, options, equities, claims or other third party rights (including rights of pre-emption) of any nature whatsoever.

 

(b)                                  The information in respect of the Company set out in Part A of Schedule 2 is true and accurate.

 

2.3                                  The Subsidiary

 

(a)                                   The Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all of the issued share capital of the Subsidiary, free from all security interests, options, equities, claims or other third party rights (including rights of pre-emption) of any nature whatsoever.

 

(b)                                  The information in respect of the Subsidiary set out in Part B of Schedule 2 is true and accurate.

 

2.4                                  Other Interests

 

No Group Company owns or has any interest of any nature whatsoever in any shares, debentures or other securities issued by any undertaking other than the Subsidiary.

 

3.                                       FINANCIAL MATTERS

 

3.1                                  The Accounts

 

(a)                                   The Accounts give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of each Group Company as at the Accounts Date and of the results thereof for the financial year ended on the Accounts Date.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the generality of paragraph (a);

 

(i)                                      the Accounts of each Group Company either make full provision for or, disclose all liabilities (whether actual, contingent or disputed and including financial lease commitments and pension liabilities), all outstanding capital commitments and all bad or doubtful debts of the relevant Group Company as at the Accounts Date, in each case in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(ii)                                   the Accounts of each Group Company for each of the last three (3) financial years (or in the case of the Subsidiary, for the period since its incorporation) ended on the Accounts Date were prepared under the historical convention, complied with the requirements of all relevant laws then in force and with all statements of standard accounting practice (or financial reporting standards) and generally accepted accounting principles then in force; and

 

16



 

(iii)                                the results shown by the Accounts of each Group Company for each of the last three (3) financial years (or in the case of the Subsidiary, for the period since its incorporation) ended on the Accounts Date were not (except as therein disclosed) affected by any extraordinary or exceptional item or by any other factor rendering such results for all or any of such periods unusually high or low.

 

3.2                                  Management Accounts

 

(a)                                   The Management Accounts of each Group Company were properly prepared in a manner consistent with that adopted in the preparation of its management accounts for all periods ended during the twelve (12) months prior to the Management Accounts Date.

 

(b)                                  Having regard to the purpose for which such Management Accounts were prepared, they are not misleading in any material respect and neither materially over-state the value of the assets nor materially under-state the liabilities of any Group Company as at the dates to which they were drawn up and do not materially over-state the profits of any Group Company in respect of the periods to which they relate.

 

3.3                                  Position since Accounts Date

 

(a)                                   Since the Accounts Date there has been no material adverse change in the financial or trading position or in the prospects of any Group Company and no event, fact or matter has occurred which is likely to give rise to any such change.

 

(b)                                  Since the Accounts Date:

 

(i)                                      the business of each Group Company has been carried on in the ordinary and usual course and no Group Company has made or agreed to make any payment other than routine payments in the ordinary and usual course of trading;

 

(ii)                                   no dividend or other distribution has been declared, paid or made by any Group Company (except for any dividends provided for in the Accounts);

 

(iii)                                no share or loan capital has been allotted or issued or agreed to be allotted or issued by any Group Company;

 

(iv)                               there has been no material change in the level of borrowing or in the working capital requirements of the Company;

 

(v)                                  no contract, liability or commitment (whether in respect of capital expenditure or otherwise) has been entered into by any Group Company which is of a long term or unusual nature or which involved or could involve an obligation of a material nature or magnitude;

 

17



 

(vi)                               no Group Company has (whether in the ordinary and usual course of business or otherwise) acquired or disposed of, or agreed to acquire or dispose of:

 

(A)                               any business or any asset having a value in excess of HK$7,000,000 on an individual basis; or

 

(B)                                 businesses (each having a value in excess of HK$1,000,000 on an individual basis) and assets (each having a value in excess of HK$1,000,000 on an individual basis) having a combined value in excess of HK$13,000,000;

 

(vii)                            no debtor has been released by any Group Company on terms that it pays less than the book value of its debt and no debt owing to any Group Company has been deferred, subordinated or written off or has proved to any extent irrecoverable;

 

(viii)                         no Group Company has repaid any borrowing or indebtedness in advance of its stated maturity.

 

3.4                                  Past Transactions in accordance with applicable laws

 

During the period in which it has been a subsidiary of the Vendor, all transactions undertaken by each Group Company have been carried out in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.  No such transaction constituted a transfer at an undervalue, or an unlawful distribution, or unlawful financial assistance under the Companies Ordinance by or to any Group Company.  At no time during such period have the net assets of any Group Company been less than the aggregate amount of its share capital and undistributable reserves.

 

3.5                                  Accounting and other records

 

The statutory books, books of account and other records of each Group Company are up-to-date and have been maintained in accordance with all applicable laws and generally accepted accounting practices on a proper and consistent basis and comprise complete and accurate records of all information required to be recorded.

 

4.                                       DEBT POSITION

 

4.1                                  Debts owed to the Group

 

There are no debts owing to any Group Company other than trade debts incurred in the ordinary and usual course of business and bad or doubtful debts for which specific provision has been made in the Accounts or the Management Accounts.

 

18



 

4.2                                  Debts owed by the Group

 

(a)                                   No Group Company has outstanding any borrowing or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing (including, without limitation, any indebtedness for moneys borrowed or raised under any acceptance credit, bond, note, bill of exchange or commercial paper, finance lease, hire purchase agreement, trade bills (other than those on terms normally obtained), forward sale or purchase agreement or conditional sale agreement or other transaction having the commercial effect of a borrowing).

 

(b)                                  No Group Company has received any notice to repay under any agreement relating to any borrowing or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing which is repayable on demand.

 

5.                                       REGULATORY MATTERS

 

5.1                                  Licences

 

(a)                                   Each Group Company has obtained all licences, permissions, authorisations and consents required for carrying on its business effectively in the places and in the manner in which such business is now carried on and a list of all such licences, permissions, authorisations and consents is set out in Exhibit B.

 

(b)                                  The licences, permissions, authorisations and consents referred to in paragraph 5.1(a) are in full force and effect, are not limited in duration or subject to any unusual or onerous conditions and have been complied with in all material respects.

 

(c)                                   No Group Company is in breach of any terms or conditions attaching to any of the licences, permissions, authorisations and consents referred to in paragraph 5.1(a).

 

(d)                                  To the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances which indicate that any of the licences, permissions, authorisations or consents referred to in paragraph 5.1(a) will or are likely to be revoked or not renewed, in whole or in part, in the ordinary course of events (whether as a result of the acquisition of the Shares by the Purchaser or otherwise).

 

5.2                                  Compliance with Laws

 

(a)                                   Each Group Company has conducted its business and corporate affairs in accordance with its Memorandum and Articles of Association or equivalent and with all applicable laws and regulations of Hong Kong, the PRC or any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  There is no violation by any Group Company of, or default with respect to, any statute, regulation, order, decree or judgment of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority of Hong Kong, the PRC or any other jurisdiction.

 

19



 

6.                                       THE GROUP’S ASSETS

 

6.1                                  Ownership

 

(a)                                   All the assets included in the Accounts or acquired since the Accounts Date (other than assets sold in the ordinary course of business) are the absolute property of the relevant Group Company.  Those assets are not the subject of any security interest or any assignment, equity, option, right of pre-emption, royalty, factoring arrangement, leasing or hiring agreement, hire purchase agreement, conditional sale or credit sale agreement, agreement for payment on deferred terms or any similar agreement or arrangement (or any agreement or obligation, including a conditional obligation, to create or enter into any of the foregoing).

 

6.2                                  Possession and Third Party Facilities

 

(a)                                   All of the assets owned by each Group Company, or in respect of which any Group Company has a right of use, are in the possession or under the control of that Group Company.

 

(b)                                  Where any assets are used but not owned by any Group Company or any facilities or services are provided to any Group Company by any third party, there has not occurred any event of default or any other event or circumstance which may entitle any third party to terminate any agreement or licence in respect of the provision of such facilities or services (or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or a relevant determination would constitute such an event or circumstance).

 

6.3                                  Adequacy of Assets

 

(a)                                   The assets of each Group Company and the facilities and services to which each Group Company has a contractual right include all rights, properties, assets, facilities and services desirable for the carrying on of the business of that Group Company in the manner in which it is presently carried on.

 

(b)                                  No Group Company depends in any material respect upon the use of assets owned by, or facilities and services provided by, the Vendor.

 

6.4                                  Insurances

 

(a)                                   There is set out in Exhibit D a summary of the insurances maintained by or covering the Group.  Such insurances are in full force and effect and, to the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances which might lead to any liability under such insurance being avoided by the insurers or the premiums being increased and Completion will not have the effect of terminating, or entitling any insurer to terminate, cover under any such insurance.

 

20



 

(b)                                  No claim is outstanding by any Group Company under any such policy of insurance and, to the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a claim.

 

7.                                       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

 

7.1                                  Business IP

 

(a)                                   Exhibit F contains a complete and accurate list of the Business IP.  The owner or applicant for each Intellectual Property Right specified in Exhibit F is correctly stated.

 

(b)                                  Either of the Group Companies owns all of the rights and interests in, and has title to, the Business IP.  The Business IP is valid and subsisting.

 

(c)                                   Either of the Group Companies is the registered proprietor of the registrations and applications included in the Business IP, and the registrations and applications are not subject to, or likely to be subject to, amendment, challenge, removal or surrender.  There is nothing which might prevent the applications from being granted.

 

(d)                                  No compulsory licences, licences of right or anything similar have been, or are likely to be, granted for the Business IP.

 

(e)                                   All application, filing, registration, renewal and other fees for the Business IP have been paid.

 

(f)                                     There are no licences of Intellectual Property Rights granted to the Group or granted by the Group to third parties.

 

7.2                                  No Infringement by Group

 

(a)                                   None of the operations of the Group infringes, or is likely to infringe, the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party.

 

(b)                                  No claim has been made by a third party which alleges that the operations of the Group infringe, or are likely to infringe, the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party or which otherwise disputes the right of a Group Company to use the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Group.  The Vendor is not aware of any circumstances likely to give rise to a claim.

 

7.3                                  No Infringement by Third Parties

 

(a)                                   No third party is infringing, or is likely to infringe, the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Group.

 

(b)                                  No claim has been made by the Group which alleges that a third party is infringing, or is likely to infringe, the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Group or which otherwise disputes the right of a third party to use the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the third party.  The Vendor is not aware of any circumstances likely to give rise to a claim.

 

21



 

(c)                                   No Group Company has acquiesced in the unauthorised use by a third party of the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Group.

 

(d)                                  There have been no acts or omissions which would prejudice the rights of the Purchaser to enforce the Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Group.  In particular, transactions relating to them have been registered promptly, and within applicable time limits.

 

7.4                                  Confidential Information

 

(a)                                   Confidential information of the Group, or which has been used by the Group, has been kept confidential and has not been disclosed to third parties except in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)                                  None of the operations of the Group involves the unauthorised use of confidential information disclosed in circumstances which might entitle a third party to make a claim against a Group Company.

 

(c)                                   Except for agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, the Group is not subject to any obligation which restricts the free use or disclosure of confidential information used by the Group.

 

7.5                                  Adequacy of Intellectual Property Rights

 

The Group owns, or has licensed to it, all Intellectual Property Rights which are required to carry on the Group’s business as it is presently carried on, and in accordance with the current documented plans of the Vendor for the Group’s business.

 

8.                                       CONTRACTUAL MATTERS

 

8.1                                  Material Contracts

 

Other than as set out in Exhibit E, there is not outstanding any agreement or arrangement to which either of the Group Companies is a party:

 

(a)                                   which, by virtue of the acquisition of the Shares by the Purchaser or other performance of the terms of this Agreement, will result in:

 

(i)                                      any other party being relieved of any obligation or becoming entitled to exercise any right (including any right of termination or any right of pre-emption or other option); or

 

(ii)                                   any Group Company being in default under any such agreement or arrangement or losing any benefit, right or licence which it currently enjoys or in a liability or obligation of any Group Company being created or increased;

 

(b)                                  which was entered into otherwise than by way of bargain at arm’s length;

 

22



 

(c)                                   which requires (or confers any right to require) the allotment or issue of any shares, debentures or other securities of any Group Company now or at any time in the future;

 

(d)                                  which establishes any joint venture, consortium, partnership or profit (or loss) sharing agreement or arrangement;

 

(e)                                   which involves or is likely to involve obligations or restrictions of the Company of an unusual or exceptional nature or not in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

(f)                                     which establishes any material agency, distributorship, marketing, purchasing, manufacturing or licensing agreement or arrangement;

 

(g)                                  which is any other agreement or arrangement having or likely to have a material effect on the financial or trading position or prospects of any Group Company.

 

8.2                                  Defaults

 

(a)                                   No Group Company is in default under any agreement to which it is a party and, to the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a default.

 

(b)                                  To the best knowledge of the Vendor, no party with whom any Group Company has entered into any agreement or arrangement is in default under it and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a default.

 

9.                                       LITIGATION AND INVESTIGATIONS

 

9.1                                  Litigation

 

(a)                                   Save as disclosed in Exhibit H, no Group Company is a plaintiff or defendant in or otherwise a party to any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are in progress or threatened or pending by or against or concerning any Group Company or any of its assets.  No governmental or official investigation or inquiry concerning any Group Company is in progress or pending.

 

(b)                                  The Vendor is not aware of any circumstances which are likely to give rise to any such proceeding, investigation or inquiry as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

10.                                DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

 

10.1                            Employees

 

Exhibit C sets out or refers to a list of all employees of each Group Company as at the Management Accounts Date.

 

23



 

10.2                            Agreements

 

There is not in existence any written or unwritten contract of employment with a director or an employee of any Group Company (or any, contract for services with any person) which cannot be terminated by three (3) months’ notice or less without giving rise to a claim for damages or compensation (other than a statutory redundancy payment or statutory compensation for unfair dismissal).

 

10.3                            Compliance

 

Each Group Company has in relation to each of its employees (and so far as relevant to each of its former employees) complied in all material respects with all statutes, regulations, codes of conduct, collective agreements, terms and conditions of employment, orders and awards relevant to their terms and conditions of service or to the relations between it and its employees (or former employees, as the case may be).

 

10.4                            Disputes

 

No dispute has arisen between any Group Company and a material number or category of its employees and there are no present circumstances which are likely to give rise to any such dispute.

 

10.5                            Incentive Schemes

 

Other than discretionary bonus and sales commissions, no Group Company has (nor is any Group Company proposing to introduce) any share incentive scheme, share option scheme or profit sharing or other such incentive scheme for all or any of its directors or employees.

 

10.6                            Payments on Termination

 

(a)                                   Except to the extent (if any) to which provision or allowance has been made in the Accounts no outstanding liability has been incurred by any Group Company for breach of any contract of employment or for services or redundancy payments, protective awards, compensation for wrongful dismissal or unfair dismissal or for failure to comply with any order for the reinstatement or re-engagement of any employee or for any other liability accruing from the termination of any contract of employment or for services.

 

(b)                                  No gratuitous payment has been made or benefit given (or promised to be made or given) by any Group Company in connection with the actual or proposed termination or suspension of employment or variation of any contract of employment of any present or former director or employee.

 

24



 

11.                                INSOLVENCY ETC.

 

11.1                            No order has been made, petition presented or meeting convened for the purpose of considering a resolution for the winding up of any Group Company or for the appointment of any provisional liquidator.  No steps have been taken by any person with a view to the appointment of an administrator (whether out of court or otherwise), and no administration order has been made, in relation to any Group Company.  No receiver (including any administrative receiver) has been appointed in respect of the whole or any part of any of the property, assets and/or undertaking of any Group Company.

 

11.2                            No distress, distraint, charging order, garnishee order, execution or other process has been levied or applied for in respect of the whole or any part of any of the property, assets and/or undertaking of any Group Company.

 

25



 

PART  B :  TAX WARRANTIES

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

In this Part B of Schedule 3 the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

event includes (without limitation) the death or the winding up or dissolution of any person, and any act, transaction or omission whatsoever, and any reference to an event occurring on or before a particular date shall include events which for tax purposes are deemed to have, or are treated or regarded as having, occurred on or before that date;

 

relief includes, unless the context otherwise requires, any allowance, credit, deduction, exemption or set-off in respect of any tax or relevant to the computation of any income, profits or gains for the purposes of any tax, or any repayment of or saving of tax (including any repayment supplement or interest in respect of tax), and:

 

(a)                                   any reference to the use or set off of relief shall be construed accordingly and shall include use or set off in part; and

 

(b)                                  any reference to the loss of a relief shall include the absence, non-existence or cancellation of any such relief, or to such relief being available only in a reduced amount;

 

tax includes, without limitation, (a) taxes on income, profits and gains, and (b) all other taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of any nature, including any excise, property, sales, transfer, franchise and payroll taxes and any national insurance or social security contributions, and any payment whatsoever which the relevant person may be or become bound to make to any person as a result of the discharge by that person of any tax which the relevant person has failed to discharge, together with all penalties, additions, charges and interest relating to any of the foregoing or to any late or incorrect return in respect of any of them, and regardless of whether such taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges, withholdings, penalties, additions and interest are chargeable directly or primarily against or attributable directly or primarily to the relevant person or any other person and of whether any amount in respect of them is recoverable from any other person; and

 

tax authority means any taxing or other authority (whether within or outside the Hong Kong) competent to impose any tax liability.

 

26



 

2.                                       GENERAL/COMPLIANCE

 

2.1                                  Last Accounts

 

All liabilities, whether actual, deferred, contingent or disputed, of each Group Company for tax measured by reference to income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the Accounts Date or arising in respect of an event occurring or deemed to occur on or before the Accounts Date are fully provided for or (as appropriate) disclosed in the Accounts.  All other warranties relating to specific tax matters set out in this Schedule are made without prejudice to the generality of this paragraph.

 

2.2                                  Position since Accounts Date

 

Since the Accounts Date:

 

(a)                                   no Group Company has been involved in any transaction which has given or may give rise to a liability to tax on any Group Company (or would have given or might give rise to such a liability but for the availability of any relief) other than tax in respect of normal trading income or receipts of the Group Company concerned arising from transactions entered into by it in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  no payment has been made by any Group Company which will not be deductible for the purposes of corporation tax (or any corresponding tax on profits in any relevant foreign jurisdiction), either in computing the profits of that Group Company or in computing the corporation tax or corresponding tax chargeable on it;

 

(c)                                   no disposal has taken place or other event occurred which has or may have the effect of crystallising a liability to tax which, if such disposal or event had been planned or predicted at the Accounts Date, should have been reflected in the provision for deferred tax contained in the Accounts; and

 

(d)                                  no event has occurred which has or may have the effect of prejudicing any relief taken into account in computing or eliminating the provision for deferred tax contained in the Accounts.

 

2.3                                  Continuing commitments

 

All sums payable under any obligation incurred by any Group Company prior to Completion and which will continue to bind any Group Company after Completion have been and will continue to be deductible for the purposes of corporation tax (or any corresponding tax on profits in any relevant foreign jurisdiction), either in computing the profits of any Group Company or in computing the corporation tax or corresponding tax chargeable on it.

 

27



 

2.4                                  Returns etc.

 

Each Group Company has duly, and within any appropriate time limits, made all returns, given all notices and supplied all other information required to be supplied to all relevant tax authorities and has maintained all records required to be maintained for tax purposes; all such information was and remains complete and accurate in all material respects and all such returns and notices were and remain complete and accurate in all material respects and were made on the proper basis and do not, and so far as the Vendor is aware are not likely to, reveal any transactions which may be the subject of any dispute with, or any enquiry raised by, any tax authority.

 

2.5                                  Disputes, investigations

 

No Group Company is involved in any current dispute with any tax authority or is or has in the last six years been the subject of any investigation, enquiry, audit or non-routine visit by any tax authority.  So far as the Vendor is aware in relation to each Group Company there is no planned investigation, enquiry, audit or non-routine visit by any tax authority and there are no facts which might cause such an investigation, enquiry, audit or non-routine visit to be instituted.

 

2.6                                  Penalties, interest

 

Within the past six years, no Group Company nor any director or officer of any Group Company (in his capacity as such) has paid or become liable to pay, and there are no circumstances by reason of which it or they may become liable to pay to any tax authority, any penalty, fine, surcharge or interest in respect of tax (including in respect of any failure to make any return, give any notice or supply any information to any relevant tax authority, or any failure to keep or preserve any records or to pay tax on the due date for payment).

 

2.7                                  Consents, clearances

 

No transaction in respect of which any consent or clearance was required or sought from any tax authority has been entered into or carried out by any Group Company without such consent or clearance having first been properly obtained and all information supplied to any tax authority or other appropriate authority in connection with any such consent or clearance fully and accurately disclosed all facts and circumstances material to the giving of such consent or clearance.  Any transaction for which such consent or clearance was obtained has been carried out only in accordance with the terms of such consent or clearance and the application on which the consent or clearance was based and at a time when such consent or clearance was valid and effective.  No facts or circumstances have arisen since any such consent or clearance was obtained which would cause the consent or clearance to become invalid or ineffective.

 

28



 

2.8                                  Special arrangements

 

No tax authority has operated or agreed to operate any special arrangement (being an arrangement which is not based on relevant legislation or any published practice) in relation to any Group Company’s affairs.

 

2.9                                  Withholdings

 

Each Group Company has made all deductions and retentions of or on account of tax as it was or is obliged or entitled to make and all such payments of or on account of tax as should have been made to any tax authority in respect of such deductions or retentions.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYEES

 

All amounts payable to any tax authority in respect of any employee (including any tax deductible from any amounts paid to an employee, and any national insurance, social fund or similar contributions required to be made in respect of employees) due and payable by any Group Company up to the date hereof have been duly paid and each Group Company has made all such deductions and retentions as should have been made under applicable laws or regulations.

 

4.                                       COMPANY RESIDENCE/PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT

 

4.1                                  Each Group Company is and has at all times been resident for tax purposes in its place of incorporation and is not and has not at any time been treated as resident in any other jurisdiction for any tax purpose (including any double taxation arrangement).  No Group Company is subject to tax in any jurisdiction other than its place of incorporation by virtue of having a permanent establishment or other place of business in that jurisdiction.

 

4.2                                  No Group Company is liable for any tax as the agent of any other person or business or constitutes a permanent establishment of any other person, business or enterprise for any tax purpose.

 

5.                                       STAMP DUTY/CAPITAL DUTY

 

5.1                                  All documents in the possession or under the control of each Group Company or to the production of which any Group Company is entitled which establish or are necessary to establish the title of any Group Company to any asset, or by virtue of which any Group Company has any right, have been duly stamped and any applicable stamp duties or similar duties or charges in respect of such documents have been duly accounted for and paid.

 

5.2                                  All duties, fees and penalties payable in respect of the capital of each Group Company (including any premium over nominal value at which any share was issued) have been duly accounted for and paid, and there are no circumstances under which any relief obtained against payment of any such amount could be withdrawn.

 

29



 

PART  C :  PROPERTY WARRANTIES

 

1.                                       GENERAL

 

1.1                                  The Leased Properties comprise all the land and premises owned, rented, occupied or otherwise used by any Group Company or in which any Group Company has any right and interest.

 

1.2                                  All the estate, interest, right and title of the group companies in, under, over or in respect of any land or premises and the information set out in Exhibit G is true, accurate and complete.

 

2.                                       OWNED PROPERTIES

 

2.1                                  There are no properties owned by the Group.

 

3.                                       LEASED PROPERTIES

 

3.1                                  A list of all tenancy agreements or leases entered into by the Group Companies in respect of the Leased Properties has been disclosed in Exhibit G and the information set out therein is true, accurate and complete.

 

3.2                                  The Group Companies have paid the rent, rates and all other charges for which the tenant is responsible under the tenancy agreements or leases of the Leased Properties up to the last payment date and have observed and performed the covenants on the part of the tenant and the conditions contained in the tenancy agreements or leases and all such tenancies or leases are valid, binding and in full force.

 

3.3                                  All leasing permits, licences, consents and approvals required from any government authorities, landlords, superior landlords and mortgagees (where necessary) in respect of any of the tenancies or leases of the Leased Properties have been obtained and the covenants on the part of the landlord and/or the tenant contained in such permits, licences, consents and approvals (if any) have been duly performed and observed.

 

3.4                                  No notice affecting any of the Leased Properties or their use has been given or served by any government authority or any other authority or person or body and there are no circumstances which are likely to result in the forfeiture of any of the tenancies or leases in respect of the Leased Properties.

 

3.5                                  Except in respect of the lease of Shop No. 5, Ground Floor, Pakpolee Commercial Centre, No. 1A, Sai Yeung Choi Street South, Kowloon which is being renewed, no rent is currently under review.

 

30



 

SIGNED by:

/s/ Zhao Le

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

CHINA UNICOM (HONG KONG)

 

GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

SIGNED by:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 

31


Exhibit 4.27

 

24 March 2005

 

 

UNICOM NEW HORIZON MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMPANY LIMITED


and


CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION LIMITED


and


CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

 

 


 

NETWORK CAPACITY LEASE
AGREEMENT

 


 

 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

 

 

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

2.

LEASE OF NETWORK CAPACITY

 

 

 

 

3.

CONDITIONS

 

 

 

 

4.

TERM AND CAPACITY

 

 

 

 

5.

LEASE FEE

 

 

 

 

6.

CALCULATION OF THE CDMA BUSINESS INCOME AND PAYMENT OF THE LEASE FEE

 

 

 

 

7.

PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NETWORK

 

 

 

 

8.

ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING OF THE NETWORK

 

 

 

 

9.

OPERATION, MANAGEMENT AND REVENUE

 

 

 

 

10.

RISK AND TITLE

 

 

 

 

11.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

 

 

 

 

12.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

13.

PURCHASE OPTION

 

 

 

 

14.

INSURANCE

 

 

 

 

15.

NETWORK MAINTENANCE

 

 

 

 

16.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

17.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

 

 

 

18.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

 

 

 

19.

TERMINATION

 

 

 

 

20.

NOTICES

 

 

 

 

21.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

 

 

 

 

22.

SEVERABILITY

 

 

 

 

23.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

 

 

 

24.

COSTS

 

 

 

 

25.

WAIVERS AND VARIATIONS

 

 

 

 

26.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

27.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

 

 

 

28.

LANGUAGE

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 24 March 2005

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                   UNICOM NEW HORIZON MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at 6 th Floor, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC ( Lessor );

 

(2)                                   CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose office is at 40 th Floor, Jin Mao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard, Shanghai, the PRC ( Lessee , and upon execution of the Transfer Agreement, as defined in clause 1.1 below, the Lessee shall be changed to the New Operating Entity as defined in recital (G) below); and

 

(3)                                   CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION , a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at Room 615, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC ( Unicom Group ).

 

WHEREAS :

 

(A)                               Unicom Group has been approved by the PRC Government to undertake the construction and operation of the unified CDMA network within the PRC.

 

(B)                                 The Lessor, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, is responsible for the procurement and construction of the CDMA mobile telecommunications network for Unicom Group.

 

(C)                                 The Lessor has completed the first and second Phases of construction and is in the process of completing the third Phase of construction.

 

(D)                                China Unicom Corporation Limited ( CUCL ), Unicom Group and the Lessor entered into a network capacity lease agreement on 22 November 2001 (the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities CDMA Lease Agreement ) whereby CUCL agreed to lease from the Lessor, and the Lessor also agreed to lease to CUCL, the Capacity on terms and conditions set out in the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities CDMA Lease Agreement for the purposes of providing CDMA mobile telecommunication services in the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities.  Pursuant to the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities CDMA Lease Agreement, Unicom Group agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities CDMA Lease Agreement.

 

1



 

(E)                                  The Lessor, Unicom Group and the Lessee entered into a network capacity lease agreement on 20 November 2002 (the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement ) whereby the Lessee agreed to lease from the Lessor, and the Lessor also agreed to lease to the Lessee, the Capacity on terms and conditions set out in the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement for the purposes of providing CDMA mobile telecommunication services in the 9A Areas.  Pursuant to the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement, Unicom Group agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement.  Thereafter, the Lessee transferred all its rights and obligations under the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement to Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited ( Unicom New Century ) pursuant to the Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2002.  Pursuant to the merger between CUCL and Unicom New Century, Unicom New Century was merged into CUCL and CUCL became the successor to Unicom New Century under the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement. The merger and the succession have become effective from 30 July 2004.

 

(F)                                  The Lessor, Unicom Group and the Lessee entered into a network capacity lease agreement on 20 November 2003 (the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement ) whereby the Lessee agreed to lease from the Lessor, and the Lessor also agreed to lease to the Lessee, the Capacity on terms and conditions set out in the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement for the purposes of providing CDMA mobile telecommunication services in the 9B Areas.  Pursuant to the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement, Unicom Group agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement.  Thereafter, the Lessee transferred all its rights and obligations under the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement to Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited ( Unicom New World ) pursuant to the Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2003.  Pursuant to the merger between CUCL and Unicom New World which is still in progress, Unicom New World is in the process of being merged into CUCL and CUCL will, after the completion of the merger, become the successor to Unicom New World under all of the agreements to which Unicom New World is party, including the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement.

 

(G)                                 Since CUCL and Unicom New World (together, the New Operating Entity ) are providing CDMA mobile telecommunications services in the Listed Service Areas, the Lessee wishes to lease Capacity from the Lessor, and the Lessor wishes to lease Capacity to the Lessee, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement on the basis that the Lessee shall have the right to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the New Operating Entity.

 

(H)                                Unicom Group has agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

2



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

INTERPRETATION

 

Definitions

 

1.1                                  In this Agreement (including the recitals) the following words and expressions have the following respective meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

9A Areas means Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan provinces, Chongqing municipality and Guangxi Zhuang autonomous region and Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region;

 

9B Areas means Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions;

 

Additional Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.2;

 

Agreement means this agreement, including its schedules;

 

Associate has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;

 

Business Day means any day on which banks in the PRC are open for the transaction of normal banking business;

 

Capacity means capacity on the Network, measured in terms of total number of Subscribers

 

CDMA means Code Division Multiple Access technology, which is a digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput by using various coding sequences to mix and separate voice and data signals for wireless communication, and including all re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modification to such technology from time to time (including CDMA 2000 1x and CDMA 2000 3x, each of which is designed to increase data transmission speed and improve quality of service operation over existing network infrastructure);

 

CDMA Business means the CDMA mobile telecommunications business operated by the New Operating Entity in the Listed Service Areas utilising the Network;

 

CDMA Business Income means the service revenue generated by the New Operating Entity in the course of operating its CDMA telecommunication business and the breakdown thereof as further described in Schedule 1;

 

China Unicom means China Unicom Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong, with limited liability whose shares are listed on the Stock Exchange and whose American Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

Conditions means the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1;

 

3



 

Equipment means all necessary hardware, software and accessories which are used or are about to be used in constructing the Network in accordance with the designs and specifications agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee, where applicable;

 

Force Majeure Event means in relation to the Lessee or the Lessor, matters beyond the reasonable contemplation of that party, including, but not limited to, fire, lightning, explosion, war, flood, earthquake, typhoon, and other natural disasters, national emergency, civil disturbance, riot, terrorism, industrial disputes, weather of exceptional severity, binding acts or omissions of any Government Entity;

 

Government Entity means:

 

(a)                                   any national government, political subdivision thereof, or local jurisdiction therein;

 

(b)                                  any instrumentality, board, commission, court, or agency of any thereof, however constituted; and

 

(c)                                   any association, organization, or institution of which any of the above is a member or to whose jurisdiction any thereof is subject or in whose activities any of the above is a participant;

 

Initial Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.1;

 

Lease means the lease of Capacity by the Lessor to the Lessee pursuant to this Agreement;

 

Lease Commencement Date has the meaning given to it in clause 2.1;

 

Lease Fee means the amounts payable by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to clause 5.1;

 

Lessor Lien means any Security Interest from time to time created by or through the Lessor in connection with the financing of the Network construction;

 

Listed Group means China Unicom and its subsidiaries from time to time;

 

Listed Service Areas means the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities, the 9A Areas and the 9B Areas;

 

Listing Rules  means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 

Loss means any loss, liability, action, claim, proceeding, judgment, penalty, fine, damages, tax, fee, cost or expense;

 

MII means the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC;

 

Minimum Lease Fee means the minimum amount of Lease Fee specified in clause 5.1;

 

4



 

Network means the CDMA mobile telecommunications network, infrastructure or Equipment constructed or acquired by, or on behalf of, the Lessor in the Listed Service Areas, including all CDMA networks, infrastructure and Equipment (whether they are comprised in the same Phase of construction or otherwise) constructed or acquired after the date of this Agreement in the Listed Service Areas;

 

Network Construction Cost in relation to each Phase of the Network, the total amount of all payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by the Lessor that are directly attributable to the construction of that Phase, including construction, installation and Equipment procurement costs and expenses, survey and design costs, investment in technology, software and other intangible assets, insurance premiums and capitalised interest on loans in respect of the construction period of that Phase, any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of Equipment and the construction of that Phase of the Network, including import taxes and customs duties and all costs incurred in relation to any network re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modifications to the technology in respect of that Phase, all such payments, costs, expenses and amounts having been verified and confirmed by certified public accountants in accordance with PRC accounting principles and standards as capital in nature and being able to satisfy the accounting definition of fixed assets of the Lessor in its accounts;

 

Old CDMA Lease Agreements means the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities CDMA Lease Agreement , the 9A Areas CDMA Lease Agreement and the 9B Areas CDMA Lease Agreement;

 

Old Lease Fee means the lease fee payable by the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor under the Old CDMA Lease Agreements;

 

Old Operating Entities means CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World;

 

Phase means a fixed amount of constructed Capacity on the Network agreed upon between the Lessor and the Old Operating Entities;

 

PRC means the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan);

 

Purchase Option has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1;

 

Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in clause 13.2;

 

Quarter means a period of three calendar months, with the first quarter commencing on the Lease Commencement Date;

 

RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;

 

Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, assignment, hypothecation, right of set-off or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security;

 

5



 

SSE means the Shanghai Stock Exchange;

 

Subscriber means a unit of capacity on the Network, as described in clause 12.2(h);

 

Subsidiary means any company:

 

(a)                                   of which another controls the composition of the board of directors of the company; or

 

(b)                                  of which another has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting share capital;

 

Term means the Initial Term and all Additional Terms;

 

Transfer Agreement means the Transfer Agreement in relation to this Agreement entered into between the Lessee and the New Operating Entity on the date of this Agreement; and

 

Twelve Provinces and Municipalities means Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei and Hubei provinces and Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin municipalities.

 

1.2                                  In this Agreement and the Schedules unless the context requires:

 

(a)                                   the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  references to one gender include all genders;

 

(c)                                   references to parties are to the parties to this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement; and

 

(e)                                   words and phrases indicating the singular shall, where the context so admits, include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3                                  Schedule 1 attached to this Agreement forms part of this Agreement.

 

LEASE OF NETWORK CAPACITY

 

2.1                                  Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions, the Lessor agrees to lease all the Capacity on the Network to the Lessee on the terms set out herein commencing from 1 January 2005 (the Lease Commencement Date ).

 

6



 

2.2                                  With respect to the Old Lease Fee paid by CUCL or Unicom New World to the Lessor in 2005 pursuant to the Old CDMA Lease Agreements prior to the satisfaction of the Conditions, the Lessor and the Lessee shall make adjustment and settlement as soon as the Conditions have been satisfied so that the amount of the Old Lease Fee already paid in 2005 reaches the same level as the Lease Fee calculated for the relevant period in accordance with this Agreement as if this Agreement has been implemented from 1 January 2005.

 

2.3                                  The Lessor agrees that, following the completion of the Transfer Agreement, the New Operating Entity shall be permitted to use and operate the Network on an exclusive basis to provide CDMA services, including basic voice services, mobile data services and value added mobile services, under applicable PRC laws and regulations, in the Listed Service Areas.

 

2.4                                  In consideration of the satisfactory performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement, the Lessee shall pay the Lease Fee in accordance with clause 5.

 

CONDITIONS

 

3.1                                  The Lease shall not be effective and binding on the parties unless the following conditions have been fulfilled:

 

(a)                                   the Lessor and the Lessee having obtained all necessary approvals (regulatory or otherwise) to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of the Lessee approving this Agreement at an extraordinary general meeting convened for such purpose;

 

(c)                                   the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of China Unicom (other than Unicom Group and its Associates, who shall abstain from voting in connection with the resolutions) approving the Transfer Agreement at an extraordinary general meeting convened for such purpose;

 

(d)                                  all other conditions precedent contained in the Transfer Agreement having been fulfilled or waived.

 

TERM AND CAPACITY

 

Term

 

4.1                                  The Lessee shall initially lease Capacity for a period of two years from the Lease Commencement Date (the Initial Term ) until 31 December 2006.

 

4.2                                  The Lease shall be renewable for such periods as may be agreed upon between the parties (each, an Additional Term ) on the same terms (except as to the length, the Lease Fee and the Minimum Lease Fee for any Additional Term) at the option of the Lessee provided that the Lessee has given not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the Lessor.

 

7



 

4.3                                  The Lessor shall lease all its Capacity on the Network to the Lessee during the Term.

 

4.4                                  In the event of the following circumstances, the Lessee shall have the right to require the Lessor to expand the Network in the Listed Service Areas to increase the Capacity constructed on the Network according to a timetable agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee:

 

(a)                                   to allow the quality and quantity of the CDMA services provided by the Lessee to reach the required industry standards;

 

(b)                                  to allow the Lessee to launch new services of its CDMA Business; and

 

(c)                                   other circumstances agreed upon between the Lessor and the Lessee.

 

4.5                                  If, due to any event or under any circumstance, the Lessor fails to make available any Capacity on the Network which may affect the CDMA services provided by the Lessee to the Subscribers, then the Lessor shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within five Business Days of the Lessor becoming aware of the event or circumstances in question), notify the Lessee of that fact in writing. Such notification shall set out:

 

(a)                                   the nature of the event or circumstances and whether they have arisen as a result of any of the causes set out in clause 4.7;

 

(b)                                  a description of the steps, if any, which the Lessor has identified are necessary to rectify the matter or capable of bringing the Capacity into operational service as soon as practicable; and

 

(c)                                   the likely effect of the event or circumstances on the CDMA services to be provided by the Lessee.

 

4.6                                  Following receipt by the Lessee of any notification pursuant to clause 4.5, the Lessee and the Lessor shall discuss in good faith:

 

(a)                                   actions which can be taken to rectify the matter; and

 

(b)                                  the number of CDMA Subscribers potentially affected .

 

4.7                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any event or circumstance notified by the Lessor to the Lessee under clause 4.5 is, or arises as a result of, one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                   a Force Majeure Event;

 

(b)                                  any material breach by the Lessee of any of its material obligations under this Agreement which prevents the Lessor from performing the relevant obligation under this Agreement; or

 

8



 

(c)                                   compliance with any applicable law, the mandatory requirements of any Government Entity or any other applicable statutory regulations;

 

then, save to the extent that the event arose (in the case of an event under clause 4.7(c) only) as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Lessor, the Lessor shall have no liability to the extent the delay arises from such events, whether under clause 4.8 or otherwise, to provide any Delay Discount (as defined below), or pay any damages or other compensation to the Lessee as a result of the Capacity not being ready for service and the Lessee’s provision of CDMA service being effected due to such events, and the Lessor shall make available the relevant Capacity on the earliest practicable date on which it is able to do so in light of the relevant event.

 

Consequences of Delay in Making Available the Capacity

 

4.8                                  Subject to clause 4.7, if the Lessor fails to make available any Capacity on the Network thus affecting the CDMA services provided by the Lessee, then the Lessor shall provide the Lessee with a discount (a Delay Discount ), calculated as follows:

 

Delay Discount

=

the Number of CDMA Subscribers of the Lessee being Affected by the Delay x period of delay (number of

 

 

days) x

ARPU of CDMA Subscribers

 

 

 

 

the number of days in the relevant month

 

In the above formula, the Number of CDMA Subscribers of the Lessee being Affected by the Delay shall be the figure confirmed by the Lessee on the basis of substantive evidence and ARPU of CDMA Subscribers shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA subscribers in the relevant areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and confirmed by the Lessee.

 

The Delay Discount shall be credited against the next instalment of Lease Fee to be made by the Lessee to the Lessor.

 

Spectrum

 

4.9                                  The Lessor shall provide the Lessee, or cause the Lessee to be provided, with all necessary spectrum for the operation and expansion of the CDMA Business.

 

LEASE FEE

 

5.1                                  The Lease Fee of the Network shall be:

 

(a)                                   in 2005, 29% of the audited CDMA Business Income of the Lessee for that year;

 

(b)                                  in 2006, 30% of the audited CDMA Business Income of the Lessee for that year;

 

9



 

provided that the annual Lease Fee of the Network shall not be less than the Minimum Lease Fee regardless of the amount of CDMA Business Income for that year.  The Minimum Lease Fee for 2005 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor pursuant to the Old Lease Agreements for 2004.  The Minimum Lease Fee for 2006 shall be 90% of the total amount of Lease Fee paid by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to this Agreement for 2005.

 

The Lease Fee and Minimum Lease Fee in any Additional Term shall be re-negotiated in good faith by the parties to this Agreement.  The methods of calculation and payment of the Lease Fee are set out in Clause 6.

 

CALCULATION OF THE CDMA BUSINESS INCOME AND PAYMENT OF THE LEASE FEE

 

6.1                                  Subject to clauses 6.2 through 6.6, the Lease Fee shall be initially calculated on the basis of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated by the Lessee during each Quarter and shall be paid (or procured to be paid) quarterly in arrears by the Lessee to the Lessor within 30 days following the end of each Quarter during the Term.

 

6.2                                  The Lessee shall issue a report to the Lessor within 20 days following the end of each Quarter during the Term in respect of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated during such Quarter.  Such report shall be in the form of Schedule 1 and shall contain the amount of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated by the Lessee during such Quarter and the total Lease Fee payable by the Lessee that is calculated on the basis of that amount.

 

6.3                                  When China Unicom conducts its annual audit, the Lessor and the Lessee shall adjust and settle the following as soon as practicable:

 

(a)                                   in the event that the Lease Fee of any year calculated on the basis of the audited CDMA Business Income is greater than the Lease Fee of that year paid by the Lessee and calculated on the basis of unaudited quarterly CDMA Business Income of the Lessee, the Lessee shall pay the difference to the Lessor as soon as practicable;

 

(b)                                  in the event that the Lease Fee of any year calculated on the basis of the audited CDMA Business Income is less than the Lease Fee of that year paid by the Lessee and calculated on the basis of the unaudited quarterly CDMA Business Income of the Lessee, the Lessor shall refund the difference to the Lessee as soon as practicable,

 

provided that, in the event that the Lease Fee paid by the Lessee in respect of the relevant year is less than the Minimum Lease Fee upon the above payment adjustment and settlement between the Lessor and the Lessee, the Lessee shall pay the difference to the Lessor as soon as practicable.

 

6.4                                  Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Lessor and the Lessee, all Lease Fee payments shall be made in Renminbi.

 

10



 

6.5                                  All sums payable by the Lessee to the Lessor under this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds by electronic funds transfer to such account as the Lessor shall by not less than seven days’ prior written notice notify to the Lessee.

 

6.6                                  The Lessor may charge interest on any outstanding sum payable to it hereunder from the due date to the date on which it actually recovers the outstanding payments in full from the Lessee, at the daily compound rate of 0.01%.

 

PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NETWORK

 

7.1                                  The Lessor shall procure Equipment for the Network and shall finance the procurement of all Equipment. The Lessor shall invite the Lessee to participate in all negotiations with Equipment suppliers, and the Lessee shall be entitled to approve all Equipment purchases and sign all Equipment purchase contracts.

 

7.2                                  The Lessor shall ensure that the Network is constructed in accordance with the detailed design standards, specifications and timetable agreed in writing between the Lessor and Lessee.

 

7.3                                  Subject to complying with its obligations under clause 7.2, the Lessor shall comply with any requirement of the Lessee that the purchase of the Equipment be undertaken in a manner that is tax efficient for the Lessee.

 

ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING OF THE NETWORK

 

8.1                                  In relation to each Phase of the Network, authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall attend the initial acceptance and the final acceptance arranged by the Equipment suppliers in accordance with the Equipment supply and installation services contracts, which shall incorporate the acceptance regulations of the Lessor. Representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall effect initial and final acceptance of each Phase by execution and delivery to the Equipment suppliers of an initial acceptance document and a final acceptance document respectively.

 

OPERATION, MANAGEMENT AND REVENUE

 

9.1                                  On the day of signing by the authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee of the initial acceptance document relating to a particular Phase of the Network, that Phase shall be formally delivered to the Lessee for operation, management and maintenance.

 

9.2                                  All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from the operation of or in connection with the Network shall be collected by and belong to the Lessee.

 

9.3                                  All costs of operating and managing the Network shall be borne by the Lessee.

 

11



 

9.4                                  Notwithstanding clause 9.3, the Costs as defined in clause 9.5 shall be shared between the Lessor and the Lessee in the following proportion:

 

(a)                                   the Lessor shall bear such proportion of the Costs as calculated according to the following formula:

 

total amount of Capacity
constructed on the Network

-

the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA
(Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred)
90%

total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network

 

(b)                                  the Lessee shall bear such proportion of the Costs as calculated according to the following formula:

 

the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA

(Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred)

90%

total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network

 

9.5                                  For the purposes of clause 9.4, the term Costs means the rental fees for the exchange centres and the base stations together with the relevant expenses, including water and electricity charges, heating charges and the fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc.

 

RISK AND TITLE

 

10.1                            The parties agree that title to all parts of the Network procured, acquired or otherwise funded by the Lessor will remain vested in the Lessor until the Network is transferred to the Lessee pursuant to clause 13.

 

10.2                            As between the Lessor and the Lessee, during the period of construction of each Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall bear all risks of loss, theft, damage and destruction of or to the Network. Thereafter and until the expiry of the Term the Lessor shall bear all risks of physical loss, damage and destruction of or to the Network caused by an Event of Force Majeure, and the Lessee shall be responsible for all losses and damage resulting from its operation of the Network.

 

12



 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

 

Lessor’s Responsibilities

 

11.1                            Without limiting the Lessor’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessor’s responsibilities are to:

 

(a)                                   obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network;

 

(b)                                  obtain all PRC approvals and permits for the import of all equipment and technology, other supplies and installation services required for the construction and operation of the Network, and to use best endeavours to obtain and maintain favourable customs duties;

 

(c)                                   obtain all necessary funding for the construction and expansion of the Network in accordance with the Lessee’s requirements;

 

(d)                                  ensure that each Phase of the Network is constructed in accordance with construction timetable agreed by the Lessor and Lessee;

 

(e)                                   handle all arrangements in relation to the importation of the Equipment;

 

(f)                                     ensure that the Capacity leased is delivered to the Lessee during the Term;

 

(g)                                  use best endeavours to ensure that the Network quality standards shall meet the standards agreed by the Lessor and Lessee;

 

(h)                                  upon request by the Lessee to upgrade the software or hardware of the Network, to use best endeavours to satisfy the request as soon as possible;

 

(i)                                      make available to the Lessee during the Term the benefit of all manufacturer’s warranties in relation to the Equipment and other product support;

 

(j)                                      unless agreed in writing with the Lessee and Unicom Group, refrain from leasing or selling any part of the Network to any third party, or permitting any third party to use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services, except conducted as contemplated in the Transfer Agreement;

 

(k)                                   without the prior written consent of the Lessee, not use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services, or to compete in any other manner with the Listed Group; and

 

(l)                                      in the event of a breakdown of any part of the Network, provide the Lessee with all necessary cooperation, including liaising with Equipment suppliers and coordinating relevant parties.

 

13



 

Lessee’s Responsibilities

 

11.2                            Without limiting the Lessee’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessee’s responsibilities are to:

 

(a)                                   promptly notify the Lessor of any event of loss or any event which is likely to result in an insurance notification claim;

 

(b)                                  provide the Lessor with such information concerning the condition, use and operation of the Network as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably request;

 

(c)                                   permit the Lessor’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal working hours, upon reasonable notice;

 

(d)                                  be responsible for the maintenance and safety of the Network and maintenance of all databases in relation to the Network;

 

(e)                                   permit the Lessor to use such of its premises as are reasonably required by the Lessor for the purpose of complying with its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(f)                                     refrain from subleasing any part of the Network or assigning its rights under the lease to any party other than a member of the Listed Group, except conducted as contemplated in the Transfer Agreement; and

 

(g)                                  in accordance with market requirements and subscriber demand, use all reasonable efforts to promote and advertise the CDMA Business in the Listed Service Areas.

 

Unicom Group’s Responsibilities

 

11.3                            Without limiting Unicom Group’s other obligations hereunder, Unicom Group’s responsibilities are to:

 

(a)                                   obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network; and

 

(b)                                  establish and maintain roaming and interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Representations and Warranties of the Lessee

 

12.1                            The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that:

 

(a)                                   Status :  It is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

14



 

(b)                                  Power and authority : It has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Legal validity : This Agreement has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Lessee, and this Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(d)                                  Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessee of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not (i) conflict with the constitutional documents of the Lessee; or (ii) conflict with or result in default under any document which is binding upon the Lessee or any of its assets nor result in the creation of any Security Interest over any of its assets;

 

(e)                                   Authorisation : All authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required by the Lessee in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(f)                                     No Immunity : The Lessee is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Lessee nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessee constitute private and commercial acts; and

 

(g)                                  Litigation : No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened against Lessee which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect upon the Lessee’s financial condition or business or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Representations and Warranties of the Lessor and Unicom Group

 

12.2                            Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Lessee that:

 

(a)                                   Status : The Lessor is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(b)                                  Power and authority : The Lessor has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes the Lessor’s legal, valid and binding obligation;

 

15



 

(d)                                  Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on the Lessor; or (ii) the constitutional documents of the Lessor; or (iii) any document which is binding upon the Lessor or any of its assets;

 

(e)                                   Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of the Lessor, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by the Lessor have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(f)                                     No breach : The use of the Network by the Lessee in accordance with this Agreement will not cause the Lessee to breach any law, regulation, direction, permission, waiver, consent, registration, approval or other authorisation;

 

(g)                                  No Immunity : The Lessor is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither the Lessor nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessor constitute private and commercial acts; and

 

(h)                                  Currently, the Network has a total Capacity of 42,040,000 Subscribers approximately (which is calculated on the basis of a nominal value of 0.015 Erlang per Subscriber during peak periods; the Lessor and the Lessee may vary the nominal value per Subscriber in light of actual usage and other relevant factors).

 

Representations and Warranties of Unicom Group

 

12.3                            Unicom Group also represents and warrants to the Lessee that:

 

(a)                                   Status : Unicom Group is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(b)                                  Power and authority : Unicom Group has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes Unicom Group’s legal, valid and binding obligation;

 

(d)                                  Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by Unicom Group of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on Unicom Group; or (ii) the constitutional documents of Unicom Group; or (iii) any document which is binding upon Unicom Group or any of its assets;

 

16



 

(e)                                   Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of Unicom Group, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by Unicom Group have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(f)                                     CDMA Licence : Unicom Group’s CDMA licence (Licence No. [2001] Yi Zi No. 01) issued by the MII dated 1 August 2001 is in full force and effect and there are no circumstances which indicate that such licence will or is likely to be revoked, in whole or in part. In accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, Unicom Group is permitted to authorise the Lessee to provide CDMA mobile telecommunications services by using the Network;

 

(g)                                  No Immunity : Unicom Group is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Unicom Group nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by Unicom Group constitute private and commercial acts.

 

PURCHASE OPTION

 

13.1                            The Lessor hereby grants the Lessee an option to purchase the Network (the Purchase Option ).

 

13.2                            The Purchase Option may be exercised at any time during the Term and within one year thereafter by the Lessee giving notice in writing (a Purchase Option Notice ) to the Lessor. The acquisition price of the Network shall be negotiated between the Lessor and the Lessee based on the appraised value of the Network determined in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other relevant factors, provided that the acquisition price will not be greater than such price as would, after taking into account all Lease Fee payments made by all of the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor in accordance with this Agreement or any Old CDMA Lease Agreement and deducting all Delay Discounts due to the Lessee under clause 4.8, enable the Lessor to recover the Network Construction Cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8% (the Purchase Price ).

 

13.3.                         The purchase of the Network by the Lessee under this clause 13 shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules of the SSE and all applicable PRC laws and regulations (or the Listing Rules and all applicable Hong Kong laws after completion of the Transfer Agreement).

 

13.4                            As soon as practicable following the issue of a Purchase Option Notice, the Lessor and Lessee shall negotiate in good faith and execute an agreement in relation to the sale and purchase of the Network.  The agreement shall reflect the terms referred to in this clause 13, as well as such other terms as the Lessor and the Lessee shall agree. In the agreement, the Lessor shall provide such representations and warranties as are reasonably requested by the Lessee in relation to the Network and other related matters.

 

17



 

13.5                            The Network shall be sold free from all Security Interests and with all rights attached to it at the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Network.

 

13.6                            The Lessor and the Lessee shall procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable following final acceptance of each Phase of the Network, a firm of auditors jointly selected by the Lessor and Lessee is appointed to perform procedures agreed upon with the Lessor and Lessee to verify the final Network Construction Cost in respect of such Phase. The Lessor shall provide the Lessee and the firm of auditors so appointed with certified copies or originals of all such supporting invoices and receipts and other documentary evidence and information as the Lessee or such auditors may require in order to verify the Network Construction Cost in respect of any Phase of the Network. The auditors’ fees for carrying out the aforesaid procedures shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.

 

INSURANCE

 

14.1                            During the construction period of each Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall fully and continuously maintain insurance over the Network. The relevant insurance premiums shall be paid by the Lessor and form part of the Network Construction Cost.  Such insurance policies shall name the Lessor as the beneficiary.  Following receipt by the Lessor of any proceeds of such insurance, the Lessor shall apply all the proceeds to repair the Network.

 

14.2                            After each Phase of the Network has been constructed and made available to the Lessee for use , insurance of that Phase of the Network shall be effected and maintained fully and continuously valid by or on behalf of the Lessee on such terms and with such qualified insurance company as agreed by the Lessor and the Lessee.  The relevant insurance premiums, which form part of the cost of operating the Network, shall be paid by the Lessee.  The Lessor and the Lessee shall be named as joint beneficiaries under all such insurance policies.

 

14.3                            The proceeds of any insurance taken out over the Network shall be applied in repairing or replacing the part of the Network that has been damaged or lost.  If the costs of such repair or replacement exceed the amount of relevant proceeds of insurance, the excess shall be paid by the Lessor and shall form part of the Network Construction Cost in case the damage or loss occurs during the construction period, and shall be paid by or on behalf of the Lessee and form part of the operating cost of the Network in case the damage or loss occurs during the operating period.

 

14.4                            In the event of loss of, or damage to, the Network, the Lessor and Lessee shall agree upon the detailed steps which can be taken to repair or replace the Network so as to overcome, rectify and minimise such loss or damage.

 

NETWORK MAINTENANCE

 

15.1                            The Lessee shall at all times during the Term:

 

(a)                                   take all necessary or desirable steps to safeguard all parts of the Network and keep the Network in good repair and condition, subject to fair wear and tear; and

 

18



 

(b)                                  maintain the Network in accordance with the generally accepted best practice of other mobile telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

15.2                            The costs, fees and expenses in complying with the obligations of the Lessee under clause 15.1 shall be shared between the Lessor and the Lessee according to the following proportions:

 

(a)                                   the Lessor shall bear such proportion of the costs, fees and expenses in complying with the obligations of the Lessee under Clause 15.1 as calculated according to the following formula:

 

total amount of Capacity
constructed on the Network

-

the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA
( Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred)
90%

total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network

 

(b)                                  the Lessee shall bear such proportion of the costs, fees and expenses in complying with the obligations of the Lessee under Clause 15.1 as calculated according to the following formula:

 

the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA

(Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred)

90%

total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network

 

15.3                            The Lessee shall permit the Lessor’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of ascertaining whether the Lessee is in compliance with its obligations under clause 15.1.

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

16.1                            In consideration of the Lessee entering into this Agreement, Unicom Group unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement. If and each time the Lessor fails for any reason to perform or observe its obligations under this Agreement, Unicom Group shall forthwith upon demand unconditionally perform (or procure the performance of) the obligation in relation to which such failure has occurred in the manner prescribed in this Agreement and so that the same benefits shall be received by the Lessee as would have been so received if such obligation had been duly performed and/or observed by the Lessor.

 

19



 

16.2                            Unicom Group agrees to indemnify on demand the Lessee for any loss or damage suffered by any member of the Listed Group as a result of any defect in, or any loss of or damage to, any of the Equipment caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of the Lessor or Unicom Group under this Agreement or in connection with the Network. The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim shall not exceed the total amount of Lease Fee payments made by the all of the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor under this Agreement or any Old CDMA Lease Agreement as well as the total Purchase Price paid by the Lessee for the Network.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

17.1                            At all times during the Term each party shall, and shall procure that their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall, keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other parties, disclose to any third party this Agreement or any of the terms of this Agreement or any documents or materials supplied by or on behalf of either party in connection with this Agreement, save that any such party shall be entitled upon giving notice to the other parties to make such disclosure:

 

(a)                                   in connection with any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the extent that any party may consider necessary to protect its interests; or

 

(b)                                  if required to do so by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction whether in pursuance of any procedure for discovering documents or otherwise or pursuant to any law or any regulation of any stock exchange or securities regulatory authority; or

 

(c)                                   to its auditors or legal advisors or other professional advisers; or

 

(d)                                  by the Lessor or the Lessee to any bank or any other financier or prospective financier; or

 

(e)                                   if required to do so by any applicable law or in order for such party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

17.2                            Nothing contained in clause 17.1 shall preclude the Lessee from disclosing to any member of the Listed Group any information, document or other materials relating to the Lease.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

 

18.1                            If the Lessee or Lessor (the Affected Party ) is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event:

 

(a)                                   the Affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement are suspended from notification of the event in accordance with clause 18.1(b) while the Force Majeure Event continues but only to the extent that it is so prevented, hindered or delayed;

 

20



 

(b)                                  immediately after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event the Affected Party shall promptly notify the other parties in writing of the Force Majeure Event, the time and date on which the Force Majeure Event started and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   the Affected Party shall take all reasonable endeavours to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(d)                                  immediately after the end of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall notify the other parties in writing that the Force Majeure Event has ended and the duration of the Force Majeure Event, and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

TERMINATION

 

19.1                            The Lessee may terminate this Agreement by not less than 180 days’ prior written notice, such termination to take effect from the end of the Initial Term or any Additional Term.  The Lessor may not terminate this Agreement except in accordance with this clause 19.1 or clause 19.2.

 

19.2                            Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies they may have (either under this Agreement or at law), the Lessor or the Lessee may terminate this Agreement if the other (or, in the case of the Lessee, Unicom Group) commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (save for any breach which is caused by the party seeking to rely on it) and, in the case of such a breach which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 90 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied.

 

19.3                            For the purpose of clause 19.2, a breach shall be considered capable of remedy if the party in breach can comply with the provision in question in all respects other than as to the time of performance (provided that time of performance is not of the essence).

 

19.4                            The rights to terminate this Agreement given by this clause 19 shall not prejudice any other right or remedy of any party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.

 

19.5                            Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement and to any rights or obligations which have accrued prior to termination, no party shall have any further obligation to the others under this Agreement.

 

19.6                            Notwithstanding clause 19.1, this Agreement may terminate at any time with the written agreement of the parties.

 

21



 

Redelivery

 

19.7                            Subject to clause 13, the Lessee shall redeliver the Network to the Lessor within 90 days following the termination of the Lease.  At the time of such redelivery:

 

(a)                                   the Network shall be free and clear of all Security Interests (other than Lessor Liens);

 

(b)                                  all maintenance to the Network due for performance during the Term shall have been completed in accordance with clause 15, with all deferred maintenance items completed; and

 

(c)                                   all damage to the Network shall have been permanently repaired and certified in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Equipment manufacturer.

 

NOTICES

 

20.1                            Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by (or on behalf of) the person giving it.  It shall be served by sending it by fax, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address or fax number set out in clause 20.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party (or to such other address or fax number as shall have been duly notified in accordance with this clause).  Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

 

(a)                                   in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

(b)                                  in the case of delivery by fax, at the time of transmission; and

 

(c)                                   in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 9 a.m. on the second Business Day following the date of posting

 

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9 a.m. on the next following Business Day.

 

References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

22



 

20.2                            The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 20.1 are as follows:

 

Lessor

 

 

 

Address:

6 th Floor, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen
Nei Dajie, Beijing, 100005, PRC

 

 

Fax:

+86 10 6611 0768

 

 

For the attention of:

Zhang Yun Gao

 

 

Lessee

 

 

 

Address:

40 th Floor, Jin Mao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard,
Shanghai, the PRC

 

 

Fax:

+86 10 6650 4066

 

 

For the attention of:

The Directors

 

 

Unicom Group

 

 

 

Address:

Room 615, Tower 3, Henderson Centre,

 

18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC

 

 

Fax:

+86 10 6611 4366

 

 

For the attention of:

Li Zhang Ting

 

20.3                            A party may notify the other parties of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 20, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

 

(a)                                   the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

(b)                                  if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

 

21.1                            The rights or benefits under this Agreement may not be assigned (nor may any cause of action arising in connection with any of them be assigned) by the Lessor or Unicom Group or their respective successor in title without the prior written consent of the Lessee.  Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group irrevocably agrees that the Lessee may transfer or sub-contract any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the New Operating Entity or another member of the Listed Group.

 

23



 

21.2                            The Lessor may, with the Lessee’s prior written consent, sub-contract any of its obligations under this Agreement provided that the Lessor procures that the sub-contractor complies with the Lessor’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were a party to this Agreement in place of the Lessor. Nothing in this clause 21 will relieve the Lessor of any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement.

 

SEVERABILITY

 

22.1                            If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

23.1                            Each party agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as the other parties may reasonably require to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.

 

COSTS

 

24.1                            Subject to clause 24.2, each of the parties shall pay its own Costs and expenses (including the legal costs) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

24.2                            Any stamp duty or other duties payable in connection with this Agreement, and matters contemplated hereunder shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.

 

WAIVERS AND VARIATIONS

 

25.1                            No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver shall be effective unless expressed in writing signed for or on behalf of the party granting it.

 

25.2                            No variation of this Agreement (or of any of the documents referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it.  The expression “variation” shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.

 

25.3                            Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

 

24



 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

26.1                            This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all Old CDMA Lease Agreements.

 

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

27.1                            This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, PRC law.

 

27.2                            The parties agree to use their best efforts to settle all disputes, controversies or conflicts arising from or in connection with this Agreement through friendly negotiation and consultation.  If the parties fail to reach agreement on the length, the Lease Fee or the Minimum Lease Fee for any Additional Term, either the Lessor or the Lessee may refer the matter to mediation at Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (HKIAC) and in accordance with its Mediation Rules.

 

27.3                            Each of the parties agrees that the courts of the PRC are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

27.4                            Each party agrees to waive and not to claim any immunity from any proceedings and legal actions and from all forms of execution to which it or its property is now or hereafter becomes entitled under the laws of any jurisdiction.

 

27.5                            During the arbitration or court proceedings, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement except for the part in dispute which is being referred to arbitration or court proceedings.

 

LANGUAGE

 

28.1                            This Agreement shall be written in a Chinese version and an English version in two originals each. If there exists any dispute between the parties as to the interpretation of the two versions, then the two versions shall be read in conjunction to determine the parties’ intention at the time of signing. If the parties’ real intention still cannot be ascertained by such reading, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

25



 

SIGNED on behalf of the Lessor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Zhang Yungao

 

 

 

 

Name:

Zhang Yungao

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED on behalf of the Lessee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

Name:

Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED on behalf of Unicom Group

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chang Xiaobing

 

 

 

 

Name:

Chang Xiaobing

 

 

 

26



 

SCHEDULE 1
 

Quarterly CDMA Service Revenue

Breakdown of CDMA Service Revenue

 

Prepared by: Provincial Branch

 

Unit of Amount: RMB

 

 

 

Items

 

Rows

 

Amount for
the current
quarter

 

Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Service Revenue

 

1=2+3+4+5+
6+7-8

 

 

 

Formula for calculating the lease fee in row 11 is described as following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Monthly fee

 

2

 

 

 

Assuming that under PRC GAAP, service revenue generated by CUCL from the principal business (in row 1) equals to A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Usage fee

 

3

 

 

 

Lease fee payable to Unicom Horizon, i.e. leasing revenue of Unicom Horizon equals to B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Revenue from value-added services

 

4

 

 

 

Under the connected transaction agreements, the settlement represents R% of the service revenue calculated in accordance with HK GAAP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Interconnection revenue

 

5

 

 

 

Under HK GAAP, the service revenue generated by CUCL equals to C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Business revenues from digital circuits and leased lines

 

6

 

 

 

C =A-(A-B) * 3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. Others

 

7

 

 

 

Formula : B= C*R%= [A-(A-B)*3%]*R%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Tax

 

8

 

 

 

Where: B=[A *(1-3%)] / (1/R%-3%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs incurred by Principal Business

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

……

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In which, CDMA lease fee payable to Unicom Horizon

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

27


Exhibit 4.28

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Transfer Agreement of

 

The CDMA Network Capacity Lease

 

Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

And

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

This Agreement was signed in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (“China”), on March 24, 2005, by the representatives of the following parties:

 

(1)        The Transferor:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”)

Location: F40th, Jinmao Building, No.88 ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

(2)        The Transferee:

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

Location: F12 of No. 1 Building, Henderson Center, No.18, JianGuoMen Nei

Street, Beijing

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

Location: Room 1009, F10th of No. 1 Building, No. 18, JianGuoMen Nei Street,

DongCheng District, Beijing

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

In this Agreement, CUCL and Unicom New World are separately or collectively referred to as the Transferee.

 

Whereas,

 

(1)        CUCL is a foreign invested enterprise established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, with 100% of its shares being held by China Unicom Limited (the “Red-chip Company”). A Share Company is a limited holding company established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) on October 9, 2002, with 69.3224% of its shares Beijing held by China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”);

 

1



 

(2)        In order for CUCL to offer CDMA services in Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Liaoning, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Shandong, Hubei, Guangdong (“Twelve Provinces and Municipalities”), Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”) signed on Novenber 22, 2001 the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement (“the old CDMA Lease Agreement I”) ;

 

(3)        On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and Red-chip Company indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

2



 

(4)        Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New Century”) to offer mobile communications services in Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Sichuan, Shaanxi provinces, Chongqing Municipality, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region (“9A Areas”), Unicom Group, Unicom New Horizon signed the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement (“the old CDMA Lease Agreement II”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2002. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old CDMA Lease Agreement II with Unicom New Century to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old CDMA Lease Agreement II to Unicom New Century;

 

(5)        Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New World to offer mobile communications services in Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet (“9B Areas”), Unicom Group signed the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement (“the old CDMA Lease Agreement III”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2003. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old CDMA Lease Agreement III with Unicom New World to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old CDMA Lease Agreement III to Unicom New World;

 

(6)        Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the old CDMA Lease Agreement I, the old CDMA Lease Agreement II and its transfer agreement, the old CDMA Lease Agreement III and its transfer agreement are collectively referred to as “the Old CDMA Lease Agreement”.

 

3



 

(7)        CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New Century under the old CDMA Lease Agreement II have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

(8)        On November 22, 2004, the Amendment Agreement was entered into between CUCL, Unicom New World and Unicom Group, respectively, to supplement the provisions in connection with cost allocation in the old CDMA Lease Agreement;

 

(9)        Unicom Group, Unicom New Horizon and A Share Company signed the “CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement” on March 24, 2005.

 

Considering of the implementation and amendment of the old CDMA Lease Agreement, with common studies and consultations, the Parties to this Agreement, in the principle of equality and mutual benefit, have agreed as follows:

 

1.          If the conditions of entry into force described in Article 6 of this Agreement were met, the Transferor agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement and its attachments to the Transferee. The Transferee hereupon agrees to acquire the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement.

 

2.          Once the Transferor transferred its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee would immediately succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement. And the Transferor should terminate all the relevant rights and obligations succeeded by the Transferee under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement.

 

4



 

3.          The Transferor acknowledges that, in accordance with Article 21 of the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon have irrepealably agreed that the Transferor may transfer its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement to the Transferee and its subsidiaries or Red-chip Company and its subsidiaries, and no further consent from the Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon for such transfer is required.

 

4.          The Parties to this Agreement should ensure that they have the rights, power and capability to sign and implement this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the lawful, effective and binding obligations of the Parties immediately upon its signing.

 

5.          The Transferee agrees to undertake the rights and obligations in the past and future under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement in compliance with the terms and conditions defined in the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement in its period of validity.

 

6.          Come into Effect

 

This Agreement comes into effect together with the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, with the following conditions being satisfied.

 

6.1        The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, the transfer of the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Red-chip Company to the Transferee;

 

6.2        The conditions of described in Article 3 of CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement are met.

 

5



 

7.          Further Arrangement

 

The Ministry of Commerce has approved the merger of Unicom New World by CUCL, and the relevant legal procedures are going to be completed. Therefore the Parties to this Agreement now agree and acknowledge that, after the completion of the legal procedures to merge Unicom New World by CUCL, all the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement will be succeeded by CUCL. And CUCL may succeed the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement without any other approval or consent from A Share Company.

 

8.          Force Majeure

 

Any party who fails to carry out the relevant obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the agreed conditions due to any events of Force Majeure which could not be predicted, and the occurrence or results of which could not be avoided or overcome, the party should inform other parties of its occurrence as soon as possible and thereafter provide detailed information and a valid document for evidence explaining the reason of its inability to execute or delay the execution of all or part of the obligations under this Agreement and its attachments within 15 days. The Parties shall, through consultations, decide whether to suspend, partially exempt or delay the execution of such obligations according to the effects of the events of Force Majeure on the performance of the obligation.

 

9.          Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise defined or required by law or the relevant regulatory authority, or for the purpose of information disclosure by the Transferor to SEC, or by Red-chip Company to Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (SEHK), either party shall not provide or disclose any data or information related to the business of other parties to any company, enterprise, organization or personnel without the written permission of the relevant party.

 

6



 

10.        No waiver

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by law, the failure or delay of execution of the rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, power or privileges. And the partial execution of such rights, power and privileges shall not obstruct the future execution of such rights, power and privileges.

 

11.        Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing, and delivered in person by one party to other parties, or sent by facsimile or by mail. Such notices shall be deemed delivered upon receipt when delivered in person; or upon confirmation of delivery displayed in the fax machine of the addresser if transmitted by facsimile; or within three working days (automatically extended when falls on legal holidays) after being delivered by mail. Any notice shall come into effect upon delivery.

 

The communication addresses of the Parties to this Agreement are as follows:

China United
Telecommunications
Corporation Ltd.

 

China Unicom
Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World
Telecommunications
Corporation Limited

 

 

 

 

 

Addressee: Zhao Yilei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

Address: F40th, Jinmao
Building, No.88 ShiJi
Avenue, Shanghai

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

Postal Code: 200121

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

7



 

12.        Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and be construed and executed in accordance with the laws of China.

 

13.        Settlement of Disputes

 

All disputes arising from the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation. Should no settlement be reached through negotiation within 30 days after the arising of the disputes, any party shall be entitled to proceed to the People’s Court with proper jurisdiction.

 

14.        Miscellaneous

 

14.1      Each party may make revisions or supplements to this Agreement under consultations with other Parties. All the revisions and supplements shall be effective when signed and sealed by the legal representatives of the Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

14.2      This Agreement is severable. If any provisions of this Agreement is held to be against the law or unenforceable, the effectiveness and implementation of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.

 

14.3      This Agreement was done in six original copies, two for each Party, being equally authenticated.

 

8



 

(No text on this page)

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

9


Exhibit 4.29

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Comprehensive Services Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

And

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

Contents

 

1.

 

BASIC PRINCIPLES

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

BASIC CONTENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

PRICING PRINCIPLES AND PAYMENT

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

TERM OF VALIDITY

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

STATEMENTS, UNDERTAKINGS AND COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

TRANSFER

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

TAKING EFFECT

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

NON-WAIVER

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

NOTIFICATION

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

LEGAL APPLICABILITY

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

 

 

 

 

14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 1: INTERCONNECTION AND SETTLEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 2: ROAMING ARRANGEMENTS

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 3: PROVISION OF TELEPONE CARD

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 4: PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 5: MUTUAL PROVISION OF PREMISES

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 6: LEASE OF TRANSMISSION CHANNEL

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 7: PROVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK GATEWAY

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 8 LEASING OF SATELLITE CAPACITY

 

 



 

This Agreement is signed by representatives of the following parties in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“China”) on March 24, 2005:

 

(1)        Party A: China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”)
Address:     Room 615, Tower 3

Office Building, Henderson Center

18, Jianguomennei Dajie

Beijing

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

(2)        Party B: China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”)
Address:     Floor 40, Jinmao Plaza

88, Century Road

Shanghai

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Whereas:

 

(1)        Unicom Group is a limited liability cosmpany incorporated and validly existing under law and engaged in comprehensive telecommunications business. Unicom A Share Company is a stock limited company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of PRC, the shares of which were listed and traded on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) from October 9, 2002, and a company in which Unicom Group holds 69,3224% of the equity interest;

 

1



 

(2)        China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”) is a foreign-funded enterprise incorporated and existing under the laws of PRC, of which China Unicom Limited (“Red-chip Company”) holds 100% of equity interest. In order for CUCL to offer GSM mobile communications services and other telecommunications services(excluding CDMA service) in Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Liaoning, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Shandong, Hubei, Guangdong (“Twelve Provinces and Municipalities”), Unicom Group and CUCL signed on May 25, 2000 the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement I”) to agree on matters including interconnection settlement arrangements, roaming arrangements, supply of special telecom cards, procurement of equipment, mutual provision of Premises, etc. In order for CUCL to offer CDMA service in the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities, Unicom Group and CUCL signed on November 22, 2001 the CDMA Network Comprehensive Services Agreement (“CDMA Comprehensive Services Agreement”);

 

(3)        Unicom New Space Co. Limited (“Unicom NewSpace”) and CUCL signed on May 25, 2000 the Long distance Satellite Data Channel Lease Agreement (“Satellite Channel Lease Agreement”), under which CUCL shall rent the satellite digital circuits from Unicom NewSpace;

 

2



 

(4)        On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and Red-chip Company indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

3



 

(5)        Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New Century”) to offer mobile communications services in Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Sichuan, Shaanxi provinces, Chongqing Municipality, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region (“9A Areas”), Unicom Group signed the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2002. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II with Unicom New Century to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II to Unicom New Century;

 

(6)        Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New World”) to offer mobile communications services in Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet (“9B Areas”), Unicom Group signed the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2003. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III with Unicom New World to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III to Unicom New World;

 

(7)        Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement I, CDMA Comprehensive Services Agreement, Satellite Channel Lease Agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II and its transfer agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III and its transfer agreement are collectively referred to as “the Old Comprehensive Services Agreement”.

 

4



 

(8)        CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New Century under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

(9)        On November 22, 2004, Unicom Group signed the Amendment to Equipment Procurement Agreement separately with CUCL and Unicom New World (the amendments to equipment procurement agreements are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Amendment to Equipment Procurement Agreement”), amending the settlement standard for equipment procurement service contained in the Old Comprehensive Services Agreement.

 

In line with the specific implementation and amendment as of the day on which the old Comprehensive Services Agreement came into effect, and through joint studies and consultations, the 2 parties reached the following agreement on the basis of equality and mutual benefit:

 

1.          Basic Principles

 

1.1        “Comprehensive Services” under this Agreement refers to services and facilities provided by one party of this Agreement to the other party or mutually provided by the parties of this Agreement, the cost (“service fees”) of which shall be paid by the receiver to the provider.

 

1.2        Provision of services and/or facilities either party under this Agreement to the other party is a kind of paid transaction between the enterprises in their economic contacts. The provider shall be entitled to charge reasonable service fees for the services and /or facilities provided by it in line with fair market principles, and the receiver shall fulfill its obligations to pay the service fees.

 

5



 

1.3        The conditions on which either party of this Agreement provides services and/or facilities to the other, as well as the service quality, shall by no means be lower than those on which it provides the same or similar services and/or facilities to any third party.

 

Either party of this Agreement must abide by the principle of fair trade in exercising its rights or fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.4        In the event that either party of this Agreement requires the other to increase the services and/or facilities under this Agreement, the other party should try its best to provide the required services and/or facilities on conditions not lower than those on which it provides such services and/or facilities to any third party.

 

1.5        In the event that it is impossible to provide or provide fully the services and/or facilities under this Agreement due to reasons not incurred by one party, the said party shall notify the other immediately and try its best to help the other obtain the same or similar services and/or facilities from other sources.

 

1.6        Provision of the services and/or facilities under this Agreement must be compliant with the purposes as agreed by the parties as well as relevant national standards.

 

1.7        Should either party of this Agreement violate the Agreement and thereby cause losses to the other party (including, but not limited to, direct and indirect losses caused to the other party as the result of such breach), the violating party shall assume the liability for breach of contract. However, it shall not assume any responsibility for losses caused by force majeure.

 

1.8        Either party of the Agreement shall provide necessary and reasonable assistance to the other when the latter is fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

 

6



 

2.          Basic Contents of Comprehensive Services

 

2.1        Comprehensive services mutually provided by the 2 parties of this Agreement and related arrangements are contained in the following attachments:

 

Attachment 1: Interconnection and Settlement Arrangements (mutually provided by the 2 parties);

 

Attachment 2: Roaming Arrangements (mutually provided by the 2 parties);

 

Attachment 3: Supply of Telephone Cards (provided by Party A to Party B);

 

Attachment 4: Equipment Procurement Services (provided by Party A to Party B);

 

Attachment 5: Mutual Provision of Premises (mutually provided by the 2 parties);

 

Attachment 6: Leasing of Transmission Channel (provided by Party B to Party A);

 

Attachment 7: Provision of International telecommunication network Gateway (provided by Party A to Party B);

 

Attachment 8: Leasing of Satellite Capacity (provided by Party A to Party B);

 

3.          Pricing Principles and Payment

 

3.1        The pricing principles and/or charging standards for service fees under this Agreement are separately contained in the attachments to this Agreement.

 

3.2        The specific amount of service fees under this Agreement shall be calculated in line with accounting standards applicable from time to time in China.

 

3.3        Should the parties fail to agree on the amount of service fees under this Agreement, the matter shall be reported to relevant authority, which shall make a decision in line with the spirit and terms of this Agreement and pursuant to relevant state price policies and stipulations. The authority’s decision shall be deemed as final and binding for both parties.

 

7



 

3.4        The party that obtains services from the other shall pay service fees in time in line with the pricing principles and charging standards contained in this Agreement and the attachments.

 

3.5        Should either of the two parties of this Agreement fail to pay relevant service fees in due time as agreed, it shall pay 0.05% of the payable amount as the daily overdue fine for as long as such overdue exists. The other party may notify the overdue party in written form of suspension of services concerned when the payment is overdue for 60 days. Should the overdue party fails to pay the service fees concerned within 30 days after receipt of the written notice, the other party may announce immediate termination of the services concerned. However, suspension or termination of the services concerned shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations already incurred or generated under this Agreement prior to such suspension or termination.

 

3.6        In each October, the parties shall review the charging standards for each service item and facility to be provided under this Agreement in the next accounting year, as well as other terms, and sign a supplemental agreement.  Should the parties fail to agree on the terms of the supplemental agreement within the above timeframe, the charging standards and relevant terms in effect in the current year shall be applicable in the next accounting year before the 2 parties reach an agreement or solve their differences in line with §3.3.

 

4.          Term of Validity

 

4.1        This Agreement shall remain valid for 2 years (“Term of Validity”), starting from January 1, 2005 after the requirements of Article 7 under this Agreement are met.

 

4.2        Unless Party B notifies Party A in written form 60 days in advance that it will not extend the Agreement, this Agreement shall be extended for one more term upon expiration of its validity or extended validity, on the prerequisite that relevant laws, regulations and other regulatory rules apply.

 

8



 

5.          Statements, Undertakings and Commitments

 

Each of the parties of this Agreement makes the following statements, undertakings and commitments:

 

5.1        That is has the full power and authority (including, but not limited to, approval, permission or license obtained from relevant government authorities) necessary to sign this Agreement and its attachments;

 

5.2        That this Agreement and its attachments are deemed as valid and binding and enforceable pursuant to their terms once signed and sealed as required in this Agreement;

 

5.3        That no terms and conditions of this Agreement, nor those of its attachments, are against the laws and regulations of the PRC.

 

6.          Transfer

 

6.1        On the basis of the terms and conditions established in this Agreement and the arrangements made in Connected Transactions MoU, Party A irrevocably agrees Party B to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the subsidiaries of Red-chip Company operating business in Mainland China and that Party B needs no further consent from Party A for transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL.

 

6.2        Once Party B has transferred its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the subsidiaries of Red-chip Company operating business in Mainland China, the said subsidiaries shall immediately inherit all of Party B’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and Party B shall immediately terminate the relevant rights and obligations already inherited by the said subsidiaries.

 

9



 

7.          Taking Effect

 

This Agreement shall take effect as of the date agreed by the parties of the Agreement when the following requirements are met:

 

7.1        The shareholders’ meeting of A Share Company approves of the implementation of this Agreement in line with the laws, regulations and listing rules, as applicable to it.

 

7.2        The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves of the transfer by Unicom A Share Company of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL in line with the laws, regulations and listing rules, as applicable to it.

 

8.          Force Majeure

 

Should either party fails to fulfill relevant obligations under this Agreement and related attachments in line with the agreed requirements because of unpredictable force majeure events the occurrence and consequences of which can neither be avoided nor overcome, it shall immediately notify the other party and provide within 15 days relevant details as well as valid evidence to show that fulfillment of relevant obligations or part of the obligations under this Agreement and related attachments is impossible or that fulfillment of such obligations needs to be postponed. The 2 parties shall negotiate with each other and decide whether to suspense such obligations, partially exempt the other party from such obligations or postpone the fulfillment of such obligations on the basis of the extent to which fulfillment of such obligations is affected by the force majeure event.

 

10



 

9.          Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise stipulated or required by the law or relevant regulatory authorities, and except for the purpose of information disclosure by A Share Company and Red-chip Company to the securities regulatory authority, neither of the 2 parties is allowed to provide or disclose materials and information related to the other party’s business to any company, enterprise, organization or individual without written permission from the other party.

 

10.       Non-waiver

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by the law, failure or delay of either party to exercise the rights, powers or privileges entitled to it under this Agreement shall not be deemed as waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, and exercising part of such rights, powers or privileges shall not hamper exercising of such rights, powers or privileges in the future.

 

11.       Notification

 

Any notification related to this Agreement shall be made in written form and sent by one party of this Agreement to the other, either via a special courier, or by fax, or by postal delivery, to the other party. Such notification is deemed as delivered upon delivery via a special courier, or when the sender’s fax machine indicates that the pages have been transmitted if it is sent by fax, or on the 3 rd working day(excluding legal holidays)after it is mailed. Any notification shall be deemed as valid upon delivery.

 

11



 

The following are addresses of the 2 parties of this Agreement to be used for the purpose of such notification:

 

China United Telecommunications
Corporation

 

China United Telecommunications
Corporation Limited

 

 

 

Addressee: Yi Yongji

 

Addressee: Zhao Yilei

Address: Room 1167, Floor 11

 

Address: Floor 40, Jinmao Plaza

 

133A, Xidanbei Dajie

 

 

88, Century Road

 

Xicheng Disctrict

 

 

Shanghai

 

Beijing

 

 

 

PC: 100032

 

PC: 200121

 

12.       Legal Applicability

 

This Agreement is subject to the jurisdiction of the laws of the PRC and shall be interpreted and implemented pursuant to the laws of the PRC.

 

13.       Dispute Resolution

 

Except as otherwise prescribed in Article 3.3 of this Agreement, any dispute between the two parties of this Agreement on the validity, interpretation or implementation of this Agreement shall be first resolved through friendly consultations. Should such consultations fail within 30 days after such dispute arises, either of the 2 parties has the right to file a suit to the people’s court of competent jurisdiction.

 

14.       Miscellaneous

 

14.1      The Old Comprehensive Services Agreement, Satellite Lease Channel Agreement and the Amendment to Equipment Procurement Agreement terminate immediately once this Agreement takes effect.

 

12



 

14.2      Attachments 1-8 to this Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement and of equal validity as the text of this Agreement. The arrangements made in the Attachments to this Agreement shall prevail if found inconsistent with the text of this Agreement.

 

14.3      Upon consensus, the 2 parties may amend or supplement this Agreement and its Attachments, and all such amendments or supplementations come into effect only when signed and sealed by the legal representatives of the 2 parties or their authorized representatives.

 

14.4      This Agreement is severable. Namely, if any provision of this Agreement and its Attachments are held illegal or unenforceable, the effect and enforcement of other provisions of this Agreement and its Attachments shall remain unaffected.

 

14.5      This Agreement has 4 original copies, two for each party, with each copy of equal legal effect.

 

13



 

(No text on this page)

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation(sealed)

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Shang Bing

 

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited(sealed)

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

14



 

Attachment 1: Interconnection and Settlement Arrangements

 

1.          Types of Interconnection

 

Party A and Party B agree to interconnect the various types of telecom networks owned by them, currently including their cellular mobile telephone networks and other telecom networks, for the purpose of offering mobile communications services over these networks.

 

2.          Technical Rules and Technical Specifications on Interconnection, Sharing of Interconnection Costs and Project Construction

 

2.1        The above-mentioned types of interconnection between the 2 parties shall be compliant with the technical rules and technical specifications on interconnection established by state communications authority.

 

2.2        The 2 parties shall negotiate with each other on issues with respect to methods for sharing of the interconnection costs and project construction.

 

3.          Obligations of the Parties

 

3.1        The 2 parties shall guarantee that the quality of inter-network communications is by no means lower that that of the same service offered respectively within their own network.

 

3.2        If technologically feasible, and upon request of the other party, either party of this Agreement shall unconditionally and promptly provide to subscribers in the other party’s relevant network the telecom services(including special service, intelligent service, etc.) it provides to subscribers in its own network, and meanwhile guarantee service quality.

 

15



 

4.          Network Management and Adjustment

 

4.1        Either party of this Agreement shall notify the other party 6 months in advance of any potential impact on the communications made by the other party’s subscribers caused by its network expansion and restructuring.

 

4.2        Either party of this Agreement shall notify the other party 30 days in advance of any potential impact on the communications made by the other party’s subscribers caused by its adjustment of intra-network routing organization, trunk circuits, signaling mode, office data, software versions, etc.

 

4.3        Upon request of the other party, either party of this Agreement shall provide timely coordination for the adjustment made by the other party of its inter-network routing organization, trunk circuits, signaling mode, office data, software versions, etc. and meanwhile guarantee that the quality of inter-network communications meet relevant requirements.

 

5.          Maintenance, Technical Faults and Fault Elimination

 

5.1        The 2 parties shall conduct network maintenance and guarantee normal operation of the entire network in line with relevant rules published from time to time by state communications authority.

 

5.2        Neither party is allowed to cut inter-network communications without permission from the other party.

 

5.3        The 2 parties shall take immediate and effective measures to restore communications when inter-network communications breaks down or is seriously unsmooth.

 

6.          Settlement and Payment of Call Charges

 

16



 

6.1        Settlement Principles

 

(1)          Settlement of the interconnection between the mobile communications networks of the 2 parties

 

With respect to mobile calls between different provinces, settlement can be made by one of the following two methods whichever is more favorable to Party B:

 

(i) The mobile communications network from which the outgoing calls originate and the mobile communications network which receives the incoming calls shall each retain 4% of the long distance call fee incurred, and the remaining 92% shall be credited to Party B;

 

(ii) Please refer to the settlement standard stipulated in the Notice Concerning the Issues of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relay Fees (MII DOC[2003]454) promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on October 28, 2003.

 

(2)          Settlement of other interconnection between the networks of the 2 parties

 

The 2 parties agree to settle all the other interconnections between their networks on the basis of the stipulations of the Notice Concerning the Issues of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relay Fees promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on October 28, 2003.

 

(3)          The 2 parties further agree that if the settlement methods (and their amendments from time to time) formulated by relevant government authorities in respect of similar interconnections between their networks are more favorable to Party B when compared with the above-mentioned interconnection settlement arrangements, the settlement shall be conducted pursuant to such methods.

 

17



 

6.2        Billing Principles

 

Interconnection settlement shall be based on Party B’s billing information. In the event that the error rate of the billing data contained in the 2 parties’ billing information exceeds 3%, the 2 parties shall negotiate with each other and fix the basis of interconnection settlement.

 

6.3        Delivery of Billing Information and Settlement

 

(1)        Settlement of the interconnection between the mobile communications networks of the 2 parties

 

The 2 parties agree to report call charge data to the clearing center affiliated to party B(“Clearing Center”) by the 25 th day of each month according to the requirements of the Clearing Center, which will aggregate and process the data and compile intra-network clearing statement.

 

The 2 parties agree to conduct settlement once a month on the basis of the above-mentioned intra-network clearing statement compiled by the Clearing Center.

 

(2)        Settlement between mobile network and fixed network

 

The affiliates of the 2 parties shall conduct settlement directly and once a month on the basis of the settlement principles stipulated in this Attachment, as agreed by the 2 parties.

 

18



 

Attachment 2: Roaming Arrangements

 

1.          As Party A and Party B are respectively offering mobile telephone service within their own service areas, they agree on the following arrangements in order to realize roaming for their subscribers:

 

1.1        The 2 parties agree to make automatic roaming arrangements for their mobile telephone networks, that is, the mobile telephone subscribers of either party can initiate and receive calls in the other party’s service areas.

 

1.2        The 2 parties agree that the mobile subscribers using roaming service shall pay roaming fees at the agreed rate of RMB0.60 yuan per minute of use for both incoming and outgoing calls on the basis of MII guidelines.

 

(1)        If Party B’s mobile subscribers roam in Party A’s service areas, Party B shall be entitled to collect roaming fees, which shall be apportioned in the following way: (i)RMB0.40 yuan shall be paid to Party A; and (ii) RMB0.20 yuan shall be retained by Party B.

 

(2)        If Party A’s mobile subscribers roam in the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities, 9A Areas and 9B Areas, Party A shall be entitled to collect roaming fees, which shall be apportioned in the following way: (i)RMB0.56 yuan shall be paid to Party B; and (ii) RMB0.04 yuan shall be retained by Party A.

 

2.          Roaming with the mobile telephone networks of other domestic and/or international mobile communications carriers (hereinafter collectively referred to as “other carriers” in this Attachment)

 

2.1        Party A agrees to make necessary arrangements so that Party B can realize roaming via the mobile telephone networks of other carriers; Party B agrees to provide its entire long distance backbone network for the above-mentioned roaming purpose.

 

19



 

2.2        The 2 parties agree to provide roaming and conduct settlement with other carriers on the basis of the roaming agreements entered into by Party A and other carriers.

 

2.3        If Party A’s mobile subscribers roam in the network of a 3 rd party mobile communications carrier pursuant to Party A’s international roaming arrangements, or if other carriers’ subscribers roam in Party A’s network pursuant to these arrangements, Party B shall be entitled to receive 50% of the total roaming revenues pursuant to these international roaming arrangements.

 

3.          The affiliates of the 2 parties shall conduct settlement directly and once a month on the basis of the settlement principles stipulated in this Attachment, as agreed by the 2 parties.

 

20



 

Attachment 3: Provision of Telephone Card

 

1.          Service Scope for Provision of Telephone Card

 

In light of the actual needs, Party B requests Party A to provide, through its controlling subsidiary----Unicom XingYe Technology and Trade Co., Ltd. or other subsidiaries of Unicom Group, various kinds of calling cards (hereby refer to telecom card), including SIM cards, UIM cards, IP telephone cards, long distance telephone card and rechargeable calling cards (collectively in this Attachment referred to as “Telecom Cards”).

 

2.          Number of Telecom Cards

 

2.1        Planning for Annual and Periodical Card Ordering

 

(1)        Based on its yearly service development plan, Party B shall submit its annual plan in each October to Party A to order Telecom Cards for next year.

 

(2)        Party B shall confirm its card ordering plan for the period from May to August in February, from September to December in May and from next January to April in September. Unless in case of Force Majeure, Party A shall provide Telecom Cards as agreed in the card ordering plan by Party B.

 

2.2        Urgent or Temporary Card Ordering
Party B is entitled to propose adjustment to the above card ordering plan. Party A shall make its best to meet the urgent or temporary requirement arising from such adjustment and confirm whether it is capable of providing the required Telecom Cards within three days after being informed.

 

3.          Price of Telecom Cards

 

3.1        It is agreed that charges for the supply of these Telecom Cards are based on the actual cost of Party A (including the cost of import of specific Telecom Cards, manufacturing cost and cost of issuing specific Telephone Cards) together with a margin over cost to be agreed from time to time but in any case not exceed 20 percent of the cost and subject to appropriate discount.

 

3.2        Party A is entitled to ask for less than 10 percent of basic card price for urgent or temporary card ordering beyond the scope of the ordering plan.

 

3.3        Both parties agree to review and determine the sales price of each telecom card in each December.

 

21



 

4.          Delivery Time and Venue

 

Party A shall deliver the telecom card to designated places at required time as set in the card ordering plan and the urgent or temporary card ordering plan.

 

5.          Quality of Telecom Card

 

5.1        Party A shall guarantee that the quality of the telecom card complies with the standard made by relevant government authorities and provide necessary evidence.

 

5.2        Party A shall guarantee that the card number and password are generated in a secure and reliable environment and ensure that they are scientific, secure and private.

 

5.3        In case Party B raises any disagreement in terms of the quality within five days after receiving the telecom card, Party A shall replace and/or fix the inferior telecom card (which is not caused by Party B) to make it comply with related standard and requirement of Party B.

 

5.4        In case Party B suffers a loss due to quality problems of the telecom card, which are not detected even after reasonable efforts of Party B, Party A shall indemnify all the direct losses induced by the inferior quality.

 

6.          Payment

 

6.1        Party B shall pay 15 percent of the total value of the ordered Telecom Cards as prepayment at the time of confirming its ordering plan. 
Party B shall pay the rest 85 percent of the total of the ordered Telecom Cards at the time of delivery of all the card by Party A as agreed in the plan.

 

6.2        Payment for Temporary or Urgent Cards
After getting the confirmation of temporary or urgent cards ordering from Party A, Party B shall pay the price in full, including the urgent charge and ask Party A to make timely delivery of the Telecom Cards.

 

7.          Other Telecom Cards

 

Party B may request Party A to provide other Telecom Cards in light of the needs for service development. Party A shall give comprehensive consideration based on the possibility of applying the specific technology and services and provide the cards after having feasible solutions.

 

It is agreed that issues such as the number, price and payment of other Telecom Cards shall be negotiated. The price of the relevant cards shall be set in accordance with the actual cost of the card plus less than 20 percent of the profit margin.

 

22



 

Attachment 4: Procurement of Equipment

 

1.          Scope of Equipment Procurement

 

In light of the actual needs, Party B requests Party A (through its controlling subsidiary— Unicom I/E Co) to act as its agent responsible for procurement of telecom equipments and other materials from both home and abroad.
Unicom I/E Co. agrees to provide comprehensive procurement services in light of the requirement of Party B, including services on tenders, consultation and agency services. Unicom I/E Company may commission other controlling subsidiaries of Party A to provide equipment procurement services.

 

2.          Process of Equipment Procurement

 

Both Party agree that Unicom I/E Co provides equipment procurement services to Party B based on Notice on Unified Operation of Import and Export Services (China Unicom Trade No.[1994] 001) Regulations of China United Telecommunications Corporation on Unified Procurement of Equipments (Trial) (China Unicom Trade No. [1995] 380), Regulations on Unified Procurement of Equipments and Facilities (China Unicom Trade No. [1996] 131) Method for Equipment Procurement of China Unicom (China Unicom Trade No.[1998] 059) and other agreed applicable documents.

 

3.          Service Fee and Payment for Equipment Procurement

 

3.1        Party B shall pay Unicom I/E Co. service fee for equipment/material procurement.

 

(1)        In the case of imported equipment, a service fee of 0.55 percent of the contract value with an amount of up to US$30 million (inclusive) and an service fee at 0.35 percent of the contract value with an amount in excess of 30 million. (Including bank charge)

 

(2)        In the case of domestic equipment with Unicom I/E Company as an agent, an service fee at 0.25 percent of the contract value with an amount of up to RMB200 million (inclusive) and a service fee at 0.15 percent of the contract value with an amount in excess of RMB200 million.

 

(3)        Unicom I/E Co has agreed not to charge fees in respect of procurement of transmission and auxiliary equipment of switches, dry-cell batteries, diesel oil engines, non-stop power supply, air-condition in generator rooms and fiber optical cables.

 

23



 

3.2        Party B agrees to pay service fee to Unicom I/E Co every month.

 

In case service fee is overdue, Party B shall pay 0.5 percent of the overdue value as penalty to Unicom Import and Export for each day.

 

4.          Party A shall urge Unicom I/E Co to give equal treatment to Party B as it gives to Party A in terms of price and other important terms and conditions.

 

24



 

Attachment 5: Mutual Provision of Premises

 

1.          Mutual Provision of Premises and Purpose

 

1.1        It is agreed that one party may provide its own premises (self-owned premises) or premises acquired from a third party (including premises, air-conditioning, power generating equipment, engine equipments and other relevant auxiliary equipments) to the other party upon the request of the other party from time to time.

 

1.2        One party may use the above premises of the other party as offices, sales outlets and operation etc.

 

2.          Charge and Payment

 

2.1        In case one party uses the above self-owned properties provided by the other party, the usage fee shall be determined on the basis of the depreciation cost or the market price of similar premises in the place where the premises are located, whichever is lower. Party B may choose to collect the premise usage fee from Party A at the market price in the place where the premises are located.
In case one party under this agreement uses the premises of a third party provided by the other party, the two parties shall share the actual payment of the usage fee to the third party on pro rata basis.

 

2.2        One Party under this Agreement shall pay the above premise usage fee within 15 days after the end of each month.

 

2.3        In case of overdue payment of service fee, 0.05 percent of the overdue value will be collected as fine for each day.

 

3.          Commitment and Guarantee

 

Party A guarantees to provide its self-owned premises and premises from a third party (including premises and auxiliary facilities) to Party B. In case of disagreement on premise ownership and/or usage right in Party A, for any reason and in any circumstances, which disenables rights of Party B under this Attachment or causes other losses, Party A agrees to undertake and indemnify all the losses thereby suffered by Party B.

 

25



 

Attachment 6: Lease of Transmission Channel

 

1.          Leasing Object and Scope

 

Within reasonable scope, Party B agrees to lease all the transmission line capacity necessary for communications service to Party A and/or its subsidiaries in light of the needs of Party A.

 

2.          Leasing Amount

 

The two parties confirm the amount of the leased transmission capacity every 12 months.

 

3.          Lease Fee and Payment

 

3.1        The two parties may determine, on the basis of the current tariff standard made by government authorities, certain amount of discount from the transmission capacity lease fee within allowable range (10 percent). However, the discount given to Party A shall not be greater than that given to a third party under similar situation.

 

3.2        In case government authorities revise the related tariff standard, the two parties agree to make necessary adjustment to the discount ratio.

 

3.3        Party A shall pay the lease fee timely and in full amount within 15 days after the end of each month.

 

3.4        In case of overdue payment of lease fee, Party A shall pay a fine of 0.05 percent of the overdue value for each day.

 

4.          Quality Guarantee and Failure Handling

 

4.1        Party B guarantees that the leased transmission line capacity is consistent with the standard and regulations made by government authorities.

 

4.2        Party A guarantees that its communications equipments connected to Party B is consistent with the quality standard and technical requirement made by government authorities.

 

4.3        Party B shall guarantee the security of leased transmission line capacity.

 

5.          Outstanding issues under this Attachment shall be implemented on the basis of related regulations on leasing service of transmission line capacity made by lessor in accordance with law, but shall get confirmation from lessee first.

 

26



 

Attachment 7: Provision of International Telecommunications Network Gateway

 

1.          Service Scope of International Telecommunications Network Gateway

 

1.1        Party A owns and operates international communications network gateway located in Guangzhou, Shanghai and Beijing (under construction).

 

1.2        Party B needs international telecommunications network gateway to provide relevant services (such as automatic international roaming signal transfer service for mobile phone etc), and Party A agrees to provide services based on the requirement of Party B.

 

1.3        Party B shall retain all the revenues arising from the provision of international communications network gateway for its own benefits.

 

1.4        Party A has undertaken not to provide international telecommunication network gateway services to other third parties.

 

2.          Charging Standard for International Telecommunications Network Gateway and Payment

 

2.1        The service fee paid by Party B to Party A is calculated by the following formula:

 

All the actual cost of operating and maintaining the international telecommunication network facilities ( including the depreciation cost) ×(1+10%)

 

2.2        Payment of Service Fee of International Telecommunications Network Gateway

 

Party B shall pay the related service fee to Party A within 15 days after the end of each month.

 

2.3        In case of overdue payment of service fee, Party B shall pay a fine of 0.05 percent of the overdue value to Party A for each day.

 

3.          Quality Guarantee and Failure Handling

 

3.1        Party A guarantees that its international telecommunication network gateway facilities comply with the standard and regulations of government authorities and that it shall operate and maintain the gateway pursuant to the technical specification standard established from time to time by government authorities.

 

3.2        Party B guarantees that its facilities that access to the international telecommunication network gateway comply with the technical specification standard established by government authorities

 

3.3        In case Party A is justified to make adjustment to the international telecommunication network gateway, it shall notice Party B first and make appropriate arrangement to ensure the normal business of Party B.

 

27



 

3.4        Party A shall provide a team to handle failure reports from Party B around the clock and arrange for handling the failure. In case of detecting the failure or receiving the failure reports from Party B, Party A shall organize recovery and party B shall dispatch people to give assistance. Party A guarantees to recover related equipments of the failed international telecommunication network gateway within the time limit of recovery as stipulated in the national maintenance procedure,

 

3.5        In case the business of Party B is affected due to the problem of international telecommunication network gateway, Party A shall undertake all the direct loss and reasonable indirect loss suffered by Party B.

 

4.          In case Party B legitimately owns the international telecommunication network gateway in the future, Party A agrees to transfer the gateway to Party B as it requires.

 

28



 

Attachment 8 Leasing of Satellite Capacity

 

1.          Terminal Equipments

 

The satellite earth station systems built by Party A in Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, Huhehaote, Xining, Urumqi, Lanzhou, Xi’an, Jinan, Taiyuan, Chongqing, Yinchuan, Fuzhou, Guiyang, Haikou, Kunming, Nanning, Chengdu and Shenyang were already put into operation. Tests have shown that these systems comply with the technical requirement for long distance roaming connection in GSM mobile communications network of Party B.

 

2.          Leased Circuits

 

2.1        The 2M of digital circuits leased by Party A to Party B is attached in the Attachment.

 

2.2        Party B and/or its subsidiaries may request to increase the types and number of leased circuits, in light of the needs for service development, (including without limitation VSAT satellite data circuits for paging service). Party A shall lease such circuits to Party B and/or its subsidiaries pursuant to the principle and applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement and provide necessary supporting equipments.

 

3.          Lease Fee

 

3.1        The monthly lease fee for every 2M digital circuits is based on the tariff standard for satellite digital circuits established by government authorities from time to time, less a discount of 10 percent or even a greater discount no less than that provided by a third party for leasing similar circuits.

 

3.2        Party B shall pay related service fee to Party A within 15 days after the end of each month.

 

3.3        Within the term of validity of this Agreement, the circuits lease fee under this Agreement shall be changed accordingly in case government authorities make adjustment to the tariff of satellite digital circuits.

 

4.          Equipment Maintenance and Circuits Failure Handling

 

4.1        It is the obligation of Party A to maintain the equipments and guarantee the smooth operation of the leased circuits. Party A shall strictly implement the Satellite Communications Maintenance Regulation issued by MPT Doc. [1994] 763 and other related regulations to ensure smooth operation of the circuits, so as to meet Party B’s demand for normal operation.

 

29



 

4.2        Party A shall set up a special team responsible for receiving and handling circuits failure reports from Party B. Once Party A detects circuits failure or receives failure reports from Party B, Party A shall remove the failure in 2 hours if it is an ordinary failure and in 24 hours if it is a special failure.

 

4.3        In case Party A needs installation of satellite earth station and related facilities, Party B shall provide necessary venue and supporting equipments.

 

Party A may sign an agreement on the maintenance of the satellite earth station with relevant affiliates of Party B.

 

5.          Adjustment to Circuits Direction

 

In case Party B needs to change the direction of the circuits during the term of this Agreement, Party A shall make adjustment in line with the requirement of Party B, and Party B shall undertake relevant cost. During the adjustment period to move the satellite earth station equipments, the lease fee is calculated on the basis of the standard established in this Agreement.

 

6.          Dropout Liability

 

6.1        In case of circuit dropout caused by dropout of satellite transponder, Party A shall reduce its lease fee imposed on Party B in the following way:

 

Duration of dropout

 

Lease fee to be Reduced (based on
daily lease fee)

Within 30 Minutes

 

no reduction

30 minutes — 3 hours (not including 3 hours)

 

reduce by 1/10 of daily lease fee

3—6 hours (not including 6 hours)

 

reduce by 1/5 of daily lease fee

6—9 hours (not including 9 hours)

 

reduce by 2/5 of daily lease fee

9-10 hours (not including 10 hours)

 

reduce by 3/5 of daily lease fee

10-15 hours (not including 15 hours)

 

reduce by 4/5 of daily lease fee

15-24 hours (not including 24 hours)

 

reduce by 100% daily lease fee

Duration of dropout within 3 hours in succession (excluding 3 hours or over 3 hours) is accumulated.

 

6.2        In case of circuit dropout lasting more than 2 hours due to failure of satellite earth station facilities, the lease fee for the actual accumulated duration of the dropout shall be deducted (calculated by 1/365 each day) from the actual lease fee, together with a penalty equivalent to the lease fee for the same duration. The lease fee and penalty shall be credited to payable lease fee for the second half of the year.

 

6.3        In case of dropout caused by failure of the transmission circuits or transmission equipment between the interface of satellite earth station and interface of MO switch, Party A undertakes no responsibility.

 

30



 

7.          Liability for Breach of Contract

 

7.1        During the term of the Agreement, Party A is entitled to terminate the agreement, withdraw circuits and ask for compensation from Party B in case of either of the following,

 

(1)        Party B re-leases, transfers or re-lends the circuits to any third party without permission of Party A;

 

(2)        Party B fails to pay the lease fee after the payment has been overdue for 30 days.

 

7.2        During the term of the Agreement, Party B may terminate the agreement, cease to pay the lease fee and ask for compensation from Party A in case of either of the following

 

(1) Party A re-leases, transfers or re-lends the circuits without permission from Party B;

 

(2) Party A cuts the circuits without permission from Party B (except for the reasons listed in Article 6 under this Attachment)

 

8.          Implementation of the outstanding issues under this Attachment shall be based on related regulations on leasing services of the satellite long distance digital circuits established by Party A in accordance with laws, subject to confirmation of Party B in advance.

 

31


Exhibit 4.30

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Transfer Agreement of

 

The Comprehensive Service Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

And

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

This Agreement was signed in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (“China”), on March 24, 2005, by the representatives of the following parties:

 

(1)                       The Transferor:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”)

Location: F40th, Jinmao Building, No.88 ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

(2)                       The Transferee:

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

Location: F12 of No. 1 Building, Henderson Center, No.18, JianGuoMen Nei Street, Beijing

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

Location: Room 1009, F10th of No. 1 Building, No. 18, JianGuoMen Nei Street, DongCheng District, Beijing

Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

In this Agreement, CUCL and Unicom New World are separately or collectively referred to as the Transferee.

 

Whereas,

 

(1)                       CUCL is a foreign invested enterprise established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, with 100% of its shares being held by China Unicom Limited (“Red-chip Company”). A Share Company is a limited holding company established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) on October 9, 2002, with 69.3224% of its shares being held by China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”);

 

1



 

(2)                       In order for CUCL to offer GSM mobile communications services and other telecommunications services(excluding CDMA service) in Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Liaoning, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Shandong, Hubei, Guangdong (“Twelve Provinces and Municipalities”), Unicom Group and CUCL signed on May 25, 2000 the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement I”) to agree on matters including interconnection settlement arrangements, roaming arrangements, supply of special telecom cards, procurement of equipment, mutual provision of Premises, etc. In order for CUCL to offer CDMA service in the Twelve Provinces and Municipalities, Unicom Group and CUCL signed on November 22, 2001 the CDMA Network Comprehensive Services Agreement (“CDMA Comprehensive Services Agreement”);

 

2



 

(3)                       On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and Red-chip Company indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

3



 

(4)                       Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New Century”) to offer mobile communications services in Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Sichuan, Shaanxi provinces, Chongqing Municipality, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region (“9A Areas”), Unicom Group signed the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2002. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II with Unicom New Century to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II to Unicom New Century;

 

(5)                       Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, and in order for Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New World”) to offer mobile communications services in Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet (“9B Areas”), Unicom Group signed the Comprehensive Services Agreement (“the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III”) with A Share Company on November 20, 2003. On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III with Unicom New World to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III to Unicom New World;

 

(6)                       Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement I, CDMA Comprehensive Services Agreement, Satellite Channel Lease Agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II and its transfer agreement, the old Comprehensive Services Agreement III and its transfer agreement are collectively referred to as “the Old Comprehensive Services Agreement”;

 

4



 

(7)                       CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

(8)                       On November 22, 2004, Unicom Group signed the Amendment to Equipment Procurement Agreement separately with CUCL and Unicom New World (the amendments to equipment procurement agreements are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Amendment to Equipment Procurement Agreement”), amending the settlement standard for equipment procurement service contained in the Old Comprehensive Services Agreement;

 

(9)                       Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company signed the “Comprehensive Service Agreement” on March 24, 2005.

 

Considering of the implementation and amendment of the voluntary Comprehensive Service Agreement, with common studies and consultations, the Parties to this Agreement, in the principle of equality and mutual benefit, have agreed as follows:

 

1.                            If the conditions of entry into force described in Article 6 of this Agreement were met, the Transferor agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement and its attachments to the Transferee. The Transferee hereupon agrees to acquire the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Comprehensive Service Agreement.

 

5



 

2.                            Once the Transferor transferred its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee would immediately succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Comprehensive Service Agreement, and the Transferor should terminate all the relevant rights and obligations succeeded by the Transferee under the Comprehensive Service Agreement.

 

3.                            The Transferor acknowledges that, in accordance with Article 6 of the Comprehensive Service Agreement, Unicom Group have irrepealably agreed that the Transferor may transfer its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee, and no further consent from the Unicom Group for such transfer is required.

 

4.                            The Parties to this Agreement should ensure that they have the rights, power and capability to sign and implement this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the lawful, effective and binding obligations of the Parties immediately upon its signing.

 

5.                            The Transferee agrees to undertake the rights and obligations in the past and future under the Comprehensive Service Agreement in compliance with the terms and conditions defined in the Comprehensive Service Agreement in its period of validity.

 

6.                            Come into Effect

 

This Agreement comes into effect together with the Comprehensive Service Agreement, with the following conditions being satisfied.

 

6.1                      The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, the transfer of the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee;

 

6



 

6.2                      The shareholders’ meeting of the Transferor approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations, and listing rules, the signing and implementation of the Comprehensive Service Agreement.

 

7.                            Further Arrangement

 

The Ministry of Commerce has approved the merger of Unicom New World by CUCL, and the relevant legal procedures are going to be completed. Therefore the Parties to this Agreement now agree and acknowledge that, after the completion of the legal procedures to merge Unicom New World by CUCL, all the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement will be succeeded by CUCL. And CUCL may succeed the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement without any other approval or consent from A Share Company.

 

8.                            Force Majeure

 

Any party who fails to carry out the relevant obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the agreed conditions due to any events of Force Majeure which could not be predicted, and the occurrence or results of which could not be avoided or overcome, the party should inform other parties of its occurrence as soon as possible and thereafter provide detailed information and a valid document for evidence explaining the reason of its inability to execute or delay the execution of all or part of the obligations under this Agreement and its attachments within 15 days. The Parties shall, through consultations, decide whether to suspend, partially exempt or delay the execution of such obligations according to the effects of the events of Force Majeure on the performance of the obligation.

 

7



 

9.                            Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise defined or required by law or the relevant regulatory authority, or for the purpose of information disclosure by the Transferor to SEC, or by Red-chip Company to Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (SEHK), either party shall not provide or disclose any data or information related to the business of other parties to any company, enterprise, organization or personnel without the written permission of the relevant party.

 

10.                      No waiver

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by law, the failure or delay of execution of the rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, power or privileges. And the partial execution of such rights, power and privileges shall not obstruct the future execution of such rights, power and privileges.

 

11.                      Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing, and delivered in person by one party to other parties, or sent by facsimile or by mail. Such notices shall be deemed delivered upon receipt when delivered in person; or upon confirmation of delivery displayed in the fax machine of the addresser if transmitted by facsimile; or within three working days (automatically extended when falls on legal holidays) after being delivered by mail. Any notice shall come into effect upon delivery.

 

The communication addresses of the Parties to this Agreement are as follows:

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

 

China Unicom
Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World
Telecommunications
Corporation Limited

 

 

 

 

 

Addressee: Zhao Yilei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

Address: F40th, Jinmao
Building, No.88 ShiJi
Avenue, Shanghai

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

Postal Code: 200121

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

8



 

12.                      Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and be construed and executed in accordance with the laws of China.

 

13.                      Settlement of Disputes

 

All disputes arising from the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation. Should no settlement be reached through negotiation within 30 days after the arising of the disputes, any party shall be entitled to proceed to the People’s Court with proper jurisdiction.

 

14.                      Miscellaneous

 

14.1                Each party may make revisions or supplements to this Agreement under consultations with other Parties. All the revisions and supplements shall be effective when signed and sealed by the legal representatives of the Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

14.2                This Agreement is severable. If any provisions of this Agreement is held to be against the law or unenforceable, the effectiveness and implementation of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.

 

9



 

14.3                This Agreement was done in six original copies, two for each Party, being equally authenticated.

 

10



 

(No text on this page)

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

11


Exhibit 4.31

 

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Operator-based Comprehensive
Services Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

And

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

Table of Contents

 

1.

BASIC PRINCIPLE

 

 

 

 

2.

THE CONTENT OF OPERATOR-BASED COMPREHENSIVE SERVICES

 

 

 

 

3.

PRICING PRINCIPLE AND PAYMENT

 

 

 

 

4.

TERM

 

 

 

 

5.

STATEMENTS, WARRANTIES AND PROMISES

 

 

 

 

6.

TRANSFER

 

 

 

 

7.

TAKING EFFECT

 

 

 

 

8.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

 

 

 

9.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

 

 

 

10.

NON-WAIVER

 

 

 

 

11.

NOTIFICATION

 

 

 

 

12.

APPLICABLE LAW

 

 

 

 

13.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

 

 

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

ANNEX I: CELLULAR SUBSCRIBER VALUE-ADDED SERVICES

 

 

 

ANNEX II: 10010/10011 CUSTOMER SERVICES

 

 

 

ANNEX III: AGENCY SERVICES

 

 

1



 

This Agreement is entered into as of March 24, 2005 between the two Parties in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

 

(1) Provider: Unicom New GuoXin Telecommunications Corporation Limited
(“Unicom New Guoxin”)
Address: BoRuiQi Building, No 53, XiBianMenNei Avenue, XuanWu District
Beijing
Legal Representative: Ge Lei

 

(2) Receiver: China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share
Company”)

Address: 40 floor of JinMao Building, No 88, ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai
Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Whereas:

 

(1)                                   Unicom New GuoXin is a limited liability comapny registered and existing under the PRC laws. A Share Company is a joint-stock limited company registered and existing under the PRC laws, with its shares listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange on October 9, 2002. China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”) holds 69.3224% of its shares.

 

2



 

(2)                                   On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and China Unicom Limited (the “Red-chip Company”) indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

3



 

(3)                                   According to the agreements set in the memorandum about the connected transaction, Unicom Group, Unicom New Guoxin and A Share Company signed the Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement (“old Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement”) on November 20, 2003. A Share Company signed the Transfer Agreement on the Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement with China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”), Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (‘Unicom New World”) and Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”) at the same date, which indicated that its rights and obligations under the old Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement are hereby transferred to CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World. Accordingly Unicom Group and Unicom New Guoxin provide CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World with cellular subscriber value-added services, “10010/10011” customer services and agency services.

 

(4)                                   CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under the old Comprehensive Services Agreement II have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

Based on the performance and amendment of the old Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement as of the date it entered into force, the two Parties, after joint research and consultation on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, have reached the Agreement as follows.

 

4



 

1.                                       Basi c Principle

 

1.1                                  The operator-based comprehensive services under this Agreement refer to the various services and facilities that the Provider in the Agreement provides to the Receiver, based on which the Receiver shall pay the service fees due to the Provider.

 

1.2                                  The services and/or the facilities provided by the Provider to the Receiver are the compensated transactions in the economic activities between enterprises. Pursuant to the fair market principle, the Provider is entitled to collect service charges applicable for the services and/or facilities provided to the Receiver. And the Receiver shall make payment accordingly.

 

1.3                                  The conditions and service quality of the services and/or facilities provided by the Provider to the Receiver shall be no inferior to those of the same or similar services and/or facilities provided to any third party.

 

Both parties to the Agreement should abide by the principle of fair transaction when executing the rights or performing the obligations under the Agreement.

 

1.4                                  If the Provider is required to add services and/or facilities under the Agreement, the Provider shall make such additions as the Receiver requires on a best-effort basis, with conditions no inferior to that of the services and/or facilities provided to the third party.

 

1.5                                  If the Provider fails to provide or fully provide the services and/or facilities under this Agreement due to the reasons not attributable to the Provider, the Provider shall notify the Receiver in a timely way and assist the Receiver on a best-effort basis in obtaining the same or similar services and/or facilities through other channels.

 

1.6                                  The provision of services and/or facilities under this Agreement shall conform to the purposes as the Parties agree to intend for and the related standards issued by the authorities.

 

5



 

1.7                                  In case any party to this Agreement breaches any article herein and cause the losses of the other party, the breaching party shall bear the liabilities for breach, including but not limited to covering all the direct and indirect losses arising herefrom. Whereas such a party shall be exempted from liabilities in case the losses to the other is due to force majeure.

 

1.8                                  When any party performs the obligations under this Agreement, the other should provide assistance as is deemed reasonable and necessary.

 

1.9                                  Based on the prerequisite in Article 1.3 of this Agreement, and in case the charges raised by the Provider are no higher than that of the third Party, the Receiver will take the services provided by the Provider as its first choice.

 

1.10                            If in an area where the Provider provides the services, there is an independent third Party who (i) provides service with quality superior to that of the Provider; or (ii) charges less when providing services at the same level, the Receiver is entitled to terminate the relevant services from the Provider in this area after notifying the Provider in written form, with no compensation being made to the Provider.

 

2.                                       The Content of Operator-based Comprehensive Services

 

Please see the following Annexes for the operator-based comprehensive services provided by the Provider to the Receiver and the concerned agreements:

 

Annex 1 Cellular Subscriber Value-added Services

Annex 2 “10010/10011” Customer Services

Annex 3 Agency Services

 

3.                                       Pricing P rinciple and Payment

 

3.1                                  Please see the Annexes to the Agreement for the pricing principle and/or charging standards of the service fees.

 

6



 

3.2                                  The amounts of service fees under the Agreement shall be calculated according to the relevant accounting principles in force from time to time in the PRC.

 

3.3                                  If the Parties fail to reach an agreement over the amounts of service fees under this Agreement, they shall submit it to the competent authority, which will decide the amounts pursuant the spirit and articles of this Agreement, as well as the national pricing policies and regulations. And the decision made by this authority shall have the final binding force over the Parties.

 

3.4                                  The Receiver shall make payments due to the Provider in a timely way according to the pricing principle & standards under this Agreement and its Annexes.

 

3.5                                  If the Receiver fails to pay the related service fees to the Provider as is agreed, the Receiver shall be charged 0.05% of the unpaid amount due to the Provider for each day overdue. 60 days after the due date, the Provider will notify the Receiver in written form to suspend the related services. If the Receiver fails to pay the said amount 30 days after receiving the written notice, the Provider can declare the immediate termination of the corresponding services. However, the suspension or termination of such services does not affect the rights and obligations already executed or performed by the two Parties under the Agreement.

 

3.6                                  In each October, both parties shall review the pricing standards and other articles for the next financial year as to each service and facility provided under this Agreement, and sign a supplementary agreement. If the Parties fail to reach an agreement about the articles set in the supplementary agreement as of the above-said time, the pricing standards and related articles of that year shall apply for the next financial year before the Parties reach any agreement or the disputes between them are settled pursuant to Article 3.3.

 

7



 

4.                                       Term

 

4.1                                  This Agreement will enter into force as of January 1, 2005 as the conditions under Article 7 hereinafter are fulfilled. The valid term is 2 years (“Valid Term”).

 

4.2                                  Unless the Receiver notify the Provider in written form about terminating the Agreement 60 days in advance, the Agreement shall be extended automatically another Valid Term when the Valid Term or an extended term expires as long as the relevant law, regulations and other regulatory principles apply.

 

5.                                       Statements, Warranties and Promises

 

Each of the parties of this Agreement makes the following statements, undertakings and commitments:

 

5.1                                  That is has the full power and authority (including, but not limited to, approval, permission or license obtained from relevant government authorities) necessary to sign this Agreement and its attachments;

 

5.2                                  That this Agreement and its attachments are deemed as valid and binding and enforceable pursuant to their terms once signed and sealed as required in this Agreement;

 

5.3                                  That no terms and conditions of this Agreement, nor those of its attachments, are against the laws and regulations of the PRC.

 

6.                                       Tran sfer

 

6.1                                  On the basis of the terms and conditions established in this Agreement and the arrangements made in Connected Transactions MoU, the Provider irrevocably agrees the Receiver to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the subsidiaries of Red-chip Company operating business in Mainland China and that the Receiver needs no further consent from Provider for transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL.

 

8



 

6.2                                  Once the Receiver has transferred its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the subsidiaries of Red-chip Company operating business in Mainland China, the said subsidiaries shall immediately inherit all of the Receiver’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Receiver shall immediately terminate the relevant rights and obligations already inherited by the said subsidiaries.

 

7.                                       Taking Effect

 

This Agreement shall take effect as of the date agreed by the parties of the Agreement when the following requirements are met:

 

7.1                                  The shareholders’ meeting of A Share Company approves of the implementation of this Agreement in line with the laws, regulations and listing rules, as applicable to it.

 

7.2                                  The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves of the transfer by A Share Company of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL in line with the laws, regulations and listing rules, as applicable to it.

 

8.                                       Force Maje ure

 

Should either party fails to fulfill relevant obligations under this Agreement and related attachments in line with the agreed requirements because of unpredictable force majeure events the occurrence and consequences of which can neither be avoided nor overcome, it shall immediately notify the other party and provide within 15 days relevant details as well as valid evidence to show that fulfillment of relevant obligations or part of the obligations under this Agreement and related attachments is impossible or that fulfillment of such obligations needs to be postponed. The 2 parties shall negotiate with each other and decide whether to suspense such obligations, partially exempt the other party from such obligations or postpone the fulfillment of such obligations on the basis of the extent to which fulfillment of such obligations is affected by the force majeure event.

 

9



 

9.                                       Confiden tiality

 

Unless otherwise stipulated or required by the law or relevant regulatory authorities, and except for the purpose of information disclosure by A Share Company and Red-chip Company to the securities regulatory authority, neither of the 2 parties is allowed to provide or disclose materials and information related to the other party’s business to any company, enterprise, organization or individual without written permission from the other party.

 

10.                                Non-waiv er

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by the law, failure or delay of either party to exercise the rights, powers or privileges entitled to it under this Agreement shall not be deemed as waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, and exercising part of such rights, powers or privileges shall not hamper exercising of such rights, powers or privileges in the future.

 

11.                                Notif ication

 

Any notification related to this Agreement shall be made in written form and sent by one party of this Agreement to the other, either via a special courier, or by fax, or by postal delivery, to the other party. Such notification is deemed as delivered upon delivery via a special courier, or when the sender’s fax machine indicates that the pages have been transmitted if it is sent by fax, or on the 3rd working day(excluding legal holidays)after it is mailed. Any notification shall be deemed as valid upon delivery.

 

The addresses of both of the Parties, to which the notices shall be delivered, are listed below:

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Recipient: Xiao Baoyu

Address: Rm.873, No.133th, Xidan Bei Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing

Postal Code: 100032

 

10



 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Recipient: Zhao Yilei

Address: 40 floor of JinMao Building, No 88, ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai

Postal Code: 200121

 

12.                                Applicable Law

 

The agreement signed herein shall be subject to the jurisdiction of laws of the PRC and shall be interpreted and performed according to the above-said laws.

 

13.                                Settleme nt of Disputes

 

Any disputes between the two parties arising from the validity, interpretation or performance shall be settled through friendly consultations unless Article 3.3 provides otherwise. In case of the failure of any consultations within 30 days from the date when any disputes arise, each party is entitled to bring suit in the People’s courts with jurisdiction.

 

14.                                Misce llaneous

 

14.1                            The Old Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement terminates automatically upon the entering into force of this Agreement.

 

14.2                            Annex I through Annex III are an integral part of this Agreement with the equal binding force as the provisions herein. In case any provisions in the above-said annexes conflict with those in this Agreement, the annexes shall prevail.

 

14.3                            As the two parties agree, each party may revise or make additions to this Agreement and its annexes. Any revisions or additions shall come into force upon the signature and seal by the legal representative of each party or an authorized person acting on his behalf.

 

11



 

14.4                            If any provisions in this Agreement and its annexes are determined to be non-compliant or impossible to impose compulsory measures, other provisions in this Agreement and its annexes shall remain in force and therefore be performed if applicable.

 

14.5                            This agreement is made in quadruplication with each party holding two thereof. The counterparts have equal validity.

 

12



 

(Signatures Only)

 

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative or his authorized person:

/s/ Cheng Huoming

 

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative or his authorized person:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

13



 

Annex I: Cellular Subs criber Value-added Services

 

 

I.                                          Service Description in Brief

 

The Provider, through the operator-based paging service platform, delivers all kinds of operator-based comprehensive value-added services to the cellular subscribers of the Receiver defined in this Agreement. The said services include Unicom secretary services and operator-based SMS value-added services.

 

II.                                      Settlement

 

i.                                           The actual revenue in cash generated from the value-added services described herein delivered to the Receiver shall be shared between the respective subsidiaries of the Receiver and the Provider at a ratio of 4:6. This revenue sharing ratio shall be no higher than the average ratio the Receiver offers to any other value-added service Providers (CP/SP) in the same area, which are independent of the Provider.

 

ii.                                        The accounts shall be settled according to the billing materials of the Receiver.

 

iii.                                     Both parties agree that their respective subsidiaries or branches involved shall make monthly settlement directly in compliance with the settlement arrangement defined herein.

 

III.                                  Obligations

 

i.                                           In case any party is engaged in network construction, including but not limited to network expansion or upgrade, the party shall inform the other six months prior to any possibilities occurring to influence the obligations to be performed under this annex.

 

14



 

ii.                                        Each party shall maintain their networks to ensure the routine operation of the whole networks according to the related regulations promulgated from time to time by the competent authority.

 

iii.                                     In the absence of the consent of the other, no party is allowed to recklessly interrupt the communication necessary for the service delivery under this annex. In the case of interruption or severely blocked communication, each party shall take effective measures for remedy.

 

15



 

Annex II: 10010/ 10011 Customer Services

 

 

I.                                          Service Description in Brief

 

The Provider, through its 10010/10011 service platform, provides the Receiver with operator-based customer services, including service consulting, telephony bill inquiry, service acceptance, complaint handling (“10010 Basic Service”) as well as customer interview and customer retention (“10010 Value-Added Service”) and charges the Receiver accordingly.

 

II.                                      Settlement Standard

 

i.                                           The settlement standard for the services under this annex is, cost of customer services mentioned above plus profit-to-cost ratio, which is no higher than 10%.

 

ii.                                        The above-said cost of customer services will be calculated as follows, cost per operator seat is multiplied the number of actual and effective seats.

 

a) The cost per operator seat in economically developed metropolises, such as Beijing and Shanghai, shall be the actual cost per operator seat (as defined below) in such area for the previous year. The cost per operator seat in areas apart from those economically developed metropolises shall be the lower of the actual cost per operator seat in the same area and the nationwide (excluding Beijing and Shanghai) average of actual cost per operator seat plus 10%, in each case, for the pervious year.

 

16



 

The actual cost per operator seat consists of wages, administration expenses, operation and maintenance expenses, equipment depreciation and premises leasing fees attributable to “10010” customer service. The actual cost per seat in a certain area shall be the product of dividing the total cost of “10010/10011” customer services in this area of the previous year by the average number of monthly operator seats of the previous year, which shall be confirmed by the audit report prepared by an external audit firm. The said auditing report and relevant supporting documents shall be submitted to the auditor hired by the Receiver.

 

b)  How to determine the actual number of effectively operating seats: the Provider shall provide the number of previous-month seats to the Receiver before the tenth day of each month. And the Receiver shall confirm the number as is provided within 5 working days based on the criteria for the customer service center as set out in the Service Standard for Telecommunication Operations (For Trial Implementation) published by the MII. And the number of effectively operating seats will be subject to the final confirmation by the Receiver.

 

3.                                        Both parties agree that their respective subsidiaries or branches involved shall make monthly settlement directly in compliance with the settlement arrangement defined herein.

 

IV.                                  Obligations

 

i.                                           The Provider, as is required by the Receiver, shall add seats for operator-based service or enrich the service contents if appropriate, including but not limited to providing seats exclusively for 10010 value-added services if the Receiver instructs as such in written format. As how to determine the cost per seat, the Article II (a) shall apply.

 

ii.                                        The Receiver shall keep the Provider updated about the new services available to its cellular subscribers and shall provide the information about all kinds of services delivered to its cellular subscribers as is required by the Provider.

 

17



 

iii.                                     In the absence of the consent of the other, no party is allowed to recklessly interrupt the communication necessary for the service delivery under this annex. In case of the interruption or severely blocked communication, each party shall take effective measures for remedy.

 

18



 

Annex III: Ag ency Services

 

 

I.                                          Service Description in Brief

 

The Provider conducts products/services promotion and marketing activities to the customers if the market calls for it and the Receiver requires the services on the initiative of the Provider.

 

II.                                      Settlement Standard

 

The service standard for the Provider shall be no inferior to that of any independent third party agency who helps to expand the subscriber base of the Receiver in the same area. And the commissions the Provider charges the Receiver shall be no higher than the average commissions such independent third party agency in the same area charges the Receiver.

 

III.                                  Other Issues on Settlement

 

a)                                       The accounts shall be settled according to the billing materials of the Receiver.

 

b)                                      Both parties agree that their respective subsidiaries or branches involved shall make monthly settlement directly in compliance with the settlement arrangement defined herein.

 

19


Exhibit 4.32

 

(English Translation)

 


 

 

Transfer Agreement of
The Operator-based Comprehensive
Services Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

And

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

This Agreement was signed in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (“China”), on March 24, 2005, by the representatives of the following parties:

 

(1)    The Transferor:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited ( “A Share Company”)
Location: F40th, Jinmao Building, No.88 ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai
Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

(2)    The Transferee:

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)
Location: F12 of No. 1 Building, Henderson Center, No.18, JianGuoMen Nei Street, Beijing
Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)
Location: Room 1009, F10th of No. 1 Building, No. 18, JianGuoMen Nei Street, DongCheng District, Beijing
Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

In this Agreement, CUCL and Unicom New World are separately or collectively referred to as the Transferee.

 

Whereas,

 

(1)    CUCL is a foreign invested enterprise established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, with 100% of its shares being held by China Unicom Limited (“Red-chip Company”).  A Share Company is a limited holding company established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) on October 9, 2002, with 69.3224% of its shares being held by China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”);

 

1



 

(2)    On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and Red-chip Company indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

2



 

(3)    Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, Unicom Group, Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Guoxin”) and A Share Company singed the Operator-based Comprehensive Services agreement (“Old Operator Services Agreement”). On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the old Operator Services Agreement with CUCL, Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”) and Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”) to transfer all its rights and obligations under the old Operator Services Agreement to Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and CUCL. Under such arrangement, Unicom Group and Guoxin offer Agency Services, Cellular subscriber value-added services and 10010/10011 Customer service to CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World;

 

(4)    CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under the old Operator Services Agreement have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

(5)    Unicom New Guoxin is a limited corporating company established and survived in compliance with the established Chinese law. Unicom New Guoxin and A Share Company signed the Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement (“Agreement”) on March 24, 2005.

 

3



 

Considering of the implementation and amendment of the old Comprehensive Operator Service Agreement, with common studies and consultations, the Parties to this Agreement, in the principle of equality and mutual benefit, have agreed as follows:

 

1.      If the conditions of entry into force described in Article 6 of this Agreement were met, the Transferor agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Agreement and its attachments to the Transferee. The Transferee hereupon agrees to acquire the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Agreement.

 

2.      Once the Transferor transferred its rights and obligations under the Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee would immediately succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Agreement. And the Transferor should terminate all the relevant rights and obligations succeeded by the Transferee under the Agreement.

 

3.      The Transferor acknowledges that, in accordance with Article 6 of the Agreement, Unicom New Guoxin have irrepealably agreed that the Transferor may transfer its rights and obligations under the Agreement to the Transferee, and no further consent from the Unicom New Guoxin for such transfer is required.

 

4.      The Parties to this Agreement should ensure that they have the rights, power and capability to sign and implement this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the lawful, effective and binding obligations of the Parties immediately upon its signing.

 

5.      The Transferee agrees to undertake the rights and obligations in the past and future under the Agreement in compliance with the terms and conditions defined in the Agreement in its period of validity.

 

4



 

6.      Come into Effect

 

This Agreement comes into effect together with the Agreement, with the following conditions being satisfied.

 

6.1    The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, the transfer of the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Agreement to the Transferee;

 

6.2    The shareholders’ meeting of the Transferor approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations, and listing rules, the signing and implementation of the Agreement.

 

7.      Further Arrangement

 

The Ministry of Commerce has approved the merger of Unicom New World by CUCL, and the relevant legal procedures are going to be completed. Therefore the Parties to this Agreement now agree and acknowledge that, after the completion of the legal procedures to merge Unicom New World by CUCL, all the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement will be succeeded by CUCL. And CUCL may succeed the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under this Agreement without any other approval or consent from A Share Company.

 

5



 

8.      Force Majeure

 

Any party who fails to carry out the relevant obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the agreed conditions due to any events of Force Majeure which could not be predicted, and the occurrence or results of which could not be avoided or overcome, the party should inform other parties of its occurrence as soon as possible and thereafter provide detailed information and a valid document for evidence explaining the reason of its inability to execute or delay the execution of all or part of the obligations under this Agreement and its attachments within 15 days. The Parties shall, through consultations, decide whether to suspend, partially exempt or delay the execution of such obligations according to the effects of the events of Force Majeure on the performance of the obligation.

 

9.      Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise defined or required by law or the relevant regulatory authority, or for the purpose of information disclosure by the Transferor to SEC, or by Red-chip Company to Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (SEHK), either party shall not provide or disclose any data or information related to the business of other parties to any company, enterprise, organization or personnel without the written permission of the relevant party.

 

10.    No waiver

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by law, the failure or delay of execution of the rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, power or privileges. And the partial execution of such rights, power and privileges shall not obstruct the future execution of such rights, power and privileges.

 

6



 

11.    Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing, and delivered in person by one party to other parties, or sent by facsimile or by mail. Such notices shall be deemed delivered upon receipt when delivered in person; or upon confirmation of delivery displayed in the fax machine of the addresser if transmitted by facsimile; or within three working days (automatically extended when falls on legal holidays) after being delivered by mail. Any notice shall come into effect upon delivery.

 

The communication addresses of the Parties to this Agreement are as follows:

China United
Telecommunications
Corporation Ltd.

 

China Unicom
Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New World
Telecommunications
Corporation Limited

 

 

 

 

 

Addressee: Zhao Yilei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

 

Addressee: Yang Xiaowei

 

 

 

 

 

Address: F40th, Jinmao
Building, No.88 ShiJi
Avenue, Shanghai

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

 

Address: Room 1029,
F10, No. 133 A, Xidan
North Street, Xicheng
District, Beijing

 

 

 

 

 

Postal Code: 200121

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

12.    Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and be construed and executed in accordance with the laws of China.

 

7



 

13.    Settlement of Disputes

 

All disputes arising from the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation. Should no settlement be reached through negotiation within 30 days after the arising of the disputes, any party shall be entitled to proceed to the People’s Court with proper jurisdiction.

 

14.    Miscellaneous

 

14.1       Each party may make revisions or supplements to this Agreement under consultations with other Parties. All the revisions and supplements shall be effective when signed and sealed by the legal representatives of the Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

14.2       This Agreement is severable. If any provisions of this Agreement is held to be against the law or unenforceable, the effectiveness and implementation of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.

 

14.3       This Agreement was done in six original copies, two for each Party, being equally authenticated.

 

8



 

(No text on this page)

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

9


Exhibit 4.33

 

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Premises Leasing Agreement

 


 

 

Between

 

China Unicom Corporation Ltd.

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

 

And

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

Contents

 

1.

Scope and Purpose of Lease

 

2.

Validity of Lease and Delivery of the Leased Premises

 

3.

Lease Fee, Miscellaneous Fees and Payment

 

4.

Decoration, Renovation and Advertising

 

5.

The Obligations of the Lessee

 

6.

The Obligations of the Lessor

 

7.

Commitments and Guarantees

 

8.

Taxation

 

9.

Contingencies

 

10.

Termination and Renewal of the Agreement

 

11.

Treatment of the Belongings upon Expiry of the Agreement

 

12.

Breach Responsibilities

 

13.

Applicable Laws and Disputes Settlement

 

14.

Entry into Force

 

15.

Agreement Transfer

 

16.

Notification

 

17.

Miscellaneous

 

 



 

Premises Leasing Agreement

 

This Agreement is signed by the representatives of the two parties in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“China”) on March 24, 2005.

 

(1)

 

lessor :

 

China Unicom Corporation Ltd. (“CUCL”)
Address: F12, Bldg A, Henderson Center
                18, Jianguomennei Avenue, Beijing
Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.
(“Unicom New World”)
Address: Room 1009, F10, Bldg A
18, Jianguomennei Avenue, Beijing
Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing

CUCL and Unicom New World are considered the lessor separately or jointly in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

lessee :

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“A Share Company”)
Address: F40, Jinmao Tower
Century Avenue, Shanghai
Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

Realizing

 

(1)            CUCL is a foreign-funded business established and continued in line with Chinese laws whose equities are wholly held by China Unicom Limited (the “Red-chip Company”). A Share Company is a corporation established and continued in line with Chinese laws whose stocks are listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) on October 9, 2002. China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”) holds 69.3224% of its equities.

 

1



 

(2)            On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and Red-chip Company indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

2



 

(3)            Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Ltd (“Unicom New Guoxin”) is a company with limited liability established and continued in line with Chinese laws and wholly owned by Unicom Group. In light of the Memorandum of Understanding on Connected Transactions and to the end of Unicom New Guoxin providing operator services to mobile subscribers of the subsidiaries with domestic operation of Redchip Company, UCUL, Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (“Unicom New Century”), Unicom New World and A Share Company signed a premises leasing agreement (“Original Premises Leasing Agreement”) on November 20, 2003. On the same day, A Share Company signed a transfer agreement on the Original Premises Leasing Agreement with Unicom New Guoxin, transferring all the rights and obligations inscribed in the Original Premises Leasing Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin.

 

(4)            CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New World under the Original Premises Leasing Agreement have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

Based on the observation and revision of the Original Premises Leasing Agreement since its entry into effect, through joint analysis and consultation and in the principle of equality and mutual benefits, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.              Scope and Pur pose of Lease

 

1.1            To meet the everyday needs of Unicom New Guoxin, the lessor agrees to lease the premises under its possession to the lessee based on the written instruction of the lessee from time to time.

 

1.2            The lessee uses the above-mentioned premises for officing and operation purposes.

 

3



 

2.              Validity of Lease and Delivery of the Leased Premises

 

2.1            This Agreement enters into effect on January 1, 2005 after the conditions of Article 14 of this Agreement have been met. The validity of this Agreement is 2 years since the entry into effect (“validity”).

 

2.2            The lessor shall provide an opportunity of inspection for the lessee before the signature of this Agreement. The leased premises shall be in good condition and shall meet the requirements of the lessee.

 

3.              Lease Fee, Miscellaneous Fees and Payment

 

3.1            Standard of Lease Fee

 

The standard shall be determined by the subsidiaries of the lessor and the lessee by the higher indicator of the depreciation cost of the leased premises and the market price of similar local premises.

 

3.2            In addition to the above-mentioned lease fee, the lessee shall pay the water, electricity and air-conditioning fees (miscellaneous fees) on actual user basis as well as property management fee periodically in line with the price or tariff standard defined by price regulators.

 

3.3            The lessor promises not to charge the lessee any other fees (including taxes that shall be paid by the lessor) except the above-mentioned lease fee, miscellaneous fees and property management fee as well as the fees occurred due to the possible breach of this Agreement by the lessee.

 

3.4            The lease fee, miscellaneous fees and property management fee described above shall be paid in the following ways:

 

3.4.1         The lessee shall pay the lessor the lease fee on a quarterly basis within the validity of this Agreement. The lease fee shall be paid within 5 days following the end of a quarter.

 

3.4.2         The miscellaneous fees shall be paid on a monthly basis within the validity of this Agreement. The lessor shall deliver the bills for miscellaneous fees from the property management company to the lessee within 5 days following the receipt of the bills. The lessee may pay the miscellaneous fees either to the property management company directly or to the lessor who will deliver the fees to the property management company. In the second case, the lessor shall present the invoice to the lessee for record.

 

4



 

3.4.3         The property management fee shall be paid on a monthly basis within the validity of this Agreement either to the lessor who will deliver the fee to the property management company or to the property management directly upon the request of the property management company. In the first case, the lessor shall present the invoice to the lessee for record.

 

4.              Decoration, Renovation and Advertising

 

4.1            The lessor agrees that the lessee may decorate, renovate, upholster and install facilities in light of its own plan of design. The cost shall be borne solely by the lessee. However, the decoration and renovation shall not damage the architectural structure of the leased premises (including but not limited to the outer wall and the weight-bearing part) and related equipment (excluding reasonable and natural depreciation), and shall not violate any law or regulation.

 

4.2            All the construction related to such decoration and renovation shall be conducted in such an appropriate manner as to ensure personnel and property safety. Otherwise, the losses and disputes occurred shall be borne fully by the lessee.

 

4.3            Within the validity of this Agreement and following the consent of the lessor ( the lessor shall not refuse without a good reason nor postpone its consent), the lessee may hang, affix, or post the name, logo, symbol and commercial advertisement of the lessee. Upon the expiration of this Agreement, the lessee shall clear them and bear related cost.

 

5.              The Obligations of the Lessee

 

5.1            The lessee shall pay the lease fee and other fees to the lessor in time and in full balance in accordance with Article 3 of this Agreement. Otherwise, it has to pay penalties to the lessor according to Article 12 of this Agreement.

 

5.2            The lessee shall not conduct illegal activities or activities detrimental to the public interest and shall conform to the requirements of environmental protection, firefighting and health laws and regulations.

 

5.3            In the event of the expiration of this Agreement or an early termination of this Agreement, the lessee shall move all its properties out of the premises within 30 days following the dismissal of this Agreement. Otherwise, the lessee shall pay double the daily lease fee based on the yearly lease fee on a pro rata basis.

 

5.4            The lessee shall not change the purpose of the leased premises without the prior written consent of the lessor.

 

5



 

6.              The Obligations of the Lessor

 

6.1            The lessor shall ensure and urge the property management company to well fulfill its responsibilities including but not limited to:

 

6.1.1         Examining and repairing the leased premises as well as related public facilities(including but not limited to the outer structure and invisible water, electricity and gas pipes) periodically and/or upon the request of the lessee, so as to ensure the leased premises are in good condition. The property management company shall be responsible for repairing the damages and the lessee shall bear the cost of the repair if the damages are caused by the lessee. For any damage of the public utilities (water, electricity, gas and telecommunications), the property management shall be responsible for the early repair as well as the cost.

 

6.1.2         Providing uninterrupted electricity, water and gas for the lessee unless unforeseeable, unpreventable or uncontrollable accidents occur.

 

6.1.3         Maintaining the soundness, openness and sanitation of the public space.

 

6.1.4         Entering the leased premises and taking appropriate measures with the consent of the lessee for maintenance, sanitation, guarding, fire prevention and firefighting purposes. In case of emergency, the property management company may enter the leased premises and take necessary measures without the consent of the lessee but shall contact the lessee immediately afterwards.

 

6.1.5         The management fee for the leased premises shall be borne by the lessee.

 

6.2            The lessor shall take the responsibility of handling the relationship with concerned government authorities and other agencies (including but not limited to public security agencies and fire fighting departments) and bear all incurred costs if such relationship is incurred by the leased premise. If the relationship with concerned government authorities and other agencies is incurred by the lessee due to the breach of this Agreement, the lessee shall bear the responsibility of handling such relationship and bear all incurred costs thereafter.

 

6



 

6.3            Within the period of validity, if the lessor transfers part or the entire leased premise to any third party, the lessor pledges that the precondition for the transfer is that the new owner of the leased premise accepts this Agreement and that the lessee shall be informed 90 days in advance. Moreover, the transfer of the leased premise will neither induce the termination or invalidity of this Agreement, nor exert any negative influence upon the rights, interests and operation activities of the lessee under this Agreement. The lessor also pledges that the new owner of the leased premise will sign a new agreement with the lessee with the articles of the new agreement the same as the old ones. Otherwise the leased premise cannot be transferred to any third person.

 

6.4            The rebuilding of the leased premise by the lessor within the lease term shall not affect the normal operation or business activities of the lessee and the lessor shall first obtain the written approval from the lessee for such reconstruction. Otherwise the lessee has the right to terminate the agreement and require the lessor to make up for the fees incurred by the decoration, the operation loss or any other losses incurred by the move of offices.

 

7.              Commitments an d Guarantees

 

7.1            Both the lessor and the lessee make the following commitments and guarantees:

 

7.1.1         They are the legal persons of the durable enterprises that are established according to the laws;

 

7.1.2         They have all the rights and authorizations to sign the agreement and fulfill the obligations under this Agreement;

 

7.1.3         The representatives who signed this Agreement have obtained such authorization.

 

7.2            The lessor pledges that it possesses the legitimate property rights of the leased premise and the rights to lease it. Under any circumstance and for any reason, if there is any dispute over the property rights and such dispute causes failure to enjoy the rights or induces any other damages to the lessee, the lessor agrees to make compensation for all the losses caused thereafter.

 

7



 

7.3            The lessor pledges that the leased premise is an legitimated and valid building, whose planning, design and construction are in compliance with the requirements for land uses and related laws and regulations, that there is no possibility for the requisition of the usage rights of the building or the land by the government or related government agencies, that there is no impingement on the rights and interests of any third party, and that there is no real or potential lawsuits, arbitration, disputes or other legal problems against the leased premise. If there is any other party except the lessor claims that right, the issue shall be resolved by the lessor.

 

7.4            The lessor pledges that the leased premise is not a mortgage of any bank, company or individual and there is no interest or rights of the third party involved.

 

7.5            The lessor or any other person shall not take any actions that may affect the interests and rights of the lessee over the leased premise.

 

7.6            The lessor pledges that the leased premise is in good conditions and the lessor agrees to regularly and/or irregularly repair and maintain the related public facilities upon the request of the lessee.

 

7.7            All parties pledge to pay their respective taxes and fees in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of China.

 

8.              Taxatio n

 

8.1            All the taxes incurred by the leased premise under this Agreement and the management fees and other fees (if any) concerning the leased premise collected by the central government or the local government shall be paid by each party accordingly unless the laws stipulates otherwise.

 

9.              Contingencies

 

9.1            Where a fire or other contingencies that are not within the responsibilities of the lessee cause the damage to the leased premise, the lessor shall take immediate actions to repair the damaged premise and bear all related costs if the lessee makes unilateral judgment that the damage does not seriously affect the usage of the premise.

 

8



 

9.2            Where a fire or other contingencies that are not within the responsibilities of the lessee cause the damage to the leased premise, the lessee may chose to send out a written notice to the lessor to terminate the lease of the damaged premise if the lessee makes unilateral judgment that the damage seriously affects the usage of the premise. Under such situation, the lessee shall not pay the lease fees of the damaged premise from the day when the accident takes place.

 

10.           Termination and Renewal of the Agreement

 

10.1          The lessee may terminate part or the entire agreement if the written notice has been sent to the lessor 60 days in advance and the termination issue can be discussed according to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.2          If the lessee sends out the written renewal notices to the lessor within 60 days prior to the expiry of this Agreement or the expiry of the extension period, this Agreement will extend for anther valid period in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and other regulatory rules unless there are other legal reasons for the failure of renewal beyond the control of the lessor.

 

11.           Treatment of the Belongings upon Expiry of the Agreement

 

11.1          If this Agreement terminates upon the expiry or is terminated in advance according to related articles and the fitments and decorations added by the lessee upon the written approval of the lessor have become part of the real estate that cannot be divided from the leased premise, they will belong to the lessor after the lessor makes an payment for them at the converted price in real term.

 

12.           Breach Responsibil ities

 

12.1          If the lessee does not pay the related lease fees or payments within the agreed time limit according to Article 3 of this Agreement, the lessee shall pay the delinquent lease fees or other fees to the lessor and 30 days after the overdue, the lessee shall also pay a fee equivalent to 0.01% of the delinquent lease fees or payments as the daily penalty fees every day.

 

12.2          If the lessee uses the leased premise for other purposes without the written approval of the lessor, the lessor has the right to take back the leased premise. The loss incurred thereafter will be compensated by the lessee.

 

9



 

12.3          Failure to fulfill any obligation specified in any article by any party is regarded as the breach of this Agreement unless otherwise stipulated this Agreement. The defaulting party shall correct its breaching behaviors within 30 days since it receives the written notice of the non-defaulting party that specifies the breaching behaviors. If the defaulting party does not correct its breaching behaviors, the non-defaulting party has the right to terminate this Agreement and the defaulting party shall make compensation to the non-defaulting party for its compliance with this Agreement.

 

13.           Applicable Laws and Dispute s Settlement

 

13.1          This Agreement is subject to the jurisdiction, interpretation and execution of Chinese laws.

 

13.2          In case of disputes over the validity, interpretation, and implementation of this Agreement, all parties shall try to resolve them through friendly consultations. If the dispute cannot be resolved through consultations within 30 days since its occurrence, any party has the right to lodge a suit to the people’s court with such jurisdiction.

 

14.           Entry into Force

 

This Agreement shall come into effect on the date agreed upon by all parties and when the following conditions are met.

 

14.1          The Shareholders’ Meetings of Red-chip Company approves the implementation of this Agreement according to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;

 

14.2          The Shareholders’ Meeting of the lessee approves the transfer of the rights and obligations of the lessee under this Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.

 

15.           Agreement Transf er

 

15.1          In accordance with terms and conditions formulated on the basis of this Agreement and the commitments in the Memorandum of Understanding on Connected Transactions, the consent from the lessor on the transfer of the rights and obligations of the lessee under this Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin is irrepealable and the lessee may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin without any consent from the lessor.

 

10



 

15.2          Once the lessee transfers its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin, Unicom New Guoxin will inherit all the rights and obligations of the lessee under this Agreement and the lessee shall terminate the related obligations and rights inherited by Unicom New Guoxin.

 

16.           N otificati on

 

Any notification related to this Agreement shall be made in written form and sent by one party of this Agreement to the other, either via a special courier, or by fax, or by postal delivery, to the other party. Such notification is deemed as delivered upon delivery via a special courier, or when the sender’s fax machine indicates that the pages have been transmitted if it is sent by fax, or on the 3 rd working day(excluding legal holidays)after it is mailed. Any notification shall be deemed as valid upon delivery.

 

The Address of each party is listed below:

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Addressee: Xiaowei Yang

Address: Room 1029, Floor 10, A 133, North Xidan Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing

Postal Code: 100032

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Ltd.

Addressee: Xiaowei Yang

Address: Room 1029, Floor 10, A 133, North Xidan Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing

Postal Code: 100032

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

Addressee: Yilei Zhao

Address: Floor 40, Jinmao Tower, No. 88 Century Avenue, Shanghai

Postal Code: 200121

 

11



 

17.           Miscellane ous

 

17.1          The Original Premises Leasing Agreement terminates immediately after this Agreement enters into force.

 

17.2          This Agreement can be amended or supplemented with an agreement with all parties through consultations. All amendments and supplements shall come into force the date when they were signed and sealed by the legal or authorized representatives of all parties.

 

17.3          This Agreement is divisible. If there is any provision confirmed illegal or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity and execution of other provisions.

 

17.4          This Agreement is signed in sextuplicate and each party possesses two copies. The original text of each copy is equally binding.

 

12



 

(no text on this page)

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Ltd. (seal)

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (seal)

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (seal)

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

13


Exhibit 4.34

 

(English Translation)

 


 

Transfer Agreement of

The Premises Leasing Agreement

 


 

 

Between

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

And

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

This Agreement was signed in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (“China”), on March 24, 2005, by the representatives of the following parties:

 

(1)                                   The Transferor:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”)
Location: F40th, Jinmao Building, No.88 ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai
Legal Representative: Chang Xiaobing

 

(2)                                   The Transferee:

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Guoxin”)
Location: Boruiqi Mansion, No. 53, Xibianmen Nei Street, Xuanwu District, Beijing
Legal Representative: Ge Lei

 

Whereas,

 

(1)                                   Unicom New Guoxin is a company with limited liability established and continued in line with Chinese laws and wholly owned by China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”). Unicom A Share Company is a limited holding company established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, listed in Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) on October 9, 2002, with 69.3224% of its shares being held by Unicom Group;

 

1



 

(2)                                   On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and A Share Company signed a memorandum of understanding on the transactions to be conducted after the listing of the shares of A Share Company (“Connected Transactions MoU”) between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) and China Unicom Limited (“Red-chip Company”) indirectly held by A Share Company and its subsidiaries. According to the understanding reached in the Connected Transactions MoU, in the event that the transactions to be conducted between Red-chip Company itself or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries (excluding A Share Company and the subsidiaries held by A Share Company) require approval of the minority shareholders of A Share Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on Shanghai Stock Exchange (“Rules of SSE”) applicable from time to time, which are deemed at the same time as connected transactions that require approval of the minority shareholders of Red-chip Company under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“Rules of SEHK”) applicable from time to time, the above connected transactions shall be conducted in a 2-step approach: (1) Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on the intended transaction with A Share Company or China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), identifying the rights and obligations of the 2 parties involved in the transaction under the agreement (including, but not limited to, approval of Unicom Group of the transfer of the rights and obligations of A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries); (2) A Share Company or Unicom BVI transfers its rights and obligations under the above mentioned agreement to Red-chip Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

2



 

(3)                                   Pursuant to the arrangements made in the above mentioned Connected Transactions MoU, in order for Unicom New Guoxin to provide operator service to mobile subscribers of the subsidiaries with domestic operation of Red-chip Company, China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”), Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”) and Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”) signed the leasing agreement with A Share Company on November 20, 2003 (“Original Premises Leasing Agreement”). On the same day, A Share Company signed the Agreement on Transfer of the Original Premises Leasing Agreement with Unicom New Guoxin to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Original Premises Leasing Agreement to Unicom New Guoxin;

 

(4)                                   CUCL is a foreign invested enterprise established and survived in compliance with the Chinese law, with 100% of its shares being held by Red-chip Company. CUCL assimilated and merged with Unicom New Century on July 30, 2004, and the rights and obligations of Unicom New Century under the Original Premises Leasing Agreement have been inherited by CUCL. The Ministry of Commence has approved, pursuant to MOC’S Approval of the Merging between China Unicom Corporation Limited and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co. Ltd.( MOC [2005]No.258), of the merging between CUCL and Unicom New World. At present, CUCL is going through the rest of the legal procedures necessary for its merging with Unicom New World, upon completion of which Red-chip Company would have CUCL as its sole operating entity in China;

 

(5)                                   CUCL and A Share Company have entered into a Premises Leasing Agreement on March 24, 2005 (“Premises Leasing Agreement”).

 

3



 

Considering of the implementation and amendment of the original Premises Leasing Agreement, with common studies and consultations, the Parties to this Agreement, in the principle of equality and mutual benefit, have agreed as follows:

 

1.                                        If the conditions of entry into force described in Article 6 of this Agreement were met, the Transferor agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Premises Leasing Agreement and its attachments to the Transferee. The Transferee hereupon agrees to acquire the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Premises Leasing Agreement.

 

2.                                        Once the Transferor transferred its rights and obligations under the Premises Leasing Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee would immediately succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Premises Leasing Agreement, and the Transferor should terminate all the relevant rights and obligations succeeded by the Transferee under the Premises Leasing Agreement.

 

3.                                        The Transferor acknowledges that, in accordance with Article 15 of the Premises Leasing Agreement, CUCL has irrepealably agreed that the Transferor may transfer its rights and obligations under the Premises Leasing Agreement to the Transferee, and no further consent from the CUCL for such transfer is required.

 

4.                                        The Parties to this Agreement should ensure that they have the rights, power and capability to sign and implement this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the lawful, effective and binding obligations of the Parties immediately upon its signing.

 

5.                                        The Transferee agrees to undertake the rights and obligations in the past and future under the Premises Leasing Agreement in compliance with the terms and conditions defined in the Premises Leasing Agreement in its period of validity.

 

6.                                        Come into Effect

 

This Agreement comes into effect together with the Premises Leasing Agreement, with the following conditions being satisfied.

 

4



 

6.1                                  The shareholders’ meeting of Red-chip Company approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, the implementation of the Premises Leasing Agreement;

 

6.2                                  The shareholders’ meeting of the Transferor approves in accordance with its applicable laws, regulations, and listing rules, the implementation of the Premises Leasing Agreement.

 

7.                                        Force Majeure

 

Any party who fails to carry out the relevant obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the agreed conditions due to any events of Force Majeure which could not be predicted, and the occurrence or results of which could not be avoided or overcome, the party should inform other parties of its occurrence as soon as possible and thereafter provide detailed information and a valid document for evidence explaining the reason of its inability to execute or delay the execution of all or part of the obligations under this Agreement and its attachments within 15 days. The Parties shall, through consultations, decide whether to suspend, partially exempt or delay the execution of such obligations according to the effects of the events of Force Majeure on the performance of the obligation.

 

8.                                        Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise defined or required by law or the relevant regulatory authority, or for the purpose of information disclosure by the Transferor to SEC, or by Red-chip Company to Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (SEHK), either party shall not provide or disclose any data or information related to the business of other parties to any company, enterprise, organization or personnel without the written permission of the relevant party.

 

5



 

9.                                        No waiver

 

Unless otherwise stipulated by law, the failure or delay of execution of the rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, power or privileges. And the partial execution of such rights, power and privileges shall not obstruct the future execution of such rights, power and privileges.

 

10.                                  Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing, and delivered in person by one party to other parties, or sent by facsimile or by mail. Such notices shall be deemed delivered upon receipt when delivered in person; or upon confirmation of delivery displayed in the fax machine of the addresser if transmitted by facsimile; or within three working days (automatically extended when falls on legal holidays) after being delivered by mail. Any notice shall come into effect upon delivery.

 

The communication addresses of the Parties to this Agreement are as follows:

China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Addressee: Zhao Yilei

 

Addressee: Xiao Baoyu

Address: F40th, Jinmao Building, No.88 ShiJi Avenue, Shanghai

 

Address: Room 873, F8, No. 133 A, Xidan North Street, Xicheng District, Beijing

Postal Code: 200121

 

Postal Code: 100032

 

11.                                  Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and be construed and executed in accordance with the laws of China.

 

6



 

12.                                  Settlement of Disputes

 

All disputes arising from the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation. Should no settlement be reached through negotiation within 30 days after the arising of the disputes, any party shall be entitled to proceed to the People’s Court with proper jurisdiction.

 

13.                                  Miscellaneous

 

13.1                            Each party may make revisions or supplements to this Agreement under consultations with other Parties. All the revisions and supplements shall be effective when signed and sealed by the legal representatives of the Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

13.2                            This Agreement is severable. If any provisions of this Agreement is held to be against the law or unenforceable, the effectiveness and implementation of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.

 

13.3                            This Agreement was done in four original copies, two for each Party, being equally authenticated.

 

7



 

(No text on this page)

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Stamp)

 

 

Legal representative or his authorized representative:

/s/ Cheng Huoming

 

 

8


Exhibit 8.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant:

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

People’s Republic of China

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands

China Unicom International Limited

 

Hong Kong SAR

China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited

 

Macau SAR

 

 

 

Subsidiary of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited:

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

People’s Republic of China

 

 

 

Subsidiary of China Unicom International Limited

 

 

China Unicom USA Corporation

 

California, U.S.A.

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification

 

I, Chang Xiaobing, certify that:

 

1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;

 

2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: June 28, 2005

By:

 /s/ Chang Xiaobing

 

 

Name:

Chang Xiaobing

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification

 

I, Tong Jilu, certify that:

 

1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;

 

2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: June 28, 2005

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

Name:

Tong Jilu

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 13.1

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: June 28, 2005

By:

/s/ Chang Xiaobing

 

 

Name:

Chang Xiaobing

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.

 


Exhibit 13.2

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: June 28, 2005

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

Name:

Tong Jilu

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.